Search results

  • CSV Spreadsheet
(21 - 40 of 85)

Pages

Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1982
Title
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1982
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
Augsburg College lnterim The interim i s an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during t...
Show more Augsburg College lnterim The interim i s an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one course equals a full time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four course load during Fall and Spring semesters. Calendar November 9-12 ............................................ Interim Registration December 7 ........................................... Late Interim Registration January4 . . ................................................. First Day of Interim Class 1 9:00 a.m. Class 11 1:00 p.m. January5 . . ............................................. Last day for cancel/add January7 . ................. .Last day for determining grading system with Registrar January 18. Beginning of certain half credit courses* January22. ....................................... Last day for cancelling courses January29.. ...................................................... Interim ends .............................. The interim day is divided into two blocks of time: I - 8:00 - 12:00 Noon 11 - 1:00 - 5:00 p.m. The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. 'Students enrolling in half-credit coursesshould consult the Registrar'sOfficefor datesforcancel/add and to determine the grading system. Essential Information One course is considered a full time load during interim and nostudent is permitted to register for more than one course credit during the period. There i s no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an interim course. Most interim courses are graded traditionally on a scale of 4.0 to 0.Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student i s required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be interim courses (or one interim less than the number of years of full time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one interim for graduation.) POSTMASTER Volume 112, Number 3 Fall 1981 612/300-1001 AUCSBURCCOLLECE (USPS#490-310)is published fourtirnesa year in Spring,Summer, Fall,and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454. Second-class postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota. This Catalog This catalog lists courses by departments with drpartmrnrs l i r t ~ c li n alphabetical order. Augsburg Interims Abroad are identified by aspecial ~ r . i v e I ~ y m h oAt l . t h e e n d o f the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg bt11 recognizerl Ilv the College for interim credit, and a variety of Lifetime Sports. Further dcscriptlr>ns anrl i ~ ~ f o r m a t i oabout n these courses are available in the lnterim Office, Memorial 230. Options june lnterim - A t least one interim course will be offered in the June1982session of summer school (see listing under Education) in lieu of January term with n o additional tuition charge. Students planning to elect the june interim must register at the time of interim registration in the fall. Students wishing t o take the June interim i n addition t o the January one will be required t o pay the regular summer course tuition. lnternational Interims-Students are invited to consider being part of one of the five overseas interims offered by Augsburg College during January 1982. These interims are under these departments: English - Theatre i n London Religion - Israel, Ancient and M o d e r n - The Confrontation of Cultures and Religions i n Hawaii Social Work - Social Service and Public Policies i n a Developing Country: Egypt, 1982 Health and Physical Education - Sailing i n the Virgin Islands Other international interims are available through Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE) and St, Olaf College. Further academic description, travel details and cost estimates are available i n the lnterim Office and from Mary Kingsley i n the lnternational Center, Memorial 229. Students interested in participating in one of these international interims should apply i n the International Center before November 1. Additions to the overseas groups usually cannot be made after October. Internships-Internshipsareopen tostudents whocontinue an internship from the fall term or who begin an internship which will continue into the spring term. Students electing an internship interim are to present a completed internship learning contract to the Internship Office (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 17. Independent o r Directed Study - Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent or directed study per interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: A. Meet departmental requirements, B. Present to the lnterim Director for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and not later than November 2. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the lnterim Office. Interimsat Other Schools- Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4institution which offers a reciprocal interim arrangement. Catalogs of these interims can be consulted in the lnterim Office. The lnterim Secretary will help students i n applying for registration at other schools. Registration for interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be done at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the interim at other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affectscourses offered for the Religion requirement. Non-Augsburg Students Augsburg Collegewelcomesstudentsfrom other4-1-4schoolsfor theJanuary interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not t o charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing o r board costs. Other students will be,charged $600 for the interim course. Students interested i n registering for an Augsburg Interim should w r i t e t o the lnterim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school. These students are welcome to stay o n campus but are not required t o d o so. Requests for interim housing should be made t o the lnterim Office. Augsburg Policy Augsburg College admits studentsof any race,color, nationalandethnicorigin toall the rights, privileges, programs, and activities generally accorded or made available to students at the school. It does not discriminateon the basisof race, color, creed, national and ethnicorigin i n employment practices or administration of its educational policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, and athletic and other school-administered programs. Need More Help? Check with: The lnterim Office (Memorial 230), The Interim Secretary, Lorraine Stieper at 330-1025, or The lnterim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson at 330-1192 (Memorial 114b). Courses Location Key L-Library Building M-Music Hall OM-Old Main P-Psychology Building S-Science Hall Jewelry Art 150 - 4003 Instructor: Norman Holen You are introduced to copper, brass, pewter, and silver and you learn how t o cut, shape, enamel and cast these metals. The supplies you need will vary according to the projects we choose. We try to provide the necessary equipment and re-usable items. There is n o text and there are no tests. You are graded o n your pieces. Distribution: Art - Music Time: II OM1 16mm Film-Making I - Film-Making I1 Art 242 - 4001,342 - 4002 Instructor: Paul Rusten The procedure, techniques and philosophy of 16mm film-making for expression/communication. Using professional 16mm equipment, students i n teams will produce short black and white synchronized sound motion pictures. Students w h o have successfully completed Film-Making I (or equivalent) may take FilmMaking II, producing an advanced film project within thesameclass-schedule and time-frame as Film-Making I. Fee: $75.00 for filmstock and equipment rental Prerequisites for 342: Film-Making I or equivalent Distribution: Art - Music Time: II Ethical Issues in the Life Sciences BIO 106 - 4113 lnstructor Ralph Sulerud W r .Ire living I n a prrtod of b i o l o g i r c ~rc~volutron l whlch seems l ~ k e l y10 conrlnur, Many of the r i ~ v ~ ~ t o p will r n ~ ~ncreasrngly n~~ rerull In tlramat~c changes In ethiral ~ h t n k i n gand the liormr~lation of p u b f ~pr o l ~y, r guestion\sur h h ~ these c must be effect~ut+ly atlrIressetl: w h a t are l h r ~ g l ~oft r thp unborn7 Should h ~ u l o ~ i she t s allowed to work o n a n y type nt r r w d r r h n o nlairrl wlipre ~t le;lrI<?Doer ~ h ~r r l r aof 4 rnaral r e s p o n s ~ b ~ ltoward ~ty the rrivrronmrnr make sense? What e t h ~ c a land soc~alproblems would arlse as a result of c l o n ~ n gpeople? Is recomb~nantDNA research l ~ k e l yto create more problems than ~tsolves? I s euthanas~aever just~f~ed It ?I S Intended that th~scourseshould p r o v ~ d eat least a small part of the background necessary to answer such questions and make respons~bleeth~calcho~ces Each t o p ~ cw ~ l be l ~ n t r o d ~ c eby t l I ~ F ,Instructor or a guest, but much of the class tlme w ~ lbe l spent d~scuss~ng ass~gnrtlr~arl!rrgsnrrrl varlous vlewpolnts Formulat~onof a b r ~ e fposltlon paper on one o f the i ~ s i 1 c 5w ~ l lhe r e q u ~ r e d Grades w ~ l lbe based o n the paper, class partlclpatlon and exarnlnatlun rerrtltr. Distribution: Chemistry - Biology Time: I Wetland Ecology Bio 311 - 4114 Instructor: Roberta Lammers I n wetland ecology w~ will study the complexity, variery and impurtalrce 01 Ird shwater wetlands (i.e., bogs, marshes, fens, swamps, etc.). We will :turfy the physical asperrs of these wetlandsas well as the interrelationshipsof some of their rn,ijor organisrnslikc~~d~~s,insects, and sphagnum. Students will be required to pursue intlept.nrlcnr rr.dclirig on wetland org.fnitms of particular i n t r r ~to ~ l hen^. The raurse w w cons is^ ul re,,ding and discussion as well as lab ivork identilying nrganismsrollecled In n n r t h ~ r n M i n n ~ s o t aduring the summer by a l Minncsota's wetlands as an energy the instructiw. Wc shall examine cririrally ~ hpro ~ e n ~ iof source. There will hr local l i ~ l tripsrf~~~enrilnf:un d rhewea~ her. Cradingwill be o n the basis of one test and the presentalion (writren or or;~l)of ~ h indrpendent r rcadin~. Prerequisites: 510 111, 112 Time: I The Biology of Aging Bio 385 - 4115 Instructor. Robert Herforth At snmc lime ax another I r l our lives masr 01 u5 w ~ l rl i t h e r d ~ r c c r l yaxpcrlence aging or be ~ n f l u e n r c d pcople ~ ~ n c l e r g n t nagc-rrlared g changrq. Thic roiIrsP WIIIroncenlrfite on t h ~ t)iolog~ralasprcts uT such chang~s.W h a ~ir t h ndtlrrc ~ oI t h c s ~age-related rhangr?~? What lartorr tnIl~lr*ncrthe l a t v of aging? Do rellr ~ s a l ~ ~ from t r c l the body <how aging? 1s aging the o focne r t a ~ n c r l l r o r tissuesol the body?What are the current t h ~ o r l e s a st o rerulr of d c ~ r r ~ o r a t ~ IIIP h i o l ~ g ~ kca~c ~l rol a g ~ n g ?Ir aglng ronrrnllerl by a I ~ r a l o g ~ c clock? al Thew and other qursrions will tw arldressrd In l h h course hy rnpans nf rlassroom ~ P C I U ~ P Fand d~scusslnnsol ass~gnedread~ngs.Evaluat~onw ~ l be l based on several qulzzes and exams glven d u r ~ n gthe course Prerequ~s~tes: BIO 111 Time: I S 212 Introduction to Chemistry C h m 104 - 4116 Instructor: John Carlson of chemistry for ~hosr? who have never studled chemistry hefore. h course in basic Inclu(E~d are conccpls nt measurcrncnt, alorntr anrl ~ n o l e r u l a strucrurr, r types of rcactinns, solurionr, n c ~ r l sr ~ bases, ~ d at111 $n ~ n r m t l u c - t ~ to p no r ~ a n ichrmistry. r Many applications to Iifc ~ T O C C S S ~and S cnvironmental concerns are ma&. I.~cturesand demonslratians; rlo lab; no : ~hrcrlonger examinations Icrm paperr. Two hnrlrs iprturp ppr (Jay, five days a w ~ e kquizzes, plus a final. Not oprn lo a n y w i t h priorstudy ofchernisrry. Does notcount roward 3 rriajor o r a minor i n chemistry. Crctlit for both 104 anrl either 105,109, n r 115 no1 allowrrl. Distribution: Chemistry - Biology Time: I Laboratory Introduction to Chemistry Chm 113 - 4117 Instructor: Earl Alton rindin%whlch chemicals are i n a solution (qualitdtlve analysis) ir a rhallengine, way of learning rumc principles of chemistry. This course will use I,lkoratory experiments coupled with an essentially non-mathematical explanation of the chemisrry involverl to provicjr an introducrion to chemistry. Thp laboratory work will center on ~ o l v i n grhcrnical urtknowns. There will b e s~verr71~ ~ d l 1 r ~ - ~ ~ i 5sessions ~ ~ s s each i o n week and ,~bnut~ h r haurr c ~ of lal~oratory~ a c day. h Grading will be based upon solving unknowns and a few quizzes. Prerequisites: High School Chemistry Distribution: Chemistry - Biology Time: I (Lectures 11:OO-12:OO N) Time: II (Lab 1:OO-4:00 p.m.) Introduction to Clinical Chemistry Chm 205 - 4118 Instructor: Arlin Gyberg A few years ago rllagnnctlc rnedicln~ was ptinc~pdllya rnaltpr of r t > l l r c l i n information ~ about Fymptnmc to d ~ a ~ n o san e ~ l l n r w .O c c a ~ ~ o n a l lat>r)ralc)ry ly IPS15 w t r e mad^ lo support 1 1 1 ~ d~agnnsrs.A l t h o ~ i g hr o l l r c l l i ~ n ~lormat~u n ahrlu~ synip1nrns ~ s s t ~anl l inl~agralpar[,~ i l ~ g n o < t r ( medicine l i d s progrr~seOto rhe pant whcrc laburatory teslr are r c j u ~ l n ~l ~ l yc r f o r m c dalrd may result In d t i l d g n ~ ~ ~ ~ d ~[porn f f e rt ~hnone ~l inclicntrtl l?y Ihe symptomr.Thlscourre intrrrtl~lcpr sornc o l the lypes ol c l i r ~ n i c a problems l s r g n ~ l ~ r aInn ~m e d ~ c r n eand mrlhods nl chtarnic.~! analysrs urrtl i n the tlcnical r h ~ m i ~ t rlat>oralory. y Lecturer, lilme, orcasitmal laboratory l wlIl he u~crrlIrl t h c , ctrursp, exprrlrnul-, anrl at ledst one f i ~ l dr i rp tn a r l ~ n i r a lal~r>r.-~~ork evaluation will be by frequent quizzes and a f ~ n aexam. l Prerequisites: C H M 106,116, or 223 T ~ m eI S 315 Economics of Urban Issues Eco 120 - 4119 Instructor: Ed Sabella Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. Basic microeconomic tools employed. Distribution: Urban Studies Time: II O M 13 Learning Styles, Teaching Styles Ede 227 - 4125 Eds 227 - 4126 Instructor: M a r ~ eMcNeff differences among students, varlatlons In learnlng styles are numerous Some L ~ k e~ndlvldual students learn better by dlscuss~on,others by l~sten~ng and others by work~ngo n thelr own Students d ~ f f e rIn learnlng style w h ~ c hmeans that certaln educational approaches are more effect~vethan others for part~cularstudents H a v ~yo11 had profe5sr~r~ that held you spellbot~nrlin thrlr r.lassrsl Have you had their counterpart whcrr y ~ ~ u s ~ r u ~tg o Irt,ry e d awdke? T ~ ~lrnlrnrsor P mdy have L I ~ Pa ~t r . ~ r h t nstyle ~ ihai was or wa5 nnt c<hmpa~ihlt.w i ~ hyour learn~ngsrvlc. Thrs course will explorr r e ~ e a r r hhe~n'gcJon~rn t h r area.; of teaching and learning styles, 51utlpnrsw ~ lpartlcrpa~e l In a I~arninarty!r\ rnvrnrory lo help Identify how they barn h ~ r t . f hiscoi~rsersoflcrrtl through theIrft~ratlonDcpar~mrnl.hutir t l r f i n l t ~ l y{)pentoallstudentr. tl Time: ll Discovery in the Wsrld of Kindergarten Ede 375 - 4124 Instructor: Lauretta Pelton This course is a study of the kindergarten curriculum, an exploration of resources and materials and a review of teaching approaches. Laboratory requirement: Five half days in a kindergarten classroom. This is to be arranged by the student after consultation with the instructor. The laboratory experience should have taken place prior to the course itself. The course is a prerequisite to student teaching at the kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching at that level. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor L4 Time: Summer Interim Student Teaching Eds 481 - 4120 Eds 482 - 4121 Eds 483 - 4122 Eds 484 - 4123 Instructor: Sheldon Fardig Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a school. Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor. Time: I L6 People Under Pressure Eng 211 - 4130 Instructor: Barbara Andersen The child, the youth, the middle-aged, the old, all live under pressure-political, social. religious and personal. What these pressures are and how people cope with them provide the focus for the course. This i s not, however, a course i n depression,for pressure and stress often I i a v ~p c l s i t i v ~r e ~ t ~ And t t ~ .m a t i v ~ j e o j ~r l~r* s p n ~toi dprr:ssl.lrv w i ~ h c o \ r r a g ~ , ~ r . l c.inrl ~ ( ~evt3nwit. Wr. will r r,icl r c v r r a l grhrirtls. IIIOFTI~ (11 ( 1 1 201 ~ h rerllury, 1717~1work^ 1 1 7 ~ .irtv 1 r l ~ l tjl \ ~ i i l l I yI O ~ U P V P ( ! irr liroraturrl c.ourrPr. Among ~ h wnrkr, r being rrln5irl~retl,]rt, Wafvrs, T l l v L l a n \4'ht1 K i l l r ~ r i~ h r - 4 LJypr; I'rl~ok,A ~ l yNan~rbi, /\r/~rlr[rlu: I3r,ir1li~arl.Trr)r/l I , f s / ~ ~>!I r rAtrt~r,ic,~: ~ Wright. Narivr Srjn: I4v1n. f x ~ ~ ~ l\4tori1c>t1; / ~ n l I l C ~ \ \ l r ~ 5irilort r '+ ~ N i ~ h t,t i:t l t l h ~j;h, t (;;{I lror11 ~ I I P <(,,I: I ilrgpnkb\4. ~ t ~ t / ~ t v 501><: ~ , i r dA l h c ~ 1-/1o . A , n t ~ t i ~ - ,lJrvt~,n ?/~ ,~r1,1 Thv Zntl S r r ~ v :, h r l ~ j e t m nI,~Vra\,f>r5.111,qI t ~ f M y Father: Gordon, Final Paylncnt,. Students will have some choice of works to read. Evaluation will be based on discussions, some in-class writing, reading quizzes, oral reports (optional) and two examinations. Distribution: English - Speech, Co~nmunication& Theater Arts Time: I O M 10 . The Brontes Eng 248 - 4128 Eng 348 - 4129 Instructor: Catherine Nicholl I n a parsonage on the edge of the Yorkshire moors, four gifted children mused themselves hy redding Shakespeare and Byron and writing miniature books i n which they developed two elaborate and romantic kingdoms. Literally surrounded by death-the churchyard in which their mother and two sisters were buried-they consoled themselves with the lile of the imagination. All of them, too, were to die young. But the th~,eesisters. Charlotte, Emily, and Anne, gave to the world several groundbreaking novels dnd some memorable poetry. The course will focus primarily o n the writings of Charlotte ()a~leEyrc. Villerte) and Emily (Wurhering Heighfs, poems). All students will read these works and will sample some of the critical approaches t o Wufherir~gHeight\, one of the most original novels of the nineteenth century. In addition, we will read the biography of Charlotte by her friend and fellow writer. Elizabeth Gaskell. We will consider the influence on the sisters of the family situation and of attitudes toward women writers in the 1840's. Each student will read one additional novel or biography. Class activities will include lectures, discussions, and films In addition to short quizzes and an exam, each student will either write a short paper or d o a class presentation. Upper division students will d o both. Prerequisites: One literature course or consent of the instructor. Distribution: Urban Studies, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies Time: l l O M 16 Europe January 3-28 I nteri m/9 Theatre in London Eng 269 - 4131 Eng 369 - 4132 Instructor: Richard Sargent Cost: $1795 London is one of the leading centers of theatre in the world. We will attend plays at theatres such as the National Theatre and the Royal Shakespeare Company theatres where internationally renowned directors like Peter Hall present revivals of classics and the premieres of the work of playwrights like Tom Stoppard and Peter Shaffer. We will be reading some plays in order to be aware of the historical context in which contemporary dramatists are writing. In addition to going to plays and touring theatres, we will take advantage of the cultural richness London has to offer, visiting art galleries such as theTate, attending concerts, and touring spots in London that have been significant in literary history. We will also make trips to visit other theatres, notably to Stratford. Students will keep a journal: those taking the course for upper division will write a paper in addition. Counts toward English major Distribution: English - Speech, Communication &Theater Arts Grading: P/N Five-College Poetry Writing Workshop Eng 362 - 4127 Instructor: Roger Blakeley, Macalester College M~mbcrs of the workshop will experiment with poetry techniques, aiming at the completion rrl .I pns~lolirkof new work and the revising of existing manuscripts. The workshop will meet threp mornings a week at Macalester for lectures, discussions, and critiques. In addition, iridividual conlerences will be scheduled, and an optional public reading is planned for late in the month. Attendance at all class sessions is mandatory The course is open to students from the five Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities who have had experience in writing poetry. Normally only three students from a college will be accepted. Preferably students should have taken at least one college-level creative writing course. Students considering this course should contact Richard Sargent (English Department) and submit samples of their work no later than one'week before the first day of Fall Registration for Interim. Class meets 9:30 to 11:45 MWF, H 203 (Macalester), plus conferences TBA. French Literature in Translation Fre 243 - 4134 Instructor: Ruth Aaskov Study of representativeshorter French works in English translation. By reading and analysis of a common core of varied works we will strengthen communication and critical skills, develop cultural sensitivity, and become acquainted with significant French writers. Mini-lectures and study guides will help focus attention on the works themselves. M u c h class time daily will be devoted to small group discussion and exchange of ideas. Evaluation based on group work, progress, quizzes, writing assignments, and a short independent study. . Prerequisites: Sophomore standing Distribution: Jr. & Sr. only (old requirements). Time: I - Beginning Norwegian ~ d 111 r - 4133 Instructor: Liv Dahl Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading, and writing. Stress o n spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work expected. Distribution: Foreign Language Time: I O M 29 Norwegian Conversation and Composition Nor 311 - 4137 Instructor: Leif Hansen Intensive practice i n spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given t o regional variations i n spoken Norwegian and to differences between the t w o official languages of Norway. There will be laboratory work and field experience. If arrangements can be made, part of the course will be conducted at a location in Northern Minnesota. Fees: $100 if the off-campus part of the course can be arranged. Prerequisites: 75211 or equivalent Time: II O M 29 lntensive Beginning Spanish Spa 112 - 4135 Instructor: To b e named The goal of thiscourse isto complete thesequence of Beginning Spanish with greater emphasis o n spoken Spanish than is usually the case. Students will be expected to complete and correct written assignments outside of class so that time in class can b e used for small group conversations, impromptu skits and discussions in Spanish. Evaluation will be based on daily work, quizzes, four tests and a final exam. Prerequisites: Spanish 111 Distribution: Foreign Language O M 23 Time: I Spanish of the Business and the Professional World Spa 215 ;4136 Instructor: Gunta Rozentals Objectives: To give the students the basics needed to cope with professional situations by preparing them to work with Spanish-speaking clients in various fields. Content: Introduction to the communication patterns and technical expressions used in health care, education, welfare, law enforcement and business areas. Layout and style of Spanish business letters. Evaluation: Tests and performance in simulations of true-to-life situations. Prerequisites: Spanish 212 Distribution: Foreign Language Time: I Planning for Tomorrow: Personal & Social Transformation in the 1980's Gst 240 - 4177 Robert Clyde, Augsburg College Berenice Bleedorn, Director of Creative Studies, The Coll6ge of St. Thomas Course will define personal and social transformation, show how this transformation takes place, and introduce students to such concepts as general systems theory, paradigm shifts, entropy and syntropy, holism, and the uncertainty principle. Using this knowledge, students will develop a model for a futuristic democracy, i n which the citizens "think globally and act locally." Students will read Marilyn Ferguson's The Aquarian Conspiracy plus one or more additional books from the bibliography, keep a journal on the readings, class discussions and additional resources (meetings, lectures, interviews, films, etc.), and prepare a plan for personal, continuing involvement in the model for the futuristic democracy developed by the class. Evaluation will be based on assessment of "open journal" through oral examination, and assessment of quality of personal growth plan. S 108 Time: II Recreational Rhythms and Activities Hpe 232 - 4143 Instructor: Pam Paulson Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade i s based upon participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This offering equals only 1/2 course credit. Time: I - Jan. 18-29 Melby Modern Dance Hpe 373 - 4141 Instructor: Pam Paulson An introductory course in modern dance technique, composition, improvisation, and problem solving. The majority of the course grade i s based upon daily performance in class, performance of a group composition, and a written test. This offering equals only 1/2 course credit. Melby Time: I - Jan. 4 - 15 12/l nteri m Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program Hpe 410 - 4142 Instructor: Richard Borstad Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. Prerequisites: Health 320 (School Health Curriculum) Time: I Melby 13 Virgin Islands January 4-28 Sailing in the Virgin Islands ** Hpe 455 - 4139 Instructor: Joyce Pfaff Cost: $1995 Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will focus on taking the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, docking, helming, and crewing). The student will live aboard a 39'fixed keel sailboat with 6 other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. This will besupplemented by sessions dealing with safety, boat handling, boat systems, provisioning, trip planning, piloting,and navigation. Sailing will include cruises to the various islandsand cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkelingand windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. Evaluation will be based on competencies demonstrated by each individual in crewing and leadership in the role of "acting captain." A daily ship's log will be kept by all participants. Counts toward lifetime sport distribution requirement Grading: P/N only Coaching of Football Hpe 476 - 4140 Instructor: Al Kloppen Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football. This offering equals only 1/2 course credit. Time: I -Jan. 4 - 15 Melby 12 Coaching of Basketball Hpe 477 - 4138 Instructor: Rees Johnson Theory, techniquesand administration of coaching basketball. Course will includeoff-season, pre-season and in-season programs. Grade evaluation will be based on preparation of a coaching notebook, a written exam and general participation. There will be some out of class night work. Prerequisites: Instructor's approval. This course equals only 1/2 course credit. Melby 13 Time: I l -Jan. 18 - 29 20th Century South Asia His 162 - 4147 His 462 - 4148 Instructor: Don Gustafson Thts geographtc area has pratlilrrd the l a r g r ~workrng ~ rlernocr~ryin thc world today; from this people havr come on(' a( our cenlury's greaimt "saints" and a l s o one or the most r ~ n o w n e tstalesmen; l 11 isa forernoqt cxample of 20th-Ccntnryr olonralismarid natlonallrm: ir Iiarexpr.r~~ntetl oneaf thisrentury'sgreatr~rupheavalfof people: i t rsa ~tdndnrdexarnplcfor populat~ontrtsrs and world h u n ~ e rillt~stratlons.5oi11hAsia is all thrs-ant1 much more. Thts course I$ d~slgnerlfor the ctndent *ha has Inrercs! but lirtls or no background In nnn-western ~ubj~=ct5-1hough nth~rsare a l ~ owelcorn~.The h ~ a rot l the coursr will he in a w ~ t l ~ a ~ s o r t m e nreadings r (somt oI them really cxcellcnt) t r u ~~IIF-IP will a l ~ o h e lertures, trrne for drscussron and frequent breaks for slrde presentations. Grades w ~ lbe l based on general level of partlclpatlon, on some wrltten work and probably a test Students reglster~ngfor upper dlvls~oncred~tw ~ l have l addlt~onalassignments and be graded by upper dlvrslon standards. Prerequisites: Students registering for upper division credit must have had at least one college history class. Distribution: History - Philosophy Time: I S112 Eastward to America: Limited Hospitality His 220 - 4145 His 320 - 4146 Instructor: Khrn Khrn Jensen An invesriaatlon c l r tlw rationale fcr I ~ immigration P pattern, economir opporlunities, and social. politlcnl and economic- problems encour~rer~rl tjy thp folIowing Irnrn1grant5:Chlnew, l Forus on these thrre rrhnic groups will involve jap~ncseanrl Korean5 tn the W n i l ~ rStares. tjrlth t h "nld" ~ rmmigrants nntl ~tir"ncw" immigrants. Coursc will u 1 1 l i r~~~l ~ nspeak~r5 ic (Chinesr. Japancse and Koreilns) in a home rnvirnnment-dt~cus5Ion format. There will l~ etltnir meals, ~ t h n i craaking dcrnonsrra~ians,films, slides ~ n df i r * l t l rrips-,111 f h c ~arp important rornponent5 of thv rorlrsp as IS rlie academic component ol readings. erc. Focus Ir on ~ h cxperienrrs r or tlicsc ethnic aroups in Hawaii. Calllorr~i;~ ant1 M t n n ~ f o t a . and a Iourn,jI, loww rlivirron will cloa jnirrn;tl. Thrrr will 1 1 1 ~ ~ ~ r d i v i s i o n ~ t u dwill e n dnapaprr t5 t)r an exam un the t ~ x and t readlng~. Fees: $15 for meals and films etc. Prerequ~sites:Lower Divis~on,None Upper Divis~on,sophomore standing and consent of instructor D~stribution:Ii~storyand Philosophy Time: I Studies in Ancient and Medieval History Through the Reformation His 366 - 4190 Instructor: Richard Nelson This course is intended for those students who, having completed a course i n either ancient, medieval, renaissance, or reformation history, have a desire t o extend their work in one of those areas. Students will meet with me on a regular arranged basis for consultation and identification of the topic they intend to study. These topics can be of varied nature: e.g., biographical, social, military,art, literature, etc. The final result of thestudy will becompletion of a paper or project. Prerequisite: One history course and consent of instructor Time: II Brush Up Mat 103 - 4150 Instructor: Bev Durkee Thiscourse is designed asa brush u p in arithmetic and elementary algebraskills.Thecourse will be particularly helpful for students in elementary education or w h o will b e taking statistics as part of a major. Part of the work will be done on the computer. There will be diagnostic tests t o determine study needs, homework assignments t o gain skills, and written problem solving tests to determine achievement. Grades will be determined by test scores. Course of study i s completely individualized. Time: I S 108 Mathematical Aspects of Music Mat 130 - 4149 Instructor: Ben Cooper This course has t w o purposes. The first is to convey some mathematics that musicians should know (or know about), mostly concerning such pre-musical topics as acoustics, scales, tuning, and the premises of twelve-tone composition, but also concerning the question of the meaning of compositional style and quality.Thesecond purpose is t o try tocounterthecultural invrntine or discovering isolation of motlcrn malhematics by mcans o l parallel e r t p ~ r i c n c r % math~maticr; and writing music,anrl thro~ghc-antactwith one or two rna~hr*rnaticalto~ics not t a tangential bearing o n music, usually found in the curriculum t h a t a r c r i a n i l i ~ a n t ~ t r a v e aleas1 and con bc enjoycd with minimdl prereq~lisites.When pos~ihle,we will Iry trl hear those things we discuss mathematically through recordings or performant:e. Grades will be based o n homework exercises, mostly mathematical, but including the composition of at least one canon. Therefore some experience i n part writing is essential. The necessary mathematics will be developed i n class. Prerequisites: Music 101 o r equivalent and some high school algebra. Distribution: Mathematics - Physics Time: I Mathematical Themes in History and Philosophy M a t 134 - 4188 M a t 334 - 4189 Instructor: Larry Copes This course is designed for students who enjoy challenging reading and writing, but may be uncomfortable with mathematics. Objectivesare to examine waysin which mathematical ideas have affected and have been affected by philosophical ideas and historical movements. We shall examine h o w number systems, algebra, cardinality, and axiom systems have related to various epistemologies. There will be t w o exams and two short papers. Students must be qualified for College Algebra, as demonstrated (for example) by being i n Croup A on the Augsburg Mathematics Placement Exam. Upper division: Students should have taken at least one mathematics course beyond Calculus II. Grading will be based o n three papers. Prerequisites: Yes Distribution: Mathematics - Physics Time: II O M 25 Introduction to Music Therapy: A Clinical Overview Mus 110 - 4151 Instructor: Roberta Metzler Visitation of clinical f a c i l i ~ i ~i rsl t l ~ cMetropolitan area to observe music therapy in practice. Objectives of the coursr will Ile lo llccorn~familiar with a variety of clientele (Including mentally retarded, emotionally tlis~url)ed,nntl p11ysic.illy hilndicapped), and t u observ~how music therapy function< wilt1 diricrcnt populations. I n addition to the field trips, c-lasircmm discussions will include an o v e r v i ~ wol nlusir fherapy prac-tires and theory in thir country and abroad. Evaluation will be based o n tests,field trip reports, and class participation. A special fee of $15.00 will be required, t o cover the cost of transportation. A special class project will be required for upper division credit. Student times must beflexible, toallow for field tripsduring either the morning or afternoon. Fees: $15.00 Distribution: Art - Music M24 Time: II Sign and Song Mus 161 - 4152 Mus 361 - 4153 Instructor: Larry Fleming This course of study will investigate the relationship between visual symbols utilized in "signing" for the hearing impaired, and the basicelementsof music: melodiccontour, rhythm, and text topics. The process will include: I. Theory-Readings and discussion i n the areas of symbol, image, ritual, and gesture by authors S. Langer, B. Shahn, C. lung, T. Stafford, and others. II. ~ a r t i c i ~ a t i o n - ~ a s i"signing" c will b e taught by an area expert, so that fundamental concepts, vocabulary, and gestures are experienced and understood. Ill. Observation-Visits at local congregations and schools where signing is used with song. Although of special benefit for Music, Drama, and Education students, this study might prove useful for any interested student. N o previousexperienceor music training is necessary. Upper division credit requires the writing of a position paper. Distribution: Art - Music M 22 Time: II Trends and Issues in Nursing Nur 330 - 4154 Instructors: Susan Knust - Nancy Malcolm Nursing is viewed from an historical, current and futurist perspective to develop theories and concepts of leadership, change, and role development. The nurse as leader is discussed i n terms of ethics and accountability to the profession and t o society. The changing health care needs and demands of society are examined i n light of theability of the health caresystemand health care providers to meet those needs. The role of the nurse in meeting current and projected societal health care needs is discussed with emphasis on changing and emerging roles in nursing. The student increases his/her awareness of the complexities of societal and health issues by examining the political and legislative processes related to such issues. Emphasis is placed o n the impact of these processeson the nursing profession and health care delivery. The role of the nurse as an active participant i n these processes i s examined as well. Teaching methods include lecture, discussion and a variety of expert guest speakers. Evaluation methods include annotated bibliography, student debates and paper and pencil test. O M 11 Time: II The Nature of Contemplation Phi 210 - 4157 Instructor: Mark Fuehrer Thiscourse will examine the nature of contemplation by meansof philosophicalanalysis of the works of several contemplative writers. The following concepts will be analyzed and discussed: the object of contemplation, the effects of contemplation on the human subject, the modes of contemplation, and the language of contemplation. The course will consist of introductory lectures o n topics t o be discussed followed by selected readings and discussions i n class. Each student will prepare one paper of moderate length on a topic of his/her choosing with respect t o the course. Students will be given a grade based on the term paper and the individual discussions. Distribution: History - Philosophy Time: II O M 23 Age of Aquarius? A Philosophical Look at Some Contemporary lssues Phi 250 -4158 Instructor: Kenneth Bailey A popular song says: "This is the dawning of the Age of Aquarius." Is it? Aquarius, the Waterbearer, the eleventh sign of the zodiac, symbolizes simplicity, peace, and brotherhood. Whether such an age has begun is a question. Some astrologers say it began as early as 1930; others that it is just dawning. However that may be, i n this course we will discusssome of the concerns (e.g., freedom, morality, hunger) that face whatever age we may be in, from a philosophical standpoint. Basically a discussion course. Grades will be based o n written tests and class participation. Distribution: History - Philosophy OM 10 Time: II Islamic Philosophy: Past and Present Phi 410 - 4156 Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach A study of the preservers of the Classic Greek tradition, analyzing h o w they reshaped the materials they inherited and i n what way they helped influencc the rise of Medieval Christian thought. To what extent current Islamic thought preserves their heritage or is conditioned by Christian western culture will be explored. Seminar format, with presentation and discussion of research papers. Prerequisites: No, though some previous philosophy recommended. Distribution: History - Philosophy M 23 Time: I 1982 Oak Ridge ~ssociatedUniversities Science Minimester Phy 322 - 4159 Inctructor: Kermit E. Paulson A study of nuclear radiation with emphasis on applications and "hands-on" laboratory experience for the individual student. The course will consist of (1) introductory work on radiation detection and measurement at Augsburg, (2) participation in the 1982 Oak Ridge Associated Universities Science Minimester where the student has the opportunity to study projects i n nuclear radiation physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, environmental radiation, coal technology, health physics,and radiological safety; and (3) summary and evaluation of the program back at Augsburg. This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated Universities-Professional Tra~ningprogram. Two weeks of the coursewill bespent i n Oak Ridge, Tennessee utilizing the instructional staff and laboratory facilitiesof ORAU. These facilities provide an opportunity for laboratory experience not normally available to undergraduate students. Fecs: The cost for travel and housing will be approximately $250. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor. Time: I S 24 Democratic Theory and Practice Pol 381 - 4160 Instructor: Milda Hedblom A study of democraric theory and public policy practice with focu, on the emergence of political democracy, capitalism and the welfare state in comparative perspective. An extensive research project will b e required in one of the major themes of the course involving considerable independent work. Prerequisites: Two courses political science,economics, philosophy or instructor's permission. M 25 Time: II The Politics of American Defense POI 461 - 4161 Instructor: Mary Ellen Lundsten Contending explanations of American foreign policy-making will be examined with special concern for nuclear strategy and military intervention. Issues arising out of the Carter and Reagan defense policies will be discussed i n the light of previous American foreign policy behavior since World War II. . Grades will be based on t w o 5-page essays i n which students will reflect and comment on course readings, class discussions, and their experiences i n a policy-making simulation to be held during one all-day class in mid-January. Prerequisites: One introductory course in political science or permission of the instructor. M 25 Time: I Use of the Personal Computer in Psychology Psy 241 - 4163 lnitructor: Richard Marken See how a personal computer (the Psychology Department's Apple Il)can be used as a tool t o explore the mind. Learn t o write simple programs i n BASIC which will produce graphic displays, measure response time, d o statistical analyses and mndel thought processes. See the fruits of your efforts i n glorious color on the Apple II TV scleen. Evaluation based o n programming projects and two tests. P3 Time: II Designing an Introductory Psychology Course Psy 305 - 4164 Instructor: Norm Ferguson The course will involve students i n all phases of developing an introductory psychology course. This will include assessing the background and interests of the potential students, developing a course outline, choosing the classroom teaching methods, selecting the textbooks, preparing the exams and other forms of evaluation, and determining the grading procedures. There are two main objectives: (1) t o give students exposure to principles of curriculum development and theories of intellectual growth and development and (2) t o give students an opportunity to experience thesubject matter of introductory psychology from the perspective of an instructor. Evaluation will be based o n daily class participation and written assignments. Prerequisites: Two courses in psychology. Time: II P1 Reading in the Works of Robert Coles Psy 372 - 4162 Instructor: Duane Johnson Thiscourse will providean opportunity to read i n the works of Robert Coles with major focus o n conditions under which children develop. Reading will also include some attention t o authors closely related to Coles' perspective. Robert Coles isone of America's most widely published writers; much of his writing is based on a participant-observer style ol rrsaarrh. I-lp<prnclsfuhstantial time with particular persons i n various settings (southrrnri-5, rrligrants, sliarc~cropllers, Eskimos, Chicanos, Indians, the affluent and privileged, pcoplc of Iflsler 2nd South Africa) and reports their lives with sensitivity and with particirlar ~ l r p n l i o1 ~ 0 ltheir ~ r r c * ~ ~ k He ll~ i s ra.perceptive criticof our society and a spokesperson for the "less advantaged" and minority persons. Some initial study and planning will be required prior t o the beginning of the interim; each student must contact Dr. Johnson n o later than December 1 for further details regarding these assignments and t o confirm her/his registration i n the course. Course expectations will include extensive reading, regular class attendance and contribution, an annotated journal, and ashort summary paper. Course will be offered only on a P-N grading basis. Prerequisites: 86105 - General Psychology P5 Time: I Hawa~iJanuary 4-30 The Confrontation of Cultures and Religions in Hawaii rC Rel 321 - 4166 Instructor: P h ~ l ~ Quanbeck p Cost: $1795 It A study of Buddhism, Protestant Christianity, Mormonism,and Polynesian religion with special attention t o their interrelation i n Hawaii. Special attention given t o t h e following: the meeting of New England Calvinism and Hawaiian traditional culture and religion and its results today; the meeting of Christianity and both Chinese and Japanese Buddhism i n Hawaii today; and the approach of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter Day Saints (Mormons) to the Polynesians. Efforts will also be made to study aspects of Chinese and Japanese cultures and religions i n their own right. Evaluation will be based o n class participation and the submission of a journal. Distribution: Religion Prerequisites: one religion course Grading: P/N only Christianity in Modern Africa Re1 366 - 4165 Instructor: Bradley Holt This cour.;c. is i n t ~ n c l r t10 l inform l~artiriparitsabout thr. c'ontrmporary r r l i g i c > ~situatir~n ~s In s r l e c ~ r trrgions l ~f Africa and ~ o s t i r n u l a ~rcllccrion.on c llrc univrrsat r taimsol Christianiry anrl form< il takrbs. A l f r n l i o r i will h r #ivcn lo Iht? lllarrting of Ctiristii~nityit1 the v d l i ~ Ot (~CUIIU~JI klric-a,to I t s d ~ v e l o ~ ~rlntler t n ~ nr ~n l n n ~ arrgimt:s,arlrl l irs rrr.rnt growth in ~nrlcpendentstates. T l i r " l r ~ r l o p m d r n r " African churches will bc stuclirvl. as well as aliprnpt5 lu l u r n ~ l ~ l .an rt~ "Africa11 Christian Tlienlngy." Tlrrb c o u r w wlIT ~ n i l ~ l uler.lur~s. y v t s i ~ i nresourrv ~ I)ersr)n, a i~rllo-visual~ i r l s. i,~ i r frlisr-i15sionnfr ~ a r l i n gmaterials. Stirrlrnts will beevaluated ona research j,lppr and an examination. P! "equisites: One cohrse i n religion. Uis~r1,-ution: Religion Time: II O M 18 - Christianity in Crisis: The New Evangelicals Confront the Twentieth Century Re1 368 - 4187 Instructor: Bruce Stuart Protestant Christians respond to science, social change, and critical views of their faith. "Bible-believing" and "evangelical" Americans attempt to shape their culture and call America t o a "Christian" and a "moral" pattern. Emphasis will be placed on the history and thought of "Born-Again" Christians since the 1920's. Key issues: Fundamentalism vs. Modernism, The Scopes Trial, Revivalism, Faith-healing, inerrancy of scripture, the Christian i n politics, the "electronic church" and prayer in the public school Key figures: W.B. Riley, Carl Mclntire, Billy Graham, Oral Roberts, Jerry Falwell, several American Presidents, Mark Hatfield Classroom lectures and discussion, one Sunday morning of television, texts and reserved reading. There will be two tests and a short paper. Prerequisites: One course i n religion Distribution: Religion Time: I *+* Israel January 3-28 Israel, Ancient and Modern Re1 375 - 4167 Instructor: John Benson Cost: $2195 This course encounter will focus o n archaeology and geography with special attention t o methods and results of archaeology as they relate to biblical sites in Israel. The group will live primarily in Jerusalem where there will be lectures, walking tours in the O l d City, and visits to museums and places of religious and historical interest. Twoside trips are planned: one to the north, including places such as the Sea of Galilee, Tiberias, Capernaum, Hazor Megiddo and Nazareth; and another t o the south, which will include such places as Ashdod, Beer-sheba, Masada and Qumran. Some time will be spent in London at the beginning of the interim. There will be required reading, and students will keep a journal. Prerequisites: one course i n religion Distribution: Religion Grading: P/N only Practicum in Human Services Swk 257 - 4169 Instructor: Doug Perry Thirty hours per week of volunteer work i n a human service agency i s combined with readings and weekly seminars. An opportunity to discover whether a career i n human services is for you. Evaluation will be based on submission of journals, summary of experience and a final examination. Students will b e asked t o meet with instructor before the end of Fall Semester i n order to discuss selection of agency and structure of the course. Objectives: 1) To develop special awareness of the kinds of problems for which people seek help. 2) To increase knowledge of the service given by the agency i n which student is serving. 3) To gain knowledge of the professionals i n the organization, including their skills, competencies, education, and training. 4) To gain beginning knowledge about the diversity of human service agencies. 5) To increase understanding of self i n relation t o the human service field. Time: I Field Work Ill Swk 466 - 4170 Instructor: Edwina Hertzberg Continuation o f educationally focused field placement in a social service agency (Field Work 11). Student will spend 15 hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Student will b e evaluated in writing by Field Work Instructor using previously developed field learning agenda and social work evaluation form. Objectives: 1) To use supervisory relationship t o increase interpretive as well as performance competence. 2 ) To promote gradual entry into direct practice. 3) To increase competence i n client contact phase of the problem solving process. 4) To increase student self awareness in regard to professional practice interest, areas of strength and areas for personal/professionaI development. 5) To promote competence i n the full process of problem solving, with special emphasis o n analysis and resolution stages. 6) To apply human behavior and social environment theories content to analytic processes and t o develop interpretive ability. 7) To continue to promote gradual entry into action-intervention phase of the problemsolving process. 8 ) To further examine minority issues in relation t o practice. (Note: this will be offered for 1/2or full credit. For full credit, student will spend 30 hours per week i n placement, the additional 15 hours to be i n non-client contactactivities whichaddress specific projects i n the agency, as written into the field learning agenda and agreed upon among student, field instructor, and faculty supervisor) Prerequisites: Field Work II O M 11 Time: II - 4:00 - 5:00 p.m. T,W,Th Pol 399 - 4184 Washington Interim A study-internship program i n Washington, D. C. i n connection with the Washington Center of Learning Alternatives, Information o n projects, housing and financial assistance i s available from Dr. Barbara Richards-Haugen i n Memorial 113. Swk 312 - 4185 Training School o n Alcohol and Drug Abuse Intensiveexperiential and didactictraining at Johnson Institute combined with week-long experience i n chemical dependency treatment agency. Students are evaluated according to participation i n classes, experiential learning and i n the chemical dependency agency. Enrollment is very limited. Social Work 95257, social work major and permission of contact person, Eddie Hertzberg, are prerequisites. Cost: $100. Augsburg Lifetime Sports The following activities are a v a l l a l ~~nrrudents l~ during interim and may be taken in addition t o a regular course. They d o riot carry nlfir,inl credit, but they d o meet the life-time sports requirement for graduation. S~uderrksmay parlicipate in any one of these without registering for the course, but will be e x p ~ r ~ rtor lpay any fees whether or not credit i s received. Badminton Hpe 002 - 4178 Instructor: Marilyn Pearson Basic techniques and theory of beginning badminton - much of the class time will be spent i n singles and doubles games and tournaments. There will b e n o written tests or outside assignments. Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one life-time sport Time:'12:00 Noon Melby Volleyball Hpe 002 - 4179 Instructor: E. W. Anderson Learn rules and skills necessary to enjoy volleyball. Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one life-time sport. Time: 12:OO Noon - 1:00 p.m. daily Melby Racquetball Hpe 002 - 4180 Instructor: E.W. Anderson Learn rules and skills necessary to enjoy racquetball. Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one life-time sport. Time: 8:00 a.m. - 9:00 a.m. daily Melby American Karate: Fun, Fitness, Sport, Self Defense Hpe 002 - 4191 Instructor: M i k e Teitelbaum An introduction t o "American" Karate. Form, basic techniques and practical usage will b e taught by a certified Second Degree MKA Black Belt Instructor. Fees: approximately $20. Time: 12:OO Noon Monday, Wednesday, Friday Melby
Show less
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1983
Title
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1983
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
AUGSBURG COLLEGE Minneapolis, Minnesota 1983 Interim Catalog 2/1 nterim POSTMASTER Volume 113, Number 4 Winter I982 612/300-1001 AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall, and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M ...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE Minneapolis, Minnesota 1983 Interim Catalog 2/1 nterim POSTMASTER Volume 113, Number 4 Winter I982 612/300-1001 AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall, and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454. Secondclass postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Augsburg College lnterim The interim i s an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one course equals a full time load, students should plan t o spend the same amount of time i n class and preparing for class as they w o u l d for a four course load during Fall and Spring semesters. Calendar for Full Credit Courses ............................................. .................................................. November 8-11 Interim Registration December 6 ............................................Late Interim Registration January 3.. First Day of Interim Class 19:00 a.m. Class 11 1:00 p.m. Last day for cancel/add January 4 . . January 17.. Last day for determining grading system with Registrar January 21.. ............................ Last day for withdrawing from full courses January 28.. ....................................................... Interim ends .............................................. ................. Calendar for Half Credit Courses January 3.. ............................... First group of half credit courses begins January 4 . . ............................. .Last day t o cancel/add half credit courses January 10.. Last day for determining grading system for half credit courses January 12.. Last day for withdrawing from half credit courses First group of half credit courses ends January 14.. January 17.. Second group of half credit courses begins January 18.. ............................ .Last day t o cancel/add half credit courses January 24. .......... Last day for determining grading system for half credit courses Last day for withdrawing from half credit courses January 26.. January 28.. Interim ends ......... ...................... ................................ ........................... ...................... ....................................................... The interim day is divided into two blocks of time: I - 8:00 - 12:OO Noon The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. 4/l nterim Essential Information One course i s considered a full time load during interim and no student i s permitted to register for more than one course credit during the period. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an interim course. Most interim courses are graded traditionally on a scale of 4.0 to 0. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this i s indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be interim courses (or one interim less than the number of years of full time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one interim for graduation.) This Catalog This catalog lists courses by departments with departments listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses are available in the lnterim Office, Memorial 230. Students may register for one of the Lifetime Sports listed on the last page. Location Key L-Library Building M-Music Hall OM-Old Main P-Psychology Building S-Science Hall Options June Interim - At least two interim courses will be offered in the June 1983 session of summer school (see listings under Biology and Education) in lieu of January term, with no additional tuition charge. Students planning to elect a June interim must register at the time of interim registration in the fall. Students wishing to take the June interim in addition to the January one will be required to pay the regular summer course tuition. International Interims-Students are invited to consider being part of one of the six overseas interims offered by Augsburg College during January 1983. These interims are under the following departments: Art - Europe: Art in London and Paris Foreign Language - Mexico: Basic Conversational Spanish - Europe: The Rhine Frontier History - Hawaii: Laboratory of Multi-Ethnic Interaction Music - Europe: Music in London and Paris Political Science - Mexico: Theories of Social Change and Revolution Other international interims are available through Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE) and St. Olaf College. Further academic description, travel details and cost estimates are available in the Interim Office and from Mary Kingsley in the International Center, Old Main 20. Students interested in participating in one of these international interims should apply in the International Center before November 1. Additions to the overseas groups usually cannot be made after that date. Internships - Students electing an internship interim must present a completed internship learning contract to the Internship Office (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 16. Contract forms are available in the same office. Independent or Directed Study - Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent or directed study per interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: A. Meet departmental requirements, B. Present to the lnterim Director for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and not later than November 2. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 institution which offers a reciprocal interim arrangement. Catalogs of these interims can be consulted in the lnterim Office. The lnterim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be done at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the interim at other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the Religion requirement. Non-Augsburg Students Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for the January interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $670 for the interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg lnterim should write to the lnterim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school. These students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. Augsburg Policy Augsburg College admits students of any race, color, national and ethnic origin to all the rights, privileges, programs, and activities generally accorded or made available to students at the school. It does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, national and ethnic origin in employment practices or administration of its educational policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, and athletic and other school-administered programs. Need More Help? Check with: The lnterim Office (Memorial 230), The lnterim Secretary, Ruth Maertens at 330-1025, or The Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson at 330-1192. 6/l nterim Courses - 16mm Film-Making I Film-Making I1 ART 242 - 4002,342 - 4005 Instructor: Paul Rusten The procedure, techniques and philosophy of 16mm film-making for expression/communication. Using professional 16mm equipment, students in teams will produce short black and white synchronized sound motion pictures. Students who have successfully completed Film-Making I (or equivalent) may take FilmMaking II, producing an advanced film project within the same class schedule and timeframe as Film-Making I. Fees: $75.00 for filmstock and equipment rental Prerequisites for 342: Film-Making I or equivalent Distribution: Art - Music Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 17 Life Drawing ART 247 - 4001 Instructor: Norman Holen A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students. The figure will be depicted i n various settings with a variety of media for varying lengths of time. The poses will extend from one minute to an hour and a half. You will be introduced to the 2B and 48 pencils, the charcoal pencil, and pastels. Fees: $20.00 to be paid on the first day of class. Distribution: Art-Music Time: I........ Room: O M 17 Europe January 3 - 28 Art in London and Paris ART 378 - 4006 Instructor: Mary Swanson This course will study art in the collections of museums in London and Paris. Stylistic, historical and sociological perspectives will be emphasized in viewing artwork in museums, galleries and architectural landmarks. Lectures will be given before visiting each museum so that students will become acquainted with major works i n each collection. Students will keep a journal on designated major works in each museum or gallery collection noting style, function, subject, formal organization and medium. Additional opportunities will be provided for students who wish to emphasize a certain period in the history of art. Fees: $1995 Distribution: English-Speech, Communication & Theater Arts Human Anatomy and Physiology BIO 103 - 4009 Instructor: Erwin Mickelberg This is a one-term course used by nursing students, physical education students and others who would like to be more knowledgeable about the human body and how it works. Although the course is as thorough as is possible in one term, there are no science prerequisites. I n addition to a systematic study, various questions stimulate discussion and individual study. Questions relating to product advertising and good nutritional principles, "fad diets," muscle development and exercise, and many others will arise throughout the course. The area of Anatomy is dealt with primarily i n the laboratory portion and Physiology in the lecture portion. About 40 hours are used in each, the laboratory and the lecture room. Time: Summer Interim.. . . . . . . Room: 5213 lecture, S214 lab Ethical Issues in the Life Sciences BIO 106 - 4113 Instructor: Ralph Sulerud W e are Iivlng in a period of biological revolurlon whfrh scemr llkely to contlnuc. Many of the d ~ v ~ l a p m e n twill r , increasingly result in drarnaric changes in cthiral thinking and the forrnularion of puhtic policy. Questions such as these musr be eflectivefy addre~ced:What are the rights o( r h unhorn? ~ Shfiulrl hiwlogists he allowed to work on any typc of research no matter where i t leads? Does the irlea of a moral responslhility toward the environment make sense? What ethical and social problems would arise as a resull of cloning people? IS recombinant DNA research likely to rrcate more p r o h l ~ m than s II soTves?Is euthanasia ever justllledl Ir Is intended rhat ihrs courseshould provide a! leas! a small part of the hackground necessary to answer such questions and make responciblr: ethical choices. Each topic will he introduced by the instrucrar or a guest, but much of the class time will be spent discussing assigned readings and various viewpoints. Formulation of a brief position paper on one of thr! issues will be required. Grades will be based on the paper, class participation and examination results. Distribution: Chemistry - Biology Time: I... . . . Room: 5 205 .. 8/l nterim Heredity, Evolution, and Humankind BIO 110 - 4010 Instructor: Ralph Sulerud Where did I come from? What am I ?Where am I going? certainly must rank among the more fundamental questions which intrigue and torment members of our species. While at one level we seek philosophical and religious answers, biology is invoked at another level. It i s the intent of this course to address these questions and others through the study of evolution and heredity (genetics). The concept of organic evolution continues to have its critics, a matter which we shall consider. Yet to the vast majority of biologists the evolution of life i s not only accepted but is regarded as the single most significant contribution which biology has made to human knowledge. We will study the evidence in support of evolution, the proposed mechanisms of the evolutionary process, and, as time permits, the course of evolution from primitive forms to humans. Some principles of genetics will be studied for the primary purpose of making it possible to understand evolutionary mechanisms. Ways in which people influence their own evolution and that of other species will be discussed. Classes will consist largely of lectures and discussions. Grading will be based on quizzes and tests. Prerequisites: A high school general biology course Distribution: Chemistry-Biology Room: 205 Time: I . . ...... Immunology BIO 386 - 4011 Instructor: Neal Thorpe A study of the immune system, emphasizing antibody structure and function, cell-mediated immunity, the development of the immune system, immunopathology, molecular recognition at cell surfaces as related to immune phenomena, and cancer biology and immunology. immunological and serological techniques will be considered and demonstrated. Lectures and discussions with grades based on examinations. Prerequisites: BIO 111,112 Time: 11.. ...... Room: S205 Laboratory Introduction to Chemistry CHM 113 - 4014 Instructor: Earl Alton way of learning Finding which chemicals are I n a solutlon (qualltatlve analysis) Is a challengrn~ some principles of chemisrrj. This course will use laharntory experiments coupled with an essentially non-mathematical explanation of the chemistry Involved to provid~a n introduction to chemistry. The laboratory work will center on solving chemical unknowns. There will be several lecture-discussion r~sslonseach weck and about three hours of laboratory ~ a c h day. Grading will be based upon solving unknowns and a few quizzes. Prerequisites: High School Chemistry Distribution: Chemistry - Biology Time: This class will meet January 3 at 12:30. Thereafter it will meet as follows: Lectures - 12:30 - 1:30 T,Th,F Lab - 8:30 -11:30 T,Th,F - 1:30 - 4:30 T,Th.. Room: S 318 ...... Physical Chemistry For The Life Sciences CHM 301 - 4015 Instructor: Richard D. Olmsted Objectives: The object of this course is to provide a working knowledge of basic physical chemistry to students whose primary academic interests lie in the life sciences. This course will provide a sound development of physical chemistry based on physical ideas and will use only the minimum mathematical treatment of the material that will enable students to use their new knowledge to solve relevant biochemical problems. Topics Covered: Properties of matter and molcculrs, energy changes in chemical reactions, entropy and the d i r e d o n of chemical change, f r ~ eenergy, chemical equilibrium and chemical driving forces, equilibria in chrmlcal and biological systems, physlcal ~ q ~ l i l i h rand ia membrane phenomena. rates of transport processes, rates of ch~mit.alreaction, rcaction mechanisms, rpraroscopy and quantum mechanics, molecules in crystals dnd molecular structures. Evaluation: Each student will be assigned a grade based on performance on in-class examinations. Prerequisites: 1 term Organic Chemistry, 1 term of Calculus Time: I. ....... Room: S 318 Microeconomics Applied To Managerial Problems ECO 451 - 4013 Instructor: Satya P. Gupta I n teaching microeconomics most of the emphasis i s on developing the theoretical tools with some scattered applications. This course, assuming the basic understanding of microeconomic tools, will concentrate on applying price theory to specific business decisions. Grades will be based on one report and an examination. Prerequisites: ECO 251 or Instructor's consent Room: L 1 Time: 1 1 . . ...... Discovery in the World of Kindergarten EDE 375 - 4018 Instructor: Lauretta Pelton This course i s a study of the kindergarten curriculum, an exploration of resources and materials and a review of teaching approaches. Laboratory requirement: Five half days in a kindergarten classroom. This is t o be arranged by the student after consultation with the instructor. The laboratory experience should have taken place prior t o the course itself. The course is a prerequisite to student teaching at the kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching at that level. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor Time: Summer Interim.. ...... Room: to be announced l O / l nterim Theories of Learning Disabilities EDE 383 - 4016, EDS 383 - 4017 Instructor: Barry Franklin This course will examine the principal theories that have been advanced during the past 80 years t o explain the nature, causes, and treatments for learning disabilities. I n examining these theories we will look at the behavioral charactCristics, methods of diagnosis, relationship between behavior and brain involvement, and treatment approaches advocated by major theorists and practitioners in the field. The course requirements include two take-home essay examinations and a short paper in which the student will examine the work of a major theorist of the field. There will be a number of field trips to look at representative learning disabilities programs in the Twin Cities. This course can be used as an elective in the special education minor. I t is designed for students in education, psychology, social work, nursing, music therapy and corrective therapy who anticipate working with handicapped individuals who exhibit learning and/or behavioral disabilities. Prerequisites: A general psychology course or consent of the instructor. Time: I . . ...... Room: O M 11 Student Teaching EDS 481 - 4023 EDC 481 - 4019 EDS 482 - 4024 EDC 482 - 4020 EDS 483 - 4025 EDC 483 - 4021 EDS 484 - 4026 EDC 484 - 4022 Instructor: Marie McNeff Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a school. Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor. Grading: P/N only Room: L 6 Time: I . . ...... People Under Pressure ENG 211 - 4027 Instructor: Barbara Andersen The child, the youth, the middle-aged, the old, all live under pressure-political, social, religious and personal. What these pressures are and how people cope with them provide the focus for the course. This is not, however, a course in depression, for pressure and stress often have positive results. And many people respond to pressure with courage, grace and even wit. We will read several genres, mostly of the 20th century, and works that are not usually covered in literature courses. Among the works being considered are Waters, The Man Who Killed the Deer; Potok, M y Name i s Asher Lev; Brautigan, Trout Fishing i n America; Wright, Native Son; Pym, Excellent Women; Hassler, Simon's Night; Lindbergh, Gift from the Sea; Turgenev, Fathers and Sons; Albee, The American Dream and The Zoo Story; Anderson, I Never Sang for M y Father; Gordon, Final Payments. Students will have some choice of works to read. Evaluation will be based on discussions, some in-class writing, reading quizzes, oral reports (optional) and two examinations. Distribution: English - Speech, Communication & Theater Arts Time: I . . ...... Room: O M 10 The American Short Story ENG 241 - 4028 Instructor: Toni Clark This course will feature films from the PBS series, The American Short Story. We will read the seventeen stories comprising this series as well as numerous others from the American Renaissance t o the present. Short fiction by women and men will be read. There will be a fee of approximately $10 for films. Evaluation will be based on class discussion, quizzes, papers and exams. Distribution: English-Speech, Communication and Theater Arts Time : I . . ...... Room: M 2 2 Literature Performed in the Twin Cities ENG 269 - 4029,369 - 4030 Instructor: Richard B. Sargent During January, we will attend a selection of the many plays and readings presented in the Twin Cities. The emphasis will be on theater, but we will also attend poetry readings and prose readings at places suc.h as the Loft and the Walker. We will be attending plays at theaters such as the Guthrie, Actors' Theatre of St. Paul, Playwrights' Lab, and the Rarig. Students will keep a journal of responses. Students will be responsible for paying for tickets, but we will take advantage of group rates whenever feasible. We will have group discussion of performances, and will be meeting with actors, directors, and writers for after-performance discussions. There will be a few assigned readings. Those taking the course for upper division credit will be expected to do an additional research paper. Fees: Approximately $30 for tickets for plays and readings. Distribution: English-Speech, Communication and Theater Arts Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 11 Five College Creative Writing Workshop (Fiction) ENG 362 - 4097 Instructor: Jonis Agee, The College of St. Catherine We will work to discover the necessary relationship between form and content, language and narration, and character and voice, and to develop the special discipline that writing fiction requires. We will attend some readings in the area by visiting writers. The format will be a workshop, in which we will share what we read, what we write, and what we dream. Participation i n this workshop will be limited to three Augsburg students who will be selected on the basis of short manuscripts of fiction to be submitted to Toni Clark by November 1. Contact Professor Clark (L 215, ext. 1053) for further details. Time: 11.. ...... Room: at College of St. Catherine, to be announced 12/l nterim Europe: January 3 - 28 The Rhine Frontier: Germany Meets Rome and France GER 333 - 4032 Instructor: Donald Steinmetz I Since Roman times, the lands along the Rhine have been one of the most significant frontier areas of Europe. Here German and Roman cultures clashed and mixed. Here modern Germany and France have their roots i n the empire of Charlemagne. Here romanesque and gothic architecture flourished in the Middle Ages. Here Germans and French fought in three recent wars. It is such events which have shaped life and left so many monuments between the Rhine and the Meuse. The student will study and "relive" the history of this area on location, from the Roman monuments of Trier and Cologne, Charlemagne's Aachen, to the battlefields of World Wars I and II and the dynamic society of present-day Germany. The course will be conducted primarily in Trier, Germany, with excursions to nearby sites. Trier i s ideal for this purpose. Perhaps the oldest city in Germany, Trier is rich in monuments dating from Roman times to the present, and important historical sites of five countries are less than 100 miles away. Lectures, discussions, and readings will be principally in German according to the student's entering level of competence. Cost: $1690 Prerequisites: German 112 or equivalent Distribution: Foreign Language Beginning Norwegian Nor 111 - 4033 Instructor: Leif Hansen The course provides an introduction to the basic skills of listening, speaking, reading, and writing. The first class sessions are conducted without the use of a printed text. Later class sessions provide a thorough introduction to the structures of contemporary Norwegian, but oral expression i s emphasized throughout the course. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work expected. Distribution: Foreign Language Time: 11.. . . . . . . Room: O M 29 Norwegian Conversation and Composition Nor 311 - 4034 Instructor: Leif Hansen Intensive practice in spoken Norweg~anwith emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to differences between the two official languages of Norway. Laboratory work and field experience required. Prerequisites: 211 or equivalent Time: To be arranged with instructor.. . . . . . Room: O M 29 . Mexico: January 3 - 27 Basic Conversational Spanish SPA 113 - 4031 Instructor: Mary A. Kingsley Basic Conversational Spanish Is designed for students who have already covered the structures of the present, preterite. and imperfect tenses and arc ready to put their knowledge to use on the scene in Mexico. There will he regular in-classsessions, small group conversations, as well as a great d ~ aol l opportunity to use Spanish aclively and passively in conducting Interviews, shopping, attending lectures, and just making Mexico home for a month. Grading will be based on class participation, quizzes, and a final exam which will be written and oral. Original materials will be used as the text. Basic Conversational Spanish and Theories of Social Change and Revolution (see Political Science) will have the same itinerary (Mexico, Oaxaca, Cuernavaca), and all the students will be encouraged to take advantage of the opportunities presented by each of the courses. A lot of time outside of class will be spent in informal group discussions. Cost: $1195 Prerequisites: Spanish Ill or 2 years of high school Spanish Distribution: Foreign Language for those needing 112 or 211. Recreational Rhythms and Activities HPE 232 -4076 Instructor: Staff Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is based upon participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This offering equals only 1/2 course credit. Time:ll -Jan. 3-13... . . . . . Room: Melby Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program HPE 410 - 4036 Instructor: Richard Borstad Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. Periodic exams covering lecture and textbook assignments; written summaries of professional journal articles; in-class activities, including a presentation on a teaching method. Prerequisites: Health 320 Time: I . .. . . . . . Room: Melby I3 14/l nterim Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries HPE475 -4035 Instructor: Al Kloppen Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. Prerequisites: HPE 350 Kinesiology This course equals only 1/2 course credit. Time: I -Jan. 3 13.. . . . Room: Melby 12 - .. . Coaching of Basketball HPE477-4078 Instructor: Dave Boots Theory, techniques and administration of coaching men's and women's basketball. Course will include off-season, pre-season and in-season programs. Grade evaluation will be based on preparation of a coaching notebook, a written exam and general participation. There will be some out of class night work. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor. This course equals only 1/2 course credit. Time: I l -Jan. 17 - 28.. . . . . . . Room: Melby I 3 Coaching of Hockey HPE478-4079 Instructor: Ed Saugestad Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. This course equals only 1/2 course credit. Time: I - Jan. 17 - 28.. . . . . . . Room: Melby 24 Paris in the Nineteenth Century HIS 114 - 4037 Instructor: Orloue Gisselquist The French are sometimes accused of thinking of Paris as the "navel of the universe." There's a bit of "sour grapes" caricature in that clever statement. For if one could pick out a city which in the last thousand years has been more important to Western Civilization than any other, one could make a good case for Paris. In this course we will study the history of that city i n one period of its greatness, the nineteenth century. We will use some readings about France, Paris, and Modern urbanism, but the main emphasis in our reading and approach to the subject will be the use of some nineteenth century French novels as historical sources for the study of Paris. We will thus have the opportunity to study the city of Paris in this century i n some fullness, read some great literature, and develop our talents in the use of historical material. As a bonus we will double (maybe quadruple!) our enjoyment of a future trip to Paris. The course will be conducted in part as a lecture course and in part as a seminar (discussion of readings, short papers, and shared reports-all part of the evaluation). There will be a final exam. Distribution: History-Philosophy: Urban Time: 11.. . . . . Room: O M 23 .. 20th Century South Asia HIS 162 - 4038 Instructor: Don Gustafson This geographic area has produced the largest working democracy in the world today; from this people have come one of our century's greatest "saints" and also one of the most renowned statesmen; it is a standard example for population crisis and world hunger illustrations. South Asia is all this-and much more. This course is designed for the student who has interest but little or no background in non-western subjects-though others are also welcome. The heart of the course will be i n a wide assortment of readings (some of them really excellent) but there will also be lectures, time for discussion and freauent breaks for slide ~resentations. Grades will be based on geAeral level of participation, on some written work and probably a test. Distribution: History - Philosophy Time: I . . . . . . . . Room: L1 Hawaii January 3 - 27 Hawaii: A Laboratory of Multi-Ethnic Interaction HIS 240 - 439,340 - 440 Instructor: Khin Khin Jensen Observation and study of Asian (Japanese, Chinese, Korean and Philippine), Polynesian (Hawaiian and Samoan) and Caucasian cultures interacting i n the 50th state. Focus on historical traditions, immigration patterns, religious heritage, educational experiences, commercial ventures, the media, cultural activities and current issues. Field trips include visits to the Polynesian Cultural Center, Pearl Harbor-Arizona Memorial, lolani Palace & Bishop Museum, Buddhist-Taoist Temple, East-West Center at the University of Hawaii, the Hawaiian City of Refuge in Kona area, and visits with community leaders of varying ethnic backgrounds in Hilo and Honolulu. Evaluation will be based on participation in all components of the Interim such as field trips, lectures and discussion sessions (including pre-interim orientations). Students will keep a daily journal. There will be required readings. Cost: $1895 Prerequisites: Upper division-sophomore standing and consent of instructor. Distribution: History-Philosophy Grading: P/N only 16/l nterim The Minnesota Political Tradition HIS 356 - 4041 Instructor: Carl Chrislock An interpretive survey of Minnesota political history from territorial days to the present. Attention will focus not only on narrative political history, but also on the underlying forceseconomic, ethnic, religious and cultural-that have helped shape the state's political culture. Procedures will be essentially traditional: lecture-discussion, assigned and optional readings, a term paper or book reviews, and a final examination (basically essay). Some audio-visual aids (transparencies of political cartoons, video cassettes of Arthur Naftalin's conversations with Minnesota governors, slides) will be used; and an effort to recruit outside speakers with political experience will be made. Prerequisites: One course in U.S. history, or consent of instructor. Room: M 22 Time: 11.. ...... Being and Becoming Well in American Culture INS 265 - 4043,365 - 4044 Instructor: Ronald Palosaari Within our culture are forces, patterns, and conditions that contribute to our degree of well being. During January we will examine American culture trying to understand better some of those factors that influence our wellness, to use the current popular term. We will also consider the current wellness movement, examining its impact on American culture and individually determine what it has to offer. To take this class, one does not have to eat granola, seaweed, and brown rice nor run five miles a day: One will be expected to walk or run regularly to class, to read several books and articles, and to write some short papers. Those taking the class for upper division credit will be expected to go up steps two at a time and write more extensive papers. We may take a few field trips in the Twin Cities and one trip to outstate Minnesota. I expect students to arrange any work schedule if necessary for such trips. Room: O M 25 Time: I.. ...... South Africa: Historical Mirrors, Economic Laagers and the color Spectrum INS 270 - 4045 Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach The goal of the course is to provide a multi-faceted encounter with a complex, fragmented, yet culturally familiar society. Approximately one week will be devoted to each of the following topics. I n what ways does the South African experience mirror the American experience; how do the economic policies of South Africa shape its relations to its economic satellites and Africa as a whole; what roles do the church, education and athletics have in molding a multi-cultural society? The course will be conducted largely in seminar format. During the last three weeks students will conduct relevant research and make presentations to the class, both individually and in groups. Academic work will be assessed through tests and evaluation of class presentations. Room: M 23 Time: I . . ...... Perspectives on the Humanities: The City in American History, Literature and the Arts, 1865-1914 INS 275 - 4042 Instructor: Grier Nicholl Rapid industrialization and the growth of cities between the Civil War and World War I generated significant responses from American writers of fiction and poetry, painters, photographers and architects. How did the interpretations of major writers and artists compare to actual historical developments of the city and technology in the period? What similarities and differences can be discovered in the ideas, values, and attitudes reflected in literary and artistic responses to industrialization? The course will examine these and other interdisciplinary questions to lead the student toward an integrative perspective on the humanities. Activities in the course will include active participation by urban and art historians; small group discussions of selected poems of Walt Whitman, selected short stories of Stephen Crane, and two controversial novels-Theodore Dreiser's Sister Carrie and Upton Sinclair's The jungle; lecture and slide presentations on painting and architecture; and visits to the Minneapolis Institute of Arts to view prints and photographs of the city during this period. There will be three tests and individual oral presentations of projects. Distribution: Urban Time: I . . . . . . . Room: O M 21 . Brush Up MAT 103 - 4093 Instructor: Bev Durkee This course is designed as a brush up in arithmetic and elementary algebra skills for students scoring I on the Mathematics Placement examination. The course will be particularly helpful for students in elementary education or who will be taking statistics as part of a major. Part of the work will be done on the computer. There will be diagnostic tests to determine study needs, homework assignments to gain skills, and written problem solving tests to determine achievement. Grades will be determined by test scores. Course of study i s completely individualized. Prerequisites: Mathematics Placement Examination score I. Time: I . . . . . . . . Room: S 108 18/l nterim An Exposure of Chaos in Modern Cosmic Models MAT 136 - 4047,336 - 4048 Instructor: Henry Follingstad An exploration of math-retated ideas and Space-Age research which critically re-evaluat~s present "scientlflt dogmas" on the universe and the smaller cosmic model5 of earth, life, and mankind. New Space-Agr: dara, much of it ignored or misinterpreted, is uncovered to show inadequacies and contradictions in cosmology, relativity, macroevolution, and t h ~ i links r to geology, biology, and the humanities. Class instruction and individual research will include study of the historical and modern impact of math-related cosmic models, and will note some misuses of mathematics which have transformed scientific speculation into "scientific fact." A written research paper is required in one of six major areas discussed. Upper division students will show broader research scope and writing ability and will present oral summaries of their papers. Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: 1 1 . . ...... Room: O M 22 Pattern Processing Through Pascal Programming MAT 144 - 4049 Instructor: Larry Copes I n this course students will learn to write elementary computer programs in the Pascal language. The programs will generate numerical and other mathematical data to be examined for patterns. With the help of the instructor and each other, students will test conjectures through data analysis and further programs. Work will be in individual, small group, and classroom settings. Evaluation will be through individual programs and written reports. Prerequisites: Group I l l (formerly A) score on Augsburg Mathematics Placement Examination. (See instructor if you have not taken this examination.) Distribution: Math-Physics Time: I . . ...... Room: S 112 Memorization for Musicians MUS 151 - 4053, 351 - 4054 Instructor: lames D. Johnson Multiple approaches to memorizing music via a foolproof system. These systems are derived from the harmonic, melodic, rhythmic, and formal analysis of the music under study. For instrumentalists and vocalists. Upper division students will be expected to memorize more, perform more for the class and do more memory work away from their instruments. Prerequisites: Basic music study Distribution: Music-Art Time: I.. ...... Room: M 4 Luther-Bach and the Shape of the Liturgy MUS 167 - 4051 367 - 4052 REL 364 - 4086 Instructors: Larry Fleming Philip A. Quanbeck The 500th anniversary of the blrth of Martin I-uther provides thc impetus for this FTOSSdidplinary offerlng focusing on thcrhape of the liturgy in t h r reformation and the historical. theolo~icaland musicological background out nf which the Mass In R minor by I. S. Bach emergps. Plenary sessions will be addrrsscd by Charles Anderson, Larry Flemlng, and Philip (Suanheck. Stuttents may elect e i t h ~ one r of the supplernenlary group sessions. 1. Musico!ngiral - Baroque p~rformancepracrice, contras~lngMass seftings, t e ~ t l ~foreal runners will be sti~diedtogether with detailed musical enrl theological analysis of the complete score with instrumental and choral realization. 2. Religion - The shape of the liturgy. Historical development of the Mass, historical and theological background of the reformation and the renaissance. This course may not be used toward a music major. Grades will be based on participation and examination. Upper Division credit will require additional work. Prerequisites: Religion - one course in religion Music - consent of instructor Time: 11.. . .. . .. Room: M 23 Europe January 3 - 28 Music in London and Paris MUS 378 - 4045 Instructor: Robert Karlen rt These two great European cultural centers will be visited so that students might experience the cultural milieu that produced such musical giants as Purcell, Handel, Britten, Franck, Berlioz, and Stravinsky. Performances ro be attended will include oprrctra, baller, chamber music, and symphonic concerts hy leading orchee~ralensernbl~s.There will be opportunities to attend worrhip services in the magnificent catherlralc of there rwo rap~lalcllfer. L@cturcsdesrxihing the special sljinillcancc of the music ro h c heard, and p r o v i d i n ~importani hackgrai~ndinformation, wil/ h~ supplemenred by visits lo museums and libraries to see r o l l e c t i o n ~of historical musical instriimrntr and view manuscript srorez or famous composers, Evaluation will be made on the basis of attendance at lectures, participation in class activities, four written concert reviews, and an informal final examination. Cost: $1995 Distribution: Art-Music Grading: P/N only 20/l nterim Trends and Issues in Nursing NUR 330 - 4055,330 - 4091 Instructors: Nancy Malcolm, Helen Woelfel This course is intended to give students a broad perspective by introducing current trends and issues in health care and the profession of nursing. Many of the issues are controversial, are relevant to current practice and have potential for far-reaching effects in health care. Students will be graded on group presentations and written examinations. Prerequisites: Registered Nurse Time: I or 4-8 p.m.. ....... Room: O M 12 Philosophy of Love - PHI 145 4056 Instructor: M . L. Fuehrer This course presents an analysis of the four types of human love, seeking to locate their place in human experience. Certain key writings of philosophers and works of literature will be analyzed with this objective in mind. Evaluation will be based on written essay examination. There will be a very small fee to cover film expenses. Distribution: History-Philosophy Room: O M 22 Time: I.. ...... 1983 Oak Ridge Associated Universities Science Minimester PHY 322 1 4057 Instructor: Kermit E. Paulson A study of nuclear radiation detection and measurement with emphasis on applications in the sciences and "hands-on" laboratory experience for the individual student. The course will consist of (1) introductory work on nuclear radiation physics at Augsburg, (2) participation in the 1983 Oak Ridge Associated Universities Science Minimester where the student will study nuclear radiation physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, radioecology, environmental radiation, health physics, and radiation safety; and (3) summary and evaluation of the program back at Augsburg. Student's performance evaluation based on laboratory performance, laboratory record, and formal laboratory reports on selected experiments. This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated Universities-Professional Training programs. Two weeks of the course will be spent in Oak Ridge, Tennessee utilizing the instructional staff and laboratory facilities of ORAU. These facilities provide an opportunity for laboratory experience not normally available to undergraduate students. The estimated cost for transportation and housing i s $275. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor. Time: 11.. ...... Room: S 112 Special Functions and their Applications in the Physical Sciences PHY 327 - 4058 Instructor: Mark Engebretson Certain mathematical functions find use throughout the physical sciences and engineering dlsdplinc~because of the high d e w ~ eof symmetry they can rppresent. This course will acquainf the studcnl wlth three cijtegories of functions and ihelr applications: Legendre polynomiats and spherical harmonics, Fourier serie~and rransforms, and functions of a cnmpl~wvahable. High resolut~ongraphics using the T e k t r o n i ~1051 Graphic Computer will hr u w d t o enhance underslanding of I h r syrnm~trtcsinvolvrd. Student performance will be evaluated on the basis of several problem sets and project. Prerequisites: Physics 122 or consent of instructor; Mathematics 224 or equivalent Time: I... . . . . . Room: O M 21 The Supreme Court and the Supreme Being POL 177-4060 Instructor: Myles C. Stenshoel A n analytical case study approach to the Supreme Court's role as policy-maker, constitutional interpreter and political subsystem, using the Court's church-state decisions from 1940 to 1983 as substantive focus. Objectives of the class will be to help students (1) understand the political nature of the American judicial system; (2) achieve competency in the analysis and criticism of original SOUFCPS, I.e., judicial opinions and decisions; and (3) recognize the complexity of constitutional interprrtation and the interplay of values, precedents, personalities and interests in the development of constitutional law. Teaching methods will include lecture, library research, class presentations and discussions. Evaluations will be based on (1) brief research reports, (2) quizzes and (3) class participation. Prerequisites: None, other than freshman or sophomore status. Distribution: Political Science-Economics Time: 1 1 . . . . . . . Room: M 24 . 22/l nterim Mexico: January 3 - 27 Theories of Social Change and Revolution POL 383-4059 Instructor: M u l f o r d Q. Sibley This will be a course which surveys modern conceptions of social and political change and revolution. Beginning with the European background i n days immediately after the French Revolution, it will consider such theories as those of the utopian socialists, anarchists, liberals, Tolstoyans, and Marxists. Particular attention will be devoted t o the place of economic factors i n social change. Hobson's theory of imperialism, as well as Lenin's, will be considered. Malthusians and neo-Malthusians, with their population and resources conceptions, will occupy an important place. The modern world of North-South and East-West tensions will constitute part of the background for modern theories of revolution. I s violence compatible with democratic and egalitarian revolution? What is the theory of non-violent revolution? During the latter part of the course, many of these questions will be examined i n the context of Latin America i n general and of Mexico in particular. Evaluation will be based o n class participation and the submission of a journal. Theories of Social Change and Revolution and Basic Conversational Spanish (see Foreign Languages) will have the same itinerary (Mexico City, Oaxaca, Cuernavaca), and all students will be encouraged t o take advantage of the opportunities presented by each of the courses. A lot of time outside of class will be spent in informal group discussions. Cost: $1195 Distribution: Political Science-Economics Grading: P/N only U.S. Foreign Policy Today: Comparative Perspectives POL 495 - 4084 Instructor: Mary Ellen Lundsten This course will analyze current U.S. foreign policy problems i n two strategic regions: the Middle East and the Caribbean. Course objectives include: A. Examining central aspects of U.S. policy in what i s called the North-South dimension of world politics. For this objective we will look at both (1) the dilemmas for U.S. policy makers who must relate American interests in Third World countries within U.S. global strategy and (2) the tensions created within Third World societies as their governments attempt modernization and simultaneously face the geopolitical concerns of the superpowers. B. Employing comparative case study methods to analyze how U.S. policy instruments are used i n two different regions of the world. The course content will highlight recent debates over U.S. grand strategy, briefly review the evolution of policies in selected Caribbean and Middle Eastern countries, analyze regional changes which pose new problems for American policy makers, and evaluate current policy recommendations. Students will work in a dual capacity as individual decision-makers and as members of foreign policy teams. Extensive reading will be required during the first 2/3 of the course. Students will prepare briefing books on one country in each of the two regions. They will also present an oral summary of their policy evaluations and will submit a final paper detailing how they would implement their recommendations. Prerequisites: One previous course i n international politics or comparative politics (e.g. POL 158 or 160); otherwise see instructor or department chair. Distribution: Political Science or Economics Time: I . . . . . . Room: M 24 . . The Psychology of Personal Adjustment PSY 101 - 4061 Instructors: Norm Ferguson, Linda Rodgers The objectives of this course are to explore some of the basic principles of psychology and to see how they may be used in coping with important life issues. The content of the course will include topics such as: dealing. with success & failure, experiencing loss & grief, and developing personal independence, intimacy, & values. Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of issues such as these in small groups. Active participation by each student i s expected along with the sharing of relevant individual experiences. Evaluation will be based on class participation and one individual project or paper. This course may not besubstituted for Psychology 105 for students pursuing a major or minor in psychology. Prerequisites: Consent of Instructor Distribution: Psychology-Sociology Grading: P/N only Time: 11.. . . . . . . Room: P 1 24/l nterim The Male Jail PSY 286 - 4062,386 - 4096 Instructor: Lyla Anderegg A prisoner of his sex, his gender, his society, he devotes his existence to the development of serious disease and a death occurring a decade earlier than the female. His obituary: "He was a real man." A review of the psychological, physical and legal data bearing upon the status of the American Male, circa 1982. Additional assignments will be given to upperclass students requiring research, integration of materials, added involvement in the community. Evaluation by quality of oral presentation, kind and level of first-person information gathering and written test. Prerequisites: PSY 105 General Psychology for upper division status. Distribution: Psychology-Sociology Time: 11.. ...... Room: P 2 Learning PSY 357 - 4063 Instructor: Grace Dyrud Learning concepts, behavior change principles, skills and issues. Psychology of instruction. Projects involving applications (e.g. student skills) and tests evaluate student learning. Prerequisites: PSY 105 General Psychology, or consent of instructor. Time: I . . ...... Room: P 2 Theology of Play, Games and Sport REL 328 - 4064 Instructor: John Benson There is nothing more familiar to us than play, games and sports. We are all involved with one or more of them almost daily. Yet, there is usually little understanding of the human significance of these commonplaces of experience. Philosophers of culture like Weiss and Huizinga, however, together with sociologists like Caillois and psychologists like Bern have helped us to see some of the deeper meanings of these things we usually take for granted. At the same time, theologians concerned with cultural questions such as this have added their contributions. Rahner, Miller, Pieper and Novak have helped us to see that religion itself has a "play" structure. I n the lectures, all of the above thinkers will be dealt with. And in the small groups two books, one by Caillois, and the other by Novak, will be read and carefully discussed. Several special preparations will be required as well, related to special discussions. An example of such a special discussion i s the problem of the relation between the game proper and the "intimidation game" that goes on within it at the same time. Such a problem can be shown to have far reaching implications into many other areas of life as well as games. Prerequisites: One course in Religion Distribution: Religion Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 10 Luther-Bach and the Shape of the Liturgy REL 364 - 4086 MUS 167 - 4051 367 - 4052 Instructors: Philip A. Quanbeck Larry Fleming The 500th anniversary of the birth of Martin Luther provides the impetus for this crossdisciplinary offering focusing on the shape of the liturgy in the reformation and the historical, theological and musicological background out of which the Mass in B minor by J. S. Bach emerges. Plenary sessions will be addressed by Charles Anderson, Larry Fleming, and Philip Quanbeck. Students may elect either one of the supplementary group sessions. 1. Musicological - Baroque performance practice, contrasting Mass settings, textual forerunners will be studied together with detailed musical and theological analysis of the complete score with instrumental and choral realization. 2. Religion -The shape of the liturgy. Historical development of the Mass, historical and theological background of the reformation and the renaissance. Grades will be based on participation and examination. Upper Division credit will require additional work. Prerequisites: Religion - one course in religion Music - consent of instructor Time: 1 1 . . . . . . . . Room: M 23 Christianity in Modern Africa REL 366 - 4092 Instructor: Bradley Holt This course will focus on two regions of Africa: the West and the South. Students will be introduced to traditional African culture and religion, the introduction of Christianity, and the present development of indigenous churches in West Africa. The newer "Independent African Churches" will be studied, as well as attempts to formulate "African Christian Theology." A major section of the course will focus on contemporary responses of churches in South Africa to the apartheid system of racial segregation. There will be lectures and discussion of reading materials, films, and visiting resource persons. Students will be evaluated on several short tests and a short research paper. Prerequisites: One course in religion. Distribution: Religion Time: 11.. . . . . . . Room: O M 18 Practicum in Human Services SWK 257 - 4065 Instructor: Doug Perry An opportunity to discover whether a career in human services i s for you. Thirty hours per week of volunteer work in a human service agency i s combined with readings and weekly seminars. Evaluation based on submission of journals, summary of experience and a final examination. Students will meet with instructor before the end of Fall Semester in order to discuss selection of agency and structure of this course. ~ of problems for which people seek Ohjectlvws arp ta d ~ v e l n pspecial awareness ol t h klnds hrlp: increase k n o w l r d g ~of theservice givcn hy the agency in which student is serving; gain knowledge of thr! profess~onalsin thc nrannizatinn, including their skills, competencies, ducati ion, and Lsainlng: gain h ~ g i n n i n gk n o w l ~ d g cabout the diversity of human service agencic<: and increase ~ ~ n d e r s t a n r lof i nsrlf ~ tn rrlation 10 he human service field. Time: II (for in~tialmeeting; group meetings will be arranged). . . . . . . Room: S 123 . Social Services with American lndian People SWK 400 - 4087,400 - 4066 Instructor: Rosalie V. Clark Readings will be combined with lectures by American lndian people, who are either consumers or providers of services, and with visits to agencies serving American lndian people. A research paper incorporating two special service theories and addressing a specific area of service provision for American lndian people will be the basis for evaluation. Actual class meeting times will be determined by class members on the first meeting day. This course carries only 1/2 course credit. Non-social work majors are welcome. Students wishing an additional 1/2 course credit in independent work should consult the instructor before the beginning of interim. prerequisites: Sociology 383 Time: 11.. . . . . . . Room: M 25 Field Work 111 SWK 466 - 4088,466 - 4068 Instructor: Edwina Hertzberg The objectives of the class are to use supervisory rrlation~hipto increaw Interpretive as well as social work performance competence; tn promote gradual enlry Into direct social work practice; to increase competence in the clicni contact phase of thr problem solving process; to increase student self-awareness in regard ro prof~ssinnalpractice interests, areas of strength, and areas for personal/professionaI development; to promote competence in the full process of problem solving, with special emphasis on analysis and resolution stages. Course content will be continuation of Field Work Il-educationally focused field placement in a social service agency. Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by Field Instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation form. Note: Course is offered for 1/2 (15 hours per week) or full (30 hours per week) credit. If for full credit, 1/2 credit will be based on non-client contact tasks. Prerequisites: Minimum of 2.0 in Field Work I and in Field Work II; candidacy status . . . . Room: M 24 Time: II - 4:00 - 5:00 p.m. T,W,Th.. .. I nterim/27 The Sociology of Law SOC 220 - 4068 Instructor: Diane Pike This course examines the nature of law, its effect on society, and the effect of society on it. Specific topics include: cross-cultural notions of law, regulating morality, deterrence, social change, the legal profession, and corporate crime - all with respect to a sociological approach to understanding law. The basic format will be lecture/discussion. Evaluation is based on (in addition to participation) two (2) take-home examinations. Prerequisites: SOC 121 or an introductory political Science course, or permission of the instructor. Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 16 The Human Potential Movement and Identity: A Sociological Analysis SOC 394 - 4089 Instructor: Jerry Gerasimo This will be a sociological and social-psychological analysis of that loosely connected grouping of persons and movements which lays emphasis on identity, self-expression, selfawareness and growth. "Alternate life-styles" and "expanding consciousness" have become increasingly central terms for the media and large parts of the American population. After a brief history of the movement and its major figures (Freud, Rogers, and Maslow) we will consider the Human Potential Movement's relation to other social movements and to the dominant culture. There is a possibility of field work. Evaluation will be based on an examination and a paper. There will be a fee of about $5.00 to cover additional instructional materials. Prerequisites: PSY 105 or SOC 121 or SOC 241 Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 13 Story Theater (Children's Theater) SPC 285 - 4072 Instructor: Ailene Cole This class will improvise, produce, and perform a children's play. Whatever is needed-script, costumes, props, lights, scenery, music, dance-will be created and executed by the class. Performances are scheduled for the final week. Stage 2 Time: 9:30-12:OO and 1:OO-3:00 p.m.. ....... Other Courses These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses which are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descriptions and details for registering are available in the Interim Office. ART 163 - 4095 Basic Spinning, Weaving and Dyeing Offered by the Weavers Guild of Minnesota. Tuition and materials cost $174. 28/l nterim HPE 106 - 4070 Ski Interim (Park City, Utah) Comprehensive program with lessons and seminars by professional ski instructors. Open to all from novice to expert. Special courses for those interested in and qualified for ski patrol and ski instructor. Package fee of approximately $975 includes lodging, lift tickets, lessons, lectures, seminars and cross country ski outing. Does not include transportation or food (condos have cooking facilities). Dates are Jan. 8 - 28. Contact Joyce Pfaff (Melby Hall basement or at 330-1248) for further information and registration materials. GST 120 - 4071 Wilderness (branch of Plymouth Christian Youth Center) A splendid course at the PCYC base on the edge of the Boundary Waters Canoe Area in northern Minnesota near Grand Marais. Approximate cost: $400. POL 399 - 4073 Washington Interim A study-internship program i n Washington, D.C. in connection with the Washington Center of Learning Alternatives. Information on projects, housing and financial assistance is available from Dr. Milda Hedblom i n Memorial 117A. SWK 312 - 4074 Training School on Alcoliol and Drug Abuse Intensive experiential and didactic training at Johnson Institute combined with week-long experience in chemical dependency treatment agency. Students are evaluated according to participation in classes, experiential learning and in the chemical dependency agency. Enrollment is very limited. Social Work 95257, social work major and permission of contact person, Eddie Hertzberg, are prerequisites. Cost: $100. Augsburg Lifetime Sports The following activities are available to students during interim. They do not carry official credit, but they do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. Students may participate in any one of these without registering for the course, but will be expected to pay any fees whether or not the student registers for the course. Badminton HPE002-4081 Instructor: Ernie Anderson Basic techniques and theory of beginningbadminton - much of the class time will be spent in singles and doubles games and tournaments. There will be no written tests or outside assignments. Grading is P/N and is based on attendance and participation. Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one lifetime sport. Melby Time: 12:OO Noon.. ...... Volleyball HPE002 -4082 Instructor: Ernie Anderson Learn rules and skills necessary to enjoy volleyball. Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one lifetime sport. Time: 12:OO Noon.. ...... Melby Racquetball HPE 002 - 4083 Instructor: Ernie Anderson Learn rules and skills necessary to enjoy racquetball. Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one lifetime,sport. Time: 9:20.. Melby ...... International Studv Augsburg College Minneapolis, Minnesota 55454 Interims Abroad January3-28,1983 Cermany Hawaii The Rhine Frontier: Germany Meets Rome and France A Laboratory of Multi-Ethnic Interaction German 333 - Donald Steinmetz Since Roman time<,the lands along the Rhlne have b ~ e onn e ol the mu+[ jlgniilcai~t ironlrer areas 01 Europe. Here Ccrman and Roman culture clajhed and rnlsed: Here e TOC)~,~ntheernpure of Cha~lemagne.Heft modern Germany and France h a ~ their romlneique and go1h ~ architecrure r ilurished ir: Ihe kirddle A ~ e s t-lere . Germaris and French fought in rhree recent rvari. I r is such evcnts whuch h a w .;haper1 litc and left co manv munlrments between rhc Rhine ancl the blcuse. The rlurlenl ill studr and "relr~c" rhe history o i rhls area o n loratiori, firm the Roman munumen;, oi Trier and Cologne. Charlemagnp'~:lachen. ro the baltteiields of tUorld b\ar$ I and It and ~ h dynarntc c socier) of presenl-dai Germanv. The course will be c o n d u r ~ e dpr~marrlvIn Trrel.. Germany, r\lTh excursion5 10 nc-arb, zites. Trier Ir ideal f o r lhis plrrpose. Perhaps the oltlest r l t v In Germanv. Trier i s rich in monumenls. dat~netrom Roman times ro rhe prcsenl. and imporlanl ~ h a n700 miles away. Lecrures. d~scussions.and historical sites o i iise counfries J r e readings will be principally in German according tu the siudent.5 entering level of competence. . Counts toward: German major and foreign language distr ihufron requirement . . Prerequisites: German 112 or equivalent.. . Grading: P/N or traditional . . . Enrollmenl: 15 ... Cost: $1690. London and Paris History 240,340 - Khin Khin Jensen Observalian and s t u d y of 4sian I J a p a n e r r . Chinese. Korean arld Ph~llppinej.Polyne5ian ItbwaiIan and Samoan,, and Caucasian cu[rures inkerac-tingIn the i i t t ~ e ~ stale. h Focus on hiaorrcal rraditions. immigrd~ionparrerns, religious heritage. erlucational eaperlences. ~nmrnercialvpnrurc5, the media. rulrural ~ r t j v i t j e .a~n .d current rssues. Field i r i p ~include vihits to I ~ PFo l > n e i i a n Cultural Center. Pear[ Harbor-4rtzona h3ernorial. tulani I'alace and Hishop h l u s e u m . tluddhr5:-Taoist Tcmple. East-\.\ei.i Center ar thc C!nlverrit) oi Han.aii, the Hawallan Cir! of Reiuse rn Kona area. 2 n d V I ~ I ~ w F i~h cornrnunlty leaders or barying ethnic backgrounds in Hilo and Honolulu. Evaluation will be based on participation in all components of the Interim such as field trips, lectures, and J i j c u ~ j i ~ n sessions ~inrludingpre-~nterimorientations). Students will keep a daily journal. There will b e requirt-d reading;. Counts toward hlsrnr, major, Fas! ?\51an Studies major, history distribution requirement. Prerequisites: l o n e r drv~s~un, noni.; U* division, sophomore standing and consent of Grading: P N orrh . Enrollment: 15-18 . . . Cost: $1795. instructor . Mexico Clo!h course2 r ~A~PYICO i WIIIha\ e rllc same itinerary (Mexico, Oaxaca, Cuernavaca): a l l qtudcnis will be encouraged t c t take advantage of the opportunities presented by each of the courses. A lot of tlme outside of class will be spent in informal group discussions. Art in London and Paris Theories of Social Change and Revolution Art 378 - Mary Swanson Political Science 383 - Mulford Q. Sibley This course will study art in the collections of museums In Landon and Parls. S~vlistic, historical and sociological perspectives will be ernphds~rdIn s rewng arlrnork in museums. galleries and architectural landmarks. Lecture will be gnen briore v~siting~ n c h museum that students will become acquainted with malor work.; In each cultectron. 5iudr:nv wilt This wlll be a course which surveys rr~odefnconceprlons of social and political change and re\olut~on8t.einning with the European b,:ckground in days immediately after the French Ktyolut~on,II wtll ~ o n r ~ d 8uch c r theories as rhorcof the utopian socialists, anarchists, b r a l s , Tolmyallanrl .Maruitrs. Parilrular atltnuon will be devoted to the place of ,\LC" d ,""'.,"' V" U C - . ~ . . Y L C . . ....A,-, .."I,., I.. C " < . I _.-bYIICI, .-.. C L , , " , , .,-..,. style, function, subject, formal organization and medium. Additional opportunities will be provided for students who wish t o emphasize a certain period i n the history of art. I Counts toward art major or art history major, fine arts distribution requirement . . . Grading: P/N or traditional . . . Enrollment: 25 . . . Cost: $1995. be conslaereu. MalthuSlanS and neo-Maltnuslans, wlrn tnelr popularlon anu resource, conceptio~s,will occupy an important place. The modern world of North-South and EastWest tensions will constitute part of the background for modern theories of revolution. Is violence compatible wrth democratic and egalitarian revolution? What is the theory of nonviolent revolution? During the latter part of the course, many of these questions will be examined i n the context of Latin America i n general and of Mexico i n particular. Music in London and Paris Evaluation will be based on class participation and the submission of a journal Music 378 - Robert ~ a r l e ' n These t w o great European cultural centers will be visited so that students might experience the cultural milieu that produced such musical giants as Purcell, Handel, Britten, Berliozi Franck and Stravinsky. Performances t o be attended will include operetta, ballet, chamber music, and symphonic concerts by leading orchestral ensembles. There will be opportunities to attend worship services i n the magnificent c a ~ h p d r ~of l s these t w o capital cities. Lectures describing the special significance of the music ro be heard and providing important background information will be supplemented h! \,isits to museums and libraries to see collections of historic musical instruments and view manuscript scores of famous composers. Evaluation will be made on the basis of attendance at lectures, participation in class activities, four written concert reviews, and an informal final examination. Counts toward music major and fine arts distribution requirement .. . Prerequisites: none . . . Grading: P/N o n l y . .. Enrollment: 15 . .. Cost: $1995. Counts toward political science major (theory and comparative subfields) and the political science distribution requirement.. . Grading: P/N only . . . Enrollment: 15 . . . Cost: $1195. Basic Conversational Spanish Spanish 113 - Mary A. Kingsley Bal'ic C n n ~ e r w ~ i o n a I ~ S p a n15 i sderisnecl h tor sludents w h o have already covered the ~ and are ready t o put their strurtL~reEaflh? pr-ent, preteritr. dnd ~ r n p e r f e cIcnsc3 k n u u letlgr t o tire o n the scene in htexico. There %ill be regular in-class sessions, small group conuwsations. as well as a ?rear deal or opporrunity t o use Spanish actively and PASSIL.:~~ in runclucring interviews. siloppi1.1~. atrending lectures, and just making Mexico home for a month. Grading will be based o n class participation, quizzes and a final exam w h ~ c hwill be written and oral. Original materials will be used as the text. Counts toward foreign language distribution requirement for 112 or 211 . . . Prerequisites: Spanish 111 or 2 years of high school Spanish . . . Grading: P/N only . . . Enrollment: 15 . . . Cost: $1195. Ser..zster and Summer Opportunities Program in Global Community February 3 - May 2- B q r m in-gbklmmmununrty is a 3% month study program based In C u e h l a r ~M , ex~co Primary fows is on the study of h u m @latiiAteglobal Iustlce and human IiQerarlon firought~velaperiencesandfourofsir~~~rseopt~ons The ~ & , ~ ~ , ~ ~ f S t ~ l t l ~ n , r o o m e d b d w d t r i ~ dbeweenTewarmd l Mexico A p p l ~ c a i m d e a & w : O c t o b e r 15, 1982 ACTC HECUA Programs udents may partlclpate In the Assoc~atedC o l l e g e o f thtTwin C I t h (ACTC) ermany and V ~ e n n aand the South Amerlcan Urban kmester and Urban Study Term through the Hlgher E d u c a t i o n C o n ~ o n i u mf m t l r b a n A) Many more opportunltles are ava~lable,and infarmation may be obta~ned at the O f f ~ c eof lnternat~onalPrograms The SPAN Program Semester or Year Abroad A n a ~ ~ l h Mbeen + ?@ t m d e r v r h ~ c hAugsburgmStil&nls may spend thelr ~ p h ~ ~or~jso an-h r reyear Ind y a# rfibmber of f o n ? @ d m t ~ o n a l lnstltutlons Among themam: theUhivWty af 0 h . N ~ Sch~ller ; CaUwin London and He~delberg,the University &Bath, &gb& the U n i u e M y of ~undee,Soetlan$; the U n ~ v e r s ~of t y Sev~lle, Spain; and thelmtitutefor American Univers~t~es in A v i p n , France International Business See under Business Administration in Augsburg College Catalog. Students will spend two months during the summer of 1983 i n any one of three countries: Mexico, Yugoslavia or Kenya. The summer will be preceded by a year-long orientation and a paper will be written after returning. Scholarship help is available. Applications should be made this spring for the program which begins i n the fall. Scholarships, Deadlines Scholarships apply to international study. Because enrollment in semester study abroad i s limited, students should apply early in the year. Deadline: March 1 of the preceding year. I f space is still available after that date, applications will be accepted until the last day of class. Mary A. Kingley, Director, Office of International Programs, Old Main 20 -612-330-1206
Show less
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1984
Title
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1984
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
AUCSBURC COLLEGE Minneapolis, Minnesota 1984 Interim Catalog POSTMASTER Volume 114, Number 4 Winter 1983 612/300-1001 AUCSBURC COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall, and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454. Sec...
Show more AUCSBURC COLLEGE Minneapolis, Minnesota 1984 Interim Catalog POSTMASTER Volume 114, Number 4 Winter 1983 612/300-1001 AUCSBURC COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall, and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454. Secondclass postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Augs,burgCollege lnterim The interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one course equals a full time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four course load during Fall and Spring semesters. 0 OCT NOV DEC Calendar for Full Credit Courses .................................... October 31-November 4. Interim Registration December 5 ...........................................Late Interim Registration First Day of Interim January 3.. ................................................. Class 1 9:00 a.m. Class 11 1:00 p.m. January 4.. Last day for cancel/add January 17.. ................ Last day for determining grading system with Registrar January 20.. ........................... Last day for withdrawing from full courses January 27.. ...................................................... Interim ends .............................................. Calendar for Half Credit Courses ............................... January 3.. First group of half credit courses begins January 4 . . .............................Last day to cancel/add half credit courses January 9 . ........... Last day for determining grading system for half credit courses January 11.. .....................Last day for withdrawing from half credit courses January 13.. ...............................First group of half credit courses ends January 16.. ...........................Second group of half credit courses begins January 17.. ............................Last day to cancel/add half credit courses January 23. .......... Last day for determining grading system for half credit courses January 25.. ..................... Last day for withdrawing from half credit courses January27........................................................ lnterimends The interim day is divided into two blocks of time: II - 1:00 - 5:00 p.m. I - 8:00 - 12:OO Noon The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. 4/l nterim Essential Information One course is considered a full time load during interim and no student is permitted to register for more than one course credit during the period. There i s no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an interim course. Most interim courses are graded traditionally on a scale of 4.0 to 0. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this i s indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be interim courses (or one interim less than the number of years of full time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one interim for graduation.) This Catalog This catalog lists courses by departments with departments listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses are available in the lnterim Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the Lifetime Sports listed on the last page. Location Key L-Library Building M-Music Hall OM-Old Main P-Psychology Building S-Science Hall Options International Interims-Students are invited to consider being part of one of the three overseas interims offered by Augsburg College during January 1984. These interims are under the following departments: Health-Sailing i n the Virgin Islands Political Science - Mass Media and Politics i n Britain, France, Germany and Austria Religion-Israel and Egypt: Archaeology and Religion Augsburg students are also eligible for participation in one of the 28 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest Association for lnternational Education (UMAIE) as well as travel interims offered by other 4-1-4 schools in the country. Further academic description, travel details and cost estimates are available in the lnterim Office and from Mary Kingsley in the lnternational Center, Old Main 20. Students interested in participating i n one of these international interims should apply in the lnternational Center before November 1. Additions to the overseas groups usually cannot be made after that date. There will be no June interim in 1984. - Internships Students electing an internship interim must present a completed internship learning contract to the Internship Office (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 22. Contract forms are available in the same office. Independcmt or DhWcd Study Students may elect a program of independent study (upper dlvislon 499) or directed study (!owerdivblon 299) for interim. Faculty members are strongly drseouraged fram accepting responsibility for more than one independent or dlrected study per interlm. student^ choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: - A. Meet departmental requirements, 6. Present to the lnterim Director for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at -I one week before registration and not later than November 28. Apprgpriatestudy propo$alforms can be obtained in the lnterim Office. Inftdma at Qthw -Is Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-74 Instltutlan which offers a reclprocai lnterlm arrangepent. CataIags of these Interlmscan be consulted in the Interim Offlee. The Interim Secretary wIti help students in appiylng for ~giwrationat other schoals. Registration for lntwlms at rhe h e r Twin CMes college wlll be done at Augsburg during the regular reghtratlon period. Most courses taught during the interim w other 4-14schoolsare accepted forcredit by Aughurg, but ma not necessarily beaccepted as meeting Augsburp'r distributhn rsquirem~ntr.Thls quiklcailon putlcuhtly J f a courses offered for the Reiiglon requirement. - Non-Aupburg Students e welcamee studenw from athat 44-4 schools far the jaiiiiary Interim *hkoul tul~ion%rp provided he wudcnlt honr instlhltlon ql.a.not to cbar to Au$bug students for the January tern. he walver of tuition,does not Indu$ e special luirion fees, housing or board costs. 0 t h nudem wlII be c h a r d $720 for the lnterlm course, #upburg Cot Students interested in regfstwing for an Aupburg lnterim should write to the lnterim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school.* These students are welcom to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for interim housingsfiwld bemadeto fie lnterim Office. *There is an application processing fee of $10. ku burg Policy H" Aug ufg College adml4 studehts of any race, golor, rtatlonal and ethnk origln ro all the rl$hts, btiufI<&.s, figrams, and acthltlesgeneraI y accorded or made available to studentsat ,the school, It do= trot dlscrimlnq~on the basis of race, col,ar,crded, national and e~hrltc orlgtn in eq6layrbent flfactiw or adrniitIstqatlon of Its edtFdatfonal> policies, admission$poIi-dw, icholprshlp and loan programs, and ~thleticand other school-administer& programs. Need More Help? Check with: The lnterim Office (Memorial 230), The lnterim Secretary, Ruth Maertens at 330-1025, or The lnterim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson at 330-1192. . Courses Calligraphy ART 106 - 4001,306 - 4002 Instructor: Philip Thompson Study of the art and craft of calligraphy. Development of calligraphic skills i n pen and brush with ink and paint. Three completed design projects in lettering or line are required. For upper division credit a major project is required. Distribution: Art-Music Time: I . . ...... Room: O M 4 Nutrition: You Are What You Eat BIO 104 - 4003 Instructor: Erwin Mickelberg Designed to discuss the foods that we eat in a popular fashion. After a review of the human digestive system, each of the three basic food types will be discussed along with the role of minerals, vitamins and water. An attempt will be made to dispel the mysteries and the manufactured information in the media, to make application to individual concerns, and to address the controversy concerning food additives. Distribution: Chemistry-Biology Time: 11.. ...... Room: S 213 Heredity, Evolution, and Humankind BIO 110 - 4004 Instructor: Ralph Sulerud Where did I come from? What am I7 Where am I going? certainly must rank among the more fundamental quertions which intrigue and torment members of our specips. While at one l w e i weseek phtlosophlcat and religious answers, h i o l n ~ yIS invokecl at another level. I t l s t h ~ intent of this course to addresrrhesc questions and others through thesrudy of ~ v o t u t l o nand heredfry {genetlrs). The concept of organic evolution continues to have i t s critics, a matter which we shall consider. Yet to lhrt va5l majority of hlologists the evolution of life is not only accep~edbut ir rcaasded as the single most significant confrihurion which biology has made to human knowledgr. We will study I ~ Pevidence in support of evolution. rht? proposed mechanisms of ttip ~volutionaryprocess, and, a5 time permits, the course or evolution from primiltvr! forms to humans. Some principles ol genetics will be studied for the primary purpose of making 11 possible rn undcrstand evolurionary mechanisms. Ways in which people e s he discussed. influence rhrir own evoluiion and that olol her ~ p e r ~ wlll Classes will consist largely of lectures and discussions. Grading will be based on quizzes and tests. Prerequisites: A high school general biology course Distribution: Chemistry-Biology Time: I . . ...... Room: S 212 Wetland Ecology BIO 311 - 4005 Instructor: Roberta Lammers I n Wetland Ecology we will study the complexity, variety and importance of freshwater wetlands (i.e. bogs, marshes, fens, swamps, etc.). The physical aspects of these wetlands as well as the interrelationships of some of their major organisms like sedges, insects, and sphagnum will be considered. Students will be re uired to pursue4nclependent reading on wetland organisms of particular Interest to them. T e course work will also include required reading, discussion and leeura, lab observation d wetland organisms, and local field trips depending on the weather. We shall examine critically the potential ofMinnesota's wetlands as an energy source. Grading will be based on one test and the presentation (written or oral) of the independent reading. Prerequisites: Biology 111,112 Distribution: Chemistry-Biology Time: I........ Room: S 213 1 Personal Investment and the Stock Market - BUS 257 4006 Instructor: Thomas Morgan The course i s designed t o familiarize the novice with the basic components of the personal investment decision. Course content will include examination and discussion of alternative investment instruments and the markets in which they are transacted. I n addition to assigned readings, students will be expected to complete several small projects. Evaluation of course performance will be based upon successful completion of projects and a final exam. This course is not recommended for upper class business majors. Time: I........ Room: O M 13 Management Simulation Games BUS 378 - 4074 Instructor: Amin Kader In this course the students will be grouped into teams. Each team controls a company which manufactures and sells a line of multiple products. The company competes against other companies; each manufactures and sells similar products. Each team attempts to outperform other teams by selecting what could be perceived by the team as the optimum operating strategy. This strategy includes setting selling prices, production volumes, marketing expenditures, plant and securities investments, as well as stockholders' dividends. Grading will be P/N only with evaluation on the basis of the work done and its results. Prerequisites: BUS 135 and 261, ECO 122 and 123 or permission of instructor Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 11 8/l nterim Chemistry for Changing Times C H M 100 - 4009 Instructor: Arlin Gyberg This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the very popular book by John H. Hill of the same title. It is not a traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science background. Basic science and math are introduced early and are taught as needed for understanding the various topics and implications. The course does assume the student is interested in and concerned about the relationship of chemistry to life and living. Chemistry has been intimately a part of liberal education for centuries. The early scientists were considered to be philosophers and their societies were philosophical societies. In recent decades the human seeking of personal independence has led to chemistry becoming a part of everyday life to the point of actual dependence on chemistry. We live in a world of pesticides, fertilizers, plastics, "the pill," food additives and processed foods, vitamin supplements, the energy crisis, chemical dependency, biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching for life on other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on and on. Emotions and mental disorders can often be traced to chemical imbalance. The common dragged out, grumpy feeling after an afternoon nap is a result of a chemical imbalance. The nature of a hangover is the result of a complex system of altered body chemistry. Even learning appears to be the result of chemical reaction to form a "memory molecule." Most of the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and our universe? Come join us as we take a molecular look at the human condition. This course will be offered in a lecture/discussion format. Films will supplement the lecture/discussion periods. Quizzes and tests will be used for evaluation. This course does not satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106,116 or 223. Distribution: Chemistry-Biology Time: I . . ...... Room: S 315 Principles of Economics (Micro) ECO 123 - 4007 Instructor: Satya Gupta An introduction to microeconomics: the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of Economics 122 or 120. Distribution: Economics-Political Science Time: 11.. ...... Room: L 1 Welfare Economics ECO 454 - 4008 Instructor: Ed Sabella Basic concepts and propositions: Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures, social welfare functions, normative concepts of economic theory. Applications to various problems and disciplines. Course evaluation will be based on exams (take-home) and projects. Prerequisites: ECO 251 or permission of instructor Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 16 Student Teaching EDS 481 - 4010 EDE 481 - 4014 EDS 482 - 4011 EDE 482 - 4015 EDS 483 - 4012 EDE 483 - 4016 EDS 484 - 4013 EDE 484 - 4017 Instructor: Sheldon Fardig Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a school. Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor. Grading: P/N only Time: I.. . . . . . . Room: L 4 Emily Dickinson: The Poems and the Person ENG 140 - 4018, 340 - 4019 Instructor: Ronald Palosaari Unknown in her lifetime, Emily Dickinson now is regarded as one of America's finest poets. Her poetry was so unknown that the sister who shared with her the family home did not know of it until, following Emily's deathbed instructions, she began to burn Emily's papers. What was spared the fire is now ours to devour. Emily Dickinson spent most of her life within the family home confining her relationships to a very few, being regarded as mysterious or eccentric by very many. Some biographers have suggested she retreated from the world to give herself to poetry since her time and place made no provision for a female professional poet. Others trace her seclusion to various family relationships or personal problems or frustrated dreams of love. Whatever the cause, out of the mystery of her life comes the glory of her poetry. During the interim we will study both her poetry and some of the major studies of her life. Each student will read one of her biographies as well as her poetry. Students who desire may pursue independent research in her biography or her poetry or in general historical topics that mav illumine either the Doems or the Derson. Studenk opting for upper d i i s i o n credit will be graded on a more rigorous level than those opting for lower division credit. Prerequisites: A course in literature or permission of instructor Distribution: English-Speech, Communication & Theater Arts Time: I.. Room: O M 16 . . . . .. 10/l nterim People Under Pressure ENG 211 - 4020 Instructor: Barbara Andersen The child, the youth, the middle-aged, the old, all live under pressure-political, social, religious and personal. What these pressures are and how people cope with them provide the focus for the course. This i s not, however, a course in depression, for pressure and stress often have positive results. And many people respond to pressure with courage, grace and even wit. We will read several genres, mostly of the 20th century, and works that are not usually covered in literature courses. Among the works being considered are Waters, The Man Who Killed the Deer; Potok, M y Name is Asher Lev; Brautigan, Trout Fishing i n America; Wright, Native Son; Pym, Excellent Women; Hassler, Simon's Night; Lindbergh, Gift from the Sea; Turgenev, Fathers and Sons; Albee, The American Dream and The Zoo Story; Anderson, I Never Sang for M y Father; Gordon, Final Payments. Students will have some choice of works to read. Evaluation will be based on discussions, some in-class writing, reading quizzes, oral reports (optional) and two examinations. Distribution: English-Speech, Communication & Theater Arts Time: I.. . . . . . Room: O M 10 . Six Guns and Samurai Swords: A Comparative Studyof American Western and Japanesesamurai Films ENG 233 - 4021 SOC 233 - 4058 Instructors: Jerry Gerasimo and John Mitchell The purpose of the course is to clarify the thematic form of the Western and the Samurai film by comparing their respective myths, their social premises, and their conventions: for example, the ritualized duel and the use of proxemic patterns (treatments of space) i n ways that are implicitly cultural. Although both genres are highly popular, they are vividly useful for esthetic, cultural, and anthropological comparison. Students will be required to attend all film presentations (approximately 10 feature films), to read selected texts, and to make a final written report. Laboratory Fee: $35 Distribution: English-Speech, Communication & Theater Arts Time: 1 1 . . . . . . . . Room: M 24 French Civilization Today FRE 332 - 4022 Instructor: Ruth Aaskov The study of 20th Century French civilization will extend and deepen our understanding of the French and the role of their country in the world today. We will investigate the concerns and the situation of the people vis-a-vis their family, friends, institutions, economy, government. The study of "documents authentiques" as well as articles, essays, Guide France, slides, music, art, and technology will help ascertain the major French contributions to our civilization since 1900. We will participate i n a variety of group and individualized activities: common readings with discussion, illustrated presentations, projects and reports, field trips and media experiences - all in order to broaden and deepen our French experience. Evaluation will include the completion of assigned tasks and reports, participation and contribution to the group, several brief quizzes, and individual progress in the ability to initiate, develop, and present a topic or study within the course. Materials will be largely i n French to assure an authentic French experience. Prerequisites: FRE 311 or consent of instructor Time: I........ Room: O M 25 German Civilization and Culture I1 CER 332 - 4024 Instructor: Don Steinmetz Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped present-day Germany, Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is considered in view of its roots in intellectual, geo-political, artistic and scientific history of the German-speaking peoples. The course will be taught in German. Prerequisites: GER 311 or permission of instructor Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 27 Beginning Norwegian NOR 111 - 4025 Instructor: Leif Hansen The course provides an introductlo,n to the basic skills of 115tening, speaking, reading, and writing. The first class sessions are conducted without the use of a printed texf. Later class sessions provide a thorough lntroducrion to the structures of contemporary Norwegian, but oral expression is emphasized throughout the course. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work expected. Distribution: Foreign Language Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 29 Norwegian Conversation and Composition NOR 311 - 4026 Instructor: Leif Hansen Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to differences between the two official languages of Norway. Laboratory work and field experience required. Prerequisites: NOR 211 or equivalent Time: To be arranged with instructor.. . . . . . . Room: O M 29 Spanish of the Business and the Professional World SPA 215 - 4023 Instructor: Cunta Rozentals Objectives: To give the students the basics needed to cope with professional situations by preparing them to work with Spanish-speaking clients i n various fields. Content: Introduction to the communication patterns and technical expressions used in health care, education, welfare, law enforcement and business areas. Layout and style of Spanish business letters. Evaluation: Tests and performance in simulations of true-to-life situations. Prerequisites: SPA 212 Time: I.. . . . . . . Room: OM 21 Recreational Rhythms and Activities HPE232-4027 Instructor: Bethany Shifflett Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is based upon participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This offering equals only 1/2 course credit. Time: I - Jan. 3-13.. . . . . . . Room: Melby Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program HPE410-4075 Instructor: Richard Borstad Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. Periodic exams covering lecture and textbook assignments; written summaries of professional journal articles; in-class activities, including a presentation on a teaching method. Prerequisites: HPE 320 Time: I . . . . . . Room: Melby 13 . . January 7-26,1984 Sailing in the Virgin Islands HPE 455 - 4029 Instructor: Joyce Pfaff Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will focus on taking the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live aboard a 42' fixed keel sailboat with six or seven other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. This will be supplemented by sessions dealing with safety, boat handling, boat systems, provisioning, trip planning, piloting and navigation. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. Evaluation will be based on individual demonstrated competencies in crewing and leadership in the role of "acting captain." A daily ships log will be kept by all participants and a final written exam will be given. Cost: $1995.00 Distribution: Lifetime Sports Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries HPE475-4028 Instructor: Doug Nelson Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. Prerequisites: HPE 350 Kinesiology This course equals only 1/2 course credit. Time: I - Jan. 16 - 27.. . . . . . . Room: Melby 12 The Japanese-AmericanExperience: Relocation & Redress HIS 240 - 4030,340 - 4031 Instructor: Khin Khin Jensen This course is a study of the Japanese-American experience, primarily in the United States, but will include mini units of their relocation experience in Canada and some Latin American countries. Special focus will be given to the forced evacuation of several hundred JapaneseAmericans during World War II, how and why they were uprooted from homes and businesses at short notice. How did this ethnic group adjust to detention in camps, survive the trauma of their wartime experience, e.g. psychological impact on young and old? The redress issue, the report of the recent judicial commission appointed by Congress to investigate the relocation, will be an important component of the course, e.g. constitutional issues related to the rights of scores of American citizens. Perspectives of immigrant restrictions, and the contribution of the Japanese to American economy and society will be examined. Japanese-Americans from the Twin Cities, films, slides, recordings and readings will be used as resources. Ethnic meals. Some evening meetings will replace day sessions. Grades will be based on discussion, a journal, an exam, and for upper division there will be a project. Fees - $15.00. Prerequisites: Lower division none. Upper division - one college history course or consent of instructor. Distribution: History-Philosophy Time: I... . . . . Room: L 1 . Paris in the Nineteenth Century - HIS 114 4032 Instructor: Orloue Gisselquist The French are sometimes accused of thinking of Paris as the "navel of the universe." There's a bit of "sour grapes" caricature i n that clever statement. For if one could pick out a city which i n the last thousand years has been more important to Western Civilization than any other, one could make a good case for Paris. I n this course we will study the history of that city in one period of its greatness, the nineteenth century. We will use some readings about France, Paris, and Modern urbanism, but the main emphasis in our reading and approach to the subject will be the use of some nineteenth century French novels as historical sources for the study of Paris. We will thus have the opportunity to study the city of Paris in this century in some fullness, read some great literature, and develop our talents i n the use of historical material. As a bonus we will double (maybe quadruple!) our enjoyment of a future trip to Paris. The course will be conducted i n part as a lecture course and in part as a seminar (discussion of readings, short papers, and shared reports-all part of the evaluation). There will be a final exam. Distribution: History-Philosophy; Urban Concerns Time: 11.. . . . . . Room: O M 23 . The Minnesota Political Tradition HIS 356 - 4033 Instructor: Carl Chrislock An interpretive survey of Minnesota political history from territorial days to the present. Attention will focus not only on narrative political history, but also on the underlying forceseconomic, ethnic, religious and cultural-that have helped shape the state's political culture. Procedures wttl be essentially traditional: lecture-discussion, assjgned and optional readings, a term paper or hook reviews, and a final examination (basically essay). Some audio-visual aids (transparencies of polirical cartoons, video cassettes of Arthur Naftalin's conversations with Mtnnesolta gouernors,slides~will bc used; and an effort to recruit oursidespeakers with political experience will be made. Prerequisites: One course in U.S. history, or consent of instructor. Time: 11.. Room: M 23 ...... Classics of Western Thought H U M 275 - 4034 Instructors: Richard Nelson, Bruce Reichenbach The period between the exhaustion of ancient civilization and the emergence of early modern Europe (ca. 500-1700) was an age of discovery and creativity in Western culture. The BBC series Civilization will provide the visual center from which we will develop the various perspectives on literature, philosophy, religion, politics, art and science which can be found during this period. The course will emphasize the mutual impact of ideas and events. Presentations by guest speakers and readings from major works representing different disciplines will supplement the film series. There will be a mid-term, a final exam and a short paper required of all registrants. Time: I.. Room: S 112 ...... An Exposure of Chaos in Modern Cosmic Models MAT 136 - 4035,136 - 4036 Instructor: Henry Follingstad An exploratlon of math-related Ideas and Space-Age research which critically re-evaluates present "scientific dogmas" on the universe and the smaller cosmic models of earth, life, and mankind. New Space-Age data, much of it ignored or misinterpreted, is uncovered to show inadequacies and contradictions in cosmology, relativity, macroevolution, and their links to geology, biology, and the humanities. Space age alternatives are also presented to integrate the flood of new data with past knowledge. Class instruction and individual research will include study of the historical and modern impact of math-related cosmic models, and will note some misuses of mathematics which have transformed scientific speculation into "scientific fact." A written research paper is required i n one of six major areas discussed. Upper division students will show broader research scope and writing ability and will present extensive oral summaries of their papers. Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Room: O M 23 Time: I.. ...... Numerical Pattern Processing Through Programming - MAT 144 4037,211 - 4038 Instructor: Larry Copes I n this course students will learn to write elementary computer programs in the Pascal language. The programs will generate numerical and other mathematical data to be examined for patterns. With the help of the instructor and each other, students will test conjectures through data analysis and further programs. Work will be in individual, small group, and classroom settings. Evaluation will be through individual programs and written reports. For students registering for MAT 211, the patterns and reports will require the mathematical maturity of one who has completed a semester of college mathematics at the calculus level. All students should expect to spend four to five hours per day in the computer room. Prerequisites: for 144 - Croup I l l score on Augsburg Mathematics Placement Examination for 211 - MAT 124 or 174 Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Room: S 205 Time: I.. ...... The Electronics of Music MUS 210 - 4041,410 - 4042 Instructor: Robert Karlkn An opportunity for students to explore, experience, and create some sounds of 20th Century music. Through a "hands-on" approach, participants will be involved in: 1. making multi-track recordings on half-track, quarter-track, and cassette decks through an eight-track mixer. 2. individually creating and mixing sounds of traditional sound sources as well as analog and computer-controlled synthesizers. The study and application of practical electronic technology used in music will be combined with aesthetic considerations in the creative aspects of the art. Though no prerequisites are necessary for participation i n the class, i t is expected that students will bring to it an interest in, and curiosity about, the many ways in which electronics technology is involved i n the field of music today. Music majors and students registering for upper division credit will be assigned special projects. Students will be able to concentrate on aspects of recording, creative electronic music, or a combination of the above. Distribution: Art-Music Time: 11.. Room: M 25 ...... Broadway Musical MUS 285 - 4043 Instructors: JamesJohnson and Steve Cabrielsen The preparation and performance of a Broadway musical including singing, acting, set design and building, choreography, dancing. A variety of talents and interests are used. Li'l Abner is the present musical under consideration. Costumes will be made by members i n the class. Fees for material will be paid by members wearing those costumes. Room: M Sateren Time: I.. ...... Trends and Issues in Nursing NUR 330 - 4044 Instructor: Pam Farnan This course is intended to give students a broad perspective by introducing current trends and issues in health care and the profession of nursing. Many of the issues are controversial, are relevant to current practice and have potential for far-reaching effects in health care. Students will be graded on group presentations and written examinations. Prerequisites: Registered Nurse Time: I........ Room: O M 12 Introductory Meteorology: Weather and Climate PHY 106 - 4045 Instructor: Ken Erickson A study sf Ihe science and wonders of he atmosphere, The course Is deslgned t o provide a working knowledge of the basic science principles required for understand in^ weather and climate. Attenlion will he given to the overall weather pattprns of the earth and to thc many varied aspects af weather, some of which Include: the relationship of sun, earth and atmosph~re, clouds and precipltatinn, thunderstorms, tornadoes and hurricanes, weather monitoring and lorecasting, rhe influence a l wealher on pollution, fronts and cyclones, and o i the sky. The course i s designed to he an elective or to satisfy the o p ~ i c a phenomena l distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. Grading will he basetl on exams, laboratory exercises and a paper. Prerequisites: Elementary Algebra (high school) Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: I.. ...... Room: S 108 Politics and Policy Making in Public Education POL136-4046,336- 4047 Instructor: Jo Fraatz This course examines politics and policies in American public schools, and provides opportunities for students to analyze policy problems and propose their own solutions. Most of the allotted class time will be used for a combination of lectures and discussion; time outside of class will be spent reading, thinking, and writing. The objectives of the course include: 1. To learn something about the difficulties of working in public schools; 2. To learn something about the prospects for changing public schools; 3. To learn how to analyze policy problems and policy solutions; 4. To develop and improve writing skills. Written assignments will take the form of policy memos to which students will be asked to respond. Evaluations will be made on the following basis: 1 & 2 - 10 points each; 3 & 4 - 15 points each; 5 & 6 - 20 points each; Class participation - 10 points. Grades will be determined after all points earned on these requirements are added up at the end of the course. Students wishing credit for an upper division course must be at least sophomores and will be required to do a 10-page book critique in addition to meeting the above requirements. Distribution: Economics-Political Science Time: 1 1 . . ...... Room: M 22 Mass Media and Politics in Britain, France, Germany and Austria POL 344 - 4048 SPC 344 4064 Instructor: Milda Hedblom - This course provides a close-up study of four European mass media systems and the relations of those systems with political rulers and the broader public. Through seminar discussion, site visits, media observation, and briefings with public officials and media professionals and scholars, students learn about major issues in each country. We begin in London, after a week move to Paris - remaining for several days to compare British and French media and politics. Departing Paris by overnight train, we stop two days in Salzburg before proceeding to Vienna, the site of Austrian national media and the Parliament. From Vienna we continue to Prague for the weekend, then conclude the program in Berlin with briefings on German media and U.S. international radio operations. Distribution: Economics-Political Science Grading: P/N only Theologies of Politics POL 386 - 4049 Instructor: Myles Stenshoel An inquiry into political perceptions, attitudes and preferences associated with various theological premises from early Christian times to the present. Students will encounter views of Paul, Augustine and Aquinas; a comparative approach to Reformation theology in the political expressions of Luther and Calvin; and, in a 20th century sampling, perspectives of Reinhold Niebuhr, the Moral Majority and Liberation theology. Goal: An enhanced understanding of ways in which theological and political thought are mutually dependent and of the political expression of particular theological values and assumptions. Methods: Lecture, reading, thinking, discussing and writing -a paper on a relevant subject chosen by the student: Evaluation: Quizzes, paper, participation. Prerequisites: REL 111 and a political science course or permission of instructor. Time: I.. . . . . . Room: O M 11 . The Male Jail PSY 286 - 4077,386 - 4078 Instructor: Lyla Anderegg A prisoner of his sex, his gender, his society, he devotes his existence to the development of serious disease and a death occurring a decade earlier than the female. His obituary: "He was a real man." A review of the psychological, physical and legal data bearing upon the status of the American Male, circa 1982. Additional assignments will be given to upperclass students requiring research, integration of materials, added involvement in the community. Evaluation by quality of oral presentation, kind and level of first-person information gathering and written test. Prerequisites: General Psychology for upper division status. Distribution: Psychology-Sociology Time: 11.. ...... Room: P 2 Nature and Uses of Consciousness PSY 335 - 4050 Instructor: Richard Marken Consciousness was what psychology was about until Watson discovered behavior. This course will investigate various approaches to understanding consciousness (and, of course, the unconscious). The goal is to become conscious of the functional significance of consciousness and related phenomena (volition, awareness). Evaluation will be based on class participation and a final paper. Prerequisites: General Psychology Time: I........ Room: P 2 Issues in Science and Religion REL 374 - 4051 Instructors: John Benson and Mark Engebretson For some in our society science is the driving engine of a better, more secure life. For others, including some Christians, science and its associated technologies constitute a grave threat. This course will begin with a historical overview of the relations between science and the Christian faith, emphasizing three periods: the origins of the Christian faith, the development of "modern" science and mechanistic philosophy; and the reevaluation of science and nature in the 20th century. The following are some of the questions to be dealt with: Has science made the Bible obsolete?Are scientists really that smart? Has modern physics made it easier to be a Christian? Can computers save us?Why do science and religion always seem to be fighting one another? Grades will be based on class discussion of assigned readings, two short tests and a written project. Prerequisites: Religion (Only one interim course may be used toward graduation religion requirements) Distribution: Religious studies Time: 1 1 . . ...... Room: O M 18 The Lutheran Heritage REL 345 - 4052 Instructor: Eugene Skibbe The Lutheran Church i s the largest Protestant church in the world. We will examine the Lutheran Church as it is today, its origins in the 16th century, and its development and cultural influence during 450 years of history. The text by Bergendoff will provide an overview. Lecture and class discussion will deal with examples of Lutheran witness to the Gospel i n art, music, missions, philosophy, sociology and theology. Requirements will include two exams and one short paper. Prerequisites: One course in religion Distribution: Religious studies (Only one interim course may be used toward graduation religion requirements) Time: I . . . . . . Room: M 22 .. Israel and Egypt: Archaeology and Religion REL 375 - 4053 Instructor: Philip Quanbeck 1- ' Israel is a<mall country - a young country, but a focal point for international politics and the study of world religions. Egypt, larger and older, boasts a 5,000-year-old civilization as well as contemporary importance in the Arab world. I n this interim we visit archaeological and religious sites i n both nations. During our week i n Jerusalem, the ancient story comes alive as we live in the O l d City, visit the Church of the Holy Sepulchre, the Dome of the Rock, and the Aska Mosque, and see the Western Wall - a place of special religious importance to the Jews. O n bus tours out of Jerusalem we visit Bethlehem, Nazareth, Hebron, Caesarea, Qumran, Masada, Beer-sheba, and the Sea of Galilee. During four days in Egypt we tour Cairo, Memphis, Sakkara, and the Giza Pyramids. Distribution: Religious studies (Only one interim course may be used toward graduation religion requirements) Grading: P/N only Practicum in Human Services - SWK 257 4054 Instructor: Rosalie Clark Thirty hours per week of volunteer work i n a human service agency is combined with readings and weekly seminars. An opportunity to discover whether a career in human services is for you. Evaluation will be based on submission of journals, summary of experience and a final examination. Students will be asked t o meet with instructor before the end of Fall semester to discuss selection of agency and structure of the course. Objectives: 1. To develop special awareness of the kinds of problems for which people seek help. 2. To increase knowledge of the services given by the agency in which student is serving. 3. To gain knowledge of the professionals i n the organization, including their skills, competencies, education, and training. 4. To gain beginning knowledge about the diversity of human services agencies. 5. To increase understanding of self in relation to the human service field. Time: I.. . . . . . Room: M 22 . Field Work Ill SWK 466 - 4055, (1 course), 466 - 4076 (M course) Instructor: Maria Brown The objectives of the class are to use supervisory relationship to increase interpretive as well as social work performance competence; to promote gradual entry into direct social work practice; to increase competence in the client contact phase of the problem solving process; to increase student self-awareness in regard to professional practice interests, areas of strength, and areas for personal/professionaI development; to promote competence i n the full process of problem solving, with special emphasis on analysis and resolution stages. Course content will be continuation of Field Work Il-educationally focused field placement i n a social service agency. Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made i n writing by Field Instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation form. Note: Course is offered for 1/2 (15 hours per week) or full (30 hours per week) credit. If for full credit, 1/2 credit will be based on non-client contact tasks. Prerequisites: Minimum of 2.0 in Field Work I and in Field Work II; candidacy status Time: Arrange with instructor The Housing Pyramid Came: Public Policy and Your Future SOC 143 - 4056,343 - 4057 Instructor: Carry Hesser Course objectives include 1) To introduce students to the study of public policy and how it impacts their lives and futures; 2) Through reading, discussion and simulations the students will learn the critical issues that are operative in the processes and decision-making that goes into the choices and execution of public policy; 3) Using housing and neighborhoods as the focus of attention, students will work in groups to research and understand viable public policies currently in place to meet housing and neighborhood needs, as well as alternatives to the present policies; and 4) Experience policy-making and project planning through simulation and contact with practicing policy makers and planners. Requirements: Active participation in simulations; reflection and analysis of simulations in journals; group/individual research project with class report (students desiring upper division credit will do a more extensive analysis, with greater quantity and quality) and a final exam. Each requirement is worth 25% of the final grade. Prerequisites: One introductory social science course or permission of instructor Distribution: Urban Concerns Time: I . . . . . . . . Room: M 25 Six Guns and Samurai Swords: A Comparative Study of American Western and Japanese Samurai Films SOC 233 - 4058 ENC 233 - 4021 Instructors: Jerry Cerasimo and John Mitchell (See description on p. 10) 22/l nterjm Sociology of Law SOC 220 - 4059 Instructor: Diane Pike This course examines the nature of law, its effect on society, and the effect of society on it. From a sociological perspective, we will explore cross-cultural notions of law, deterrence, the criminal j u s t i ~ esystem, the legal profession, and corporate crime. The basic course format will be lecture and discussion, much of the latter based on the reading assignments. Evaluation i s based on participation and two examinations. Students desiring upper division credit will be asked to write a short paper on an assigned question in addition to the exams. Prerequisites: Principles of Sociology or introductory Political Science course or permission of instructor Distribution: Psychology-Sociology Time: 1 1 . . ...... Room: O M 10 The Sociology of Gambling SOC 313 - 4060 Instructor: Gordon Nelson Recent research has examlned the phenomenon of gambling from a saclological perspective. What rypeof person i s llkely to gamble? What Is the nature of the wmk-force i n the gambling industry?Is gambling a social problem or a social beneflh These are some of the questions raised in published sociological studies. The'course will focus o n these studla. Students will be expected to read and discuss this materlal and t o pass a final examination. I n addition, i n order to oixerve n gambling society within a legalized setting, the course will Include a field trip to Las Vegas. Cost of the field trip {travel and lodging) wlll be approximately $300. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor Time: I........ Room: O M 22 Imagination and Humor in Communication - SPC 165 4061,365 - 4062 Instructor: Ray Anderson Imagination, creative rhinking, and humor are important dimensions of communication competence. The major purposes of this course are 10 better understand the functions of imagination, the creative process, and the nature of humor; to improve creative thinking; and to increase the ability to protluce effective humor. There will be lectures and readings on these topics, a study of models, and a variety of assignments, i n writing and speaking. There will be a number of experimental projects involving humor; the amount of attention given to this topic will depend in part upon the interests of the class. Evaluation will be based on essay examinations and on the creative projects. For upper division students, one or more additional papers will be required. Prerequisites: Beginning Speech, Freshman English Distribution: English-Speech, Communication & Theater Arts Time: 11.. ...... Room: S 112 Story Theater (Children's Theater) - SPC 285 4063 Instructor: Ailene Cole This class will improvise, produce, and perform a children's play. Whatever is needed-script, costumes, props, lights, scenery, music, dance-will be created and executed by the class. Performances are scheduled for the final week. Time: 9:30-12:OO and 1:OO-3:00 p.m.. . . . . . Stage 2 .. Mass Media and Politics in Britain, France, Germany and Austria SPC 344 - 4064 POL344-4048 Instructor: Milda Hedblom (See description on p. 18) Other Courses These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses which are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descriptions and details for registering are available in the lnterim Office. ART 163 - 4065 Basic Spinning, Weaving and Dyeing Offered by the Weavers Guild of Minnesota. Tuition and materials cost $174. GST 120 - 4071 Wilderness (branch of Plymouth Christian Youth Center) A splendid course at the PCYC base on the edge of the Boundary Waters Canoe Area in northern Minnesota near Grand Marais. Approximate cost: $400. HPE 106 - 4066 Ski Interim (Park City, Utah) Comprehensive program with lessons and seminars by professional ski instructors. Open to all from novice to expert. Special courses for those interested in and qualified for ski patrol and ski instructor. Package fee of approximately $995 includes lodging, lift tickets, lessons, lectures, seminars and cross country ski outing. Does not include transportation or food (condos have cooking facilities). Dates are Jan. 7 - 28. Contact Joyce Pfaff (Melby Hall basement or at 330-1248) for further information and registration materials. HPE 484 - 4069 Teaching Tennis the Professional Way A course for students who want to learn how to teach tennis - taught by professionals. Cost: $175. Time 9:00 - 12:OO M, T, Th at the Minneapolis Tennis Center POL 398 - 4067 Washington Interim: The Making of a President POL 398 - 4068 Washington Interim: The Legal System and Legal Careers Washington lnterim provides a combined program of lectures, site visits, and seminar situations focusing on a particular area or topic in Washington, D.C. Information on either of the above programs, housing and financial assistance is available from Jo Fraatz in Memorial 113. 24/l nterim Augsburg Lifetime Sports The following activities are available to students during interim. They do not carry official credit, but they do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. Students may participate i n any one of these without registering for the course, but will be expected to pa any fees whether or not the student registers for the course. Racquetball HPE 002 - 4071 Instructor: Dave Boots Learn rules and skills necessary to enjoy racquetball. Distribution: Lifetime Sports. Time: 9:20.. ...... Melby Badminton HPE 002 - 4072 Instructor: Dave Boots Basic techniques and theory of beginning badminton - much of the class time will be spent in singles and doubles games and tournaments. There will be no written tests or outsid assignments. Grading is P/N and is based on attendance and participation. Distribution: Lifetime Sports. Time: 12:OO Noon.. ...... Melby American Karate HPE002-4073 Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum The form, basic techniques and practical usage of American Karate, taught by a certified Second Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee of approximately $20.00. Distribution: Lifetime Sports. Time: 12:OO - 1:00 M, W, F . . ...... Melby Weightlifting HPE 002-4079 Instructor: Paul Grauer Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 9:20.. ...... Melby Running HPE 002 - 4080 Instructor: Paul Grauer Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 12:OO noon.. ...... Melby
Show less
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1985
Title
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1985
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
............. 2 Essential Information ................ 3 Options ........................... 3 Courses ........................ 5-24 Introduction & Calendar A R T . . . BIO . . . BUS.. . C H M . . . ECO . . . EDE . . . EDS . . . ENG . . . FRE . . . GER.. . SPA.. . G S T . . . HPE . . . HIS...
Show more ............. 2 Essential Information ................ 3 Options ........................... 3 Courses ........................ 5-24 Introduction & Calendar A R T . . . BIO . . . BUS.. . C H M . . . ECO . . . EDE . . . EDS . . . ENG . . . FRE . . . GER.. . SPA.. . G S T . . . HPE . . . HIS . . . I N S . . . M A T . . . MUS . . . N U R . . . P H Y . . . P O L . . . PSY.. . REL.. . SOC . . . SWK . . . SPC . . . Lifetime Sports 1985 Interim Catalog AUGSBURC COLLEGE Minneapolis, Minnesota Augsburg College lnterim The interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one course equals a full time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as thcy would for a four course load during Fall and Spring semesters. january 1985 S M T W T F S Calendar for Full Credit Courses ..................................................................................Interim Registration ............................................................................Late Interim Registration .......................................................................................... First Day of Interim November 5-9 December 10 January 3 Class 1 9:00 a.m. Class 11 1:00 p.m. Last day for cancel/add Last day for determining grading system with Registrar Last day for withdrawing from full courses Interim ends ................................................................................... .............................. ................................................... .................................................................................................... fanuary 4 January 17 January 21 January 30 Calendar for Half Credit Courses ..................... . .............................. First group of half credit courses begins January 3 January4 January 9 January 11 January 16 Ianr~ary17 January 1R ...............................,..................... last rlay to cancel/add half crcdit courses ........................ b a t day d~tetmininggrad in^, systcm lor half credit courses .................... . .........-.. Last day for withrlrawing from half cretlit roursm ....................................................... First group of half crcdit courses encis .................................................. Second group of half credit courses bcgins ..................................,............. Last clay to cancel/add half credit cour~es janunry 23 ................ Last day for determining grading system for hatf credit courses January 25 ...................................... Last day for witlrdrawing from half crcdit courses Iant~ary30 .................... ........ . . . .........*....................................... lnfcrim ends The interim day is divided into two blocks of time: I - 8:00 - 12:OO Noon 11 - 1:00 - 5:00 p.m. The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. POSTMASTER Volume 115, Number 4 Winter 1984 612/300-1001 AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall, and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454. Second-class postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Essential Information One course is considered a full time load during interim and no student is permitted to register for more than one course credit during the period. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an interim course. Most interim courses are graded traditionally on a scale of 4.0 to 0. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be interim courses (or one interim less than the number of years of full time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one interim for graduation.) This Catalog This catalog lists courses by departments with departments listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses are available in the lnterim office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the Lifetime Sports listed on the last page. Location Key L-Library Building M-Music Hall OM-Old Main P-Psychology Building S-Science Hall Options lnternational Interims-Students are invited to consider being part of one of the three overseas interims offered by Augsburg College during January 1985. These interims are under the following departments: Health-Sailing in the Virgin Islands German-The Rhine Frontier Religion-The Confrontation of Cultures and Religions i n Hawaii Augsburg students are also eligible for participation in one of the 24 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest Association for lnternational Education (UMAIE) as well as travel interims offered by other 4-1 -4 schools in the country. Further academic description, travel details and cost estimates are available in the lnterim Office and from Mary Kingsley in the lnternational Center, Old Main 20. Students interested in participating in one of these international interims should apply in the lnternational Center before November 1. Additions to the overseas groups usually cannot be made after that date. There will be no June interim in 1985. Internships - Students electing an internship must present a completed internship learning contract to the Internship Office (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 20. Contract forms are available in the same office. Independen! or Directed Study - Students may elect a projirnrn of independent study (upper rlivision 4 W )o x d i r r r t ~ rstudy l (lower division 299) fnr inlerim. I:acitlIy n~embers or arp strongly discouraged from accepting responsibillty (or mnre than onp indf*p~ndent direct~dstudy per int~rim.Sludents choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: A. Meet departmental requirements, B, Present to the lnterini Direclor for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by he supervising fac~~lty memher. This proposal must be submitted at least one week and nnt later ihan December 4. Appropriate study proposal forms before re~isiralior~ can be obtained in the lnterim Office. Interims at Other Schmtg - Airgburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 Institution whiclt offers a reciprocal interim arrangement. Catalogs of these interims can bc rnrrsulted in thr Interim O f f ~ c The . Interlm Secretary wlll hell) stutients in applyinfi for registration at other schools. Registralinn (or inrerims at !he other Twin Cities c o l l ~ ~ e will s b r donr at Augsl~urgduring the regi~tarregistration period. Most courses tnughl rii~rlng!he ~nlrrim.I! otlirr 4-1-4 srlronls arc accepl~rltor credil by Augsburg, I>ut may not necessarily be acparticlrlarly afcepted as meeting At~gsburg'sdislrihutioti rcquirernents. This q~~allftcation (ects courses offered Inr the R~ligionreqi~iremenl. Non-Augsburg Students Augsbr~rgCc~llcgvwdcornes stutlenls From other 4-1-4 schods for the january interim witho~rthairinn charges provided lhp slurtent's home institl~tionap,rees not to charge tu~tinn to Augsburp, slurlcnts for the January lcrrn. The waiver nf cuition dow nnl include sppcial fees, Iloi15ingor board cosls. Olller sti~dentswlll be charged $775 far the Interim course. Students interester1 In regiswring for an Augsburg lnterim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use t h forms ~ provided by the interim rlffice af their own schoot. Therc is an application processing fee of $10. Thew sturl~ntrare welcomr! to stay on campus but are no[ required to tlo so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the lnterim Office. Augsburg Policy It is the policy of hugsburgCollege not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amentlments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Need More Help? Check with: The lnterim Office (Memorial 230). The lnterim Secretary, Ruth Maertens at 330-1025, or The Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson at 330-1192. Courses Art Interim '85: Washington D.C. and New York ART 1 14-4501, 245-4502 Instructor: Philip Thompson This course will provide students with the opportunity to visit major museums of art in Washington D.C. and New York (including the National Gallery of Art, National Portrait Gallery, Hirshhorn Museum and Sculpture Garden, Freer Gallery of Oriental Art, Guggenheim Museum, Whitney Museum of American Art and others). There will also be visits in New York to the studios of emerging artists. Participants will be traveling from January 7 through 18. Days preceding the trip will be spent in preparatory lectures and visits to Twin Cities museums. The days after the trip will focus on comparative lectures and provide individuals with an opportunity to complete personal projects or assignments. Students may opt to take this course as a drawing course, as an art history course or as a directed or independent study for either lower or upper division credit. The tour price will be approximately $995 and will include transportation, housing, most meals and tours. Distribution: Art-Music Time: I............ Room: O M 17 The Biology of Aging B I O 185-4504 Instructor: Robert Herforth At some time or another in our lives most of us will either directly experience aging or be influenced by people undergoing age-related changes. This course will concentrate on the biological aspects of such changes. What is the nature of these age-related changes?What factors influence the rate of aging? Do cells isolated from the body show aging? Is aging the result of deterioration of certain cells or tissues of the body? What are the current theories as to the biological basis of aging? Is aging controlled by a biological clock?These and other questions will be addressed in this course by means of classroom lectures and discussions of assigned readings. Evaluation will be based on several quizzes and exams given during the course. The idl log^ of ~~ricul'ture B I O 234-4505 Instructor: Roberta Lammers We will be taking a critical look at agriculture from the perspective of biology. What is the relationship of hunger and starvation to agricultural practices - is agriculture producing too little food for the world's population? What kinds of environmental effects have resulted from attempts to increase production in the U.S. and in the third world? What is the nature of hunger and malnutrition? What effect will biotechnology (genetic engineering, cloning, etc.) have on agriculture and agricultural production? Class periods will be a combination of lecture and discussion. Evaluation will be based on one test, class participation and a log of readings. Time: I .............. Room: S 31 9 Immunology BIO 386-4506 Instructor: Neal Thorpe A study of the immune system, emphasizingantibody structure and function, cell-mediated immunity, the development of the immune system, immunopathology, molecular recognition at cell surfaces as related to immune phenomena, and cancer biology and immunology. lmmunological and serological techniques will be considered and demonstrated. Lectures and discussions with grades based on examinations. Prerequisites: BIO 111, 112 Time: II Room: S 205 ............. Augsburg Goes to Business BUS 321 -4507 Instructor: Thomas Morgan This course is designed to provide students with exposure to a wide range of business functions through on-site visits to a variety of organizations in the Twin Cities, both large and small, private and public. The experiences will be oriented toward integrating what students have been exposed to in the classroom with practical issues which they will encounter on the job. Students will visit an average of three different situations each week and meet one day each week for discussion and lecture material. Evaluations will be based upon participation and a formal business plan which students prepare and present. Prerequisites: Permission of instructor Time: I ............ Room: O M 11 r Chemistr for Changing Times CHM 100 - 4 08 Instructor: Arlin Gyberg This is a non-laboratorychemistry course based on the very popular book by John H. Hill of the same title. It is not a traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science background. Basic science and math are introduced early and are taught as needed for understanding the various topics and implications. The course does assume the student is interested in and concerned about the relationship of chemistry to life and living. Chemistry has been intlmately a part of liberal education for centuries. The early scientlsts were coilsidered to be philosophers and their societies were phitosaphical societies. In recent decades [he human seeking of p e ~ a n a independence l lias led lo chemistry becornlng a pntt of everyday life to Ihe point nf aclual depenrlence on chemislry, We live in a world of pe~ticidps,fertilizers, plastics, "the pill," foot! additives ant1 pracessed lootl5, vitamin supplements. the energy crisis, chemical deper~dcncy,biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching lor life an other planets, genetic ~nanipt~lation, and it goes on and on. Ernottons and mental disorders can often be tracctl to chemical imbalan~e.The common dragged out, grumpy feeling after an allernoon nap is a resul! of a chemical imbalance. The nature of a liangover is the result of a complex system ol' altered body chemistry. Even learn~ng appears to be the result of chemical reaction to form a "memory mo!~cule."Most of t h ~ problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can better help us to ~~nderstand ourselves, our society, our world, and our tinlverse? Come join us as we take a rnolrcular look at the human condition. This course will be offered in a lecture/discussiun format. Films will supplement the lecture/discussion periods. Quizzes and tests will be used for evaluation. This course does not satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106, 116 or 223. Distribution: Chemistry-Biology Time: I.............. Room: S 315 Understanding International Trade and Finance ECO 360-4509 Instructor: Ed Sabella This will be a study of the underlying forces affecting the economic relations among nations. We will consider the development and bases of international trade, the balance of payments, the mechanics of adjustment and general commercial policies. Grading will be on the basis of examinations and possible other written assignments. Prerequisites: ECO 122 and 123 or permission of instructor Time: II..............Room: M 22 Elements of Mathematical Economics ECO 353-4510 Instructor: Satya Gupta In Business and Economics, development of analytical skills is imperative. This course will be designed to help attain this goal. Economics will be explained using mathematics as a tool. Examples from Finance, Management, and Marketing will also be solved. Evaluation will be through tests and assignments. Prerequisites: ECO 123 Time: II........... Room: O M 23 Teacher Education with New Boundaries EDE-413-4519, EDS 41 3-4520 Instructor: Lauretta Pelton This course will give the student the opportunity to expand his/her knowledge about teacher education and the schools in a chosen geographic area beyond Minnesota. The student is encouraged to do the greater share of research at the chosen location. This will include a specified number of days/hours to be spent in a school. This research will also help the student identify courses s/he can take to fulfill requirements of that locale, and to better prepare for that setting should s/he choose to live there. The student will research: 1. the professional and licensure requirements of the chosen state or country, its job market, salary scale and level of living. 2. the expectations in the school curriculum as identified by local and extended educational governing powers. 3. various education concerns such as teacher unions, cultural make-up of the schools along with related implications, testing-grading-promoting, etc. Should a student prefer to remain in Minnesota for a specialized study related to curriculum or school systems, that student will select an area of the elementary curriculum for intensive study as it is developed and implemented at all grade levels in a specific school district. The student will acquaint him/herself with: 1) the school's curriculum guide and resources for that subject area and 2) appropriate resources found outside that school system. As a result of this research the student will develop and complete one or more education projects which will be used in future teaching. All activities related to the project will be submitted in completed form. Because much of the course will follow the format of an independent study, each student will contact the instructor prior to December 15, to make known in writing the location of choice, specific objectives, strategies and evaluative procedures for him/her to fullfill the requirements of the course. Prerequisites: ED 255 or permission of instructor Time: I .................. Room: L 6 m Student Teaching EDS 481 - 451 1 EDS482-4512 EDS 483 - 4513 EDS 484 - 4514 EDE 481 - 451 5 EDE482-4516 EDE 483 - 451 7 EDE 484 - 4518 Instructor: Sheldon Fardig Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a school. Prerequisities: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor. Grading P/N only Time: I .................. Room: L 4 The Short Story ENG 240-4521, 340-4522 Instructor: Richard Sargent We will read a variety of short stories for pleasure and understanding. The selected stories will include the major genres, such as the science fiction of Ray Bradbury and Arthur C. Clarke, the detective fiction of Arthur Conan Doyle, the humor of Mark Twain, and the experimental fiction of John Barth and Jorge Luis Borges. Women such as Doris Lessing and Joyce Carol Oates and blacks such as Richard Wright and James Baldwin will be among the authors studied, as will writers from a variety of nationalities. Although the course will not involve a systemafic analysis of the llistory of the form of the short story, a sufficient number of classics will be assigned for the student to appreciate the historical development from Poe to Paley. The course will involve practice in ways of approaching litenlure ant1 will Include study of the l)as~ccr~tical(erminology, so it would be an appropriate coursc for st~ldentswho have no1 yet studied literature at the college level. Students are expected to read the stories, participate in class discussions, write a paper on a topic selected with the advice of the teacher, and take several tests and a final essay exam. Effective Writing is not a prerequisite but students will be expected to write with clarity. Distribution: English-Speech, Communication and Theater Arts Time: I ............... Room: M 23 Creative Writing Workshop: The Prose Poem ENG 362-4523 Instructor: John Mitchell Three students from each of the five colleges of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities will be chasen, on the basis of portfolios submitted to their respective English departmrnts, for pattiripation In this w ~ r k ~ h oThe p . conlent of the course will emphasize the participants' own crearrve work during the Inrerim, including d~scussionant1 critictsm. In additton, there will besome study nf the tradition of thc prose poem internationally, Altllough thc emphnsiq will FII upon the prose poem, students may use Ihe form as an originaling basis for poems and short stories. Thus wrilers of both prose and poptry are invited to participatr. Grstllng will be basetl upon cornpletlon and revision nf poems during the course, with some conslclemtion given to class participation. Students are encouraged l o take the coirrse for P/N credit. Interested Augsburg students should contact John Mitchell of the English Department and submit selected examples of their writing to him by 11/I184. Prerequisites: Permission of the instructor Time: II........... Room: O M 13 Beginning French I FRE 11 1-4524 Instructor: Ruth Askov This course will provide an ;tnrroduc!ion tn the French language and culture. We will practice situational Frrnch to develop lisfening anrl speaking skills, rernforced by some reading and writing o l the languaae. Tlip pmnunt:iattonsystem and basic sentvnc~structures at a rudini~ntnrylevel. are taught to enallle ~~ndcrslanrl~ng and sr3l.l-~xpr~s~ion Evaluation will be through group cultural study and individual projects on a cultural topic. There w ~ l be l oral and written quizzes and daily 30-minute laboratory assignments. Distribution: Foreign Language Time: II........... Room: O M 25 January 3-27, 1985 The Rhine Frontier: Germany Meets Rome and France GER 333-4525 w d D zkh Instructor: Donald Steinmetz J-LveQ. LO"-&Since Roman times, the fandsalongil~eRhine have been one of the most significant frontier areas of Europe. Here German ant1 Roman ct~lturt~s clashed and mixed. Here modern Germany and France have their r m l s i r ~tlir rrnplre of Charlemagne. Here romanesque and gothic architecture I l n u r i s l ~ ~ind the Middle Ages. tlcre Germans and French fought in three recent wars. It i 5 s~ichpvenls w l ~ i c llij i t v ~<11;1p~rl ! l~fe and left so many monuments between the Rhine and the Meuse. The student will study and "relive" the h~storyof this area on location, from the Roman monuments of Trier and Cologne, Charlemagne's Aachen, to the battlefields of World Wars I and II and the dynamic society of present-day Germany. The course will be conducted primarily in Trier, Germany, with excursions to nearby sites. Tr~eris ideal for this purpose. Perhaps the oldest city in Germany, Trier is rich in monuments dating from Roman times to the present, and Important historical sites of five countries are less than 100 miles away. Lectures, discussions, and readings will be principally in German according to the student's entering level of competence. P/N only. Grading will be based on oral exams and diary to be kept in German. Prerequisities: German 112 or equivalent Cost: $1690 Distribution: Foreign Language - Beginning Spanish II SPA 112-4526 Instructor: Gunta Rozentals This course is intended for students who have completed Spanish 111 or its equivalent. It is an intensive study of the basic grammar structures beyond the present and the past tenses to enable the student to use the four basic language skills at a level that is acceptable for the fulfillment of the language requirement. The objectives are achieved through classroom practice, homework, and language laboratory exercises. Grading is based on tests, exams, homework and classroom participation involving oral skills. Prerequisites: Spanish 111 or equivalent Distribution: Foreign Language Time: I ............ Room: O M 25 a ? How to Ace a Term Paper by Really Trying GST 165-4527 Instructor: Myles Stenshoel edit s Participants will engagein rewrite and gkwntea paper/on which they originally received s are s . . grades of C or less. The goal/is (1) to improve the paper/to the 7 level an ~lif-ithadL,,,I and (2) to develop, in the process, competency excellent in writing/gaad papers. Students will work with I such issues as bibliographical adequacy, documentation, L U uC c and originality, organization, clarity, literary quality,/validity of logic and conclusions. Technical trivia, such as typography, spelling and punctuation, will be part of the regimen. G The course will require joint activity as well as individual work. The grades will be based degree of (of?) on the/improvement m / t h e paper and on the development of writing and editing skills. Prerequisities: By permission of instructor after a sufficiently bad term paper has been submitted to him Time: I............ Room: O M 22 Recreational Rhythms and Activities HPE 232 - 4528 Instructor: Bethany Shifflett Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is based upon participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This is a 1/2 credit course. Time: I - Jan 3-16 ................. Room: Melby Administration and Supervision .of the School Health Program HPE 410 - 4529 Instructor: Richard Borstad Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. Periodic exams covering lecture and textbook assignments; written summaries of professional journal articles; in-class activites, including a presentation on a teaching method. Prerequisites: HPE 320 Time: I Room: Melby 13 ......................... + January 5-24, 1985 Sailing in the Virgin Islands HPE 455-4530 Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will focus on taking the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live aboard a 42' fixed keel sailboat with six or seven other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. This will be supplemented by sessions dealing with safety, boat handling, boat systems, provisioning, trip planning, piloting and navigation. Sailing will include cruises to various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. Evaluation will be based on individual demonstrated competencies in crewing and leadership in the role of "acting captain." A daily ships log will be kept by all participants and a final written exam will be given. Cost: $21 00 Distribution: Lifetime Sports Coaching of Basketball HPE 477-4531 Instructor: David Boots Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. Exams, on-the-floor coaching techniques, and a scouting report will be the methods of evaluation. This is a 112 credit course. Time: I - January 17-30 ................ Room: Melby Officiating of Basketball HPE 481 -4532 Instructor: Al Kloppen This course wlll focus on learning the rules and mechanics of the game of basketball. There will b~ practjcal experience on thc floor. Students completing the course should be ready for certification by lie Minnesola High Schoul Association. Grade evaluation will be based upon tesfs,papers prepared and performance on Ihe Iloor. Whilr l l ~ e r are e no prerequisites, it is highly advisable that students have some basketl,all playing experience. This is a 1/2 credit course. Time: II, January 3-16 ,.................. Room: Melby Paris in the Nineteenth Century HIS 114 - 4536 Instructor: Orloue Gisselquist The French are sometimes accused of thinking of Paris as the "navel of the universe." There's a bit of "sour grapes" caricature in that clever statement. For if one could pick out ;I cily w t ~ i c hin the Ii~s!thousanrl years has heen mnre important to Western Civilization than any other, olie could make a gord case ior Paris. In this course we will study fhe history of !flat city In a n p periorl n( i t s grcatne55, [he ni~ieleenthcentury. We will usc?some rearlinsi.; almul France, Park, ant! Modern itrl.ianism, lnrt n main ~mpllasisin our reading ant1 approach to the sulrriect wlll ke thr usp nf some nineteen1h centirry IYrrnr:hnovcls as lils1orir:;11snurres k ~ lhp r str~dvof Paris. We will tlius have Ilie opporlunify to study the city of Paris in this century in some fullness, read some great literature, and develop our talents in the use of historical material. As a bonus we will double (maybe quadruple!) our enjoyment of a future trip to Paris. The course will be conducted in part as a lecture course and in part as a seminar (discussion of readings, short papers, and shared reports- all part of the evaluation). There will be a final exam. Distribution: History-Philosophy; Urban Concerns Time: II................Room: P 3 20th Century South Asia HIS 162-4537 Instructor: Don Gustafson This geographic area has produced the largest working democracy in the world today; from this people have come one of our century's greatest "saints" and also one of the most renowned statesmen; it is a standard example for population crisis and world hunger illustrations. South Asia is all this- and much more. This course is designed for the student who has interest but little or no background in nonwestern subjects-though others are also welcome. The heart of the course will be in a wide assortment of readings (some of them really excellent) but there will also be lectures, time for discussion and frequent breaks for slide presentations. Grades will be based on general level of participation, on some written work and probably a test. Distribution: History-Philosophy Time: I ................Room: O M 16 Eastward to America: Limited Hospitality HIS 220-4534, 320-4535 Instructor: Khin Khin Jensen An investigation of !he rationalc for the in~migrationpattern, economic opportunities, and social, pnli tical and ~ c a r ~ o r nprot)lems ir ~ncounlcredby h e following ilnrni~rants.Cliinesc, Japanrse ancl Koreans in the Unitc~rlStates. Focus on thew Ihrre ~ t h n i groups r will Involve boil^ the "old" immigrants and the "new" ~~lnnii~mnts. Course w ~ lutilize l ethnir. sprakt~rs (Cllin~se,Iapanes~anrl Koreans) In a home env~ronmenl-rlrf~~tr~iorr format. Tticre wilt he pthnic medls, r!thnic rooking d~rno~~stratinns, films, slides and f ~ ~trips-all l d these arp important components of the course as IS the academ~ccomponent of read~ngs,etc. Focus is on the experiences of these ethnic groups in Hawaii, California and Minnesota. Upper division students will do a paper and a journal, lower division will do a journal. There will be an exam on the text and readings. Fees: $1 5 for meals and films etc. Prerequisites: Lower Division, None Upper Division, sophomore standing and consent of instructor Distribution: History and Philosophy Time: I ................Room: L 1 Introduction to Oral History HIS 481-4538 Instructor: Rrchard Nelson This course will investigate the methods and approaches involved in writing history from oral sources. Students will read and discuss material on the natwe of on1 hrstory during .the first week af the course. The remainder of the twm wIII be reserved for ldentlfication of and research on a topic which wlll include the techniquesof oral history. A paper based on this m a r c h wlll be due an the lad day of the lerrn. Prerequisrtes: Permrssron of the rnstructor Trme: II................Room: O M 10 The Philosophy of Healing INS 141-4547, 341 -4548 J .+ 522 Instructor: Pam Weiss-Farnan and Mark Fuehrer Since a human being is a besouled body, wholeness must involve bath the mind and the body. Further, since the mlnd Is the prlnclpal directed !orce In human Mngs, wholeness Is directed by rhtt mind. Dlseese in a person can therefore be approached as a phenomenon that requires rhe respo,nse hat just of the whole v a n but under the dlrectfan of the mind, the human being can strive to cooperate with natum In the process of healing either diseases of the mind or the body. Westem and Eastern philasophles ask (he question, "How can one heal~oneself?'' and have evolved some startling a n w e k about prwpectlve, attitude, and knowledge of disease. In western healing, we now ask how our technaloglcal apptoach can be merged with personal healing. Shew concepts fall into a pattern, that when analyzed, reveals a power ode has over one's health. I0 this coutw there dl be readings and lectures coverin8 philmopHcal views of beallng, western and nonwestern approsches to disease and healin and an opportunity to team about a d Investipte further variovr heating praflfcasand t&enpirs such as acupuncture, biofedbqck , homeopathy, massage and so on. Course grades wrll be determrned largely from a paper Upper drvrsron students wrll be expected to produce a longer and more sophrstrcated paper than those tak~ngthe course for lower drvisron credlt. Time: II................Room: O M 16 Brush Up MAT 103-4539 Instructor: Bev Durkee This dome & deifgnedai a bruslr ry, lh arithmetic and elementaryal a h skills for students scoring lon the Mathemattcs Placementexamination. ~ h ci,u& & vdbe pmkuia'dh WI forrmdme m elementarycdvatlon or who will be tahng it.Hniaa p n d r m a w of the work will be dofie err the computer, There w#l be d1agnosj.I~tesb to detwmine study mh homework assignment5 to gain skills, and written problem wl\rfr(gtests to deteMlhe achievement. Grades wltl be d~temiinedby test scores. Coufie of Budy Fs completely rndividuallzed. Prerequ~sites:Mathematics Placement Examination score I. Time: I ................Room: S 112 Mathematical Modeling M A T 132-4069 Instructor: Paul Hulse This course will focus on the development of mathematical models to describe and study selected problems in the "real world." The course will emphasize the use of analytical methods of mathematics to study these problems. Prerequisites: Basic algebra and geometry Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: I ................Room: S 2 13 An Exposure of Chaos in Modern Cosmic Models M A T 136-4540, 336-4541 - Instructor: Henrv Follinastad An exploralion of malh-related ideas and Space-Age research which critically re-evaluates present "scientific dagmas" un the universe and the smaller cosmic models of earth, life, and mnnkinrl. New Spacp-Age data, much of it ignored or misinterpreted, is uncovered to show inadequacies and contradictions in cosmology, relativity, macroevolution, and their links to geology, biology, and the humanities. Space-Age alternatives are also presented to integrate the flood of news media with past knowledge. Class instruction and individual research will include study of the historical and modern impact of math-related cosmic models, and will note some misuses of mathematics which have elevated some "scientific speculation" into "scientific fact." A written research paper is required in one of six major areas discussed. Upper division students will show broader research scope and writing ability and will present extensive oral summaries of their papers. Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: I ................Room: O M 23 FORTRAN M A T 270-4567 Instructor: Leo Lake A study of the FORTRAN programming language to expand the student's knowledge of languages. This course is especially vital to computer students who will work with the scientific community where FORTRAN is a well entrenched language. The course will involve daily lectures, extensive programming on the PDP 11 and a programming project on which grading will be based. Prerequisites: One course with a study of a computer language (e.g. MAT 145, 170, or 175 or BUS 250) Time: II................Room: S 112 Special Functions and Their Applications in the Physical Scien~ces M A T 327-4542 Instructor: Mark Engebretson (See description under Physics) Introduction to Music Therapy: A Clinical Overview MUS 1 10-4543 Instructor: Roberta Metzler Visitafton of clinfcal facilities in the Metrnpolltan area to &serve nruslc therapy in pracflce. Obieciives o l the couKe will be to become familiar with a variety of clientele (including mentally retarried, emolinnalty disturbed, and ph!tsicalfy handicapped), and to ut)serve how music therapy functions with rlitterenl popula~ions.In adclitiun to lie (ield trips, classroom discussions will include an nvervlcw of music therapy practices and Iheory in Ihis coirntry ant! abroad. Evaluation will be based on tests, field trip reports, and clas5 participation. h sper~alfee of $1 5.00 will be reqir~rcd,to cover h e cost rrl Transportation. A speclal class project will be required for upper division credtl. Sti~dentllmes must be flexible, lo allow Inr Creld trlps during rither the morn in^ or alfcrnoon. Fee: $15.00 Distribution: Art - Music Time: I1................Room: M 24 Improvisation in Music MUS 129-4544, 329-4545 Instructor: Stephen Gabrielsen The objective of this course is to learn to improvise in a variety of styles. Procedure: Assignments will be given using differing improvisational techniques. Students will perform for each other in class. Upper division students will be expected to produce additional improvisations. Prerequisites: Minimal ability on a musical instrument or instructor's permission Distribution: Art-Music Time: I ................Room: M 4 Trends and Issues in Nursing NUR 330-4546 Instructor: Alice Stark This course is intended to give students a broad perspective by introducing current trends and issues in health care anti Ihe profession of nursing. Many of the Issues are controversial, are relevant to current practice and have po!en!ial lor br-rraching eCfecIs in health care. Students will be graded on group pr~sentalion~ and written exam~nations. Prerequisites: Registered Nurse Time: I ................Room: O M 12 el Introduction to Weather PHY 106-4568 Instructor: Noel Petit A study of the science of meteorology which will provide a working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four basic areas: observing the weather (including state of the art instrumentation), understanding weather patterns, forecasting weather changes and understanding the world's climate. Related topics to be included are: hydrology (study of the earth's water cycle), pollution, economic effects of the weather, and weather's impact on world events. This course is designed to be an elective or satisfy the Mathematics-Physics distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. The course will include daily lectures, assignments (one or two laboratory sessions per week), two one-hour examinations and a research project. Prerequisites: High school algebra Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Room: S 31 5 Time: II................ 1985 Oak Ridge Associated Universities Science ~ i n i m e s t e r PHY 322-4549 Instructor: Kermit E. Paulson A study of nuclear radiation with emphasis on applications and "hands-on" laboratory experience for the individual student. The course will consist of (1) introductory work on radiation detection and measurement at Augsburg, (2) participation in the 1985 Oak Ridge Associated Universities Science Minimester where the student has the opportunity to study projects in nuclear radiation physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, environmental radiation, coal technology, health physics, and radiological safety; and (3) summary and evaluation of the program back at Augsburg. This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated Universities-Professional Training program. Two weeks of the course will be spent in Oak Ridge, Tennessee utilizing the instructional staff and laboratory facilities of ORAU. These facilities provide an opportunity for laboratory experience not normally available to undergraduate students. Fees: The cost for travel and housing will be approximately $300. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor. Time: I ................Room: S 24 Special Functions and their Applications in the Physical Sciences PHY 327-4550 MAT 327-4542 Instructor: Mark Engebretson Certain mathematical functions find use throughout the physical sciences and engineering disciplines because of the high degree of symmetry they can represent. This course will acquaint the student with three categories of functions and their applications: Legendre polynomials and spherical harmonics, Fourier series and transforms, and functions of a complex variable. High resolution graphics using the Tektronix 4051 Graphic Computer will be used to enhance understanding of the symmetries involved. Student performance will be evaluated on the basis of several problem sets and project. Prerequisite: Physics 122 or consent of instructor; Mathematics 224 or equivalent Time: I ................Room: O M 21 The United Nations POL 166-4551, 366-4552 Instructor: Manjula Shyam The course will involve detailed study of: a) strudurp, purpose and fundions of the ~ n l ~ eNations, d b) geographical, historical, culhtrat, pr~liticalancl economic backgvound of the member states of the Sectlrily Council, C) s~lectedcurrent topics h e f n r ~the Un~tedNations. d) procerlural rutes of the Security Cotlncil. The course will lead to a six to eight hnur sirnulatlon of a meeting a l the Security Cotlncit, Evaluation of students in the cnurse will be based on three slinrt papers and on performance in I ~ Psimulation. Participation in !he simulation is ct~lnpulsory. Upper rflvisiun studrnts will be requireri to sul,mil an adtlliional paper anatyzlng the political processes o l r h Security ~ Council. Prerequtsites: Onp pollrlcat sclcnce course for upper division credil Distribution: Economics-Political Sc~ence Time: II................Room: M 23 Self-identity and Values PSY 110-4553 Inslructot: Norman Ferguson The objecfive o l this course will be to examine the concept of "sclf" nr "selCidentity" (Wha am I? What do Itlrlnk and feel about myseltl). Thth rrlalinnship betwwn sell-irlent~ty and personal values will also be explored. Though the course will li,~vemainly a psychological locus, r e l ~ r ~ n will c e be m;ltl~lo splriiual ;mi ~~I~Ilosophirat lssue~Illat relate to thc conc~ptsof selktdentity anrl values. The cuntent of tlir course will rover topics surh as: the acquisition and drv~lnplnpntrrl srtCirlen~r~y and values, rncluding fhe i n f l u ~ nof ~ rsex roles; ihc clarificaiinn of values; ttw growth anti rliitngr uf self-irlrnl~tyand vatues during aclul~hood:arbd !he relationship be'tween sel(+itlent~ty and spirilual grriwth, Class lime will be devoter[ mainly to the discussion of these issues In small groups. A n i v ~ participation tly each sturl~nlt s ~xpecretlalong with the sharlng of relevani intlivitlual experiences. Evaluation will be based on class partfcipalior?,one or Iwo short papers, and possibly one exam. This cuurw may not sut>stitute for PSY 105 lor stilrl~ntspursuing a rnnrar or minor in (~sy~lrology. Gr~rlingP/N only. Prerequisites: Permission of instructor Distribution: Psychology-Sociology Time: I ................Room: P 1 Christianity in Modern Africa REL 366-4554 Instructor: Bradley Hot! This course wltl focus on two regions of Africa: the West and the 5011th. Stude~lfswill be introduced to IrazlitionalAfrtcan cullure ant1 religion, the introduction of Christianity, and !he present dev~lopmentof indigenous cl~urchesin West Africa. The newer "Independent African Chr~rches"will be studied, as well as attempts to forrnulat~"African Christian Theology." A major sectlon of the cnurse will locus nn conZernpurary responws nichurclies in Soutl~Africa to the apartheid system of racial segregatlnn. There will he lectures and discus5ion of reading materials, films, and visiting resource persons. Students will be evaluated On several short IPS15 ant1 a short research paper. Prerequisites: One course in religion. Distribution: Religion (Only one Interim course may be used toward graduation religion requirements) Time: II ................Room: O M 18 i W January 2-26, 1985 The Confrontation of Cultures and Religions in Hawaii REL 321 -4555 Instructor: John Benson A studv of Rudrlllism, I'rrrlestanl Christianity, Mormoni~ln,and I'olynesian rellgion wilh t o 1lietr ~nl~rrvlaticbn in Hawall. Speci~lartt*nllnn glveii t r ~the following: r p ~ c l aatlenlinn l IIIP n i e e t i n ~nf New F n ~ l ~ ~Cillvinlrm ntl and tlllwaii,ln trild~tionalculf~rrcand r e l ~ ~ nnrl ~on i t s results today: the rnPcllnK ofCl~rislianityand bull1 Chlncsc and J,~pdnese Rutirllilsm ;n I-lawsti today; ,!t~rl I l l ? rlpl)rtl;lcIi nf ~I~PCIIILIICII n l ] l i s i t Clir~st ~ oiLaltcr Day S,aints (Mr~r~nons) to 1 I i ~ P t ~ l \ v ~ e s i i lEllorts l~. will also tw made tn 51udy aliperls nf Ch~nescanrl Iqiarlcse cultures and relif!lons In the~rown r i ~ h t . Evaluation will be based on class participation and the submission of a journal. Grading: P/N only Prerequisites:one religion course (Only one interim course may be used toward graduation religion requirements) Cost: $1 745 Distribution: Religion The Lutheran Heritage REL 345-4556 Instructor: Eugene Skibbe The Lutheran Church 1s the largest Protestant church in the world. We will examine the Lutheran Church as it is today, ils origins tn the lhfh cPnrury, anti Its development and cultural influence during 450 year5 01 hislory. The texl by Brrg~ndoffwill provide an overview. Lecture and class disc~lssiol~ will den1 with examples of Lulheran wifnrss In the Gospel In art, music, missions, phl!nsol~f~y, s o c ~ o l o ~and y Ilicnbgy. Retluirrrnents will include two exams and one short paper. Prerequisites: One course in religion Distribution: Religion (Only one interim course may be used toward graduation religion requirements) Time: I ................Room: M 24 Ethnicity and Community in Urban Society SOC 261 -4560 Instructor: Gordon Nelson It has been suggested that the persistence of ethnic neighborhoods in American cities has functioned as a locus of community in urban life. Moreover, it is argued that these communities have provided stability and identity in the face of the dehumanizing tendencies in an industrialized and bureaucraticized society. This course will attempt to assess the extent to which the foregoing assertions might apply to ethnic neighborhoods in the Twin Cities. After some preliminary background sessions and readings, each member of the class will be asked, either individually or as part of a group, to explore a particular ethnic community in the Twin Cities and report back to the class. This class presentation and a final examination will be the basis of evaluation for the course. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Urban Concerns Time: I ................Room: M 22 Exploring the Human Services SWK 257-4557 Instructor: Mary Lou Willlams Thirty hours per week nt vorunteer work in a human service agency is comblned w i ~ h readings and weekly seminars. An opportunity to discovcr whetllcr e career in human services is for you. Evaluation will bp bawd on submission of jnurrlals, rurnrnary of experience ant1 a [inal examination. Siudcnls will br asketl ln merl with Inslructar before the enri of Fall semester to iliscuss selection of agency and structure uf the course. Objec!tves: 1. To develop special awareness of the kinds of problems for which people seek help. 2. To increas~knowledge of ll>eservic~sgiven by tlie agency in which student is serving, 3. To gain knowtcdge of the prnf~ssionalsin the organ~zation,including thew skills, competencies, et!ur:at~on, and [raining. 4. To gain l~cginningknowledg~abr~utthe diversity of human services agencicls. 5. To increase r~nrl~fitanding nf sell in relatlnn to [he human service tleld. Time: I ................Room: P 3 Field Work Ill SWK 466-4558 (1 course), 466-4559 (l/2 course) Instructor. Maria Brown The objectives a l the class are to use sup~rvisoryrelationship lo increase interprrtive a5 wetl as social work ~wrfnrrnancecornpctence; (n ptomotr gradual entry into direcl soclal work practice; to increase competence in !lip client contaci p h a ~ eof the problem solving process; 10 increase s~utlcntsell-awareness in regart1 In profc$%ional praclice Interests, areas of strength, and areas for personal/professiunal rlevelopmcnt: 10 promote competence tn the full process of problem solving, with spet:ial emphasr~c ~ nanalysis anrl r~solurionstage5. Course content will be conttnuation of Field Work I!-educationally fociised iield placement in a social service agullcy. Students will spend t 5 (ar 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by Field Instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation form. Note: Course is offered for 1/2 (15 hours per week) or full (30 hours per week) credit. If for full credit, 1/2 credit will be based on non-client contact tasks. Prerequisites: Minimum of 2.0 in Field Work I and in Field Work 11; candidacy status Time: Arrange with instructor Imagination and Humor in Communication SPC 165-4561, 365-4562 Instructor: Ray Anderson Imagination, creative rhinktng, and humor are importan! dimensions of communication thc lunctinns of competence. The major purposes of h i s course are to lwttpr t~t~drrsfand imaaination, the creative process, and the nature of Irurnor: to improve crealive thinking; and lo ~ncreasr:the ahrliry to procli~cee[fecl~vehumor. Thew will be lectures and readfngs on these topics, a study of niod~ls,and a variety of assignments, in writing and speaking. T h ~ r ewill be a ntrrnber of experimental project5 Involving humor; IIIP ernount o l atlel-ttiongiven in this fapic wit1 rlepenrl in part upon tlw interests of the class. Evaluation will be based on essay examinations and on the creative projects. For upper division students, one or more additional papers will be required. Prerequisites: Beginning Speech, Freshman English Time: II................Room: L 1 Story Theater (Children's Theater) SPC 285-4563 Instructor: Ailene Cole This class will improvise, produce, and perform a children's play. Whatever is neededscript, costumes, props, lights, scenery, music, dance-will be created and executed by the class. Performances are scheduled for the final week. Time: 9:30-12:OO and 1:00-3:00 p.m. ................Stage 2 Other Courses These courses are offered by Institutions or gmups not canneaed with Augsburg College but have been a p p r o v ~ dfor credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses which are the rt?sponsihrlityofthe stud~nt.They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descriptions and details fnr registering are available in the Interim Office. ART 163-4564 Basic Spinning, Weaving and Dyeing Offered by the Weavers Guild of Minnesota. Tuition and materials cost $1 74. POL 398-4565 Washington Interim: After the Inauguration: Continuity or Change? POL 398-4566 Washington Interim: The Legal System and Legal Careers Washington lnterim provides a combined program of lectures, site visits, and seminar situations focusing on a particular area or topic in Washington, D.C. Information on either of the above programs, housing and financial assistance is available from Dr. Milda Hedblom in Memorial 117A. Augsburg Lifetime Sports The following activities are available to students during interim. They do not carry official credit, but they do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. Students may participate in any one of these without registering for the course, but will be expected to pay any fees whether or not the student registers for the course. Weightlifting HPE 002-4571 Instructor: Paul Grauer Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 9:20 ................Melby Running HPE 002-4572 Instructor: Paul Grauer Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 12:OO noon ................Melby
Show less
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1986
Title
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1986
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
Introduction to Interim Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The college follows a 4-1-4calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students...
Show more Introduction to Interim Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The college follows a 4-1-4calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. There will be no summer Interim in 1986. Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four-courseload during Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/ No credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the P/ N system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be Interim courses (or one Interim less than the number of years of full-time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one Interim for graduation). Augsburg Policy It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. For More Information Interim Off ice (Memorial230) Interim Secretary, Sue Schmidt at 330-1025 Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson, at 330-1192 (Memorial 114G) Interim Calendar November 4-8 . . .Interim Registration December 9 . . . .Late Registration for Interim January 6 . . . . . .First Day of Interim First Day Class: Time I -9 a.m. Time 11-1 p.m. January 7 . . . . . .Last Day for CanceVAdd January 13 . . . . .Last for Determining Grading System for Half Credit Courses January 14 . . . . .Last Day for Withdrawing from Half Credit Courses January 17 . . . . .First Group of Half Credit Courses Ends January 20 . . . . .Second Group of Half Credit Courses Begins January 20 . . . . .Last Day for Determining Grading System with Registrar January 21 . . . . .Last Day to CanceVAdd Half Credit Courses January 22 . . . . .Last Day for Withdrawingfrom Full Credit Courses January 27 . . . . .Last Day for Determining Grading System for Half Credit Courses January 28 . . . . .Last Day for Withdrawing from Half Credit Courses January31 . . . . .InterimEnds February 4 . . . . .Validation of Spring Class Registration February 5 . . . . .Spring Semester Begins . The number and length of class meetings a s well a s the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time 1-8 a.m. to 12Noon Time 11-1 p.m. to 5 p.m. Interim Catalog The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the college for Interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the Lifetime Sports listed at the end of the Catalog. Building Key L-Library all M-Music H OM-Old Main P-Psychology S-Science Hall Options International Interims-Students are invited to be part of one of the 27 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog. Internships-Students electing an internship must present a completed internship learning contract to the Internship Office (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 26. Contract forms are available in the same office. Independent or Directed Study-Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent or directed study per interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements. 2. Present to the Registrar for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and no later than December 4. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Other Schools-Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be done at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other 4-1-4schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the Religion requirement. Visiting Students Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $495 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. Environmental Aesthetics ART 102-48001 302-46002 Instructor: PhilThompson In this course there will be a focus on readings in the area of the man-madevisual environment and consideration of the principles of design with concern for appreciation and criticism. There will be projects in art media exploring the visual elements and the design process. Each student will do one special project (a slide essay on a cultural landscape topic; or a gallery environment event; or some other project approved by the instructor). There will be about eight other text related design projects required. Grades will also be based on one or two examinationsplus a final. Distribution:Art - Music Time: 11 Room: OM 4 Life Drawing ART 247-48003 Instructor: Norman Holen A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students. The figure will be depicted in various settings with a variety of media for varying lengths of time. The poses will extend from one minute to an hour and a half. You will be introduced to the 2 B and 4 B pencils, the charcoal pencil, and pastels. Fee: $25due the first day of class Distribution:Art -Music Time: I Room: OM 17 BIOLOGY Plants and Civilization BIO 102-46004 Instructor: Erwin Mickelberg A study of the profound influence of plants on mankind's economic, cultural and political history, as well as the steps that civilization has taken to improve chosen plants for use. Some plant anatomy and physiology will be discussed. Academic evaluation will be based on course exams. Distribution:Chemistry-Biology Time: I1 Room: 205 The Biology of Women BIO 231-46005 Instructor:Roberta Lammers The objective of this course is to provide a basic understanding of the structure and functioning of the female human organism as well as to evaluate misconceptions about women that have arisen in the history of biology. We will study first the structure and physiology of women, including the determination of sex, nutritional needs, menstruation and menopause, as well as other developmental issues. We will also consider women's health issues such as pregnancy, birthing and particular occupationalhazards. In a section on evolution we will look at various interpretations of human evolution and the social relationships of women and men. FkmUy, if time permits, we will consider the scientific contributions of some women biologists. Evaluation will be based on weekly quizzes as well as individual reports, which will be either written or oral depending on the number of students in the class. Prer uisite: High school biology Dish%ution: Chemistry-Biologyor Women & Minority Studies Time: I Room: S 329 11 1986 Oak Ridge Associated Universities Science Minimester BIO 322-46006 PHY 322-46007 Instructor:Robert Herforth A study of nuclear radiation with emphasis on applications and "hands-on" laboratory experience for the individual student. The course will consist of (1)introductory work on radiation detection and measurement at Augsburg, (2)participation in the 1986 Oak Ridge Associated Universities Science Minimester where the student has the opportunity to study projects in nuclear radiation physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, environmental radiation, coal technology, health physics, and radiological safety; and (3) summary and evaluation of the program back at Augsburg. This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated Universities-Professional Training program. Two weeks of the course will be spent in Oak Ridge, Tennessee utilizing the instructional staff and laboratory facilities of ORAU. These facilities provide an opportunity for laboratory experience not normally available to undergraduate students. Cost: 8350 for travel and housing (approximately) Prerequisite: Consent of instructor Time: I Room: S 24 II Biological Evolution BIO 431-48008 Instructor:Ralph Sulerud That organisms have evolved and, accordingly, all creatures are biologically related are probably the most significant conclusions which biology has contributed to human knowledge. The antievolutionist arguments of the "scientific creationists" will be investigated in this course. However, to the vast majority of biologists evolution is accepted as a fact, and the evidence in its support will be examined. Biologists do not agree concerning the mechanisms and pace of evolution. Indeed, theories as to these matters have evolved and continue to do so. Much of the course will involve historical study of evolutionary thought from pre-Darwiniantimes to the present. F'inaUx we will address the course of evolution from the origin of life itself to the origin of human life. There will be a variety of readings, and classes will consist of lectures and discussions. Grading will be based primarily on quizzes and tests. Prerequisites:BIO 111 and 112or permissionof the instructor Time: I Room: S 205 BUSINESS II Augsburg Goes to Business BUS 321-46010 Instructor:Thomas Morgan "Augsburg Goes to Business" is a one-month senior seminar for business and economics majors. The goal of the seminar is to provide a better understanding of the diversity in organizations and the varied environments in which and the many constraints with which they must operate. Three objectives emerge: 1. to develop a clearer understanding of how the different functional areas of an organization operate on a day to day basis and how these "parts" are integrated into the overall operation of the firm. 2. to examine the extent to which "textbook approaches" correspond to "real world" situations and are able to accornrnodate practical application. 3. to explore potential conflicts between individual (personal and career) goals and the goals of the organization; addressing how these conflicts may be resolved. u&ite: permission of instructor zz7 Room: P 2 IIntroduction to International Business BUS 152-46070 BUS 352-46071 Instructor: Arnin Kader This course is designed to introduce the student to the problems and possibilities of doing business in an international context. Appreciation of the perspective required for successful planning and management of an enterprise operating abroad is emphasized by foreseeing both the opportunities and the difficulties inherent in international business. The case method will be employed. Evaluation will be based primarily on performance in working the cases assigned. Prerequisite: A minimum of two business courses for upper division registration. Time: I Room: OM 22 IEntrepreneurship BUS 295-46077 Instructor: John Cerrib The object of this class is to provide students who are not majoring in business with entrepreneurial skills necessary for starting and running a small business. The student will be exposed to various aspects of small business management and will be required to prepare a business plan for a "model" business. The student will be evaluated on the basis of the "model" plan, on tests and performances on small business case studies. Time: I Room: M 23 Micro-ComputerAccounting BUS 294-46092 Instructor: Richard Herzog This course will provide an introduction to the micro-computeras it relates to financial and managerial accounting applications. Topics will include: micro-computer hardware and software; accounting spreadsheet and database applications. Emphasis will be on the IBM-PC or compatible hardware and Lotus 1-2-3software. Students willbe required to read a text and other material, hand in homework assignments and take tests over the assigned material. In addition, computer reports will be handed in for evaluation. Prerequisites: Principles of Managerial Accounting (BUS 102) Time: 11 Room: S 213 Advanced Personal Computing BUS 378-48093 Instructor: Milo Schield The object of this course will be to study advanced personal computing applications and their business uses. We will use the Augsburg IBM PC Network to study - advanced word processing (Word Star 2000) - advanced spread sheet techniques (macros and templates) - advanced data base featuresd @-BaseI11and Power Base) - business graphics (free form paint and fixed form analytic1 presentation) - integrated packages (Symphony) There will also be visita to local businesses using these applicationa, This # m e i s designed for students who are already familiar with h i c Personal Computing applications such a s Appleworks and .Lotus. Evaluation will be based on the following: 10% on attendance and participation; 40% on tests; 50% on group projects. Fee: $20--but no required textbook. Prerequisite: BUS 250 (DataProcessing) Time: I Room S 123 CHEMISTRY Chemistry for Changing Times CHlM 100-46013 Instructor:Arlin Gyberg This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the very popular book by John H. Hill of the same title. It is not a traditional background. Bachemistry cotu'se m d d m not =sume a ~ c i m m sic science: a n d math EWE introduced early and are t,augl:llta8 needed for understmding the various topics .md implications. T h e course does assume the student is interested in and concerned about the relationship of chemistry to life and living. Chemistry has been intimately a part of liberal education for centuries. The early scientists were considered to be philosophers and their societies were philosophical societies. In recent decades the human eekicingof perwond independence has led to chemistry becoming a part or everyday Lire to 4,he pht of actud dspondence on chemistry W e live in n world or pcsticidos, fertilizers. pIasticer, "the pill," food additives and processed foods, vitamin supplements, the energy crisis, chemical dependency, biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching for life on other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on and on. Emotions and mental disorders can often be traced to chemical imbalance. The common dragged out, Chemistry for Changing Times (wn't) grumpy feeling after an afternoon nap is a result of a chemical imbalance. The nature of a hangover is the result of a complex system of altered body chemistry Even learning appears to be the result of chemical reaction to form a "memory molecule." Most of the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and our universe? Come join us as we take a molecular look at the human condition. This course will be offered in a lecture/discussion format. Films will supplement the lecture/discussion periods. Test will be used for evaluation. This course does not satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106,116or 223. Distribution: Chemistry-Biology Time: I Room: S 315 The Science of Very Large Molecules CHM 104-48014 Instructor: SandraOlmsted A survey of plastics, polymers, and proteins that will investigate the unusual properties that make these materials useful. Also included will be a short history of these materials, with their economic importance or biological interest. Grades will be determined by two exam scores, and a final paper which is due the last day of class. Distribution: Chemistry-Biology Time: 11 Room: S 315 FORTRAN CSC 270-46045 Instructor: Larry Ragland A study of the FORTRAN programming language for students with some previous knowledge of programming. This course will expand the student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of FORTRAN together with programming techniques for using those features. This course will involve lectures and programming assignments in FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the programming assignments and examinations. Prerequisite: One course with a study of a computer language (e.g. CSC 170 or lVLAT 175) Time: 11 Room: S 112 E Understanding International Trade and Finance ECO 360-46012 Instructor: Ed SabeIla This will be a study of the underlying forces affecting the economic relations among nations. We will consider the development and bases of international trade, the balance of payments, the mechanisms of adjustment and general commercial policies. Grading will be on the basis of examinations and possible other written assignments. uisitei: ECO 122 a$d 123 or permissionof instructor Room: OM 16 EDUCATION Student Teaching EDS 481-46015EDE 481-46019 EDS 482-46016EDE 482-46020 EDS 483-46017EDE 483-46021 EDS 484-46018EDE 484-46022 Instructor:Trudi Fulda Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a school. Grading is PIN only Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor. Time: I Room: L 4 ENGLISH E Five College Fiction Writing Workshop ENG 362-46098 Instructor: Lon Otto This workshop seeks to increase the participants' range and intensity of the participants' fiction writing, sharpening their critical skills, and broadening their awareness of contemporaryfiction and the literary tradition of which it is a part. Discussion the first week will focus on readings from an anthology of mostly recent short stories. The remaining three weeks will focus on stories written during the Interim by members of the class. The stories will be duplicated and distributed prior to each meeting. Students Fiction Writing Workshop (con't) will write three substantial stories and will be expected to participate actively in the critical discussions. There will also be opportunities for individual conferences with the instructor. Evaluation will be based on work written during the Interim, on willingness to engage technical suggestions, &d on vigorous, constructiveparticipation in the workshop's discussions. Faithful attendance is essential. Three students from Augsburg will be accepted for this course. Interested students should contact John Mitchell in the English Department. Fee: $10 Prerequisite: Some experience in fiction writing; preferably at least one creative writing - course on the college - level Time: 11 Room: McNeely $301- St. Thomas IThe Short Story ENG 240-46024 340-46025 Instructor: Kathryn Swanson We will read a variety of short stories for pleasure and understanding. The selected stories will include the major genres, such as the science fiction of Kurt Vonnegut, the detective fiction of Arthur Conan Doyle, the humor of Mark Twain, and the experimental fiction of Jorge Luis Borges. Women such as Doris Lessing and Joyce Carol Oates and blacks such as Ralph Ellison will be among the authors studied. Although the course will not involve a systematic analysis of the history of the form of the short story, a sufficient number of classics will be assigned for the student to appreciate the historical development from Poe to Beattie. The course will involve practice in ways of approaching literature and will include study of the basic critical terminology, so it would be an appropriate course for students who have not yet studied literature at the college level. Students are expected to read the stories, participate in class discussions, write a paper on a topic selected with the advice of the teacher, write a short story, and take several tests. Effective Writing is not a prerequisite but students will be expected to write with clarity Distribution: English-Speech Time: I Room: OM 23 The Dark Side of Genius: Films of Alfred Hitchcock and Ingmar Bergman ENG 260-46026 460-46027 Instructor:John Mitchell Using selected films, the course will compare the popular cynical vision of Alfred Hitchcock with the problematic existential vision of Ingmar Bergman. Literary texts related to biography, film criticism, Freudianism, and existentialism will also be assigned a s background material. Class procedure will involve lecture, discussion, and the showing of about eight feature films. Because of the time required for introductions, projections, and discussion, students should expect class periods of three to four hours in length. Although the course should be enjoyable and even fun, students should expect to study the films rather than merely watch them. Grading will be based upon occasional quizzes and a critical paper of about 12 pages in which the student will compare the two visions. Students who wish to take the course for upper division credit must have mrrnission from the instructor. Fee: $25 for rental of films Time: I1 Room: SCI 123 Grow Old Along With Me ENG 209-46023 Instructor:Barbara Andersen You, too, will enter Middle Age and, eventuallx Old Age-if you live long enough. What do poets, dramatists, and novelists have to say about this process? A lot. Among those that we may read are: Hassler's "Simon's Night," Anderson's "I Never Sang for My Father," Sarton's "As We Are Now," Miller's "Death of a Salesman," Tillie Ohen's, "Tell Me a Riddle," Pyrn's "Quarter in Autumn," Wright's "Fire Sermon," Berry's "The Memory of Old Jack," Woolf's "Mrs. Dalloway" We hope to see some films such as "AU Your Parts Don't Wear Out at the Same Time." What do real live people have to say about old age? A lot. You will be expected to find out what they have to say by interviewing several older people in several different settings. Evaluation will be based on readings, examinations, quizzes and interview journals. Distribution:English-Speech Time: I Room: OM 10 E Love in Literature ENG 269-46068 Instructor:Ron Pal& This course will examine several literary depictions of passionate love including the Biblical "Song of Songs," Ovid's "The Art of Love," Shakespeare's "Romeo and Juliet" and "A Midsummer Night's Dream,"and more recent works including Chopin's "The Awakening" and a modern romance novel. Also studied will be poetry from different historical periods and material from the social sciences. The course will study changing concepts of love and show how literature reflects and creates concepts of love. Students will write two papers, take two tests and attend a few assigned plays or films. Prerequisite:ENG 111 or a college literature class Distribution: English-Speech Time: 11 Room: OM 25 FRENCH French Literature in Translation FRE 243-48028 Instructor: Ruth Aaskov Study of representative shorter French works in English translation. By reading and analysis of a common core of varied works we will strengthen communication and critical skills, develop cultural sensitivit~and become acquainted with significant French writers. Mini-lectures and study guides will help focus attention on the works. Much class time daily will be devoted to small group discussion and exchange of ideas. Evaluation based on group work, progress, quizzes, writing assignments, and a short independent study Prerequisite:Sophomore standing Distribution: English-Sueech Time: I Room: OM 27 - - HEALTH & PHYSICAL EDUCATION Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries HPE 475-46081 Instructor: A1Kloppen Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. This is a half credit course. Prerequisite:HPE 350Kinesiology Time: II -Jan.20-31 Room: Melby January 4-23,1986 Sailing in the Virgin Islands HPE 455-48036 Instructor:Joyce PPaff Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will focus on taking the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring,mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live aboard a 42' fixed keel sailboat with six or seven other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. This willbe supplemented by sessions dealing with safety, boat handling, boat systems, provisioning, trip planning, piloting and navigation. Sailing will include cruises to various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkelingand windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. Evaluation will be based on individual demonstrated competencies in crewing and leadership in the role of "acting captain." A daily ships log will be kept by all participants and a final written exam willbe given. Cost: $2100 Distribution:Lifetime Sports Human Sexuality HPE 216-46035 Instructor:Richard Borstad and Nancy Medcraft The course will examine the biological, psychosocial, behavioral, and cultural aspects of human sexuality Opportunities will be provided for students to explore and assess their values about sexuality Included in the course are the following topics: gender issues, male-femaleanatomy and physiology, communication and sexual behavior, sexuality and the Life cycle, sexual problems, and s d issues related to sexual behavior. Lectures, readings, guest speak ers, films, and small discussion groups willbe utilized. Evaluation will be based on mid-termand final exams, and a research project. Fee: $10 Time: II Room: M 24 Recreational Rhythms and Activities HPE 232-48080 Instructor:Lynn Mackenthun Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This is a half credit course. Time: II - Jan. 6-17 Room: Melby Eastward to America: Limited Hospitality HIS 220-46036 320-46037 Instructor:Khin Khin Jensen An investigationof the rationale for the immigration pattern, economic opportunities, and social, political and economic problems encountered by the following immigrants: Chinese, Japanese and Koreans in the United States. Focus on these three ethnic groups will involve both the "old immigrants and the "new" immigrants. Course will utilize ethnic speakers (Chinese, Japanese and Koreans) in a home environment-discussion format. There willbe ethnic meals, ethnic cooking demonstrations, films, slides and field trips-all these are important components of the course as are the academic components such as readings. Focus is on the experiences of these ethnic groups in Hawaii, California and Minnesota. Upper division students will do a paper and a journal, lower division will do a journal. There will be an exam on the text and readings. Fees: 816 Prerequisite: Lower division none. Upper division: sophomore standing and consent of instructor Distribution: History-Philosophy Time:I Room: LI Myth and Myth Making HIS 219-46038 HUM 275-46097 419-46039 Instructor:Richard Nelson A myth is not something patently false or absurd, although popular usage has emphasized its fictional quality Myth is the means by which people and cultures explain themselves to others and to themselves. In this course we will examine mythopoeic thought and the myths which that process evolved in the ancient Near East, Greece and Rome. We will read mythological literature in translation and modern commentaries on the nature of myth making. These mythologies will be studied within their historical and cultural context, resulting in a final paper on a topic to be decided upon between student and instructor. In addition, (dependingon production timing)the class will attend a Twin City based production of Euripides' "Trojan Women" during the term. Prerequisite: Permissionof instructor for upper division Distribution:History-Philosophy Time:I Room: OM 13 - January 2-26,1986 Hawaii: A Cultural History HIS 321-46104 Instructor: John Benson. and James Johnson 'She cultural and h i s t o r i d resources of Hawaii offer a richly endowd classroom Por study during J a u q The objeativo of this mume is to provide a basic understanding of I-Iawaii's history,ethnic diversity, and religious heritage through lectures, toms, books and travel. In addition ta B u d r h i . ~Thoism , and Polynesian religion, the wurse will focus on thc Mormon missions to the South Pacific and the New England Cnlvinist Christianity that sent missionaries to the Hawaiian Islands. T l ~ a r wiU s d s e be a unit on the w ~ nBuddhist-Christian t dialogue. Further information can be obtained in the Interim Office or from Mary Kingsley in the International Center, Old Main 20. Cost: $1,895 Distribution:Religion (by petition) INTERDISCIPLINARY The Art of Being Female INS 216-46078 416-46079 Instructor: Sara Eaton Zf women's experience of culture is different from men's, do they write about it differently? Do they use the same words but mean something else? Do they paint from a forninlne perspective? Do they campme and ning a different music? Or a m these aU questions of interpretation? Tn an at,temptto answer these qumtiona, we will study some of the literature, visual arts,and music m t e d by women in the k t 400 years. Beghnhg in the Renais~mco,with tZro love poetry Mar5 Queen of Scats. wrote to Bothwoll, and ending with Georgia O'Keefe'a and Judy Chicago's art and w v ~ r a mnmmporary l novels by womcn, we will analyze what female arlists are t e h g UE in their art and how they t~1l us. The murst; iR croes-disciplinw; students will I x encoumged t~ develop their own topics of atudy and supplement and the course cont~nt.Thore will be a rcquircd amount of reeding, viewing and listening. hower division students will write a 5-7 page essay Upper division students will write a longer papex (850 pagee) and give n presentation b e d on their topic to tho class. There will not be a find exam, but approximately half the grade will come from quizzes on the assignments. Pre uisite:English 111-EffectiveWriting Diszution: Urban. Women's and Minority Studies Time:II Room: OM II Central America: The Roots of the Crisis INS 280-46034 Instructors:Norman Walbek, Vern Hanson. Staff from Center for Global Service The crisis in Central America is one of the major foreign policy issues of the decade. The purpose of the course is to expose participants to the complexities of the issues involved, and to examine the root causes for the desperate conditions that exist in most of the region. The course will be a joint offering of Augsburg, Gustavus, and PLU. The first part of the course will be held on the three respective campuses, examining key events in the history of Mexico and Central America and looking at the current readings and discussions. On January 16, we will depart for Mexico where we will spend five days at the Augsburg Center in Cuernavaca. From January 2 1-26, we will be in Nicaragua, housed at another facility managed and staffed by the Center for Global Service and Education. In both countries, encounters with people from the churches, political, cultural and business organizations will be provided. In addition, there will be on-sitevisits to peasant cooperatives, squatter settlements, historical sites, etc. Particular attention will be given to grassroots Christian communities and other ways in which the poor are relating the Bible to their daily experiences and seeking to organize themselves to bring about more just social institutions. The schedule will be an intensive one, but will also provide opportunitiesfor group reflection and worship, and free time. The final week of the course will be held back on campus, and will be a time for de-briefingand evaluation. During the first week, participants will be required to read 1-2 books, a packet of related articles, and give an oral report on an assigned topic. During the trip, students will be required to keep a journal, and upon return, write a final reflection paper, due on January 31. Cost: $1420from Minneapolis Ineludem all travel expems, meals. lodging:and program in M e d w ancl Nicaragua. Cost is subject to change due ta an airfare inmawe prior to departure. World Hunger and Justice Education: Developing a N e w World View INSm - 4 6 0 3 1 REL 2 W 4 W 3 2 h t r u c b r a : Joel Mugge, Center for Global Servimand Education, tmd George S. Johnson. ALC Hunger P r o w The course will mlrvey the most recent reports and analysis of the current holocaust or global hunger ineluding the root causes,the Intemnnectednese to other issues, the hiillical ma,ndateand tho role of justice eclucettion. Attitudes toward poverty and wmlth, justice nnd charity, oppression and Liboration wiU b discussed using biblical material, the U.S. Cntholic Bishop's Lotter on tho U.S. Economy and insights rmm Liboratmion tl~ealom. The purpose wiU 1.w l o build peat,er global a m n e e s , become sensitized to ethical choices, energize us ror action nncl responsible living, a d explore pe%gogical principles for socinljustice. Guesl leczur+ersinclude Norman Barth, Direcur of Lutheran World Belief, Dr. Mark Thomsen. Executive Director of World Mission for.tlm AlC; Ruth Hnlvomn, Director of the ARC Retreat CenWr;Dr. Mark Lund. Prof~ssor of Economics at Luther Collage: world guests in tho Twin Cities ma. and The P t t s t t b weeks of the c o m e will be held at the ARC retreat center in n hautif ul wooded m a 46 milea north of the Twin Citics. Included in the experience will be cumunity building, m ~ . tive use CIP music ,and tlm mCs. trip8 to areas of poverty, opportunity For solitude. and cross-country skiing. T h e find week will be held back in the Twin Cities, where them will be visits to various orgiUli7~vtiomworking on hunger issues, and time for writing a final p a p r . S~udentswill read 1-2books snd related articlee- A f i n a l paper intepatirig the overall themes of the course and readings will be tequired at. the end of thc course. Xduationa wiU k e based u w n this paper and prticipation. Cost: Room md Board at the ARC R e m t Center for the three weeksi willbe-8300, Dhtrlbution: -1 on OnI one fnaourse ma be ueed taw;u%?gr$luat?on rewon reguirementsr RiI The Church and Social Change in the Philippines LNS 274-46033 Instructors: J i m Faurnier, Newman Mter, U d d Q af Minnemta and staff member f o m the Center for Global Service and Education T h e puspose of the course is to help participants gain a olearer underslamling of lhe currant situation in the Pl~ilippines.It is a country that suffers Prom a great deal of poverty and injustice, and one of the mqjor instigators Por mid change 11wbeen the church. Thmugho~~t the coursc, therefore, we will be examining the role of the church and the respnaibifity of Christians inworking for socialand political change. The Church and Social Change in the Philippines(con't) The first week of the come wjll be h ~ l d in htinn~apolis.and will foeus on getting a sense of the h.istOry, dtm,and current economic and political situation in tho PhiZippinea. hcturos, readings and cliscussions wiU & the format for this first week. On January 10,the group will depart for the Philippines. The style of the travel seminar will be quite intensive, and includes encounters with people and organizations representing the different sectors in the urban and rural areas as well as the different tribal p u p s . 'She trip will a h prwide opportunities for group r~flootion m d worship. The p u p will return to Ure Btates on January 26. The find week of the course wi13 be used for debriefing and aduation of the experience. During the first weok, participants will be required to read s packet of articles,m d research and give an oral report on a related topic. During the k i p , students wiU be to keep a journal, and upan return, write a final p a p r reflecting on Ula expex-ience. Grading PIN. Cost: $1995fmm ~ ~ includes all p m v d expenses, o meals, ~ ld@g m d program In the Philippines. Cost i s subject to change due to &are increase prior to the trip. ~~ MATHEMATICS Mathematical Modeling MAT 132-46042 Instructor: Paul Hulse Thie come wiU focus on the dmcdption of various problems in the "real world" L n mathematical terms. Tapics will i n c l ~ ~ dpel y he-, represemtations ofnumbers and various types of geometrg. The course will emphasizethe use of mdyLical methodsr of mamamatios lo study these problems. G~'adeswill b~!based on homework assignments. Prerequisite: Basic algebraand geometry Distribution: M~Wlermttcs-Ph,ysics T i e :1 W r n : OM 21 Linear Algebra In Action MAT 315-48046 Instructor: Bev Durkee A study of several applioations of l i n m in bra, including marlcov chains, Linear p ~ ~ .leastgsqunres , fitting, computer graphics, quadratic transformatione, ctc. as time p x m i t s . G d e s will be determined by assignments of prabtems and examirmtionq. Prerequisite:MAT 215 Time: I Room: S 112 IM Numerical Pattern Processing Through Programming MAT 144-46043 211-46044 Instructor: Larry Copes In this course students will learn to write elementary computer programs in the Pascal language. The programs will generate numerical and other mathematical data to be examined for patterns. Wit11 the help of the instructor and each other, atudente will tost coqjectm lhrough dam, d y s i s anrl further programs. Work will be in individual. small group, and cl~ssroom set1,ings.Evnluation will be through individual propm~s and written reports. For 21 1. s t u d ~ n t sthe , patterns and 1epo1.t~ will ~~equire the rnatilemftticd maturity of one who has con~plateda semester oP coll~ge mathematics at tlls calculus level. Stucknte can expeat, to spend t h e equivalentof a,tlleast half ot'each day with s computer. Prerequisite: For 1.44,Group Dl on Augr~lburgMath Placement Exam. Fur 211. completion of Calculus I with grade 2.0 (C) or better Time: I Room: S 213 IIntroduction to Music Therapy: A Clinical Overview MUS 110-46047 Instructor: Roberta Metzler Visitation of clinical facilities in the Metropolitan area to observe music thempy in practice. Objeckives of the course wiU be to become familim with a variety of client el^ (including mentally retarded, emotional1y disturbed, and phy~callyhandicappod),and t a observe how music thara,pyfunctions with difYerent populations. In addition to the field trips, c h a r w r n diacussior~swill incltlde an overview of music therapy practices and theory in this country and abroad. Evaluation will be based on tests, field trip reports, and clam participation. A special class project will be required for upper division d t . Student times must be flexible, to allow for field trips during &her the morning or afternoon. Fee: $15 Time: I1 Room: M5 Improvisation in Music MUS 129-46065 329-48088 Instructor: StephenGabrielsen The objective of this course is to learn to improvise in a variety of styles. Procedure: Assignments will be given using differing improvisational techniques. Students will perform for each other in class. Upper division students will be expected to produce additional improvisations. Prerequisite: Minimal ability on a musical instrument or instructor's permission Dishbution:Art-Music Time: II Room: M4 Memorizationfor Musicians MUS 151-48048 351-46049 Instructor:James D.Johnson Multiple approaches to memorizing music via a foolproof system. These systems are derived from the harmonic, melodic, rhythrmc, and formal analysis of the music under study For instrumentalists and vocalists. Upper division students will be expected to memorize more, perform more for the class and do more memory work away from their instruments. Prer uisite: Basic music study -3 Room: M4 NORWEGIAN LI Beginning Norwegian NOR 111-46029 Instructor:Leif Hansen The course provides an introduction to the basic skills of listening, speaking, reading, and writing. The first class sessions are conducted without the use of a printed text. Later class sessions provide a thorough introduction to the structures of contemporary Norwegian, but oral expression is emphasized throughout the course. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work expected. Distribution:Foreign Language Time:II Room: OM 29 4 Norwegian Conversation and Composition NOR 311-46030 Instructor: Leif Hansen intensive practice in spoken Norwe,@= with emphasis on pronmaiation and original composition. Some attention given to r e gional variation^ in spoken Norwegian a d to Werences between the two official languages of N o m y Labora,Lorywork and f i ~ l r l experience required. uisite: NOR 211 or equivalent Ez?m* Room: OM 29 NURSING Trends and Issues in Nursing NUR 330-46050 Instructor: Alice Stark This course ie intmded to give &u&nts a bmad perspective by jnb-uducing current trends a d issues in health care and the pmiession of nursing. Many of the issues are oontroversid, are relevant to c m ~ o npractice t md have potential for fwreacllingeffects in h a l t h care. Students will be grzded on group prcsontations, written examinations and field trip reports. Prerequisite: Registered Nurse Time: I Room: OM 11 PHILOSOPHY What Do You Think of That? PHI250-46053 Instructor: Ken Bailey There are many puzzling issues in our lives and world which deserve some clem m d careful thought. What dlalX we thinlr m d say a b u t such contexnporary issues as Freedom of the Will, C m Cornputera Think?;and What are the Grounds of Moral Responsibility? Zn t h i course ~ we will CliRcu~sthme and other concerns that confront our age, in an attempt to understand them more clem-15 Discussions will be based upon roadin* from a wide selec1,ionof authors, some traditional (such as John Locke, Fkne Descartes, anrl William James);and some very much in the forefront of contemporary diF;cuesion (such as Ayn Rand, B.F. Skinner, Sidney Iloolc, and Jokn Roup~m). Their views are provocative, to say the least, and they will challenge you to ask,again and again, "Well, Now. What Do You Think of That?" Grades based upon mid-term examination, final examination, and discussions. Distribution: History-Philo8ophy Time:11 Room: OM 23 Angels and Devils: Their Existence and Nature PHI248-48051 346-46052 Instructor: Mark Fuehrer 736s course inquires into the ~Astance and nature of those beings that are intelligencas and trarlitiondly identified w i t l the ~ anaelic and demonic natures. W e shall investigate the evidence of such kings, su1vcy the Mary of tl~eirconcept and attempt to answer certain philosophical qvastiona abut them (sud~ as whether they arr: unitcd to material M c s of any l h d , how thny differ from each othur. m d how they a m ordered m d ranked). FurU~ern~ore we shall survey t l ~ erepresentation of such kings in m. Literature, and on the s-e. Besides a gmewl examination, students will be expected to do research on some specific topic m d report periodically on progress of this rewrt. T h e reprt will bF r e d in class and submitted as a term pqxc Final grnde will consist of exanxination, evaluation of oral progress reports. and final report. U p p r division students will have more cliff icult topics %signed and write longer wporta t h a n lower division studenf.~. uisite: One philosophy or religion course EE3 Room: MEM 323 PHYSICS Numerical Methods in Physics PHY 345-48076 Instructor:Jeff Johnson ' Throughout history physicists and in fact dl scientitsts. ha,ve endeavored In cwmprehend the physical world in all its pnerdity by formulating pbsical law^ in the concise language of rnathcmatics. However, these mathematical ecluations which describe physi- calayaterns a r o rarely solvable in nnalytictal closed form. Tlzerefore, an appreciation l'or and an und~rstandingof' approximation and nume~.lcal techniques is essentid for a prmticjng sciontist. In this course we will study 1)Numerical integration; 2) Solutions to 1st order differential equation: 3) Sch~dinger'sequation (an example of a 2nd order differential equation). The solution to Schrodinger's equation is important in physics and chemistry and therefore we will devote a substantial amount of c h s time to it. Student performance will be based on problem assignments and computer projects. Prerequisite: Math 226: Phy 245 and some programming experience or permission of instructor Time: I1 Room: S 329 Introduction to Weather PHY 106-48041 Instructor: Noel Petit A study of the science of rnotwmlogy which will prwide a working b o w l e d g ~ of the principles of ntmosphesic science. Attention will be given to four bwic weaa: obscnting the weather (including state oP the art instrumentation), unde~atmciingweather pat.terns, far~aastingwesther changes and understanding the world's climate. Relatcd topics to be included are: hydrology (study of the earth's water cycle), pollution, economic erC~ctsof the w~sthecand weather's jlnpmt on world events. This course iff d o s i g n d to br! an elective or ~ a t i s r y the Mathem~ttim-Physicsdistribution requirement Cor the liberal arts st,ud~mt. The course will includo daily lectures, assignments (one or two laboratory ~ e s s i o n swr week), two one-l~atrrexaminntiom and a rrsearcll project. Prei uisite: High school Disaution: Mathematics hyucs Time: 11 Room: S 212 Vbr? The Discarded Image: Our Evolving View of the Universe PHY 109-46075 Instructor:Mark HoUabaugh Men and women orbit the earth in the Space Shuttle. Geologists u x-rays from study rocks from the moon. A ~ ~ o p h p i c i s tdetect what might be black holes. These mdm,vors are a part of our world and form our modern imaga of the universe. But our image of the universe has changed, often slowly. When confronted with Ch~opernicus'assertion that the sun, not an irnmovable ~arth, was t h center ~ of the turiverse, Martin Luther quickly cited J o ~ h u who a told the sun,not the e a r t h to stand still! Beginning with the views of the Greeks, Babylonians, Hebrews and Native Americans, this interdisciplinary course will examine the impat of poople and discoveries on o w oasmological view&: Copedcus, Cblika, Kepler, Newton, the tele~~mp, Hubble, Einakin, high energy nstrophysicg,Hawking, and space travel. The class will follow a seminar format consisting of lecture and discussion. Each student will prepwe a major p a p r or project nnd present it to the class. Extensive reading, including original sources, will be required and there will be some mtl-onomicd o b servation exercises. Distribution:Mathematics-Physics Time: I Room: M 24 Special Functions and Their Applications in the Physical Sciences PHY 327-46073 MAT 327-46074 Instructor:Ken Erickson Certain mathematical functions find m e throughout the physical sciencoa a d engineering dieciplinw bemuse of the high degree of s y m m e t ~ ythey can represent. This course will acquaint the student with four categories of functions md their applicntions: hgendre polynomja and spherical harmonics, Bessel functions, Fourier series m d t r m ~ f o r m sand , fullctions of a conlpl~xvmriable. The study of these special mathematical functions willbe stressed through-their application to numerous physical systems possessing the appropriate symmetry represented by each of the functions. Student performance willbe evaluated on the basis of exams, several problem assignments and a project. Prerequisite: PHY 122 (or consent of instructor)and MAT 224 or equivalent Time:I Room: S 212 POLITICAL SCIENCE The United Nations POL 166-46068 366-46069 Instructor:Manjula Shyam The course will involve detailed study of structure, purpose and functions of the United Nations; geographical,historical, cultural, political and economic background of the member states of the Security Council; selected current topics before the United Nations; and procedural rules of the Security Council. The course will lead to a six to eight hour simulation of a meeting of the Security Council. Evaluation of students in the course will be based on three short papers and on performance in the simulation. Participation in the simulationis compulsory. Upper division students will be required to submit an additional paper analyzing the political processes of the Security Council. Prerequisite: One political science course for upper division credit Distribution:Economics-PoliticalScience Time: II Room: OM 13 The Politics of International Economic Issues POL 461-46056 Instructor: Mary Ellen Lundsten The warall goal of the course is to understand how the international ~ y ~ t eismconceptualized differently Prom a world view emphasizing nation-state unitg. 7 3 pursue ~ this goal students wiU Yo. GUA on sclwted politid and economic questions which prvoccupy the headlines of 1985. Course objectives: 1. to explore the linkage between contemporary economic problems and political configurations in the international system, and 2. to examine the political conflicts and choices confronting world statesmen-in the changing economic environment of the mid-1980s Course content: 1. theories about the structure of international politics and economics, the debate over the meaning of interdependence in the world of the 1980s; 2. specificissues of political economy, such as the change in the distribution of economic power during the past decade, the possibility of trade wars among 'advanced industrial countries, efforts by national leaders to coordinate their domestic economic pities, and ad;justmentof ~pecificsectors, such as agriculLur~! m d finance, within a variety of countries; and 3.a simu la tioir of the w a y decision-makerscope with changes in the world economy Students will organize discussion groups for oral presentations and critiques of readings, simulate international policy-making roles, and prepare essays in a written take-homeexam. Prerequisite:Pol Sci 160 Time: II Room: M 22 PSYCHOLOGY Developmental Psychology:Adolescent and Young Adult PSY 352-46096 Instructor:Duane E. Johnson Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data and theory related to development during the adolescent and young adult periods of life. This course will be conducted as a seminar with a high level of student participation. Procedures will include class discussion, short papers and oral reports, and at least two tests. Most of the testing willrequire written responses. Prerequisite:General Psychology Time:I Room: OM 16 Introduction to the World of Psychology PSY 121-46081 Instructor:Paul Hirdrnan Psychology is more than rats! It is a world of great breadth, with differing levels of depth. her^ you will h ~ v the e opportunity to explore some of the coricepts, data and methods of psychology and gain some understenclingand insights from this discipline. %ading-s, I&ms, and swcid premntations w i l l ha 3aitilized involving tlie instructor, class rnembws, nnd outaide speakers. Evaluation wi 11 involve chas participation, sbudent research presentations, and exams. Students may not receive credit for this course and also for PSY 105(GeneralPsych). Distribution:Psychology-Sociology Time: I Room: P 4 RELIGION IChristianity in Modern Africa REL 366-46058 Instructor:Bradley Holt This course will focus on two regions of Africa: the West and the South. Students wiU be introduced to traditional African culture and religion, the introduction of Christianit~and the present development of indigenous cklurches in West Africa. The newer "Independent African Churches" will be studied, as well as attempts to formulate "African Christian Theology.'' A major section of the course will focus on contemporary responses of churches in South Africa to the apartheid ~ystem of racial segregation.Them will be lectures and discussion of reaiding materials. films, nnd visiting resource persons. Students will be ~valuntedon several short tests and a short research paper. Pre uisite One course jll ndiglon Disaution: Religion (Only one interim uourm may be used toward graduationreligion requirements) Time: 11 Room: OM 18 The Lutheran Heritage REL 345-46057 Instructor: Gene Skibbe The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the world. We will examine the present form and work of this church, its origin as a special fellowship in the 16th century, and its development and cultural influence through 450 years of its history The text by Bergendoff will provide an overview. Basic Lutheran confessional writings will be read. Lecture and class discussion will deal with examples of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art, music, missions, philosophy, sociology, and theology. Requirements willinclude two exams and one short report or paper. A text costing approximately $11 must be purchased in class on the third day UiSf~ORecou~sehrelEgfon ""% Mstrj ution: M W o n (Qnly one In* ward graduation religion requirements) course m a y be used to- Time: I Room: OM 18 Archaeology and the Bible REL 215-46101 Instructor:Philip Quanbeck Discussion of archaeological method, problems in biblical archaeology, and review of some current findings. Each student will investigate one archaeological site, write a paper on that topic and make a presentation to the class. Grade evaluation will be based on class participation and the project. Prerequisite: A mume Inreligion Distribution: Religion (Only one Interim mume may be used toward graduation mligion requirements) Time: I Room: M 22 RUSSIAN Giants of 19th-CenturyRussian Literature RUS 210-46082 RUS 410-46083 Instructor:James E. Brown This course will acquaint the student with outstanding Russian writers of the 19th-century.Works to be read include three short novels (Pushkin,"The Captain's Daughter"; Lermontov, "A Hero of Our Time"; Turgenev, "Fathers and Sons"), two longer novels (Dostoevsky, "Crime and Punishment"; Tolstoy, "Anna Karenina"), and short stories by Chekhov and Tolstoy Students are expected to read all the assigned works and participate in class discussions. Lower division students must write three papers 3-5pages in length. Upper division students must write three papers 5-7pages in length. There will be a final essay take-home examination. Grades will be based on class participation, papers and the final examination. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor for upper division registration Distribution:English-Speech Time: I1 Room: OM 21 SOCIAL WORK Exploring Human Services S W K 257-46059 Instructor:Mary Lou Williams This course offers students the opportunity to explore career aspects of the human services vocations, a valuable tool in selecting a career goal and a college major. Knowledge is gained by working in a professional human service organization or agency; working and talking with human service professionals and others who participate in an organized approach to respond to human needs. This course offers a "hands on," experiential approach to learning. Students will volunteer 20 hours per week under the direction of an agency representative. In addition, students will attend a specific small group seminar 3 hours per week during which agency experiences will be shared and readings discussed. Evaluation will be based on performance in the agency, written subjective summary,brief journal summary, and final exam. Time: I Room: 6-12 Field Work I11 S W K 466-46060(1 course) 466-46061(% course) Instructor:Maria Brown The objectives of the class are to use supen&ory relationship to increase interpretive as well as social work performance competence; to promote gradual entry into direct social work practice; to increase competence in the client contact phase of the problem solving process; to increase student self-awareness in regard to professional practice interests, areas of strength, and areas for personaUprofessional development; to promote competence in the full process of problem solving, with special emphasis on analysis and resolution stages. Course content will be continuation of Field Work II-educationally focused field placement in a social service agency Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by the Field Instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms. NOTE:Course is offered for half (15 hours per week) or full (30 hours per week) credit. If for full credit, half of the credit will be based on non-clientcontact tasks. Time: To be arranged SOCIQLOGY Introduction to Cultural Anthropology SOC241-46098 Instructor:Jerry Gerasimo The concept of culture is examined anthropologidy and in the wny we see and live in tha world. Wa will a y z e the basic assumptions underlying tho i d a s of "primitive," "civilized,"and "pmgr~ss." and selected aspects of Westem Culture. Grades will be based on a midterm and a final ex-. Time: I Room: P 3 SPEECH, COMMUNICATION & THEATER II Children's Theater SPC 285-46064 Instructor:Gary Parker Class members w i l l work as an ensembla ta create and p d u r m a play for children, Development of the play will empilasize techniques of improvisatiuri. Students will participate both on and off stago as performers (acto~s, ~ingom,dancers, musicians), production staff (publicity and mmagelnent),and kchnicd stnfP (Irigl~ts, scenc:ry, wstumea, and props).Public performturces will be ~ c : h ~ d ulcd during tllc final week of class. G k W g will b~ based on the mmmitment m d efi'wtiveness of work on Ihe production, and a written notelnmlr of' daily mtivities and reactions. No I,henter-E rience is necessary Time: 9:30-12:00,1:00-3:00 Room: Stage T w o E Writing the Creative Article SPC 268-46062 368-46063 Instructor:Ray Anderson The amative article is written out of the wribr's life expmienw. The types to be streeaed in this co~wscme: prsonal experience, whimsid essay. original humor, and inspdtion. Four creative mtioles wnstitute the major projects. Students will. read in thrw areas-the creative article.creativity. and humor. Evaluation wiU be based primarily on the cxratfve projects and sncondarily on examinations a d general participation. An effort will be made to p~aduccquality material that can be submitted for publication. A higher quality of writing will be expected of upper division students. Time:II Room: OM 27 W Advanced Acting SPC 432-46106 Instructor: Julie Bolton In this course we will explore chmcter development through scene work based on pkys from the &rent periods of dramatic litFrature. T i l e ins1,ructor will willmh students as 1hey prepare ~ u c t i tion pieces and soancs horn Shalrespeare, Moliere, Chekhov, Shaw, Plinter and Becket among other's. We will prepare professional resumes, learn auditioning tmI1niques and discuss the slmngths and drawbacks of the Uleatcr unions. Each student will prepare an audition. Evduation will be based on a mid-interim exam, the scenes, and the final audition. This class is only ofrered periodiuaqy so don't mies tlle opportunity! Prerequisite:Beginning Acting SPC 232 or Creative Dramatics SPC 116 Time: I Room: Stage 11 Television News Production SPC 344-46072 Instructor: Mark Ambroze This wiU be a basic m m e in television nows production taught on location. Studenta will get practical experience in interviewing, shooting,writing,editing and pmduaing the n w s . Grades will be based primarily on how well these tasks are performed and on the quality of material produced. Students will work in a newsroom setting, not 5 television studio. Students should have some previous 'IT courseworlr. Check with Ray Anderson in the speech department for further information. The course will be taught at W S A - T V in Golden Valley The instructors will be professionals a t the station. There will be occasional afternoon sessions in addition to the morning classes. Time: I Room: W S A , Golden Valley OTHER COURSES These courses are offered by institutions or groups not aonnected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the college. Most carry a tuition cost plus other e x penses which are the responsibility or the atudent. They a1.a offered only on a PIN basis. Fuller descript,ions and details for registering are available in the Interim Office. Outward Bound HPE 212-46011 Check for information in the Interim Office for material on dog sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian border or for white water canoeing and desert camping on the Rio Grande in the Decerniwr 27 through January 17 period. There is a cost of approximately $1,050 (the Outward Bound organization says scholarships are available). Washington Interims Women as Leaders: Preparing Early for Jobs at the Top POL 398-46084 The President and Congress: An Inside View of Policymaking POL 398-46085 These Interims begin December 29 and continue until January 17. InPormatiorr on either of the nbova programs, housing and Pinancid assistance i s available from Dr. Mildn Redblom in Memorial 117A. Basic Spinning,Weaving and Dyeing ART 163-46040 Offered by the Weavers Guild of Minnesota. Tuition and materials cost approximately $185. Augsburg Lifetime Sports T h e following activitiem are available to student^ during Intcrkm and students may register for one of these as well aa for a rsgul~roourse. These activities do not carry oPrioial credit. but they d o meet the liFetimc aport8 rcquir'em~ntfar gradllation. Students may pmticipaie in any one of those without 1-egist,ering for the cnurse, but twill be expected to pay m y fees wfialher or lot the student registers for the course. Alpine Skiing HPE 002-46089 Instruction at beginner, intermediate and advanced levels at Welch Ski Village, Monday and Wednesday evenings at 6:30for six sessions. A fee of $42.00 for instruction and lift tickets. Rental ski equipment available. Transportation from the student center will probably be available. Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 6:30 p.m. M,W American Karate HPE 002-46086 Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum The Form, baslic techniques and practical usage of American Karate, taug11t by a certified Second Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee of $25.00. Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 12:00-1:00M,W,F Room: Melby Badminton Racquetball HPE 001-46087 Instructor: David Boots Distribution: Lifetime Sports T i e : 1:00-2:00 p.m. Room: Melby HPE 002-46088 Instructor: David Boots Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 9:30-10:30 a.m. Room: Melby Running Weight Training HPE 002-46091 Instructor: Paul Grauer Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 1 2Noon Room: Melby HPE 002-46090 Instructor: Paul Grauer Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: I Room: Melby UMAIE Augsburg is pnrt of a consortium called UMAIE. Upper Midwest A ~ s o c i o l i o nTor Intercultural Education, wlzich offers overseas learning cxpricnws during the Interim. F~utherinf'arrn~tienatsotst the following courses can be obtained from Mary Kingslag in the International Fentar, Old Main 20, or I'mm the Interim Ofrice. Eegietrat,ion for these Interims ends October 25,1985. These courses are offered on FfNP b m i only. ~ A m e r i c m Writern in Europe Ancient Greece: Its Art,,Religion, and Theatre CI Art and Architecture in Ellgland and Frnnce ll Biology and Natural I-listory d the Hawaiian Islands n Rradl: Amxzon, Energy and IUcvelopmenL H The C:tpitals of Eastern Europe n China: The Midwest Connection n Cornparntive Business Studies in a European Environment f7 1Sissiden t s and Plttrlots: A Literary Tour of Britain n Englilish School and Family n France Today:S0ciet.y and Culture n German Language and Culture: Munich. Salzburg & Vienna n Hawaii: A Cultural. History f l Health Care in Europe H IsLmda of the Mediterranean n Ittdy: Galileo and the Church !l Journalism and Mass Media in England and Scotland Legal London London,P:wis. Amsterdam: The L e g ~ oyf Wealth and Power "Mttde in di~paa:"Japanese Businese m d Culture Fkligion in Xsrnel and Egypt Science in itn CttZturrrl Context: A European Survey Soviet U'nian: Culture and History Spain, A Country in Transition The Spirit of Ireland Theatre inF2ngl:lnnd 'Two T!~onsandYears in M e r NOTES
Show less
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1987
Title
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1987
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTERIM 1987 Page ........ 2 ........... 3 Introduction Calendar ............ 4 H Courses ............ 5 H Options Introduction to Interim Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The college follows a 4-1-4calendar, with Fall and Spring ...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTERIM 1987 Page ........ 2 ........... 3 Introduction Calendar ............ 4 H Courses ............ 5 H Options Introduction to Interim Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The college follows a 4-1-4calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. There will be no summer Interim in 1987. Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class a s they would for a four-course load during Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/ No credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the PIN system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be Interim courses (or one Interim less than the number of years of full-time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one Interim for graduation). Augsburg Policy It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap a s required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, a s amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. For More Information Interim Office (Memorial 230) Interim Secretary, Kay'Thomsen at 330-1025 Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustaf son, at 330-1192 (Memorial 114b) Interim Calendar November 3-7 . . .Interim Registration December 8 . . .Late Interim Registration January 5 . . . .First Day of Interim Class I 9:00 a.m. Class I1 1:00 p.m. January6 . . . . . .Last Day for CanceYAdd January 19 . . . . .Last day for determining grading system with Registrar January 21 . . . . .Last day for withdrawing from full courses January30 . .Interimends February 3 . .Validation of Spring Class Registration February 4 . . .Spring Semester Begins .. .. .. . ... .. The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time 1-8 a.m. to 12 noon Time 11-1 p.m. to 5 p.m. Interim Catalog The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are listed in alphabeticalorder. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the college for Interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the Lifetime Sports listed at the end of the Catalog. Building Key OM-Old Main S - s c k n c e H-dl Options International Interims-Students are invited to be part of one of the 27 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog. Internshim-Students electing. an internship must present a completei internship learning;ontract to theA1nternshipOffice (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 25. Contract forms are available in the same off ice. Independent or Directed Study-Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent or directed study per interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1 . Meet departmental requirements. 2. Present to the Registrar for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and no later than December 5. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims a t Other Schools-Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration a t other schools. Registration for Interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be done at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other 4-1-4schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted a s meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the Religion requirement. Visiting Students Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4schools for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $540 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for a n Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office a t their own school. There is a n application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. ART Calligraphy ART 106-47001 306-47002 Instructor: Phil Thompson A study of the art and craft and historical development of calligraphy with emphasis on the italic alphabet. Development of calligraphic skills in pen and brush with ink and paint. For upper division credit a major project is required plus demonstrated skill in the uncial and gothic styles. Prerequisite: None for lower division; Painting or drawing course or permission of the instructor for upper division Distribution: Art-~ u s i c Time: I Room: OM 4 Life Drawing ART 247-47003 Instructor:Norman Holen A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students. The figure will be depicted in various settings with a variety of media for varying lengths of time. The poses will extend from three minutes to an hour and a half. You will be introduced to the 2B and 4B pencils, the charcoal pencil, and pastels. Fee: $25due the first day of class Distribution:Art - Music Time:I Room: OM 17 BIOLOGY Plants and Civilization BIO 102-47004 Instructor: Erwin Mickelberg A study of the profound influence of plants on mankind's economic, cultural and political history, as well as the steps that civilization has taken to improve chosen plants for use. Some plant anatomy and physiology will be discussed. Academic evaluation will be based on course exams. Distribution:Chemistry-Biology Time: I1 Room: 205 Ecology of The Arizona Sonoran Desert BIO 113-47005 313-47006 Instructor:Neal Thorp This course will begin with a consideration of the general characteristics of the four deserts on the North American continent. Emphasis will be placed on the Sonoran Desert of southern Arizona and California and northern Sonora, Mexico. Topics discussed will include the physiography of desert landscapes, desert climates, soils, the distributions and interactions of plant and animal life, and survival mechanisms of desert flora and fauna. Studies will be conducted in southern Arizona, including the Arizona-Sonora Desert Museum, Saguaro National Monument, Organ Pipe Cactus National Monument, the Boyce Thompson Arboretum of the University of Arizona, and the Catalina and Rincon Mountains. Grades will be based on examinations and written work. Students taking the course to fulfill distribution requirements will be expected to acquire a general knowledge of the subjects studied and to write a paper on a selected topic. Students taking the course for upper division credit will be expected to probe the subjects in greater depth and will be required to write a research paper that will be presented orally to the class. The cost will be approximately $600.00 and will cover airfare, ground transportation, lodging, admission fees, and most meals. Prerequisites: Permission of instructor. BIO 112 for 313 level Distribution:Chemistry-Biology H u m a n Developmental Biology BIO 174-47007 Instructor:Robert Herforth In its broadest sense developmental biology includes the study of the entire life cycle of the individual, from production of the eggs and sperm through fertilization, embryonic and fetal development, birth, growth and maturation, reproduction, aging and death. This course will touch on all these aspects of human development, but will concentrate on gamete production, fertilization and development up to birth. Comparisons with development in other animals will be made. Some related topics which will be considered include the hormonal control of reproduction and childbirth, in vitro fertilization, methods of contraception and developmental defects. Grades will be based on several quizzes and exams given during the course. Distribution:Chemistry-Biology Time: I Room: S 212 H Biological Evolution BIO 307-47008 Instructor: Ralph Sulerud That organisms have evolved and, accordingly, all creatures are biologically related are probably the most sigmficant conclusions which biology has contributed to human knowledge. The antievolutionist arguments of the "scientific creationists" will be investigated in this course. However, to the vast majority of biologists evolution is accepted a s a fact, and the evidence in its support will be examined. Biologists do not agree concerning the mechanisms and pace of evolution. Indeed, theories as to these matters have evolved and continue to do so. Much of the course will involve historical study of evolutionary thought from pre-Darwinian times to the present. Finally, we will address the course of evolution from the origin of life itself to the origin of human life. There will be a variety of readings, and classes will consist of lectures and discussions. Grading will be based primarily on quizzes and tests. Prerequisites:BIO 111 and 112 or permission of the instructor Time: I Room: S 329 BUSINESS Micro-ComputerAccounting BUS 294-47070 Instructor: Richard Herzog This course will provide an introduction to the micro-computeras it relates to financial and managerial accounting applications. Topics will include: micro-computer hardware and software; accounting spreadsheet and database applications. Emphasis will be on the IBM-PC or compatible hardware and Lotus 1-2-3software. Students will be required to read a text and other material, hand in homework assignments and take tests over the assigned material. In addition, computer reports will be handed in for evaluation. Prerequisites: Principles of Managerial Accounting (BUS 102) Time: 11 Room: S 213 Entrepreneurship BUS 295-47011 Instructor:John Cerrito The object of this class is to provide students who are not majoring in business with entrepreneurial skills necessary for starting and running a small business. The student will be exposed to various aspects of small business management and will be required to prepare a business plan for a "model" business. The student will be evaluated on the basis of the "model" plan, on tests and performances on small business case studies. Time: I Ruom: M 23 Augsburg Goes to Business BUS 321-47012 Instructor:Thomas Morgan, Tina Wagner, Lois Olson "Augsburg Goes to Business" is a one-month senior seminar for business and economics majors. The goal of the seminar is to provide a better understanding of the diversity in organizations and the varied environments in which and the many constraints with which they must operate. Three objectives emerge: 1. to develop a clearer understanding of how the different functional areas of an organization operate on a day to day basis and how these "parts" are integrated into the overall operation of the firm. 2. to examine the extent to which "textbook approaches" correspond to "real world" situations and are able to accommodate practical application. 3. to explore potential conflicts between individual (personal and career) goals and the goals of the organization; addressing how these conflicts may be resolved. Class time will be divided between on-campus lecture and discussion and off-campus visits. Students will visit eight different types of organizations in the metropolitan area. Class discussions will focus on assigned readings, interpretation of the results of different vocational oriented tests, and the issues relevant to the selection of career paths. Students will keep a journal of experiences and observations. Grades will be determined on the basis of the journal and on a research paper the topic of which has been negotiated with the instructors. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor Time:I Room: P 2 Management Simulation Games BUS 378-47013 Instructor:Arnin Kader In this course the students will be grouped into teams. Each team controls a company which manufactures and sells a line of multiple products. The company competes against other companies; each manufactures and sells similar products. Each team attempts to outperform other teams by selecting what could be perceived by the team as the optimum operating strategy. This strategy includes s e t t i n g selling prices, production volumes, marketing expenditures, plant and securities investments, as well a s stockholders' dividends. Grading will be PIN only with evaluation on the basis of the work done and its results. Prerequisites: BUS 135 and 261, ECO 122 and 123 or permission of instructor Time: 11 Room: OM 21 CHEMISTRY The Science of Very Large Molecules CHM 104-47014 Instructor: Sandy Olmsted This is a survey of the kinds of chemicals which are vitally important to our lifestyle: plastics, synthetic fibers, proteins. These have unusual chemical and physical properties that make them especially useful. We will learn about their chemistry as we make rubber, adhesives, nylon, and plastics in class, and investigate their importance to business, the economy, and to us personally in health and medical applications, and genetic engineering. The course is aimed at creating a better informed consumer who is science-literate. Grade is determined by three exams and a short paper which is due the last day of class. Prerequisite: High School Chemistry Distribution:Chemistry-Biology Time: I1 Room: S 315 The Molecular Basis of Cancer CHM 310-47015 Instructor:David T. Brand Cancer has in some form or another touched virtually every family in America. A great deal of effort has been expended by the scientific community to find the cause(s)of cancer and to establish a cure. The question at hand is, "Are we winning the battle against cancer?" This course will focus on the causes of cancer, how it can be treated, and how it might be prevented. Topics which will be discussed in this course include: The cellular basis of cancer, the environment and cancer, the molecular basis of cancer, chemoprevention of cancer, and the psychological impact of cancer on the patientslfamilies. Principles of structural organic chemistry and molecular biology will be used throughout the course. There will be a variety of readings, and classes will consist of lectures and discussions. Student performance will be evaluated on the basis of two exams and a final paper which is due the last day of class. Prerequisite: Chemistry 351 (organic chemistry) or permission of instructor Time: I Room: S 315 SCIENCE FORTRAN CSC 270-47016 Instructor:Larry Ragland A study of the FORTRAN programming language for students with some previous knowledge of programming. This course will expand the student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of FORTRAN together with programming techniques for using those features. This course will involve lectures and programming assignments in FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the programming assignments and examinations. Prerequisites: One course with a study of a computer language (e.g. CSC 170 or MAT 175) Distribution:Mathematics-Physics Time: I Room: S 112 Principles of Microeconomics ECO 113-47017 Instructor:Satya Gupta This course will introduce basic concepts, terms and definitions used in microeconomics. Students will be able to recognize the role of microeconomics in decision making at the consumer level, firm level and government level. They will also be able to understand the market functioning of the American economy. Four tests will be given to evaluate students' understanding of the material. Distribution:Economics-PoliticalScience Time: I1 Room: S 212 Economics of Risk Management: Free Markets vs Government Regulation ECO 339-47018 Instructor:Milo Schield In this course we will: - Examine economics of hazards involving uncertainty and risk. Examine risk-management via free-market pricing, insurance contracts and government subsidies and regulation. - Review basic concepts. Distinguish between insurance and speculation. Identify uninsurable risks. Price insurable risks given frequencies and severities as a function of confidence. Estimate risk premiums associated with various lifestyles and occupations. Compare subjective estimates of hazards with objective data. Evaluate social costs and benefits of risksharing via insurance. Review insurance "failures": medical malpractice and product liability. - Review economic effects of government subsidies and regulations on risky endeavors such as banking, nuclear power, natural disasters, workman's compensation, unemployment and old-age.Conduct experiments on effects of price-controls. - Analyze the role of the legal system in internalizing forseeable, but unintended, consequences of intended actions. Discuss "failures" of the legal system to identify property rights and tort-law responsibilities. - Visit an auction market, a speculative market, two insurance companies and several regulatory agencies. Students will prepare a comprehensive paper (50%)in addition to class participation (lo%), 3 quizzes (5% each) and a comprehensive final (25%). Prerequisites: BUS 279 or BUS 331 or ECO 313 or permission of the instructor Time: I1 Room: OM 23 EDUCATION Student Teaching EDS 481-47019EDE 481-47023 EDS 482-47020EDE 482-47024 EDS 483-47021EDE 483-47025 EDS 484-47022EDE 484-47026 Instructor:Marie McNeff, William Merr'una.n Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a school. Grading is PIN only. Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor. January in Medieval England: An Imaginary Travel Trip ENG 213-47027 Instructor:Joan Griffin What was it like to be alive in late medieval England? Using literature, drama, music, and art of 12th to 14th century England and Europe, this course is an imaginary trip into the past, touring the medieval castle, cloister, and college. The course has two emphases. Lecture/discussion sessions will explore a variety of literary documents as well as art and music in order to understand the daily lives of medieval people. Focusing on Chaucer's Canterbury pilgrims, topics will include: "A Knight Ther Was.. . :The Chivalric Ideal"; "The Doctour of Physik: Medicine in the Age of the Black Plagues"; "Madame Eglantine: Medieval Manners" etc. The course will also explore medieval literature as a performing art. Students will be asked to participate in workshops on medieval drama, music, etc. The course will culminate in a medieval banquet or other performance. Evaluation will be based on lecture and workshop attendance and participation, a journal, and a paper. Prerequisites: ENG 111 (EffectiveWriting) Distribution: English-Speech Time: I1 Room: M 23 The Short Story - Elements of Fiction ENG 240-4702.. Instructor: Kathryn Swanson What is fiction? What is good fiction? What elements of fiction should I consider in making an evaluation? In this course, students will find answers to these questions by reading a variety of fictional works and by writing their own fiction. Although the course will not involve a systematic analysis of the history of the form of the short story, we will begin with tales and fables and we will read a sufficient number of classics for the student to appreciate the historical development from Poe to Beattie. The course will involve practice in ways of approaching literature and will include study of the basic critical terminology, so it would be an appropriate course for students who have not yet studied literature at the college level. Students are expected to read the stories and novel, participate in class discussions, write an analysis paper on a topic selected with the advice of the teacher, write a short story, and take several quizzes and a final exam. Effective Writing is not a prerequisite but students will be expected to write with clarity Distribution:~ n ~ i s h - s p e e c h Time: I Room: M 24 Emily Dickinson: The Person and The Poems ENG 340-47029 Instructor:Ron Palosaari Unknown in her lifetime, Emily Dickinson has gained a reputation as one of America's finest poets. She spent most of her life within the family home, confining her relationships to a selected few while the town regarded her as eccentric. Some writers believe she retreated from the world to give herself to her poetry because her time and place made no provision for a female professional poet, especially a boldly innovative one. Others trace her seclusion to various family relationships, personal problems, or frustrated dreams of love. Whatever the situation, out of the mystery of her life comes the glory of her poetry. We will study her poetry and a standard biography. Evaluation will be based on a few short papers, an oral or group report, a journal, and a test. We may also have some quizzes. Students will also read one of the important books on Dickinson and give a class report on the paper they prepare on their book. Prer uisites:A college literature class Tim3 Room: OM 27 FRENCH 4 Beginning French I FRE 111-47030 Instructor:Mirni Johnson This course aims to give students a rudimentary understanding of French language and culture. Using development of listening, then speaking, then reading, and lastly, writing, students will comprehend everyday situations and be able to use "survival French." Evaluation will include oral and written quizzes, group study and projects, a s well a s a final exam. A part of each day's class will be held in the Language Laboratory Distribution:Foreign Language Time: I Room: OM 25 - - HEALTH & PHYSICAL EDUCATION Recreational Rhythms and Activities HPE 232-47071 Instructor: Mary Manderfeld Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is based on participation in class activities,a teaching assignment, and a written test. This is a l/2credit course. Time:II-M&W&AlternateF Room: Melby 24 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program HPE 410-47033 Instructor: Richard Borstad Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community Periodic exams covering lecture and textbook assignments; written summaries of professional journal articles; in-class activities, including a presentation on a teaching method. Prerequisites: HPE 320 Time: I Room: Melby 24 Coaching of Basketball HPE 477-47034 Instructor: David Boots Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. Exams, on-the-floorcoaching techniques, and a scouting report will be the methods of evaluation. This is a credit course. Time: I T & Th & Alternate F Room: Melby 12 Coaching of Hockey HPE 478-47072 Instructor:Ed Saugestad The theory, techniques and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. Evaluation will be on the basis of exams, on-the-icecoaching techniques and scouting reports. This is a l / 2 credit course. Time: I M - W &AlternateF Room: Melby 12 Officiating of Basketball HPE 481-47035 Instructor:Al Kloppen This course will focus on learning the rules and mechanics of the game of basketball. There will be practical experience on the floor. Students completing the course should be ready for certification by the Minnesota High School Association. Grade evaluation will be based upon tests, papers prepared and performance on the floor. While there are no prerequisites, it is highly advisable that students have some basketball playing experience. This is a l / 2 credit course. Time: I1 T & Th & Alternate F Room: Melby 12 GENERAL STUDIES Transitions: Women's Life Careers GST 245-4709 Instructor:Diane Busico Are you wondering how you can succeed in a "man's world"? Puzzling out your options for marriage, career, andlor children? Troubled with how to practically and emotionally juggle all of your diverse roles? This seminar is a n exploration of the various pathways women choose in balancing home and work life. Although it promises no concrete answers to compelling questions, it will arm you with some useful information for making choices for the present and plans for the future. The societal, familial, and individual forces shaping the choices women make concerning family and career are studied via text (E. Highman: The Organizational Woman), journal articles, films, and guest lecturers. Student performance is assessed through essays and a research project. Distribution:Urban, Women's and Minority Studies Time: I Room: P-2 HISTORY Modern Paris: History and Literature HIS 114-47036 Instructor:Orloue Gisselquist We will do two things in this course. First, we are going to study a significant period-the 19th and 20th centuries-in the history of one of the world's great cities. Secondly, we are going to focus much of our work on three major pieces of literature that deal with Paris. We will enjoy them as literature but study them as historical sources for what they tell us about Paris. The three pieces of literature we probably will read are Honore de Balzac, Old Goriot (1834),one of several novels he wrote picturing life in Paris; Alexis de Tocqueville, Recollections (1893),a memoir written in the early 1850's by one of the great political thinkers of the 19th century that recounts his firsthand experience in the '48 revolution in Paris; and Edrnond and Jules de Goncourt, Pages from the Goncourt Journal (1922),a very realistic day-to-daydiary kept by two brothers who professionally and socially associated with the literary elite of Paris during much of the second half of the 19th century. Whereas today history is being pressed toward the social sciences, this represents a more humanities orientation of historical study. There will be two short papers (4-5 pages each) and two written examinations. Distribution:History-Philosophy Time: I1 Room: OM 25 Myth and Myth Making HIS 219-47037 419-47038 HUM 275-47039 Instructor:Richard Nelson A myth is not something patently false or absurd, although popular usage has emphasized its fictional quality. Myth is the means by which people and cultures explain themselves to others and to themselves. In this course we will examine mythopoeic thought and the myths which that process evolved in the ancient Near East, Greece and Rome. We will read mythological literature in translation and modern commentaries on the nature of myth making. These mythologies will be studied within their historical and cultural context, resulting in a final paper on a topic to be decided upon between student and instructor. In addition to the final paper, there will be a final exam and weekly quizzes or writing assignments. Depending upon production timing, the class will attend an area dramatic presentation. Students enrolling for upper division credit will be required to write an expanded final paper based on deeper source material (18-20pages in length compared to lower division papers of 10-12 pages) and, in addition, a critical review of a pertinent study Prerequisites: ~ffectivewriting for lower division Permission of instructor for upper division registration Distribution:History-Philosophy Time: I Room: OM 13 20th Century South Asia HIS 262-47040 Instructor: Don Gustafson India (or South Asia)has produced the largest working democracy in the world today; from this people have come one of our century's greatest saints and also one of the most renowned statesmen; it is a foremost example of 20th Century colonialism and nationalism; it has experienced one of this century's greatest upheavals of people; it is a standard example for population crisis and world poverty illustrations. South Asia is all this-and much more. This course is designed for the student who has interest but little or no background in non-western subjects. We will begin with an anthropological study (BEHIND MUD WALLS) of traditional village India; then consider colonialism by reading the literary classic, PASSAGE TO INDIA (and also see the movie); observe the process of nationalism and independence using various historical readings and the movie, GANDHI; and finally conclude with some thoughts on modernization. There will be general discussions, weekly examinations and a final exam. Prerequisites:Sophomore honors student or permission of instructor Distribution:History-Philosophy Time: I Room: OM 18 MATHEMATICS Gardner Variety Mathematics MAT 133-47075 Instructor:Bev Stratton Are you afraid of math? If so, this course is for you. We will have fun with math and convince you that you can do math. As a starting point, we will use the writings of Martin Gardner, an individualwho for many years wrote a column on mathematics for Scientific American. Then we will help you use your common sense to explore such mathematical concepts as logic, paradoxes, number theory, patterns, symmetry and other topics of interest to the class. Evaluation will be based on class participation and short reaction papers to Gardner's columns. This course should be particularly helpful for elementary education majors. Prerequisite:Group I11 on math placement test Distribution:Mathematics-Physics Time: I1 Room: OM 27 The Logical Game of Mathematics MAT 241-47041 Instructor:Larry Copes Lower-divisionmathematics students generally play only games of calculation and concepts. But DOING mathematics as professionals requires an ability to prove and disprove conjectures and to write up proofs. The objectives of this course are to help prospective mathematics majors gain or improve those skills, and to get a taste of REAL mathematics before cornrniting themselves to a major. Toward that end there will be daily assignments and weekly exams, including a cumulative final exam. Prerequisite: Completion of Calculus I with 2.0 (C) or better Time: I Room: S 205 MUSIC H The Electronics of Music MUS 230-47065 430-47068 Instructor:Robert Karlen An opportunity for students to explore, experience, and create some of the sounds found in 20th century music. Through a "hands-on" approach, participants will be involved in: 1)Making multi-track r~corrlingson half'-tmlc,qu-r4rack, and casElctte dwlm through an eight,-t~xclr. mixor. 2) Lnclividua1,lly creating, modifying, m d mixing ~ a u n d sfrom trdtional mtmd ~ o u s c a sas wcll as from analog and computer-controlledsynthesizers. The study and applicntion of pmdicnl electronic technology used in the production of music hday will he combined with aesthetic considerations necmwry for thc creativ~? aspccts of the art. Much of the work in this course will be done in small groups. Lower division students will work with up to four channel-four track recording invalPing techniques of s m changing, splicing. mversing tape direation and filtering using primwily traditional and non-tmrli tional sound sources. Upper division st~rderltswill also use electronically synthesized sound sources including computer controlled keyboard, overdubbing and overlaying up to seven tracks. Students must have the use of a portable cassette recorder, and provide themselves with a 7-inch reel of blank recording tape and a blank cassette tape. Prerequisite: None for lower division status. Music theory or permission of instructor for upper division status. Distribution:Art-Music Time: I Room: M 5 NORWEGIAN Beginning Norwegian NOR 111-47032 Instructor: Leif Hansen T h e cflume pmvides an introduction to the basio skills of listening, spa-, reacling, and writing. The first;classl sessions are conducted without Lhr?use oT ra, prhtccl text. Later class sessions provide a thorough introduction to the structures of contemporary Norwegian, but oral expression is emphasized throughout the course. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work expected. Distribution:Foreign Language Time: II Room: OM 29 NURSING Trends and Issues in Nursing NUR 330-47042 Instructor: Terry Welcher This course is intended to give students a broad perspective by introducing current trends and issues in health care and the profession of nursing. Many of the issues are controversial, are relevant to current practice and have potential for far-reachingeffects in health care. Students will be graded on group presentations, written examinations and field trip reports. Prerequisite: Registered Nurse Time: I Room: OM 11 PHILOSOPHY Being H u m a n PHI 115-47043 Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach What is it to be a human being? What is our uniqueness, our relation to our world and environment, and our relation to others in community and to God? We will explore concepts of being human from ancient Greece and China, through the Renaissance, to contemporary reflections, to see how different cultures and societies have viewed the human person. The course will emphasize reading original sources from the various periods, and written interaction with those readings. Several short papers on the readings plus written preparation for small group discussions will be expected. Distribution: History-Philosophy Time: I Room: OM 16 What D o You Think of That? PHI 250-47044 Instructor: Ken Bailey There are many puzzling issues in our lives and world which deserve some clear and careful thought. What shall we think and say about such contemporary issues as Freedom of the Will; Can Computers Think?; and What are the Grounds of Moral RRsponsibility? In this course we will discuss these and other concerns that confront our age, in an attempt to understand them more clearly Discussions will be based upon readings from a wide selection of authors, some traditional (such a s John Locke, RRne Descartes, and William James);m d same very much in tho forefront of conl,empoiwy discussion (such as &TI Rand. B.R Skinne~:Sidn~y E h k ,and John Hospa-s). T h e i r views are provocative, to aa.y tho least, and they will challenge you to nslr, again and again, "Well, Now. What Do YOUTtlinlc or That?" Grades based upo:~mid-term examination, final examination, and discussions. Distribution:History-Philosophy Time: I1 Room: OM 10 Introduction to Truth Theory PHI410-47045 Instructor:Mark Fuehrer An investigation aP the following questions: What is the nature of truth? Is truLl1 a property of the,intellect or tllings'?Is there only on5 thrutll?Is truth irmnt~tablc?Is truth k u n d ul sensation or only in the intellect? Is falsity found in the senses or only in the intellect? This course will propose answers tJothese gu~stionebased on a survey of philosophical texts by various writers. Student will be involved with debating these texts and preparing n series of reports on the readings. In addition there will be a final examination on all material covered. Prerequisite: At least one lower division course in philosophy Time: LT: Room: Philosophy Seminar-Memorial Hall PHYSICS Introduction to Weather PHY 106-47046 Instructor:Ken Erickson A study of the ~cience of meteorology which will pmvida a working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric ecicnce. Attention will be given to Pow basic areas: observing t h e weather (including stntc or t11~art instrumentation), understancling weather patterns, ibrecasting weather changes and underatanding the world's climate. Elelated topics to be includccl are: hydrology (study of the emth'e water cycle), pollution, economic effects of the weather, and weather'sinlpmt on world events. This course is dmignod to be an elwtive ox satisfy the Ma~hematics-PI~ysics distribution requirement for the Libcilal arts student. The course will include daily lectures, asaignmants (one o r two laboratory sossions pcr week), two one-hour examinations and a research project. Prerequisite:High school algebra Distribution:Mathematics-Physics Time: I Room: L 1 The Physics of Music PHY 112-47047 Instructor: Jeff Johnson This course will examine the physics underlying the experience of music. After developing the essential physics, we will examine string, and horn instruments (and possibly others including the human voice) to see how they actually work. The requirements of the course include laboratory exercises and homework assignments. There will also be a final exam in addition to a term paper on the history of the student's favorite musical instrument. Prerequisite: High school algebra Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: I Room: OM 12 POLITICAL SCIENCE Political Reasoning and Rationalizing POL 180-47048 Instructor: Myles Stenshoel A course for people who would rather think than memorize, criticize than concur, argue than acquiesce. Addressing major and minor political ideas from Plato to the President, the course will attempt to probe and compare the notions that have affected and afflicted Western politics, for better and for worse. Grades will be based on brief papers, quizzes, and class participation. Prerequisite: No prior political science course Distribution:Economics-PoliticalScience Time: I1 Room: OM 11 Politics of Nuclear Strategy and War POL 365-47049 Instructor:Joseph R. Goldman Given the nuclear arms race today and the advent of "Star Wars," many people are deeply concerned about their and the world's future as we approach 2001. This course explores the politics and strategy of nuclear security issues not only between the US and USSR, but among the "other" nuclear (izing) nations and those like Japan choosing never to possess these engines of war. Beginning with Hiroshima and continuing beyond "Star Wars," we will look at the history, politics, economics, strategies and ecologies surrounding the technologies propelling the arms race, on the one hand, and affecting arms control, on the other. Students will have a mid-term examination, a short paper (10 pp) and a final exarnination used a s the basis for evaluation. Prerequisite: One mlitical science course or permission of instructor Time: I Room: OM 21 Anatomy of the USSR POL 455-47050 Instructor:Norma Noonan In-depth study of the contemporary USSR with a l'ocus on internal politics and society The contcnt includes: an oveiview of the dilemmas which face the USSR in tl~elate 1980s: political, economic, m d moi* m analysis of the Soviet monomy-midattempts at reform: a review of rrullwal and mcial ~ r o b l ~ mexnrnination s: of some Porcign plicy issues; nnd an annlyks or the political leadership. The rxlurse will he conductwl as a seminnr. Thcrc will he a research pnpr anrl some indcwndent rending and writing assignmcnts. Thc grade will be based on: the written n-si-c~lts (4Oq%1);class clit3cusAion (20r%):written m p r t (40'%1). Pmrequi~ite:One course h Communist politics: 382;363or 351 or permission of the htruct;or Time: I Room: M 22 PSYCHOLOGY Self-Identityand Values PSY 110-47051 Instructor:Norm Ferguson The objective of this course will be to examine the concept of "self" or "self-identity" (Who am I? What do I think and feel about myself?). The relationship between self-identity and personal values will also be explored. Though the course will have mainly a psychological focus, reference will be made to spiritual and philosophical issues that relate to the concepts of self-identity and values. The content of the course will cover topics such as: the acquisition and development of self-identity and values, including the influence of sex-roles; the clarification of values; the growth and change of self-identity and values during adulthood; and the relationship between self-identity and spiritual growth. Glass time wfll be devoted mainly to the discussion of these issues in smdl groups. A&iw participation by each student is c q m t e d along with the sharing of relevant ixldvidual expriences. Emltiation will be b e d on class participation, two papers, and a journal of reactions to the assigned r e d n g s . This course may not substitute for PSY-105 for students pursuing a major or minor in psychology. Grading PIN only Prereauisite:Permission of instructor ~istriiution:Psychology-Sociology Time: I1 Room: P 3 Introduction to the World of Psychology PSY 121-47052 Instructor:Paul Hirdrnan Psycholow is more than rats! It is a world of great breadth. with differing levels of depth. Here you will have Lhe or~portunitylo cxplor~some of the concepts. data and methods of psychology and gain s o m ~ undmstnncling nnd insights Frnm this disciphe. R e d ings, leclurcs. and specid presentations will he utiliecd involving the instrucimr and class members. EvaEuntion wi 11 involve class participation, student research presentations, and exams. Students may not receive credit for this course and also for PSY 105(General Psych). Distribution:Psychology-Sociology Time: I Room: P 4 Idealism and the Adolescent PSY 370-47053 Instructor:Duane Johnson Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism directed toward other persons and society will be the main focus. This course will be conducted a s a seminar with a high level of student contribution and participation. Procedures will include elms discussion,frequent shorrt papers, and frequent oral reports. F,acl~s t ~ ~ d ew n illl be required to seek out antl interview persons in the adoLescent level of developmett. rypCdting or oq~uvalont word processing wi U b~ required. Students are required to read The Moral Life of Children by Robert Coles before the start of the interim. This book will be available in the Augsburg Bookstore by November 1. Content of the book will be discussed in the first few class sessions and will provide a base for further learning in the course. This course is off ered o d y on PIN basis. Prerequisite: Psychology 105 (GeneralPsychology) Time: I Room: OM 10 Christianity in Modern Africa REL 366-47054 Instructor:Bradley Holt This course will focus on two regions of Africa: the West and the South. Students will be introduced to traditional African culture m d religion, the introduction of Christianity, and the present deveIopmeilt of Indigmous ch~wchasin West Africa. The newer "Ind e n d e n t African Chul-ches"will ha studied, a s wall as aitempta txr formulate "African Christian Theology" A major ~ectionof the course will focus on contemporary responses of churches in South Africa to the apartheid system of racial segregation. There will be lectures and discussion of reading materials, films, and visiting resource persons. Students will be evaluated on several short tests and a short research paper. Prer uisite: One coursein Dish%ution: Religion (Only one Interim course may be used t o w i d graduation rewon requirements) Time: Il Room: OM 18 rewm Issues in Science and Religion REL 374-47055 Instructors: John Benson and Mark Engebretson For some in our society science is the driving engine of a better, more secure life. For others, including some Christians, science and its associated technologies constitute a grave threat. This course will begin with a historical overview of the relations between science and the Christian faith, emphasizing three periods; the origins of the Christian faith, the development of "modern" science and mechanistic philosophy; and the reevaluation of science and nature in the 20th century The following are some of the questions to be dealt with: Has science made the Bible obsolete? Are scientists really that smart? Has modern physics made it easier to be a Christian? Can computers save us? Why do science and religion always seem to be fighting one another? Grades will be based on class discussion of assigned readings, two short tests and a written project. Prerequisite:Religion (Onlyone interim course may be used toward graduationreligionrequirements) Distribution:Religion Time: I Room: S 213 SOCIAL WORK Exploring H u m a n Services SWK 257-47056 Instructor: Mary Lou Williams This course offers students the opportunity to explore career aspects of the human services vocations, a valuable tool in selecting a career goal and a coll~ge major. RnowIedge is gained by working in a professional human service organization or agency; working and talking with l-ruman service prvreasiorlals and others who participate in an organized approach to respond to human needs. This course offers a "hands on," experiential approach to learning. Students will volunteer 20 hours per week under the direction of an agency representative. In addition, sk~dcntswill attend a apecific small group saminmr 3 ho1u.s per weak during which Rgency experiences will be slmmd and ~ m d i n g sclificussed. Evaluation will be based on performance in the agency, written subjective summary, brief journal summary, and final exam. Time: I Room: 6-12 Issues of Homelessness SWK 339-47057 Instructor:Edwina Hertzberg The intent of this course is: 1. To expand students' knowledge of homelessness in a historical context 2. To expand students' knowledge of the reality of homelessness in the Twin Cities 3. To expand students' understanding of the causative factors which contribute to persons being homeless: Economic, employment, personal 4. To explore possible resolutions of homelessness Fkadings, guest lectures, field visits to sites serving homeless people and participant observation will be utilized to fulfill the above objectives. A seminar format will be used in the classroom for discussion/explorationof the topic. Field notes from participant observations, class participation and a research paper exploring one aspect of the topic will form the basis for evaluation. Upper division students only. Non social work majors are particularly invited to enroll in this course. uisites:SOC 111 or 121 or SWK 257 or 361 -3 Room: OM 23 Prer Field Work I11 SWK 466-47058(1course) 466-47059(34 course) Instructor:Rosemary Link me objectives of the C ~ R S R are tC) U8e s u ~ ~ ~ relationship t ~ r g to increase interpretive as well as socid work ~ C F ~ O I ' X I W U Icamp ~~ t.~mcc:tu promoh gradt.lalentqy into direct social mrl<practice; to increase comptencr! in the client oonl.act phase of tho problem solving prmcrs; to increase studenl seK-awmeness in 1.ega1-dto profmsional pmcticr? interests, areas of strengLE1, mci areas for personallprol'essiotla~develnpmtlnt; to proinute mmpetcmce i n the Pull process of' problcm solving. with special empl~asison nna1ys.k and resolution stages. Course content will be continuation of Field Work 11--educationally focused field placement in a social service agency. Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by the Field Instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms. NOTE: Course is offered for half (15 hours per week) or full (30 hours per week) credit. If for full credit, half of the credit will be based on non-clientcontact tasks. Time: To be arranged SOCIOLOGY H Ethnicity and Community in Urban Society SOC 261-47060 Instructor: Gordon Nelson It has been suggested that the persistence of ethnic neighborhoods in American cities has functioned as a locus of community in urban life. Moreover, it is argued that these communities have provided stability and identity in the face of the dehumanizing tendencies in an industrialized and bureaucratized society This course will attempt ~ K Imsess the extent to which the foregoing assertions might apply to ethnic ncjghborhoods in the Twin Citi e ~ATtor . some prehmhwy background sessions and readings, each member of the class will be asked, either individually or as part of a group, to explore a particular ethnic community in the Twin Cities and report back to the class. This class presentation and a final examination will be the basis of evaluation for the course. Distribution: Urban Time: I Room: OM 29 Complex Organizations SOC 301-47073 Instructor:Diane Pike This course is an upper division seminar designed to examine complex organizations from a sociological perspective. Little in contemporary American culture is left unaffected by organizations and it is useful for those of us who live and work within these institutions to understand how they operate beyond the individual level. We will explore topics such as corporate deviance, organizational technology and structure, and organizational culture. The format of the course is based on discussion and participation. Reading assignments form the foundation for class time, supplemented by guest speakers, films, and assignments. Evaluation of performance is based on three short papers, participation and notebook, and a final. This course is particularly appropriate for business majors in certain tracks. Prerequisite: An introductory history, psychology,sociology or political science course Time: I1 Room: OM 22 Racial and Minority Group Relations SOC 383-47061 Instructor:Jerry Gerasirno This course considers the dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. The course will be offered only on a PIN basis. There will probably be no examinations, but there will be two papers. Distribution: Urban Time: II Room: M 24 SPANISH Evaluating Continental Literature SPA 250-47031 Instructor:Gunta Rozentals The objective of the course is to enable students to discuss continental works of literature through the use of valid critical tools. It will involve both theory and evaluation from different points of view. We shall read several short stories, plays, one novel and a number of poems. Evaluation will be based on three written reports, participation in class discussion, and a final exam. This course is designed for language students but anyone with an interest in European continental literature is welcome to enroll. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or consent of instructor Distribution:English-Speech Time: I Room: M 22 SPEECH, COMMUNICATION & THEATER Theatre in London SPC 246-47062 Instructor:Julie Bolton London has been the center of the t h e a t r e world for centuries and the EngLis11 stage continues to a t t a t large audiences to f3-m footlights. During our month in En~lnndwe will see approximately fourteen prfomances including traditional and nori-traditional theatre a t a wide assortment of sites. Theatre performances will be supplemented with backstage tours, talks with British theatre artists and critics, walking tours and a visit to the British Theatre Museum. The course will also allow free time for independent exploration of the many galleries, museums, libraries, shops and all that are part of England's rich cultural heritage. The course is offered on a PIN basis only Evaluation will be based on attendance at all scheduled events, participation in group discussions, a journal dealing with production experiences as well as some assigned readings. The cost of transportation, some meals, and all theater performances is $1,895.00. Children's Theater SFC 285-47063 Instructor:Gary Parker Class members will work as an ensemble to create and perform a play for children. Development of the play will emphasize techniques of improvisation. Students will participate both on and off stage as performers (actors, singers, dancers, musicians),production staff (publicity and management), and technical staff (lights, scenery, costumes, and props). Public performances will be scheduled during the final week of class. Grading will be based on the commitment and effectiveness of work on the production, and a written notebook of daily activities and reactions. No theater experience is necessary Time: 9:30-12:OO.1:OO-3:OO Room: Stage Two Ethics in Communication SPC 340-47064 Instructor:Ray Anderson We all encounter deception and exploitation in politics, advertising, selling, and personal relations. How can one decide whether to conceal information from a customer, to use subliminal persuasion, to "blow the whistle" on one's employer, to use photographs or body language to give a misleading impression? How can one sort out and weigh the various ethical considerations? In this course we will use case studies and a variety of ethical perspectives to analyze ethical problems in such fields as advertising, public relations, sales, and politics. We will also consider issues in subliminal persuasion, nonverbal communication, and interpersonal communication. The main objective is to improve our ability to make ethical decisions. Activities will include lectures, readings, case studies, interviews, oral reports, papers, debates, and two examinations. The emphasis will be on case studies involving situations encountered in everyday life. ~rereqdsites: A course in philosophy or consent of instructor Time: I1 Room: OM 16 OTHER COURSES These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the college. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses which are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a PIN basis. Fuller descriptions and details for registering are available in the Interim Office. W Outward Bound HPE 212-47067 Check for information in the Interim Office for material on dog sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian border or for white water canoeing and desert camping on the Rio Grande in the December 27 through January 17 period. There is a cost of approximately $1,050 (the Outward Bound organization says scholarships are available). Washington D.C. Interims The Legal System and Legal Careers POL 398-47068 Leaders o n Leadership: Models for Policy Making POL 398-47069 These Interims begin December 28 and continue until January 16. Information on either of the above programs, housing and financial assistance is available from Dr. Milda Hedblom in Memorial 117A. Augsburg Lifetime Sports The following activities are available to students during Interim and students may register for one of these as well as for a regular course. These activities do not carry official credit, but they do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. Students may participate in any one of these without registering for the course, but will be expected to pay any fees whether or not the student registers for the course. 1 Runnin HPE 00237074 Instructor: Paul Grauer Distribution:Lifetime Sports Time: 12 noon Room: Melby 1 Racquetball HPE 002-47075 Instructor: A1 Kloppen Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 9:30-11:OOT & Th Room: Melby American Karate HPE 002-47076 Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum The form, basic techniques and practical usage of American Karate, taught by a certified Second Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee of $25.00. Distribution:Lifetime Sports Time: 12:00-1:00M, W, F Room: Melby UMAIE Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained from Mary Kingsley in the International Center, Old Main 20, or from the Interim Office. Registration for these Interims ends October 24, 1986.These courses are offered on P/NP basis only Ancient Greece: Myth and Monuments An Ecological Safari in East Africa Biology and Natural History of the Hawaiian Islands China. Then and Now Civilizations in Conflict: Troy, Constantinople, Gallipoli Economics of the Welfare State English Castles, Cathedrals and Countryside Europe and the Rise of Modern Science German Ltmguage nnd Culture: Munich, Salzburg & Vienna Great Western Philosophers Greek A r t and Architecture Habsburg Heritage Health Care in Europe Italy: Galileo and the Church J a ~ a 1987: n Traditional Values in a Post-Industrial Society L ~ W in London London and Paris: A Tale of Two Cities Mexico: The Old and the New Modern European Business and Worklife Museums, Music, and Monuments in the Great Cities of Emope Paris and Provence: Lnnigpag~and Culture Peru: Lnnguuge and Culture Soviet Union: A Cultural rtnd Historical Profile Soviet Union: History and Culture S ain: A Country in Transition eatre in London The English School and Family & NOTES NOTES NOTES
Show less
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1988
Title
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1988
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTERIM ................. 2 Calendar .................... 3 Introduction About this Catalog ............3 ..................... Courses ..................... Options 3 5 Introduction to Interim Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The ...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTERIM ................. 2 Calendar .................... 3 Introduction About this Catalog ............3 ..................... Courses ..................... Options 3 5 Introduction to Interim Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The College follows a 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. There will be no summer Interim in 1988. Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four-course load during Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No Credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be Interim courses (or one Interim less than the number of years of full-time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one Interim for graduation). It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. For More Information Interim Office (Memorial 230) Interim Secretary, Kay Thomsen at 330-1025 Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson, at 330-1192 (Memorial 114b) Interim Calendar 1988 ...................... .................... .......................... November 2-6 .Interim Registration December 7 .Late Interim Registration January4 .First Day of Interim Class I 9 a.m. Class I1 1 p.m. January5 .Last Day for Cancel/Add January18 .Last Day for Determining Grading System with Registrar January20 ... .Last Day for Withdrawing from Full Courses January29 .Interim Ends February 2 .Validation of Spring Class Registration February 3 .Spring Semester Begins ..................... . ............................... ........ ...................... The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time I: 8 a.m. to Noon (On the first day of classes Time I classes will begin at 9 a.m.) Time 11: 1p.m. to 5 p.m. Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg with a special convocation on Monday, January 18, at one o'clock. About this Catalog The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the college for Interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the Lifetime Sports listed at the end of the Catalog. Options International Interims - Students are invited to be part of one of the 26 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog. Internships - Students electing an internship must present a completed internship learning contract to the Internship Office (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 24. Contract forms are available in the same office. - Independent or Directed Study Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent or directed study per interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1.Meet departmental requirements. 2. Present to the Registrar for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and no later than December 4. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the Religion requirement. Visiting Students Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-14 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $560 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. Lourses Art d Li e Drawing A T 247-48001 Instructor: Norman Holen A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students. The figure will be depicted in various settings with a variety of media for varying lengths of time. The poses will extend from three minutes to an hour. You will be introduced to the 2B and 4B pencils, colored pencils and the felt tip pen. Fee: $30 due the first day of class Distribution: Art-Music Time: I Room: Old Main 17 J PlantsUand Civilization BIO 102-48002 Instructor: Erwin Mickelberg A study of the profound influence of plants on mankind's economic, cultural and political history, as well as the steps that civilization has taken to improve chosen plants for use. Some plant anatomy and physiology will be discussed. Academic evaluation will be based on course exams. Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: I1 Room: Science 205 1 Biological Evolution BIO 107-48003 Instructor: Ralph Sulerud That organisms have evolved and, accordingly, all creatures are biologically related are probably the most significant conclusions which biology has contributed to human knowledge. The anti-evolutionist arguments of the "scientific creationist" will be investigated in this course. However, to the vast majority of biologists evolution is accepted as a fact, and the evidence in its support will be examined. Biologists do not agree concerning the mechanisms and pace of evolution. Indeed, theories as to these matters have evolved and continue to do so. Much of the course will involve historical study of evolutionary thought from preDarwinian times to the present. Finally, we will address the course of evolution from the origin of life itself to the origin of human life. There will be a variety of readings, and classes will consist of lectures and discussions. Grading will be based primarily on quizzes and tests. Prerequisite: High School biology Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: I Room: Science 212 Business H Business Ethics: The Social Responsibility o Business f; B S 270-48004 Instructor: Dick Herzog In this course we will focus on the responsibilities of business to society and consider problems that businesses and business people face in a world of competing value systems. We will explore the moral foundations of capitalism and the use of reason to study systematically business conduct and behavior. Topics will include discrimination/affirmative action, truth in advertising, insider information, corporate take overs and green mail, multinational corporations and so on. There will be lectures, discussions and probably some guests. Students will write and defend in class two essays on assigned topics. There will be a final examination. Prerequisite: Ethics recommended Time: I1 Room: Old Main 21 Management Simulation Games BUS 278-48071/378-48072 Instructor: Amin Kader During this course, students will be grouped into teams to play a computerized business management exercise. Each team will control a company which manufactures and sells similar products. Each team will attempt to outperform other teams by selecting what appears to be the optimal operating strategy. This strategy will involve setting production volume, marketing expenditures, and selling prices and determining plant and securities investments as well as stockholders dividends. Students registering for upper division credit will be expected to have had at least one business course and to be able to apply business concepts learned. The lower division credit is designed for students who are interested in business but who have had no academic business training. This level will require students to rely on systematic and deductive analysis which will allow students to discover for themselves the relationship between the various component parts of the business decision. The lower version of the computerized game will be used for this group. Prerequisite: For 378 - BUS 242 or 252, BUS 221 or 331 and ECO 112 or permission of instructor Room: Psych 3 Time: I1 " Chemistry ' fur Changing Times CHE 100-48005 Instructor: Arlin Gyberg This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the very popular book by John W. Hill of the same title. It is not a traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science background. Basic science and math are introduced early and are taught as needed for understanding the various topics and implications. The course does assume the student is interested in and concerned about the relationship of chemistry to life and living. Chemistry has been intimately a part of liberal education for centuries. The early scientists were considered to be philosophers and their societies were philosophical societies. In recent decades the human seeking of personal independence has led to chemistry becoming a part of everyday life to the point of actual dependence on chemistry. We live in a world of pesticides, fertilizers, plastics, "the pill", food additives and processed foods, vitamin supplements, the energy crisis, chemical dependency, biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching for life on other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on and on. Emotions and mental disorders can often be traced to chemical imbalance. The common dragged out, grumpy feeling after an afternoon nap is a result of a chemical imbalance. The nature of a hangover is the result of a complex system of altered body chemistry. Even learning appears to be the result of chemical reaction to form a "memory molecule". Most of the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and our universe? Come join us as we take a molecular look at the human condition. This course will be offered in a lecture/discussion format. Films will supplement the lecture/discussion periods. Daily quizzes will be used for evaluation. This course meets a distribution need but does not satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106 or 116. Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: I1 Room: Science 315 Chemistry in Health CHE 120-48006 Instructor: John Holum This course will progress from a study of basic principles of chemistry (with emphasis on acid-base equilibria) to a study of the chemical reactions by which our bodies manage the transport of oxygen and waste carbon dioxide in the chemistry of cellular respiration. We shall study several situations in which this chemistry goes awry - drug overdoses, overbreathing at high altitudes, emphysema, diabetes, hysterics, and pulmonary diseases. There will be some attention to the nature of chemistry in particular and science in general. Average of four two-hour lectures per week with demonstrations; evaluations by hour examinations and a final. This course meets distribution but does not count toward a chemistry major or minor. Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: I Room: Science 315 History of Chemistry CHE 125-48061 Instructor: Jean C. Kung This course seeks to outline the influence of history on the discovery of the elements. Ancient peoples discovered and used a few elements setting the prologue for chemistry. We will examine the discoveries of the elements, their utility and the development of chemistry from ancient concepts to alchemy to the powerful modern science of today. The course grade will be based primarily upon a term paper. Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: I Room: Science 319 Computer Science f7 ~ort;an CSC 270-48007 Instructor: Larry Ragland A study of the FORTRAN programming language for students with some previous knowledge of programming. This course will expand a student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of FORTRAN together with programming techniques for using those features. This course will involve lectures and programming assignments in FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the programming assignments and examinations. Prerequisite: One course with a study of a computer language (e.g. CSC 170 or MAT 175) Time: I1 Room: Science 112 Economics Economics of Urban Issues ECO 110-48008 Instructor: Ed Sabella Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis", Crime Prevention, Ecology and Income Distribution; Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental microeconomic tools are introduced to facilitate discussion of the above mentioned topics. (This is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in Economics or Business Administration. It does not apply toward an Economics major or minor.) Distribution: Either Economics-Political Science or Urban Concerns Time: I1 Room: Library 1 Planned Economies (Soviet Union, Yu oslavia, India) 8 EC 495-48009 Instructor: Satya Gupta Students will study the evolution, objectives and performance of the present day economies of the Soviet Union, Yugoslavia and India under different systems of management. Students should be able to conceptualize and appreciate the differences in approach and solutions of economic problems of these countries. Grades will be based on three tests and one research paper. Prerequisites: ECO 112 or 113 (or consent of instructor) Time: I1 Room: Old Main 13 Education Student Teaching EDS 481-48010;EDE 481-48014 EDS 482-48011;EDE 482-48015 EDS 483-48012;EDE 483-48016 EDS 484-48013;EDE 484-48017 Instructors: Marie McNeff, Ann Fleener, Vicki Olson Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a school. Grading is P/N only. Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor. fke Once and Future King: Arthur Through the Ages ENG 130-48018/ENG 430-48025 Instructor: Joan Griffin "Hic jacet Arthurus Rex quondam rexque futurus (Here lies King Arthur, the once and future king)." These words, legend says, are engraved on the tomb of the greatest king who ever lived, Arthur of Britain. But another tradition says that Arthur never died. Instead, he was taken to the magical island of Avalon after he was wounded in his last battle. There he will remain until the world has need of a leader as great as he. In fact Arthur has returned again and again in myth, legend, poetry, novels, and films. Arthur (and Arthurian themes) have appeared in the works of great writers like T.S. Eliot and James Joyce. But he's appeared just as often on the best seller lists (in novels by Mary Stewart, for example), on the stage (Camelot) and in the movies (Excalibur). King Arthur is as compelling a figure in modern imagination as he was in medieval literature. Why7 Who is this Arthur7 Who was he in his own time, and what has he become throughout the centuries7 Our quest for the meaning of King Arthur will take us from medieval to modern times. We will look at classics like Sir Thomas Malory's Le Morta D'Arthur, and Alfred, Lord Tennyson's Idylls of the King. We will also look at more popular works like T.H. White's Once and Future King and movies like Monty Python and the Holy Grail and Excalibur. Evaluation will be based on a number of short papers, contributions to class discussion, and an exam. Students enrolling for upper division credit will also be asked to lead a class discussion and write a long paper based on additional readings. Prerequisites: ENG 111Effective Writing (or consent of instructor) Time: I1 Room: Old Main 16 Rock 'N' Roll: Lyric, Metaphor, Lore ENG 355-48019 Instructor: John Mitchell Devotees of rock and roll music tend neither to listen to the lyrics nor to understand them when they do, probably by preference. This course will examine the language of rock and roll, emphasizing figures of speech and other poetic techniques (metaphor, irony, etc.) and their thematic implications. Feature films, ranging from Blackboard Jungle to Woodstock to The Wall, will also be examined for their cultural implications and themes. Students will be required to take tests and to write an extended analysis based upon assigned readings and the use of language in the music. A fee will be charged to help pay for film rentals. Prerequisites: ENG Ill-Effective Writing Time: I1 Room: Science 123 Five College Advanced Short Fiction Writing ENG 362-48058 Instructor: Carol Bly This course will focus on writing short stories, but will also include a study of basic fiction theory and the reading of excellent works for use as examples. There will be frequent in-class exercises, short (200 word) homework fiction to write, peer and class critiquing and frequent conferences with the instructor. Small group work will be encouraged. We will explore sophisticated means of writing short American literature--with emphasis on generosity of plot, sensuous detail in place and time settings, presentation of characters, brisk and lovely language as well as we can manage. Grades will be based on writing, class participation and evidence of the grasp of advanced literary principles. Prerequisite: One writing course beyond effective writing and permission of Professor John Mitchell Time: 10:OO-12:30 TWRF Room: Hamline University, LC 102 E French Beginning French FRE 111-48057 Instructor: Ruth Aaskov This course aims to develop communication skills of understanding, speaking, reading and writing. Through conversations, classroom practice and readings, this course works toward the discovery of French culture and the French way of life. Distribution: Foreign Language Time: I1 Room: Old Main 25 German Introduction t o Yiddish GER 220-48070 Instructor: Don Steinmetz What do the works of Sholem Aleichem (which inspired "Fiddler on the Roof"), Issac Singer (Nobel Prize for Literature), and several other great writers have in common7 They were written in Yiddish. How did expressions like "chuspe," "shnook," "klutz," "kitch," "schmaltz," and "shitik" get into English? Again, the answer is Yiddish. Yiddish is closely related to German and in this interim you can learn to read Yiddish as well as you can read German. Grades will be based on performance and at least two tests. dia NLL 4 d ~ 1rrL ri~~,a Prerequisite: One year of college German or permission of instructor Time: I Room: Old Main 12 Health and Phwsical Education II Recreational Rhythms and Activities PE 232-48022 Instructor: Mary Manderfeld Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This is a 1/2credit course. Time: I1 Mondays, Wednesdays, and alternate Fridays Room: Melby H Sailing in the Virgin Islands HPE 455-48023 Instructor: Joyce Pfaff This course is designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will focus on taking the student to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live aboard a 39 foot fixed keel sailboat with five other people and will function as an active member of the crew. Actual on the water instruction will be the major part of the course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Evaluation will be based on performance as a crew member as well as a written final exam. Prerequisite: Instructor's permission Distribution: Lifetime sport Beiltg H14man INS 18848063 Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach What is it to be a human being? We will first raise questions about the extent of our knowledge, about the meaning of life, and about values. Secondly, we will explore how individuals are related to their society. We will analyze, among other things, the nature and purpose of education and the role of the individual in the state. Finally, we will focus on the impact which contemporary developments in artificial intelligence have on how we view ourselves. The course will emphasize reading original sources from various historical periods, and frequent written interaction with those readings. Several short papers plus written preparation for small group discussions will be expected. Prerequisite: Freshmen only Distribution: Urban Time: I Room: Music 24 Images of America: From Wilderness Forest to Urban Sprawl EVE INS 188-48064 Instructor: Ron Palosaari When Europeans first settled in America they found themselves in a wilderness they hoped to transform into a garden. We modern Americans find ourselves in an increasingly urbanized environment and want simultaneously to transform the city to make it more liveable and also to flee the city and escape its problems by going back to nature. In this course we will study some works of literature and other texts that will help us understand how we got our attitudes toward city and country. We will consider the Greek development of the idea of the city, move on to the Hebrew and Christian conceptions of the ideal society and then study some of the development of American ideas about country and city. Students will be expected to develop a personal statement of their attitudes towards the rural and the urban. Students will write three papers and take a final examination. We will take a field trip or two and have several guest speakers. Texts: L. Mumford, The City in History, selections I Plato, The Republic, selection Bible, selections Augustine, The City of God, selections R.W.Emerson, "Nature" H.D. Thoreau, "Waldenff,selections N. Hawthorne, "My Kinsman Major Molineaux" E.A. Poe, "The Man of the Crowd" S . Crane, Maggie J. Baldwin, Go Tell It On the Mountain J.C. Oates, Them Prerequisite: Freshmen only Distribution: Urban Time: I Room: Music 23 Leadership in the City flz/E INS 188-48065 Instructor: Richard Nelson It has often been observed that leadership cannot be taught. While that is probably true, it is definitely true that leaders and leadership can be profitably studied. In this course we will study leadership within the context of the city. Through readings, discussion, and lectures we will view the ancient and modern city and selected problems within urban culture which require the development of various types of leaders and styles of leadership. During the first two weeks of class we will read from texts and view films which will provide us with background material, and since all events are rooted in time, much of this material will be historical in nature. The third week of the course will be devoted to time spent observing the city. Each student will visit with a leader in our metropolitan community whom you will interview in order to gain primary data about his or her role as a leader. In addition, you will work in teams to view the life of the city and formulate questions and observations about the nature of our metropolitan area. In the final week of the class we will reserve time for individual and team reports to be given in class. During the course you will write four short papers (3-4 pages), prepare oral reports based on your week in the city, and write three short exams. Each component, the short papers, the oral reports, and the short exams will comprise 30% of your final grade. Your participation in discussions will count 10% of your final grade. Prerequisite: Freshmen only Distribution: Urban Time: I Room: Old Main 16 1 H Urban Theatre and Art 11v,C INS 188-48065 4 Instructor: Julie Bolton The Twin Cities is among the three largest theatre centers nationally. In this seminar we will use current local productions as a laboratory for our exploration of meaning in drama and theories of drama (expectations and needs of the audience, the nature of the dynamic process which is related between the actor and audience, and the differentiation between the play and the production). Play productions which were available in 1987 were Shakespeare's As You Like It, Chekhov's Uncle Vanya, Ping Chong's Nosferatu, and David Hare's A Map of the World among others. The seminar will focus on the themes: city/rural, artificial/ real, technology and civilization/nature, sin and darkness/ healing and restoration. We will use as background material classical humanistic texts: Job, Plato's The Republic, Shakespeare's Macbeth, Adam's The Dynamo and the Virgin and Lewis Mumford's City in History. Three productions will be viewed on which three 3-5 page critical reviews will be written and shared with the group as a basis for discussions. Research problems will require library use. Play productions will be supported by visits to art museums. There will be a fee for play admissions. Prerequisite: Freshmen only Distribution: Urban Time: I Room: Old Main 11 Interdisciplinary Externship: e ink in^ ducati ion and the World of Work INS 299-486% Instructors: Garry Hesser and Lois Olson Learn from your experiences. Discover new ways to learn by observing, collaborating, and reflecting on your experiences. The externship is a modified internship consisting of a halftime placement and active participation in a seminar that meets twice a week. Each student will be assisted in the process of securing an unpaid placement where s/he can obtain valuable first hand experience in the world of work. The course is designed to achieve two major objectives: 1) to enable students to observe and experience the relationships between the worlds of work and the classroom; and 2) to expand the students' abilities to learn from first hand experience. Each participant will observe and work approximately 20 hours per week in a placement which matches his/her major or career interests. The seminar will meet twice a week for approximately two hours. Evaluation will be based upon the overall quality of participation, supervisor assessment, critical incident analysis, journal/log and seminar participation. Participants will complete a resume by November 24 and secure a placement before the end of Fall classes (December 11). Prerequisites: Permission of instructor and placement secured by December ll. Women, Men and the Bible INS 181-48027 Instructor: Bev Stratton Who are the women of the Bible7 How have women been involved in or neglected by the Jewish and Christian faiths through the centuries7 How have other religions dealt with gender issues7 What does the Bible say about the roles and relationships of women and men in the family and in the church7 How do our images of God and our language effect our beliefs7 When must masculine pronouns be retained in Biblical translation, and when is inclusive language appropriate? How do our religious understandings of the roles of women and men impact our actions in society? We will explore these and other questions through extensive reading and class discussions. Our focus will be on the Judeo-Christian tradition, but we will also consider other religions, modern reactions to patriarchy, and inclusive language for worship. Evaluation will be based on class discussions, quizzes, short papers, exams, and a project. Prerequisites: An open mind Distribution: urban/women/minority Time: I Room: Old Main 13 Politics and Process in Education INS 183-48053 Instructor: Norm Ferguson Ever wondered about the advantages and disadvantages of the formal education you are experiencing? How have the educational methods you have been exposed to shaped your view of yourself and the world7 The objectives of this course are to examine the processes used today in American education (from elementary school through college) and to evaluate them from a variety of social science perspectives (political, psychological, sociological). The content of the courses will include topics such as: cooperative learning, experiential education, individual learning styles, whole-brain learning, social responsibility, and student-teacher interactions. Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of topics such as these. Guest speakers will illustrate some of the alternative approaches to education being used currently in the Twin Cities. Evaluation will be based on: (a) class participation and (b) two papers or one paper and one class presentation. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor Time: I Room: Psych 2 The Rabbi and the Robot: Human Value in the Computer Age INS 185-38029 Instructor: Larry Crockett This course will explore how human beings should be understood in an age of robots, intricate computers, and artificial intelligence. Using film, non-fiction, and fiction, we will examine these questions: Are human beings in some sense machines7 Is it conceivable that smart machines might in some sense be persons? What does the JudeoChristian tradition have to say about such questions7 Students will be asked to write one essay each week and to write one exam consisting of multiple choice and essay items. Prerequisites: A computer science, psychology or philosophy course Time: I Room: Old Main 21 Cultural and Political Realities in Jordan, Israel, the West Bank and Egypt INS 262-480 Instructors: Joel Mugge and Gary Olson Students will visit Jordan, Israel, the West Bank and Egypt to examine historical, cultural, socio-economic and political factors in interaction. The course will include readings, lectures and field experiences designed to illuminate life in the Moslem, Jewish and Christian communities and to increase understanding of the political and social dynamics which have engendered conflict in the region. Participants will meet with people and organizations representing the countries' many political and religious viewpoints. The group will also travel to key historical sites such as Jerusalem's Old City and Cairo's pyramids. Trip leaders will be Moravian College political science professor Gary Olson and Joel Mugge, Director of the Center for Global Education at Augsburg College. Approximate cost will be $1800 from Minneapolis, including all transportation, accommodations, tours and meals with an itinerary extending from January 7 through January 24. Grading will be on a P/N basis only and evaluation will be based on a journal integrating experiences with assigned readings and on participation in a global perspectives forum during the spring term. Interested students must register first with the Center for Global Studies by October 30. Mathematics Shaping Up MAT 151-48056 Instructor: Bev Durkee A look at two and three dimensional geometric shapes by drawing or building models and by considering the mathematical structure of the patterns of their symmetries (rotations, reflections, etc.) through transferational geometry. The course should be helpful to those in elementary education or other nonscience majors interested in visual patterns. Assignments will be required. Course examinations at midterm and final. Prerequisite: Level 3 on Mathematics Placement Test Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: I Room: Science 112 H Math of Interest MAT 173-48062 Instructor: Ken Kaminsky Have you ever wondered why women have been charged more than men for annuities and received lower pension benefits than men? Or why women have paid less than men for life insurance? Or how life insurance premiums are calculated? Or how installment loan payments are figured out? Or how much money to invest in order to accumulate a certain lump sum or annual payment at a certain date in the future? Then this course may be meant for you. These and other interesting and useful topics in the mathematics of financial transactions will be covered. Evaluation will be based on classroom participation and quizzes. This course should be useful for students in business and economics or for any students interested in careers in finance-related fields. Prerequisites: Group I11 on math placement test or equivalent. Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: I1 Room: Old Main 27 H The Logical Game of Mathematics MAT 241-48028 Instructor: Larry Copes Lower-division mathematics students generally play only games of calculation and concepts. But DOING mathematics as professionals requires an ability to prove and disprove conjectures and to write up proofs. The objectives of this course are to help prospective mathematics majors gain or improve those skills, and to get a taste of REAL mathematics before committing themselves to a major. Toward that end there will be daily assignments and weekly exams, including a cumulative final exam. Prerequisite: Completion of Calculus I with 2.0 (C) or better Time: I Room: Science 205 Music E Music Therapy: A Clinical Overview MUS 110-48033 Instructor: Roberta Metzler An introductory course for students planning to major in music therapy. Course will consist of a general overview of the field of music therapy, with visitations to several clinical sites in the area. Evaluation will be based on three tests and field trip reports. Special fee to cover transportation: $15. Time: I1 Room: Music 26 E Improvisation in Music MUS 129-48032 Instructor: Stephen Gabrielsen Improvisation in Music meets every day for three hours, and each student will improvise daily at class meetings, using a variety of improvisational techniques and styles. Prerequisite: Minimal ability on a musical instrument or instructor's permission Time: I1 Room: Music 4 The Electronics of Music MUS 230-48030/MUS 430-48031 Instructor: Robert KarlCn An opportunity for students to explore, experience, and create some of the sounds found in 20th Century music. Through a "hands-on" approach, participants will be involved in: 1. Making multi-track recordings on half-track, quartertrack, and cassette decks through an eight-track mixer. 2. Individually creating, modifying, and mixing sounds from traditional sound sources as well as from analog and computer-controlled synthesizers. The study and application of practical electronic technology used in the production of music today will be combined with aesthetic considerations necessary for the creative aspects of the art. Much of the work in this course will be done in small groups. Lower division students will work with up to four channel-four track recording involving techniques of speed changing, splicing, reversing tape direction and filtering using primarily traditional and non-traditional sound sources. Upper division students will also use electronically synthesized sound sources including computer controlled keyboard, overdubbing and overlaying up to seven tracks. Students must have the use of a portable cassette recorder, and provide themselves with a 7-inch reel of blank recording tape and a blank cassette tape. Prerequisite: Music theory or permission of instructor for upper division status Distribution: Art-Music Time: I1 Room: Music 5 Norwegian Be inning Norwegian g NO 111-48034 Instructor: Nancy Aarsvold Course 111is for students with no previous background in Norwegian. The course aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading, writing, and cultural understanding, Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts. The final grade is derived from daily assignments, ~ u ~ = F s and , a final examination. Distribution: Foreign Language Time: I1 Room: Old Main 29 Nursing Pends and Issues in Nursing NUR 330-48035 Instructor: Terry Welcher This course is intended to give students a broad perspective by introducing current trends and issues in health care and the profession of nursing. Many of the issues are controversial, are relevant to current practice and have potential for far-reaching effects in health care. Students will be graded on group presentations, written examinations and field trip reports. Prerequisite: Registered Nurse Time: I Room: Old Main 23 Philosophy Readings in Mystical Literature: The Western Padition PHI 390-48036 Instructor: Mark Fuehrer The object of this course is to analyze the principles of the various forms of mystical experience based on discussions of selected mystical texts that are considered as basic (classic) in forming Western spirituality. Topics include: ecstatic experience, purgation of the senses, mysticism and the feminine, mysticism and poetry. Evaluation will be by short papers and final examination. This course meets the Humanities major requirement of a perspectives course. Time: I Room: Memorial 323 Philosophy of Science PHI 365-48037 Instructor: Kenneth Bailey Sometimes it is said that we live in the Age of Science. What does that mean? In what sense(s) might such a statement be said to be true or false? Is it really true that only science can say something meaningful about Reality? Are there any limits to scientific method? For example, what does science have to say about values? These and other questions about scientific methods, scientific knowledge, and the applications for science to human life will be examined. (Is your future written in the stars?) Primarily a discussion course. Grades will be based upon a mid-term and a final examination; course participation; and an individual study project. Prerequisites: Suggested prior courses: PHI 130 (Logic)and one course in natural science Distribution: History-Philosophy Time: I1 Room: Old Main 11 Phusics ~&oduction to Weather PHY 106-48040 Instructor: Noel Petit A study of the science of meteorology which will provide a working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four basic areas observing the weather changes and understanding the world's climate. Related topics to be included are: hydrology (study of the earth's water cycle), pollution, economic effects of the weather, and weather's impact on world events. This course is designed to be an elective or satisfy the Mathematics-Physics distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. The course will have two weeks of class lecture and laboratory followed by a two-week trip through the Southeast United States visiting major weather facilities. The itinerary will include stops at Kansas City, Missouri; Oklahoma City, Oklahoma; Vicksburg and Gulfport, Mississippi; Tampa, Miami, Cocoa Beach, Daytona Beach and Gainesville, Florida. At each site there will be a tour and explanatory program for the functions of that facility. Topics of the visits will be severe storms, control of the water in the Mississippi River basin, automated weather observation at sea, television station weather facilities, hurricane tracking, weather satellites, and agricultural weather. During the trip the student will maintain a journal of weather and site visits. Daily weather maps will be created using portable weather satellite reception systems carried on the trip. This trip will not only allow visits of operational weather facilities, but also will allow the student to experience the full range of climates across the US from north to south. Daily quizzes and lectures will be given during the travel. Grades will be based upon the journal, two hourly examinations and an individual project completed during the trip. The cost will be approximately $700. Prerequisite: High School Algebra Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: I Room: Science 123 The Physics of Music PHY 112-48038 Instructor: Jeff Johnson This course will examine the physics underlying the experience of music. After developing the essential physics, we will examine string and horn instruments (and possibly others including the human voice) to see how they actually work. The requirements of the course include laboratory exercises and homework assignments. There will also be a final exam in addition to a term paper on the history of the student's favorite musical instrument. Prerequisite: High school algebra Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: I Room: Science 30 The Starship Accords PHY 180-48039 Instructor: Mark Engebretson You have been selected to participate in the establishment of the first permanent human settlement outside our solar system. As one of the colonists, it will be your duty during flight to: A. Familiarize yourself with the environment expected in any of the several galactic locations thought to be suitable for colonization. B. Choose the location, design, and level of technology of the new colony. C. Help design a system of governance for the entire community. Assigned readings in science, science fiction, and political theory will form the basis of class discussions and individual and group projects. Evaluation will be based on the above and on two short quizzes. Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: I Room: Library 1 Po Iitical Science II Patterns of Change in the Middle East POL 268-38068/468-48069 Instructor: Mary Ellen Lundsten The objectives of this course are to go behind the headlines and achieve deeper understanding of the issues facing policy makers in the Middle East today and to make use of theoretical perspectives from history, comparative politics and international relations while examining Middle East political life. Lectures and class reading will explore the long heritage of Islam in the area as well as the impact of Western power and political concepts. How ideas and social movements confront each other amidst rapid technological and social change will be studied. Students will also analyze the complex policy choices facing outside powers with interests in the region. All students will read an introductory text and select from recent specialized studies on six societies: Iran, Israel, Egypt, Lebanon, Saudi Arabia, and the Palestinians. All students will give oral critiques of two books from the set of specialized studies and will write a final essay on political aspects of two countries. Additional class meetings will be held to discuss readings on the comparative method and selected Middle East political topics as treated in an additional text required for upper division credit. Upper division students will critique methodology as well as the information and stylistic approach of the books presented in classroom critiques. An additional final essay applying comparative theory to two Middle East countries will be required for upper division students. Prerequisites: None for lower division; one political science course and sophomore status for upper division Distribution: Economics-Political Science Time: I1 Room: Old Main 10 H Political Economy POL 459-48041 Instructor: Joseph Goldman This course introduces students to the theoretical and policy questions dealing with political economy; especially how politics and economics interrelate across industrializing and postindustrializing systems. Using history, political science and economics, we will look at the concepts, models, theories and paradigms of national and international development. Issues like the "North-South debate, GNP growth, market expansion, industrialization, capitalization, the arms race and high technological advancement are covered. Students are evaluated on a comprehensive examination and a short (15-20 pp) term paper in the form of a case study or policy study in consultation with the instructor. The examination and a paper are worth each 50% of the total grade. Prerequisites: Preferably course work in political science or economics Distribution: Economics-Political Science Time: I Room: Psych 3 Ps ycilology H Introduction to the World of Psychology PSY 121-48042 Instructor: Paul Hirdman Psychology is more than rats1 It is a world of great breadth, with differing levels of depth. Here you will have the opportunity to explore some of the concepts, data and methods of psychology and gain some understanding and insights from this discipline. Readings, lectures, and special presentations will be utilized involving the instructor and class members. Evaluation will involve class participation, student research presentations and exams. Distribution: Psychology-Sociology Time: I Room: Psychology 4 Idealism and the Adolescent PSY 370-48043 Instructor: Duane Johnson Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism directed toward other persons and society will be the main focus. This course will be conducted as a seminar with a high level of student contribution and participation. Attendance at each class session is required. Procedures will include class discussion, frequent short papers, and frequent oral reports. Each student will be required to seek out and interview persons in the adolescent level of development. Typewriting or equivalent word processing will be required. Students are required to read The Moral Life of Children by Robert Coles before the start of the interim. This book will be available in the Augsburg Bookstore by November 1st. Content of the book will be discussed in the first few class sessions and will provide a base for further learning in the course. This course is offered only on P/N basis. Prerequisites: PSY 105-General Psychology Time: I Room: Old Main 27 The ~ u t h e r a n Heritage REL 345-48044 Instructor: Eugene Skibbe The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the world. We will not only examine the Lutheran Church as it is at the present time, but also study its origin in the 16th century and its development and cultural influence during 450 years of history. The text by Bergendoff will provide an overview. Lecture and class discussion will deal with examples of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art, music, missions, philosophy, sociology, and theology. Requirements will include two exams and one short paper. One text costing approximately $12.00 must be purchased in class on the second day. Prerequisites: REL 111or 221 Distribution: Religion (Only one interim course may be used to meet religion requirements) Time: I Room: Old Main 18 The Bible, Language and Interpretation REL 445-48052 Instructor: Philip Quanbeck A study of the use and function of language in the Bible. The importance of recognizing the varied character of language for understanding the biblical text. Grades will be based on class participation, a presentation to the class and an examination. Prerequisites: Senior Honors Student or permission of instructor Distribution: Religion (Only one interim course may be used to meet religion requirements) Time: I Room: Old Main 10 Social Work Ex loring Human Services SJ K 257-48055 Instructor: Francine Chakolis This course offers students the opportunity to explore career aspects of the human services vocations, a valuable tool in selecting a career goal and a college major. Knowledge is gained by working in a professional human service organization or agency; working and talking with human service professionals and others who participate in an organized approach to respond to human needs. This course offers a "hands on" experiential approach to learning. Students will volunteer 20 hours per week under the direction of an agency representative. In addition, students will attend a specific small group seminar 3 hours per week during which agency experiences will be shared and readings discussed. Evaluation will be based on performance in the agency, written subjective summary, brief journal summary, and final exam. Time: I Room: Melby 24 Issues of Hornelessness SWK 339-48051 Edwina Hertzberg The intent of this course is: 1. To expand student's knowledge of homelessness in an historical context; 2. To expand student's knowledge of the reality of homelessness in the Twin Cities; 3. To expand student's understanding of the causative factors which contribute to persons being homeless: economic, employment, personal. 4. To explore possible resolutions of homelessness. Readings, guest lectures, field visits to sites serving homeless people, participant observations and volunteer experience will be utilized to fulfill the above objectives. A semin a r f o r m a t will be used in the classroom f o r discussion/exploration of the topic. Field notes from participant observations, class participation and a research paper exploring one aspect of the topic will form the basis of evaluation. Fee: $30.00 Non-social work majors are particularly invited to enroll in this course. Prerequisites: SOC 111, 121, SWK 257, 361, or consent of instructor Time: I1 Room: Psych 2 H Social Work and Community Services in Great Britain SWK 346-48059 Instructor: Rosemary Link Great Britain is an exciting mixture of ancient and modern - ancient in its culture and modern in its social policies. The course explores social work services with this dual focus. We will visit a variety of community agencies: formal public, private, and natural helping networks in a range of urban and rural settings. In order to experience the nation's culture, we will be invited to English family homes, meet with social work students, attend theatre performances, and visit historic treasures. London is the nerve center for the countrv's resources and we will begin by visiting some of its foremost community institutions such as Great Ormond Street Childrens' Hospital and Toynbee Hall Settlement. With the help of English social work students, we will unravel the post Second World War commitment to universal social policies. These policies have established services available to all citizens in health, education, income maintenance, housing, and personal social services. They also provide the major working turf of the social work profession. As a contrast to the inner city of London, we will visit Exeter and explore the rural and beautiful coastal West Country. In addition to the formal 'public' social work agencies such as Probation and Corrections, we will make contact with informal services and the small, more extended family oriented fishing and farming communities. Throughout the course, there will be an emphasis on understanding current national policies and attitudes through cultural and literary connections. Therefore, visits to the National Theatre, The Houses of Parliament, cathedrals, and ancient community sites such as Oxford are an integral part of recognizing and appreciating the whole community. Culture and history come to life during day excursions through the gentle English countryside to Oxford and Stratford, Warwick and Coventry, Bath and Canterbury. Students will complement their direct experience by reading the British press and current social policy pamphlets, journals, and books. Suggested Readings: A. Kahn and S. Kammerman, Not the Poor Alone; M . Bruce, The Rise o f the Welfare State; l? Barclay, Social Workers: Their Role and Tasks; Charles Dickens, Oliver Twist; any play by G.B.Shaw, and the 'quality press' - The Guardian, The Times, The Telegraph. Student evaluation will be based on a summary of a reflective journal, an agency study, a critique of a current social policy (which includes a comparison with their American experience), and participation in visits and discussions. The comprehensive fee of $1,965 includes air and surface travel, accommodations, six dinners, four theater tickets and a one week London travel pass. Registration for this interim must be made before October 23 in The International Center, Old Main 20. Field Work III SWK 466-48045/SWK 466-48046 Instructor: Maria Brown The objectives of the class are to use supervisory relationship to increase interpretive as well as social work performance competence; to promote gradual entry into direct social work practice; to increase competence in the client contact phase of the problem solving process; to increase student self-awareness in regard to professional practice interests, areas of strength, and areas for personal/professional development; to promote competence in the full process of problem solving, with special emphasis on analysis and resolution stages. Course content will be continuation of Field Work I1 educationally focused field placement in a social service agency. Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by the Field Instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms. Note: Course is offered for half (466-48045) (15 hours per week) or full (466-48046) (30 hours per week) credit. If for full credit, half of the credit will be based on non-client contact tasks. Prerequisite: SWK 462 (Field Work 11) Time: to be arranged Sociology Racial and Minority Group Relations SOC 265-48047 Instructor: Gordon Nelson This course considers the dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. The course is offered only on a P/N basis. Students can expect evaluation to be based on a combination of class participation, written assignments, and/or examinations. Distribution: Urban/Minority Time: I Room: Old Main 25 .- Spanish Evaluating Continental Literature SPA 250-48048 Instructor: Gunta Rozentals The objective of the course is to enable students to discuss continental literature through the use of valid critical tools. It will involve both theory and subsequent evaluation of the reading selections from different points of view. We shall read half a dozen short stories, several plays, one novel and a number of poems. Student evaluation will be based on three written reports, participation in class discussions, and a final exam. This course is designed for foreign language students but anyone with an interest in European continental literature is welcome to enroll. Offered in English. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or consent of instructor Distribution: English-Speech Time: I Room: Old Main 22 Speech, Communication, Theatre Children's Theater SPC 285-48049 Instructor: Gary Parker Class members will work as an ensemble to create and perform a play for children. Development of the play will emphasize techniques of improvisation. Students will participate both on and off stage as performers (actors, singers, dancers, musicians), production staff (publicity and management), and technical staff (lights, scenery, costumes, and props). Public performances will be scheduled during the final week of class. Grading will be based on the commitment and effectiveness of work on the production, and a written notebook of daily activities and reactions. No theater experience is necessary. Time: 9:30-12:00,1:00-3:00 Room: Stage Two H Television News Production SPC 344-48050 Instructor: Warren Harmon This will be a basic course in television news production taught on location. Students will get practical experience in interviewing, shooting, writing, editing and producing the news. Grades will be based primarily on how well these tasks are performed and on the quality of material produced. Students will work in a newsroom setting, not a television studio. Students should have some previous TV coursework. Check with Julie Bolton in the speech department for further information. Prerequisite: Permission of Department chair, Julie Bolton Time: I Room: Dayton-Hudson Production Studios, St. Paul Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained from Mary Kingsley in the International Center, Old Main 20, or from the Interim Office. Registration for these Interims ends October 23, 1987. These courses are offered on P/N basis only and generally carry a lower division number. H Art and Culture in Europe: A Study in Contrasts H Austria, Italy and Eastern Capitals: The Habsburg Heritage H The Bahamas: Women, Health and Healing H Biology and Natural History of the Hawaiian Islands H China: Yesterday, Today, and Tomorrow H Costa Rica: Ecology of Tropical Forests H English Castles and Cathedrals, Cities and Countryside H The English School and Family H Europe and the Rise of Modern Science H France at the Dawn of the XXI Century: Modernity and Tradition H German Language and Culture H The Greek Experience H Hawaii: A Cultural History H Intermediate German: 2000 Years in Trier International Law and Business in a European Environment H The Irish Renaissance H Italy and Malta: Ancient Cultures and Contemporary Problems H London, Paris, Amsterdam: The Legacy of Wealth and Power Mexico: The Old and the New H From Monastery to Manufacturing: The Dawn of Capitalism The Natural History of New Zealand Paris-Dakar: The French-African Connection Social Work and Community Services in Great Britain H The Soviet Union: Church and State After 1000 Years H Theatre in England: Its Texts and Contexts H The Vikings These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the college. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses which are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descriptions and details for registering are available in the Interim Office. Outward Bound HPE 212-48073 Check for information in the Interim Office for material on dog sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian border or for white water canoeing and desert camping on the Rio Grande in the December 27 through January 17 period. There is a cost of approximately $1,275 (the Outward Bound organization has some scholarships available). Washin on D. C. Interims ? Leaders on eadership: Models for Policy Making POL 398-48073 Law and Society: An Examination of Issues and Principles POL 398-48074 These Interims begin December 28 and continue until January 16. Information on either of the above programs, housing and financial assistance is available from Dr. Milda Hedblom in Memorial 117A. The foSlowing activity is available to students during Interim and srudenks may register for this class as well as for a repsilar course. This activity does not carry official credit, but does meet h e liferime sports requirement for graduation. Students may participate in his class without registering for the course, but will be expected to pay any fees whether or not the student registers for the course. American Karate HPE 002-48067 Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum The form, basic techniques and practical usage of American Karate, caught by a certified Second Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee of $25.00. Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 12:OO-1:00M, W,F Room: Melby
Show less
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1989
Title
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1989
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTERIM 1989 ......................2 Calendar ............................3 About this Catalog ..........3 Introduction ..............................3 Visiting Students .............4 Courses ..............................5 Options Introduction to Interim Interim is an...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTERIM 1989 ......................2 Calendar ............................3 About this Catalog ..........3 Introduction ..............................3 Visiting Students .............4 Courses ..............................5 Options Introduction to Interim Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The College followsa 4-1-4 calendar,with Fall and Spring semestersof approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four-course load during Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be Interim courses (or one Interim less than the number of years of full-time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one Interim for graduation). It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972Educational Amendments or Section504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. For More Information Interim Office (Memorial 230) Interim Secretary, Kay Thomsen at 330-1025 Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson, at 330-1192(Memorial 114b) Interim Calendar 1989 ................................................Interim Registration .............................................................Late Interim Registration ...........................................................................First Day of Interim October 31-November 4 December 5 January 3 Class I 9 a.m. Class I1 1p.m. January 4 January 16 ................................................. Last Day for CanceYAdd ..............................................Last Day for Determining Grading System with Registrar January 20 ....................................Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses January 27 ..................................................................................... I n t e r Ends January 31 .....................................Validation of Spring Class Registration ................................................................ Spring Semester Begins February 1 The time and number and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time 1: 8 a.m. to Noon (on the first day of classes Time I classes will begin at 9 a.m.) Time 11: 1p.m. to 5 p.m. Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg with a special convocation on Monday, January 16, at one o-clock. About this Catalog The catalog lids courses by departments. Dcpartrnmts arc listcd in alphahctical order. At Ihc end of the book are listings ;sf other courscs not offered by Aupburg hut recognized by the collugc for Interim credit. Furthcr descriptions and informat inn about these courses are availablc in tlw Intcrim Office, Mcmorial230. Studcnts may also register for one of the Lifetime Sports listed at the end of the Catalog. Options International Interim - Students are invited to be part of one of the 24 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog. Internships - Studcnts electing an internship n~ustprescnt a cnrnplctcd internship learning contract to t hr In tcrnsliip Officc (Mcrnorial230) no btcr than Tuesday, Novembcr 22. Cnnlmcl forms ary availablc in thc same office. Independent or Directed Study - Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lowerdivision 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements. 2. Present to the Registrar for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and no later than December 5. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-14 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogsof these Interims can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applyingfor registrationat other schools. Registration for Interims at the other Twin Cities collegeswill be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most coursestaught during the Interim at other 4-14 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the Religion requirement. Visiting Students Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institutionagrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $595 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. Courses Art Calligraphy ART 106-490011306-49002 drawing skills with emgiven to the historical deements of design through and assignments center pecial attention given to cia1 styles. Three original projon quality of work plus r division students are historical writing styles : er and mat board Room: Old Main 4 Biology Ecology of the Southwestern U.S. Deserts BIO 113-490051313-49006 I 4 , I .; Instructor: Neal Thorpe Thiscourse willbegin with a considerationof the general characteristics of the four desertson the North Arnerian continent. Emphasis will be placed on the Sonoran Desert of southern Arizona and California and northern Sonora, Mexico. Topics discussed will include the p l ~siu raphy of dcwrL andsca s, desert climates, nd animal life, and mils, the survival mec ra a a. Studies will be conducted in southern Arizona and California, including the Arizona-Sonora Desert Museum, Saguaro National Monument, Organ Pipe CactusNational Monument,Joshua TreeNational Monument, Death Valley, the Grand Canyon, Ihe Boyce Thompson Arboretum of the University of Arizona, and the Santa Catalina Mountains. H diskrk&sknied ' . Grades will be based on examinationsand written work. Students taking the course to fulfill distribution requirements will be expected to acquire a general knowledge of the subjects studied and to write a paper on a selected topic. Students taking the course for upper division credit will be expected to probe the subjects in greater depth and will be required to write a research paper that will be presented orally to the class. Enrollment preference will be given to biology majors. I There will be some class days on campus both before and after the trip. . I The cost will range from $600 to $750, depending upon enrollment, and will cover airfare, ground transportation, lodging(camping), admission fees, and meals. Initial deposit is due by November 4. Prerequisities: Permission of Instructor; BIO 112 for 313 level Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: I Room: Science 214 Viruses: At the Threshold of Life BIO 116-49003 Instructor: Robert Herforth Most biologists consider viruses to be the simplest form of life. genes surrounded by a n and multiply only as eeming simplicity, some mans are caused by vie forms of cancer. This major discoveries on of viruses, and their c will also look at the viral invasion, at the drugs, and at some g AIDS. Grades will during the course. Room: Science 213 , Botany, Birds and Blight BIO 117-49004 Instructor: Gloria Warner Thiscourseoffersanopportunity for hands-on experiences in areas of biology which may not be available to students in their regular be as exciting and arn various ways to plant structure and tification and Como 2. Studentswil of Natural Hist for a week at the Bell Museum tification and a t Grades will be based on class participation and exams. Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: I1 Room: Science 214 . Business Management Simulation Games BUS 278-49007/37&49008 Instructor: Amin Kader During this course, students will be grouped into teams to play a computerized business management exercise. Each team will control a company which manufactures and sells similarproducts. Each team will attempt to outperform other teams by selecting what appears to be the optimal operating strategy. This strategy will involve setting production volume, marketing expenditures, and selling prices and determining plant and securities investments as well as stockholders dividends. Studcnts registering for upper division credit will be expected to have had at Icasi one business course and to be able to apply 1 I I business concepts learncd. The lower division credit is designed for students who are interested in business but who have had no academic business training. This level will require students to rely on systematicand deductive analysis which will allow students to discover for themselves the relationship between the various component parts of the business decision. The lower version of the computerized game will be used for this group. Prerequisite: For 378 -BUS 242 or 252,BUS 221 or 331 andECO 112 or permission of instructor Time: I1 Room: Murpy Square 3 Entrepreneurship BUS 295.49009 Instructor: John Cerrito who are not majoring for starting and running a small business. The student will management aspcts of small busincss a business plan for ia studies. Business major&ay not take this course for credit. Time: I Room: Murphy Square 3 . I Chemistry Chemistry for Changing Times CHE 100-49010 Chemistry has beeniinlin~atclya part of liberal education for centuries. The early sikntists were considcrd to be philosophers and their societies wcrPp11ilowplzicr I societies. In recent decades the human seeking of pcxsonal indcpcnduncc has led to chemistry becoming a part of evcrychy 1i fc fo the point of actual dependence on chemistry. We live in a korld of pesticides, fertilizers, plastics, "the pill", food additives aiqdprocessed foods, vitamin supplements, the energy crisis, chcmical dependency, biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching for lifc cm other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on and on. Etnoiions and mental disorders can often be traced to chemical irnbalancc. The common dragged out, grumpy feeling after an afternoon nap is a result of a chemical imbalance. The na turc of a hangover is the result of a complex system of altered body chemistry. Even lcarhi ng appears to be the result of chemical reaction to form a "rncrnoly molecule". Most of the problems we &ce are molecular in na tnrc. What thenbut chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and our universe? Come join us as we b k c a molecular look at the human ct~ndition. d This c ' urw will be offered in a lecture/discussion format. Films will sdpplcrncni the lecture/discussion periods. Daily quizzes will be u d for evaluation. This course meets a distribution need but +' does not satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106 or 116. Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: II Room: Science 315 History of Chemistry CHE 125-49011 Instructor: Jean C. Kunz This course seeks chemistryfrom ancien science of today. The on the discovused a few ele11 examine the I the powerful modem sed primarily upon a Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: I Room: Science 315 Computer Science Fortran CSC 270-49012 Instructor: Larry Ragland A study of the FORTRAN programming language for students with some previous knowledge of programming. This course will expand a student's knowledgeof programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of FORTRAN together with programming techniquesfor using those features. This course will involve lectures and programming assignments in FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the programming assignments and examinations. Prerequisites: One course with a study of computer language (e.g. CSC 170 or MAT 175) Time: I Room: Science 212 I I Economics Welfare Economics ECO 414-49013 Instructor: Ed Sabella The course will include basic concepts and propositions, Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; socia1welfare functions; and normative concepts of economic theory. Grades will be based on examinations and homework projects. Prerequisites: ECO 313 (or consent of instructor) Time: I1 Room: Old Main 11 I I Education C( International Education EDS 245-49014 Instructor: Richard Germundsen Modem communication, ease of intercontinental travel, and the proliferation of supernational corporate structures demand increased awareness of other nations' cultural infrastructures. This course presents an examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational systems as well as an investigationof possiblecareersininternationaleducation. Specialattention will be directed toward Scandinavian,Central and South American models. There will be lectures, discussions and guest speakers. Student evaluation will be based on quizzes, class participation, and an investigative project. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing, or permission of instructor Time: I1 Room: Library 4 Media Technology EDE 341-49015 Instructor: JohnBollis Students will be involved with the psychological and physical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional and informational technology. Class members will be exposed to the selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for teaching/learning situations. Computer training will be included and each student will leave the class with word processing skills. Students will survey current software materials for educational and instructional settings. This is a hands-on course intended for elementary and secondary education majors. Grades will be based on projects, papers and final exam. This is a one-half credit course. Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process Time: I Tuesdays and Thursdays and alternate Fridays Room: Foss 170 w Discovery Learning in the World of Kindergarten EDE 37549016 Instructor: Mary Endorf Thisclassprepares students for the unique experiencesand responsibilities of a kindergarten classroom. This class will: A. Focus on a sequence of learning for the kindergarten child. B. Stresscurriculumdevelopment and instructional systemswhich are supported by current research and practices in education settings. C. Stress key adult/child relationships. D. Stress process - "how to learn". E. Share researched based findings about developmentally appropriate classroom organizational plans. F. Recognize continuities and discontinuities in development (characteristics of the kindergarten child). G. Examine appropriate developmental instruction practices. H. Examine appropriate curriculum design and instructional programs meeting the needs of the kindergarten student. I. Explore current methodologies in the instruction of the kindergarten child. J. Include guest speakers and field trips. Objectives of the Class: At the completion of this class the student will be able to identify: 1. Developmental needs of the kindergarten. 2. Discuss the different approaches to kindergarten education and the theories behind these approaches. 3. Organizea classroom environment to meet the learning needs of students. 4. Identify and create a curriculum plan for teaching kindergarten that meets both the students' needs and the teaching style of the teacher. Grades will be based on projects, discussionand examination. is a one-half credit course. Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process. Time: I Mondays and Wednesdays and alternate Fridays Room: Library 4 Human Relations EDS 388-49017 Instructor: Mildred Mueller This class provides a valuable insight into the values, cornrnunication techniques, cultural mores and other unique characteristicsof major minority groups in Minnesota. This class is taught from a perspective of minority group members with interaction from class members. How do you blend and honor the diverse cultures in a classroom setting? How might you gain more knowledge of our global society? These and many more questions will be addressed in this course. Students will develop interpersonal relation skills applicable to teaching and other profesiional vocations. This is a one-half credit course. Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process Time: I1 Tuesdays and Thursdays and alternate Fridays Room: Old Main 21 Student Teaching EDS 481-49018; EDE 481-49022 EDS 482-49019; EDE 482-49023 EDS 483-49020; EDE 483-49024 EDS 484-49021; EDE 484-49025 Instructors: Marie McNeff, Ann Fleener, Vicki Olson Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a school. Grading is P/N only. Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor. English The Short Sto y -Elements of Fiction ENG 240-490271340-49020 Instructor: Kathryn Swanson fiction? What elements of fiction What is fiction? What is should be considered in making an evaluation? In this course, students will find answers to these questions by reading a variety of fictional works and by writing their own fiction. Although the Students are expected to riad the s t h s and novel, participate in class discussions, write iw analysis a selected short story, write an original d~c>rl,itn ry, and take scvqal quizzes and a final exam. I Students taking th? course for upper division will read an additional novel end@rcyarc a substantial paper/class presentation based on it. Prerequisites: Effective Writing Distribution: English-Speech Time: I Room: Music 22 Re-Visions: Contemporay British and American Drama (1965- ) ENG 249-49026 Instructor: Douglas E. Green Who are the new Shakespeares and O'Neills, Shaws and Millers? Are there any grand new sights and sounds on English and American stages? This course will encourage students to assess the current state of British and American theater: the relation to national (and transAtlantic) trends and traditioning; the variety of issues, concerns, and themes; the diversity among playwrights themselves; the various modes of production. Readings will be drawn from the works of playwrightslikeOrton,Stopperd,Shepard,Mamet, Wilson, Churchill, Norman, Fornes, and others. There will also be some pairing of current works with "classic" pieces. Depending on January offerings in the Twin Cities, the class will also attend one or possibly two productions by contemporary playwrights, for which there will be a fee. Evaluation will be based on a number of short papers, class participation, and a comprehensive exam. Prerequisites: ENG 111(Effective Writing) or consent of instructor Distribution: English-Speech Time: 11 Room: Music 22 Rock 'N' Roll: Lyric, Metaphor, Lore ENG 355-49029 Instructor: John Mitchell Feature films, ranging from Wall, will also be examined Students will be rebased upon Prerequisites: ENG 111(Effective Writing) Time: II Room: Science 123 I 'I ' I French French Literature in Translation FRE 243-49030 Instructor: Ruth Aaskov Study of representative shorter French works in English translation. By reading and analysisof a common core of varied works we will strengthen communicationand critical skills, develop cultural sensitivity,and become acquainted with significant French writers. Mini-lectures and study guides will help focus attention on the works. Much class time daily will be devoted to small group discussion and exchange of ideas. Evaluation based on group work, progress, quizzes, writing assignments, and a short independent study. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing Distribution: English-Speech Time: II Room: Old Main 25 German Introduction to Yiddish GER 220-49076 Instructor: Don Steinmek What do the works of Sholem Aleichem (which inspired "Fiddler on the Roof ), Isaac Singer (Nobel Prize for Literature), and several other great writers have in common? They were wri tten in Yiddish. How did expressions like "chuspe," shnook," "klutz," "kitch," "schmaltz" and "shitik" get into English? Again, the answer is Yiddish. Yiddish is closely related to German and in this Interim you can learn to read Yiddish as well as you can read German. Grades will be based on performance and at least two tests. Prerequisites: One year of college German or permission of instructor Time: I Room: Old Main 12 Health and Physical Education IITheonj, Technique and Administrative Aspects of Coaching Football 7 .L -1 1 x 1 L ' HPE 224-49035 I- Instructor: Bill Huns tock Students will learn the history of the game of football and of the people who made major advances in the game. Attention will be given to the organization and administration of a footballprogram including staffing, player personnel, practice organization and game day organization. There will be stress on the methods of teaching individual, group and team skills and on strategies of offense and defense. Students will practice teaching methods in actual football practices. There will also be attention given to the ethics of coaching football. This course will be taught in conjunction with a 16 day trip to Australia by the college football varsity for exhibition games and workshops. Prerequisites: Permission of instructor Time: I Room: Murphy Square 4 IIRecreational Rhythms and Activities HPE 232-49032 Instructor: Pam Schreurs Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This is a one-half credit course. Time: I1 Monday and Wednesday and alternate Fridays Room: Melby 202 k d m i n i s t r a t i o n and Supervision of the School Health Program HPE 41G49033 Instructor: Richard Borstad Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. Periodic exams coveringlecture and textbook assignments; written summaries of professional journal articles; in-class activities, including a presentation on a teaching method. Prerequisites: HPE 320 Time: I Room: Murphy Square 2 Sailing in the Virgin Islands " h i HPE 45S-49034 / - Instructor: Joyce Pfaff Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will focus on taking the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live aboard a 42' fixed keel sailboat with five or six other people and will function as an active crew member. - Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. This will be supplemented by sessions dealing with safety, boat handling, boat systems, provisioning, trip planning, piloting and navigation. Sailingwill include cruises to various islandsand cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. Evaluation will be based on individual demonstrated competencies in crewing and leadership in the role of "acting captain". A daily ships log will be kept 6y all participants and a final written exam will be given. P/Ngrading only. The course will last January5-24. The fee of $2300 includes roundtrip transportation from Minneapolis, administrative fee, boat rental, snorkeling gear and two meals a day. Final payment is due October 31. Prerequisites: Permission of Marilyn Florian, Women's Athletic Director Distribution: Lifetime sports II Coaching of Basketball HPE 477-49036 Instructor: Brian Ammann Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. Exams, on-the-floor coaching techniques, and a scouting report will be the methods of evaluation. This is a one-half credit course. Time: I Tuesdays and Thursdays and alternate Fridays Room: Melby 111 II Coaching of Hockey HPE 478-49037 Instructor: Ed Saugestad The theory, techniques and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. Evaluation will be on the basis of exams, on-the-ice coaching techniques and scouting reports. This is a one-half credit course. Time: I Monday through Wednesday and alternate Fridays Room: Melby 111 Officiating of Basketball HPE 481-49038 Instructor: Al Kloppen This course will focus on learning the rules and mechanics of the game of basketball. There will be practical experienceon the floor. Students completing the course should be ready for certification by the Minnesota High School Association. Grade evaluation will be based upon tests, papers prepared and performance on the floor. While there are no prerequisites, it is highly advisable that students have some basketball playing experience. This is a 1/2 credit course. Time: I1 Tuesdays and Thursdays and alternate Fridays. Room: Melby 202 His tory Eastward to A m e h : Limited Hospitality HIS 220-49039 Instructor: Khin Khin Jensen Course will focus on Asian immi ation to the United States in the &&18th m N r y and tLun of 2Olh century. The Chinese, la-, K~xemandFill e x p i a m will receive specialattenti011 ~ ~ o n c l u d wthacompmmt r on the changesin the U.S. Immigration laws in the post-world war I1 period. Students will study the pattern of Asian immigration, the areas they settled in, the contributions made by these ethnic groups to the American economic scene and the role of "new Asian immigrants" since the end of the Vietnam war. The course will highlight the politics of the Immigration laws and the gradual opening of the United States to some Asian immigration. Content and teaching style: Lectures, class discussions, audiovisuals and reports on the A-Vs. There will be a mid-term and a final project (a paper-topic to be selected the first week of the term in consultation with the instructor) due the last day of the term. Distribution: History-Philosophy Time: I Room: Old Main 13 p 8L Gandhi and Martin Luther King: The Images and the Reality HIS 440-49040 Instructor: Don Gustafson ies of our century, in- Grading will be l m d on papers, class participation and a final exam. Prerequisites: Sophomore status or above and at least one college history or political science course. Time: I1 Room: Foss Seminar In terdisciplinavy -FXE The capstone of the Augsburg First Year Experience (FYE)is a special Interim course designed for first year students that will grow out of The Augsburg Anthology. For the 1989 Interim there will be a single course with four sections, each taught by a different faculty member. The course will provide full credit and will satisfy the Urban distribution requirement. One part of this course will be a series of lectures for the entire college community. Measuring the Elusive Ideal: Realized and Unrealized Dreams INS 189-49041 Instructors: Larry Crockett, Joan Griffin, Ron Palosaari, Bruce Reichenbach What went wrong in Vietnam? Why do serious racial problems persist in America? Why do so many families have such different expectations about males and females? Why do so many foreign countries dislike America? In this course we will consider these and other issues by a comparison between ancient Athens and modern America, looking for similarities and differences. Using both ancient and modern texts we will examine how each nation created an image of itself as a people dedicated to certain ideals. We will see some ways in which the ideals were compromised, reinterpreted, or abandoned. Students will participate in the course through assigned readings, analysis of films, several short papers or daily journals, and participation in a group project. In addition, a final examination will help students integrate various aspects of the learning experience. Prerequisites: Freshman status Distribution: Minority-Urban Time: I Room: Science 123 The Redemocratization Process in South America INS 219-49074 Instructor: Maria de la Luz Silva Profesor Maria de la Luz Silva is a Fulbright scholar from Chile who is spending part of the 1988-89 school year at Augsburg. In the first part of this course she will focus on the origin and characteristicsof the authoritarian regimes of Argentina, Uruguay and Chile. In the second part of the course students will examine the evolution and transformation within these states and particularly consider the emergence and development of democratic alternatives. Finally, Professor Silva will analyze Chile as a special case study of retarded transformation. Time: I1 Room: Old Main 22 Externship: Linking Education and the World of Work INS 299-49042 Instructors: Gany Hesser and Lois Olson Learn from your experience. Discover new ways to learn by observing, collaborating, and reflecting on your experiences. The externship is a modified internship consisting of a half-time placement and active participation in a seminar that meets twice a week. Each student will be assisted in the process of securing an unpaid placement where s/he can obtain valuable first hand experience in the world of work. The course is designed to achieve two major objectives: 1)to enable students to observe and experience the relationships between the worlds of work and the classroom; and 2) to expand the students' abilities to learn from first hand experience. Each participant will observe and work approximately20 hours per week in a placement which matches his/her major or career interests. The seminar will meet twice a week for approximately two hours. Evaluation will be based upon the overall quality of participation, supervisor assessment, critical incident analysis, journal/ log and seminarparticipation. The course is offered on a P/Nbasis. Participants will complete a resume by November 23 and secure a placement before the end of Fall classes (December 9). Prerequisites: Permission of instructor and placement secured by December 9. Time: 11 Room: Murphy Square 2 ~ ~ c o n o m i cthe s , Environment and Appropriate Technology INS 218-49043 Instructor: Tom Morgan The objective of this course is to help students develop a clearer sense of the critical importance the physical environment and our natural resources continue to play in the economic well-being in our global economy. We will first briefly review historical relationships between the physical environment,technologicalchange and economic development. We will then develop some basic economic tools which we will use to analyze decisions regarding our use of the environment in technological and economic develop ment. Finally we will consider alternative (appropriate) technological applicationsbeingexperimentedwith as potential solutions to environmental problems. Course material will be presented through a blend of reading, lecture, discussion and site visits. Course grade will be based upon short papers and presentation of their research into specific environmental/technologicalissue. Time: I1 Room: Science 319 Mathematics r( Finite Mathematics MAT 121-49044 Instructor: Bev Durkee A study of the finite mathematics models involved in elementary statistics: sets, counting techniques, probability, averages, deviations, and distributions. This course should provide students with the mathematical tools sufficient to understand simple statistical and probabilistic information. Class sessions will include lectures, discussion, and group activities. Homework, a midterm exam, and final exam will be the primary basis for course grades. Prerequisites: Math placement: Group 111 Time: I Room: Science 112 Math of Interest MAT 173-49045 Instructor: Ken Kaminsky Have you ever wondered why women have been charged more than men for annuities and received lower pension benefits than men? Or why women have paid less than men for life insurance? Or how life insurance premiums are calculated? Or how installment loan payments are figured out? Or how much money to invest in order to accumulate a certain lump sum or annual payment at a certain date in the future? Then this course may be meant for you. These and other interesting and useful topics in the mathematics of financial transactions will be covered. Evaluation will be based on classroom participation and quizzes. This course should be useful for students in business and economics or for any students interested in careersin finance-related fields. Prerequisites: Group I11 on math placement test or equivalent. Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: I1 Room: Old Main 27 Music willi Improvisation in Music MUS 129-49048 Instructor: Steph Gabrielsen every day for three hours, and each Improvisation i usic m meetings, using a variety of imstudent provisational t W es and styles. Prerequisite: M m ability on a musical instrument or instructor's p Distribution: Music Time: I Room: Music 4 '1 n Sounds and Sights of Europe MUS179-49047 Instructors: Robert Karlen and Roberta Mebler The churches and cathedrals of London, Cologne, and Munich served to inspire the building of places of worship in this country; the orchestras of these cities represent some of the oldest and finest of their kind; and have been long emulated by our own ensembles. The original scores of Handelfs "Messiah" in London's British Museum, the home and paintings of Rembrandt in Amsterdam, the awe-inspiring Cologne cathedral, are only a few of the highlights of our encounte concert p d o and visits to marksare planned. For tho= with a Bpedal interestin music therapy, visits will be made to the Nordoff-RobbinsCentrein England and hospitals .researching musk and medicine b~ Herdeclce and Ludmwhefd, West Gemany. The compmhmsive feeof $226 includes travel to nine cities in three countries (England, Holland and Germany), breakfast daily, five group dinners, and several cultural performances. Registration for this interim must be made before October 26 at the International Programs Office, 2018 Eighth Street. This course is offered on a P/NP basis only. The History of Jazz MUS 241-49049 Instructor: David Hawley The United States Congress has declared jazz a national treasure. America's improvisational art form has not only influenced the nature of our but has also been the throughout the world. This course will cxarninb\lt! cyajoti~nof jazz from itsblack secular roots to the current electr ,dallyinfluenced contemporary idiom. The characteristicsof sig$can t performers from each period will be analyzed as well as<-,tileiwlucncc of this art form on artists of reading assignments will and selected filmsand video two written and listening exams. Distribution: Art-Music Time: I1 Room: Music 2 NOR 111-49050 background in Nonvesin speaking, listening, Classroom practice d structures and the . Room: Old Main 29 Philosophy On Dreams PHI 200-49051 Instructor: Mark Fue some an- assignments. Evaluation will be traditional. Time: I Room: Old Main 22 Phusics J Introduction to Weather PHY 106-49052 Instructor: Noel Petit A study of the scienceof meteorology which will provide a working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four basic areas observing the weather changes and understanding the world's climate. Related topics to be included are: hydrology (study of the earth's water cycle), pollution, economic effects of the weather, and weather's impact on world events. This course is designed to be an elective or satisfy the Mathematics-Physics distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. The course will have two weeks of class lecture and laboratory followed by a two-week trip through the Southeast United States visiting major weather facilities. The itinerary will include stops at Kansas City, Missouri; Oklahoma City, Oklahoma; Vicksburg and Gulfport, Mississippi;Tampa, Miami, Cocoa Beach, Daytona Beach and Gainesville, Florida. At each site there will be a tour and explanatory program for the functions of that facility. Topics of the visits will be severe storms, control of the water in the Mississippi River basin, automated weather observation at sea, television station weather facilities, hurricane tracking, weather satellites, and agricultural weather. During the trip the student will maintain a journal of weather and site visits. Daily weather maps will be created using portable weather satellite reception systems carried on the trip. This trip will not only allow visits of operational weather facilities, but also will allow the student to experience the full range of climates across the US from north to south. Daily quizzes and lectures will be given during the travel. Grades will be based upon the journal, two hourly examinations and an individual project completed during the trip. The cost will be approximately $700. Initial deposit due by October 28. Prerequisites: High School Algebra Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: I Room: Library I Introduction t o Space Science PHY 320-49053 Instructor: Ken Erickson This course is designed for students in scienceand engineering who are interested in acquiring a basic knowledge of the major topics required for further study in the field of space science. The course will provide a survey of the earth's space environment including solar, planetary, magnetospheric, ionospheric, and upper atmospheric physics. Topics include solar flares, solar corona, the solar wind, the bow shock, magnetopause, radiation belts, plasma sheet, magnetic storms, and magnetosphere-ionosphere coupling with special emphasis on magnetospheric substorms, current systems, particle precipitation, and aurora. Evaluation will be based on assignments, two exams and a paper. Prerequisites: PHY 245 or consent of instructor. Time: I Room: Science 205 Pol it Science n numerous other ete conclusions You will be required to read presidency, write analytical the more you should try to read. Distribution: Economics-Political Science Time: I Room: Music 24 E Politics,~ollywoodstyle POL 328-49075 Instructor: William Morris This course will examine the impact of American films on U.S. citizens' perceptions of politics. Films will be selected whose principal themes deal with particular political practices and/or institutions. The class will evaluate the accuracyof these images by considering the films in light of the scholarly literature and other information availableon each subject. Close attention will be given to an exploration of the ethical situation and dilemmas of decisionmaking in politics. As part of the course, students will submit written a n a l p and evaluations of the political content or ''image" of politics in the films shownin class. These, plus additionalarticlesandportronaof books from the social sciencesand other literatureparalleling some of the films' themes, will serveas the basis for class discussion. The papers, a test on assigned readings establishing the framework for the class, and class participation will determine final grades. There will be a film fee of approximately $10 to cover costs. Prerequisites: Political Science 121 or 158 Time: I1 Room: Music 23 Difficult Judicial Choices: How the Courts Reshape Political Institutions POL 475-49055 Instructor: Phillip F. Fishman The course is designed for political science and social work students and others who are concerned with institutional operation and change/reform. Text and actual case-studieswill be employed to examine the role of the federaljudiciary in: prison reform, mental health and the right to treatment, equal housing, school busing, police and immigration policy in the 90s. Course objectives are to assist the student: 1)to understand the judicial process and how jrrdg~slnakc policy; 22) tu Ivarn how linbilily i s ~st~ib1ishc.d i~rid app~.opriatcrcmtaclics arc' f;ishionrd lor rrdicf; 3 ) b cxplorc tlic rlynarrtic. r-onfliihtIwIwccn 1l1c f ~ i l ~ r tx-nch al nnr.-1 j>ol~tic'rlland adrninistrdtivc i n s t ~ l itions. l 'I'l~cinstructor uscs Icct~~re i111rl hypothetical cases as key tools of instruction. There will be one exam and one mini-paper during the brief course. In addition, students will be assigned on-site field visits to a Minnesota penitentiary, a metropolifan police station, a United States immigration court and a mental health facility. Prerequisites: Junior or Senior standing Time: Tuesday, January 3, 6-9:30 p.m., and each Monday and Wednesday thereafter Ro-om: Old Maih 16 Psychology The Psychology of Law PSY 335-49056 Instructor: Nancy Steblay Evaluation will participation, student research Re1igion The Lutheran Heritage REL 345-49057 Instructor: Eugene Skibbe The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the world. We will not only examinethe LutheranChurch as it is at the present time, but also study its origin in the 16th century and its develop0years of history. The text by ment and cultural Lcct LI r c and class discussion ss to the Gospel in art, will deal with cx music, missions, theology. Requireper. One text costing ments will inclu ascd in class on the second erim course may be used to meet religion r e q ~ c r n e n t s ) , Time: I Room: Old Main 18 Christianity in Modern Africa REL 366-49058 onal African culture will be studied, as well as atgy!' A major section ses of churches in South Africa to t will be lectures luated on several toward graduation religion requirements) Time: 11 Room: Old Main 18 The Bible, Language and Interpretation REL 445-49059 anguage in the Bible. The character of language for es will be based on class an examination. course may be used Social Work C( Exploring Human Services SWK 257-49060 Instructor: Mary Lou Williams This course offers students the opportunity to explore career aspects of the human services vocations, a valuable tool in selecting a career goal and a college major. Knowledge is gained by working in a professional human service organization or agency; working and talking with human service professionals and others who participate in an organized approach to respond to human needs. This course offers a "hands on" experiential approach to learning. Studentswill volunteer 20 hours per week under the direction of an agency representative. In addition, students will attend a specific small group seminar 3 hours per week during which agency experienceswill be shared and readings discussed. Evaluation will be based on performance in the agency, written subjective summary, brief journal summary, and final exam. Time: I Room: Murphy Square 1 Family Violence: Recurring Issue, New Perspectives sWK330-4906<1 Instructor: Maria rown Is violence really "as American as apple pie" (StokelyCarmichael)? Is family violence just a reflection of societfs violent attitudes? Why DOES familyviolenceoccur,and when, and to whom? Today, identified violence in families has reached what many professionals consider "epidemic proportions". This course is intended to be an overview of the phenomenon of family violence, including contributingfactorsandconsequencesfor the familyand the broader society. Students will research various forms of family violence. Classroom speakerswill include professionalswho are involved in current policy-making and program delivery in family violence. One-half credit ovtion: classroom discussion, readings and the development of an annotated bibliography on area of interest in family violence. Full credit ovtion: requires writing and presenting of research on area of interest in family violence. Prerequisites: Inko to Psychology, Sociology or Social Work Time: I Room: Old Main 21 Social Work and Community Services in Great Britain SWK 346-49061 7y!-!L / - I Instructor: Rosemary Link Great Britain is an exciting mixture of ancient and modern -ancient in its culture and modern in its social policies. The course explores social work services with this dual focus. We will visit a variety of community agencies: formal public, private, and natural helping networks in a range of urban and rural settings. In order to experience the nation's culture, we will be invited to English family homes, meet with social work students, attend theatre performances, and visit historic treasures. London is the nerve center for the country's resources and we will begin by visiting some of its foremost community institutions such as Great Ormond Street Childrensl Hospital and Toynbee Hall Settlement. With the help of English social work students, we will unravel the post Second World War commitment to universal socialpolicies. These policies have established servicesavailable to all citizensin health, education, income maintenance, housing, and personal social servics. They also provide the major working turf of the social work profession. As a contrast to the inner city of London, we will visit Exeter and explore the rural and beautiful coastal West Country. In addition to the formal 'public' social work agencies such as Probation and Corrections, we will make contact with informal services and the small, more extended family oriented fishing and farming communities. Throughout the course, there will be an emphasis on understanding current national policies and attitudes through cultural and literary connections. Therefore, visits to the National Theatre, The Houscs of Parliament, cathedrals, and ancient community sites such asOxford are an integral part of rmgnizingand appreciating the wholc community. CuIturc and history come to lifc duringday excurtions through the gcntle English countryside ta Oxford and Stratford, Warwick and Coventry, Bath and Canterbury. Students will complement their direct experience by reading the British press and current social policy pamphlets, journals, and books. Suggested Readings: A. Kahn and S. Kammerman, Not the Poor Alone; M . Bruce, The Rise of Fhe Welfare Stake; P.Barclay, Social Workers: T h i r Role and Tmks; Charlcs Dickens, Oliver Twisf; any play by G.B.Shaw, and the 'quality prcsd - The Gtdardinn, The Times, The Telegraph. Student evaluation will be based on a summary of a reflective journal, an agency study, a critique of a current socialpolicy (which includes a comparison with their American experience), and participation in visits and discussions. The course is offered on a P/ NP basis. The comprehensivefee of $1,995 includes air and surfacetravel, accommodations, six dinners, four theater tickets and a one week London travel pass. Registration for this interim must be made before October 26 at the Office of International Programs. 7 Field Work III SWK 466-49064 (full course) 466-49065 (112 course) Instructor: Francine Chakolis The objectives of the class are to use supervisory relationship to increase interpretive as well as social work performance competence; to promote gradual entry into direct social work practice; to increase competence in the client contact phase of the problem solving process; to increase student self-awareness in regard to professional practice interests, areas of strength, and areas for personal/professional development; to promote competence in the full process of problem solving, with special emphasis on analysis and resolution stages. Course content will be continuation of Field Work I1 -educationally focused field placement in a social service agency. Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar help on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by the Field Instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms. Note: Course is offered for half (466-49065) (15 hours per week) or full (466-49064)(30 hours per week) credit. If for full credit, half of the credit will be based on non-client contact tasks. Prerequisite: SWK 462 (Field Work 11) Time: to be arranged Sociology Principles o f Sociology (with emphasis on thd ~ e a l t h Care ~ i i t e m ) SOC 121-49071 Instructor: Barbara Johnson Sociology is a unique way of understanding the world. As an academic discipline and a profession, sociology provides insights into culture, roles, groups, interaction, inequality and social structure. It is an essential tool for discoveringthe world and one's place in it. The emphasis for illustrations and exerciseswill be directed to the health care system. Cross cultural comparisonswill be drawn. As such, the course will be useful for future health care providers and related professionals and for consumers as well. This coursecovers the same concepts and meets the same objectives as the regular term course. Therefore students can expect daily written and/or reading assignments. Three exams will be given. Time: II Room: Music 24 Racial and Minority Group Relations om of racial and minority group ejudice, racism, and format will include for off-campus parexpect evaluation to n, a research project, nly on a P/N basis. Time: I Room: Music 23 ! Spanish Evaluating Continental Literature SPA 250-49067 The objective of th tal literature Student evaluation will pation in class discuss continenIt will involve reports, partici- Distribution: English-Speech Time: I Room: Old Main 27 Speech-Communication Movement for the Theater SPC 226-49068 etc. Students wil nd styles of movewill be to increase the gh movement, by examintiming, concentra11 be introduced as aspects of movement a1 expression, gesture, walking, rent styles of movement, from c. Movement exercises will be Some principles of Studentswill be given required readings concerning the principles of movement on which they will be asked to write brief essays. Grading will be based on commitment to and effectivenessof class work and essays, and on 3-4 movement presentations. The class will be designed for those who desire to increase their skills as actors, and also for those preparing for such fields as teaching, law, the ministry, etc. Time: II Room: Tjomhom-Nelson Theatre Other Courses These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the college. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenseswhich are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descriptions and details for registering are available in the Interim Office. Outward Bound HPE 212-49069 Check for information in the Interim Office for material on dog sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadianborder or for white water canoeing and desert camping on the Rio Grande in the December 27 through January 27 period. There is a cost of approximately $1,275 (the Outward Bound organization has some scholarships available). Washington D.C. Interims Leaders on Leadership: The National Agenda POL 398-49072 Law and Society: An Examination of Issues and Principles POL 398-49073 These interims begin January 2 and continue until January 21. Information on either of the above programs, housing and financial assistanceis available from Dr. Milda Hedblom in Memorial 117A. UMAIE Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers overseas learning experiencesduring the Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained from Kathleen Lutfi at International Programs Office, 2018 Eighth Street (3301655)or from the Interim Office. Registration for these Interims ends October 26,1988. These courses are offered on a P/N basis only and generally carry a lower division number. ANCIENT GREECE 1THE ANCIENT AND MODERN MAYA OF YUCATAN BIOLOGY AND NATURAL HISTORY OF THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS 1THE BIOLOGY AND NATURAL HISTORY OF NEW ZEALAND CHINA AND CHANGE: IMPLICATIONS FOR THE WEST IICONTEMPORARY EUROPEAN BUSINESS AND ECONOMIC SYSTEMS DEUTSCH IN DEUTSCHLAND I ENGLISH CASTLES AND CATHEDRALS, COUNTRYSIDE AND CITIES 1THE ENGLISH SCHOOL AND FAMILY EUROPE AND THE RISE OF MODERN SCIENCE EXPLORING HUMAN SERVICES AND SOCIAL WORK IN GREAT BRITAIN 1GREAT WESTERN PHILOSOPHERS: USSR & ENGLAND HAWAII: A CULTURAL AND LITERARY HISTORY INSIDE IRELAND 1JANUARY IN AND AROUND PARIS MODERN EUROPEAN BUSINESS AND WORKLIFE MUSEUMS, MUSIC AND MONUMENTS IN THE GREAT CITIES OF EUROPE THE PANORAMA OF ENGLISH THEATRE LI THE ROMAN EMPIRE: CITIES, BATHS AND VILLAS IN BRITAIN AND ITALY 1SOUNDS AND SIGHTS OF EUROPE SOUTH SEA ADVENTURE: TROPICAL ECOLOGY CI SPECIAL EDUCATION OVERSEAS: AMSTERDAM, ENGLAND, SCOTLAND SPAIN: A COUNTRY IN TRANSITION Augsburg Lifetime Sports The following activity is available to students during Interim and students may register for this class as well as for a regular course. This activitv does not carry official credit, but does meet the lifetime sports requi&ment for graiua tion. Students may participate in this class without registering for the course, but will be cxpcctd to pay any fees whether or not the student registers for the course. American Karate HPE 002-49070 Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum The form, basic techniques and practical usage of American Karate, taught by a certified Third Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee of $25.00. Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 1200-1:00 MWF Room: Melby
Show less
Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1970
Title
Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1970
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result

Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1971
Title
Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1971
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
~~INNEAPOLIS,MN. 55404 A SUMMER URBAN TERM CINEMA M RM M A ~ N G DAY AND EVENING CLASSES * A66istant R-1- CONTENSS -- GR ...... ., ,,,,,, ... . 3 Cinema Workshop F i l m Making 4 Augsburg Summer Urban Term ,, 6 Elementary & Secondary Education Courses, C r e d i t s , Calendar 7 8 ...
Show more ~~INNEAPOLIS,MN. 55404 A SUMMER URBAN TERM CINEMA M RM M A ~ N G DAY AND EVENING CLASSES * A66istant R-1- CONTENSS -- GR ...... ., ,,,,,, ... . 3 Cinema Workshop F i l m Making 4 Augsburg Summer Urban Term ,, 6 Elementary & Secondary Education Courses, C r e d i t s , Calendar 7 8 Course L i s t i n g s , Schedules ,,, Taking Work a t Concordia Map 10 11 E l i g i b i l i t y f o r Summer School Financial Information * r i * m , r r,mrdr 12 , ,,,,, ,*. , 13 Appl ic a t i on Form , New Course D e s c r i p t i o n s ,+, 14 Approval Form f o r Other I n s t i t u t i o n s . 15 .......... . . . . . . . -..... ....... ,. .,... ., ..... . 2 SUMMER STUDENTS may e a r n u p t o s e v e n t e e n Term C r e d i t s i n the t w o A u g s b u r g C o l l e g e . The f i r s t summer t e r m p e r m i t s p a r t i c i p a n t s t o ten c r e d i t s over a p e r i o d o f s i x w e e k s . For the s e c o n d summer Term C r e d i t s w e e k s , the n o r m a l maximum l o a d i s seven c r e d i t s . to Quarter C r e d i t s . summer sessions a t a c h i e v e a s many a s term, l a s t i n g four are equal i n value PERSONS PLANNING t o a t t e n d Summer S c h o o l a r e a d v i s e d t o a p p l y a s e a r l y a s p o s s i b l e , since c o u r s e s w i t h o u t s u b s t a n t i a l demand a r e i n some c a s e s s u b j e c t t o c a n c e l 1a t i o n . FILM-MAKING through p r a c t i c a l 1ab experience. D i s c u s s i o n and o b s e r v a t i o n of t h e e x p r e s s i v e and s t r u c t u r a l elements o f f i l m . Taught by PAUL RUSTEN, w r i t e r , d i r e c t o r , independent f i l m producer. Four c r e d i t s . ... ... 16mm c o u r s e emphasis on p r a c t i c a l film-making l a b fee provides a l l s t u d e n t n e e d s , i n c l u d i n g both p r o f e s s i o n a l s t u d i o and l i g h t w e i g h t "location" equipment , c l a s s and i n d i v i d u a l a s s i g n m e n t s i n p h o t o g r a p h y , l i g h t i n g , e d i t i n g and s o u n d s t u d e n t s w i l l d e s i g n and p r o d u c e a s o u n d f i l m c r e d i t s may be e a r n e d i n A r t , S p e e c h , o r E n g l i s h see l i s t i n g s , pp. 8 , 9 .. ... CONTENT ... ... The language o f f i l m Film d e s i g n Scripting, Production p l a n n i n g Cinematography, l i g h t i n g and sound r e c o r d i n g C a s t i n g , d i r e c t i n g , f i n d i n g l o c a t i o n s and b u i l d i n g s e t s Voice, music and sound e f f e c t s r e c o r d i n g and mixing E d i t i n g p i c t u r e and sound Laboratory p r e p a r a t i o n and terminology Contemporary and e x p e r i m e n t a l t e c h n i q u e s t%T: 0RW W O I R D ~ ~ W6SntmcS ~ C THE POPULAR qeneral e d u c a t i o n course, INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS, has t r a d i t i o n a l l y i n c l u d e d an emphasis upon p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t h e c u l t u r a l l i f e o f t h e comnunity. As t a u g h t i n t h e 1971 Augsburg Summer School, i t w i l l s t r e s s urban environmental e s t h e t i c s , encouraging c r e a t i v e c r i t i c i s m and a p p r e c i a t i o n o f t h e c i t y scene. TERM 11, eveninqs. See A r t 1001. %3(oG3: A UGSBURG Is SUMMER URBAN TERM I provides an and e x c i t i n g a r r a y o f courses to s a t i s f y the s t u d e n t who r e c o g n i z e s the c r u c i a l importance o f the city in the l i f e and v a l u e s o f con t e m p o r a r y m a n , a n d who w i s h e s t o deepen h i s o f the p r o b l e m s a n d possibilities of urban e x i s t e n c e , - > - , P ~ E M OP THL-DW WOIMWT- THIS NEW COURSE probes problems o f p o p u l a t i o n growth and t h e human ecosystem, and deals w i t h t h e impact o f urban d e s i t y and t e r r i t o r i a l b e h a v i o r , environmental p o l l u t i o n and g e n e t i c damage, and man's attempts t o overcome h i s b i o l o g i c a l l i m i t a t i o n s . TERM I. See B i o l o g y 2010, BIOLOGICAL PROBLEMS OF THE URBAN ENVIRONMENT, team t a u g h t by Dr. S y l v i a K e r r and P r o f . I r w i n Mickelberg. ~ & T I o &MU , MA^ ~ T I O Q ?LAB HUMAN RELATIONS LABORATORY, designed t o f u l f i l l t h e 1971 Minnesota S t a t e Board o f Education r e q u l a t i o n r e q a r d i n g human r e l a t i o n s i n c e r t i f i c a t i o n programs. Understandi n g o f r a c i a l , c u l t u r a l , and economic groups; s k i 11 i n r e c o g n i z i n g and d e a l i n g w i t h d i s c r i m i n a t i o n and dehumanizing biases; s k i l l i n c r e a t i n g l e a r n i n g experiences c o n t r i b u t i n g to p o s i t i v e i n t e r p e r s o n a l r e 1 a t i o n s and a t t i t u d e s toward human d i v e r s i t y and personal r i g h t s , d e a l t w i t h v i a a mu1 t i -medi a approach i n v o l v i n g community e x p e r t s and resource people, s i m u l a t i o n , f i e l d experience, TV m i c r o teaching, and assessment procedures. I n v o l v e s a l i v e - i n experience i n a r a c i a l l y and economically mi xed community. Personnel o f t e a c h e r - t r a i n i n q i n s t i t u t i o n s , as w e l l as p r e s e n t and p r o s p e c t i v e teachers, a r e i n v i t e d t o p a r t i c i p a t e . See Educ. 4486, 4586. TERM I. - &LI~G$L % ! ! W E ;&?RD@uT~N.coN?L!$ I POLITICAL PROBLEMS AND POSSIBILITIES o f Alnerican c i t i e s and metropol i tan areas p r o v i d e t h e focus f o r t h i s s t u d y , which stresses s t r u c t u r a l , p r o c e d u r a l , i d e o l o q i c a l and o t h e r p o l i t i c a l r e a l i t i e s o f t h e American p o l i t i c a l system. Tauqht by Dr. Myles Stenshocl , T o g e t h e r w i t h t h e new who suqqests t h a t "we may be a b l e t o save o u r c i t i e s , i f we can l e a r n t o qnvern thelrl." URBAN STUDIES MAJOR, t h e TERM 11. See P o l i t i c a l Science 8522. Summer U r b a n T e r m h a s been e s t a b l i s h e d i n the c o n v i c t i o n t h a t Augsburg C o l l e g e i s uniquely equipped i n p e r s p e c t i v e and location to provide opport uni t y for a significant mu1 ti - d i m e n s i o n a l e n c o u n t e r w i t h the c i t y . SUILWA; 2 b & S a1~ k ( ~M W ~ ~ TAUGHT BY WILLIAM GRACE o f the CENTER FOR URBAN ENCOUNTER, t h i s seminar w i l l , he suqqests, "enable those students who have faced the endless f r u s t r a t i o n o f de-lonstrat i o n a f t e r demonstration t o beqin t o a c q u i r e the s k i l l s t o move from r h e t o r i c t o a c t i o n . " Focusinq on the n a t u r e o f chanqe, the understandinq o f power, and the d e f i n i t i o n o f issues, t h e course i s intended f o r persons w i s h i n q t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n q i v i n q d i r e c t i o n t o s o c i a1 chanqe. COMMllNITY ORGANIZATION: ORGANIZING FOR SOCIAL CHANGE. L i s t e d as P o l i t i c a l Science i % T and Socioloqy 9467. TERM I. s=7 Q-L\GIo~J: -7% UW~ c l u g u ~ THE URBAN CHURCH: PROBLEMS AND PROSPECTS. Tauqht by Dr. John Benson, who b e l i e v e s t h a t t o d e f i n e the r o l e o f the contemporary urban church one should b e q i n w i t h a study o f the p a r t i c u l a r problems o f modern urban man, e. q., d e p e r s o n a l i z a t i o n , consumerisn~, t h e absence o f t r u e l i e s u r e . A f t e r a n a l y z i n q the adequacy o f e x i s t i n q s t r u c t u r e s and proqrams o f t h e church i n meetinq these human problems, the c l a s s w i l l c o n s t r u c t models o f urban churches i n an attempt t o d i s c o v e r more r e l e v a n t approaches. See R e l i q i o n 8769. TERM I. THE 1 9 7 1 SUMMER URBAN TERM o f f e r s up t o ten w e e k s o f WAYNE PAULSON, who w i l l teach Socioloqy 9463, THE URBAN CRISIS, has p r o v i d e d a r a t h e r mutual1y r e i n f o r c i n g a r i d course d e s c r i p t i o n : "The h i s t o r i c a l and s o c i a l r o o t s o f t h e complex o f problems experience i n s i x c o n f r o n t i n g o u r c i t i e s w i l l be analyzed. Contemporary s o l u t i o n s and proposals f o r departments, s o l u t i o n s w i l l be c r i t i c a l l y explored." Those who know M r . Paulson w i l l expect an e x c i t i n q course on t h e urban c r i s i s from a s o c i o l o q i c a l p e r s p e c t i v e ; t h e c h i e f t e x t i s as well as r e l a t e d c o u r s e s i n other t h e 1971 work o f Venetoulis and Eisenhauer, UP AGAINST THE URBAN WALL. TERM I. Summer S c h o o l o f f e r i n g s a ~ SUMMER OFFERI?Jr.? I N HUMAN RELATIONS LABORATORY, ELELENTARY AND zECCNDARY EDUCATION See d e s c r i p t i o n on page 4, STUDENT TEACHING. S t u d e n t t e a c h i n g i s a v a i l a b l e f o r 7 c r e d i t s and f o r 1 4 c r e d i t s on b o t h t h e e l e m e n t a r y and secondary l e v e l s . C o n s u l t Chairman, Department o f E d u c a t i o n . THE FOLLOWING WORKSHOPS, geared p a r t i c u l a r l y t o w a r d t h e e l e m e n t a r y l e v e l , a r e a v a i 1a b l e t h i s summer v i a c o o p e r a t i v e arranqements w i t h Concordia C o l l e g e , St. Paul. INSTRUCTIONAL MEDIA, SOURCES & TECHNIQUES, 3 cr. (June 7-18, 1-4 p.m. See C381.) ELEMENTARY TEACHING PROBLEMS, 3 c r . ( J u l y Playing 6-16, 1:OO-3:45 p.m. See C463.) Current technological trends i n education; selection and c r e a t i o n o f m a t e r i a l s ; comp e t e n t u s e o f i n s t r u c t i o n a l media. r o l e o f teacher, student i s confronted with problems o f b e h a v i o r , p a r e n t r e l a t i o n s , c u r r i c u l a , teaching technology, classroom management and e v a l ua t i o n . Techniques o f problem-solving & decision-making. Prereq.: Teaching experience o r s t u d e n t teaching. EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION, 3 c r , (June 21~ u l y2 , 1 :00-3:45 p.m. See C433,) Analy s i s & development o f e f f e c t i v e educational programs f o r f o u r - and f i v e - y e a r - o l d s . INNER CITY TEACHING PROBLEMS, 3 c r . ( J u l y 19-30, 1:OO-3:45 p.m. See C464.) Partici p a n t s t u d i e s c u l t u r a l and soci a 1 f o r c e s o f ALCOHOL, NARCOTIC AND DRUG EDUCATION, 1 c r . Thenature (August 2-6, 1:00-3:45pnm.) school community, l i f e s t y l e s , mores, envi r o n m e n t a l f a c t o r s , s p e e c h and b e h a v i o r patterns v i a simulated involvement as s i x t h g r a d e i n n e r - c i t y t e a c h e r d e a l i n g w i t h problems o f disadvantaged p u p i l s . Prerequisi te: Teaching experience o r s t u d e n t teaching. and e f f e c t s o f mood a l t e r i n g c h e m i c a l s s u c h a s d r u g s and a l c o h o l , Causative societal f a c t o r s i n c h e m i c a l a b u s e r i d e n t i f y i n g and h e l p i n g c h e m i c a l 1 y a b u s e d p u p i l s , See C471 COURSE VALUES a t Auqsburq C o l l e q e a r e measured i n Term C r e d i t s , d i r e c t l y i n t e r c h a n q e a b l e w i t h Quarter Credits. PROJECTED COURSE OFFERINGS a r e l i s t e d on t h e f o l l o w i n g paqe. Courses w i t h f o u r - d i g i t numbers a r e Augsburq courses; those i d e n t i f i e d b y a l e t t e r f o l l o w e d by t h r e e d i g i t s a r e o f f e r e d by t h e Concordia, St. Paul, Summer School. Auqsburq s t u d e n t s may r e q i s t e r f o r courses on b o t h campuses (see paqe 10). AUGSBURG COURSES i n t e n d e d p r i m a r i l y f o r j u n i o r s and s e n i o r s a r e those whose l a s t two d i g i t s a r e 50 o r above; f o r course d e s c r i p t i o n s see t h e c a t a l o g i s s u e o f Now. Concordia o f f e r i n g s numbered 300 and h i g h e r a r e s i m i l a r l y i n t .d i v i s i o n s t u d e n t s ; course d e s c r i p t i o n s a r e found i n t h e Concordia Col l e q e Catalog. INDEPENDENT STUDY, w h i l e n o t l i s t e d amonq t h e course o f f e r i n q s , may be taken d u r i n q t h e Augsburg Summer School i n a number o f departments; f o r i n f o r m a t i o n c o n s u l t t h e Summer School O f f i c e . CHANGES I N SUMMER SCHOOL r e q i s t r a t i o n must be made a t t h e course may be added a f t e r t h e t h i r d meeting o f a daytime meeting o f an e v e n i n q c l a s s . COLLEGE M 6 13 20 27 7 14 21 28 S M 4 5 11 12 18 19 25 26 S 1 8 15 22 29 M 2 9 16 23 30 JUNE T W T 1 2 3 8 9 1 0 15 16 17 22 23 24 29 30 JULY T W T 1 6 7 8 13 14 15 20 21 22 27 28 29 AUGUST T W T 3 4 5 10 11 12 17 18 19 24 25 26 31 Sumner School O f f i c e ; no c l a s s o r a f t e r t h e second SHOULD A STUDENT WITHDRAW f r o m a course, he must do so n o t l a t e r than Thursday, J u l y 8 ( F i r s t Term), o r Monday, Auqust 9 (Second Term), t o a v o i d a f a i l i n g qrade. O f f i c i a l w i t h d r a w a l w i t h i n t h e t i m e l i m i t s i n d i c a t e d w i l l r e s u l t i n t h e t r a n s c r i p t n o t a t i o n "W". THE S reserves t h e r i g h t t o cancel a course f o r which t h e r e i s l i t t l e demand. FIRST SESSION June 7 -July 16,1971 (six weeks) SECOND SESSION July 19 August 13,1971 (four weeks) - DEPT. NUMBER Art Art Biol. Biol. Biol. Biol. B.Ad. B.Ad. B.Ad. Chem. Econ. Educ. E. Educ. E. Educ. S. Educ. S. Educ. Educ. Educ. Educ. Educ. Educ. Educ. Educ. Engl Eng 1. Engl. Engl. Engl. . Fren. Fren. Geog. Germ. Germ. Germ. Germ. HPE HPE HPE HPE Hist. Hist. Hist. Hist. Math. Math. MUS . . MUS . MUS . Mus . Mus Phil. Phil. P.SC. p.sc. p.sc. Psych. Psych. Psych. Rel. Rel. Rel. Rel. soc. SOC. SOC. soc. SOC. soc. SOC. span. span. Spch. Spch. Spch. CR. .TERM TITLE I1 1001 4 I n t r o . t o t h e F i n e A r t s (Thompson) 1042 4 Film Making Workshop ( R u s t e n ) II 2006 5 Human Anatomy & P h y s i o l o g y ( M i c k l e b e r g ) I-II 2010 5 B i o l . Prob. o f Urban Environment ( K e r r ) I D251 4 I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Biology I D358 3 F i e l d Biology I 2101 5 P r i n c i p l e s o f Accounting (Gru) I 2102 5 P r i n c i p l e s of Accounting (Gru) I1 2184 5 Advanced Accounting (Romslo) I 3405 6 P r i n c i p l e s o f Chemistry (Gyberg) I A211 3 P r i n c i p l e s of Economics I 1-11 4484 7or14 S t u d e n t Teaching, Elementary ( J o h n s o n ) 4486 4-6 Human R e l a t i o n s Lab. ( F a r d i g ) I 4584 7or14 S t u d e n t Teaching, Secondary (Johnson) 1-11 4586 4-6 Human R e l a t i o n s Lab. ( F a r d i g ) I C357 2 Teaching of A r t I C381 3 InstructionalMedia I C433 3 E a r l y Childhood E d u c a t i o n I C452 2 Teaching of S o c i a l S t u d i e s I C463 3 Elementary Teaching Problems I1 C464 3 I n n e r C i t y Teaching Problems II C471 1 N a r c o t i c & Drug E d u c a t i o n I1 C480 3 Children's Literature I1 5430 5 Modern F i c t i o n ( P a l o s a a r i ) I1 II 5442 4 Film Making Workshop ( R u s t e n ) 5452 4 The Antebellum South ( D a v i s ) I 5464 5 A f r i c a n L i t e r a t u r e South of S a h a r a ( M i t c h e l 1 ) I B365 3 American S h o r t S t o r y I 7003 4 ~ n t e r m e d i a t eFrench 3 ( S c h w e i s s ) I 7004 4 I n t e r m e d i a t e French 4 ( S c h w e i s s ) II A343 3 Geography of Anglo-America II 7203 4 I n t e r m e d i a t e German 3 ( S t e i n m e t z ) I 7204 4 I n t e r m e d i a t e German 4 ( S t e i n m e t z ) II B131 5 B i n n i n g German 1 I I1 B132 4 ~ e g l m n gGerman 2 5520 4 I n t r o . t o S a f e t y E d u c a t i o n (Wagner) I 5555 4 I n t r o . t o D r i v e r & T r a f f i c S a f e t y Ed.(Wagner)I 5556 4 Teaching D r i v e r & S a f e t y Educ. (Wagner) I1 5554 2 D i v e r s i f i e d Summer Rec. Program ( P e a r s o n ) I-II 5652 4 The Antebellum South ( D a v i s ) I 5677 4 A f r i c a South of S a h a r a ( G u s t a f s o n ) I A152 3 Development of Modern World I1 A334 3 U.S. H i s t o r y : I n d u s t r i a l Rev. - W W I I 6105 5 P r i n c i p l e s o f Mathematics ( M u t c h l e r ) I 6106 5 P r i n c i p l e s of Mathematics, Cont. ( M u t c h l e r ) I1 8201 4 Theory 1 (Johnson) I 1 Applied Music I 8209 8251 2 D i v e r s i f i e d Summer Rec. Program ( P e a r s o n ) I - I I 8263 0-2 S a t e r e n C h o r a l Workshop ( S a t e r e n ) II E240 3 I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Musical S t y l e 8323 5 Logic ( J o h n s r u d ) I I B340 3 Major Systems o f P h i l o s o p h y 8522 4 American Govt. 3: Metro. Complex ( S t e n s h o e 1 ) I I I1 8557 4 American P o s i t i v e S t a t e ( S t e n s h o e l ) 8567 3 Commun. O r g a n i z a t i o n : Organ. f o r Soc. Change I 8605 5 G e n e r a l Psychology ( J o h n s o n ) I 8675 5 S o c i a l Psychology (Dyrud) II 8685 4 C o u n s e l i n g Psychology ( J o h n s o n ) I 8769 5 Urban Church: Prob1.ems & P r o s p e c t s (Benson) I R210 3 Old Testament I I R211 3 Old Testament I 1 I1 I R430 3 Lutheran Confessional Writings 9431 5 S o c i o l o g y of t h e Family ( M i l l e r ) I 9461 5 S o c i a l S t a t i s t i c s (Grams) I 9463 4 Urban C r i s i s ( P a u l s o n , Wroblewski) I 9467 3 Comun. o r g a n i z a t i o n : Organ. f o r Soc. Change I 9475 5 S o c i a l Psychology (Dyrud) I1 9484 3 Crime and S o c i e t y (Appleby) I 9486 4-6 Human R e l a t i o n s Lab. ( F a r d i g ) 1-11 7601, 5 Beginning Spanish 1 ( S t e i n m e t z ) I I1 7602 5 Beginning S p a n i s h 2 ( S t e i n m e t z ) 9811 4 I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Speech (Anderson) I 9816 4 C r e a t i v e Dramatics ( C o l e ) I 9842 4 Film Making Workshop ( R u s t e n ) II * .. . HOURS DAYS 7-10 pm 8:OO-12: 00 7-10 pm 1:40-3:00 9:30-11:50 7 :15-8: 20 7:15-8:35 7:30-9:30 Arr. 12:15-1:35 8:30-9:20 TWT M-F Arr M,W M-F M-F M-F M-F M-F COMMENTS Lab Fee $50 Ten Weeks Lab Fee $ 8 Concordia Concordia Arr. M-F M-F . Arr. 1:30-5:00 Arr. 1:30-5:00 11:oo-12:lO 1:OO-3:45 1:OO-3:45 1 1 : O O - 1 1 : 50 1:OO-3:45 1:OO-3:45 1:OO-3:45 10:50-12:05 1:3@-3:50 8:OO-12:OO 10:40-11:45 7-10 pm 1O:OO-10:50 M-F Arr. 7 : 15-8: 35 7:30-9:30 8:55-1O:lO 8:45-10:05 1o:oo-12:oo 1 O : O O - 1 1 : 35 7:30-9:20 7-10 pm 7-10 pm 7-10 pm Arr. 10:40-11:45 7-10 pm 7: 30-8:45 7:30-8:20 7:15-8:35 7:30-9:30 MTTF MTTF M-F MTTF MTTF M-F Arr. Arr. Arr. M-F M-F M-F M-F M-F M-F M-F M-F M-F M-F M-F M- F T,Th M-F M-F M,W Lab Fee $ 5 , Lab Arranged Concordia Overlaps I - I I , Add. ~ e e / $ 1 5 - $ 3 0 June 14-July 2, Some Evenings Overlaps I - I I , Add. Fee/$15-$30 June 14-July 2, Some Evenings June 7-25, Concordia Workshop-June 7-18, Concordia Workshop-June 21-July 2 , Concordia June 28-July 1 6 , Concordia Workshop-July 6-16, Concordia Workshop-July 19-30, Concordia Workshop-August 2-6, Concordia Concordia Lab Fee $50 Concordia Concordia Concordia i~CcoPdia Lab Fee $10 T,Th M,W,Th M-F June 21 M-F - July 16 M,W M-F M-F M-F M-F Arr. Arr. M-F Concordia Concordia A d d i t i o n a l Fee $25 June 21 - J u l y 16 August 15-20, S e p a r a t e Regis. Concordia M-F M- F M-F Concordia TWTF TWTh T,Th B i l l G r a c e , Urban Encounter M-F M-F T,Th M- F M-F Concordia M-F Concordia M-F Concordia MWorTTh M-F T,Th T,Th B i l l Grace, Urban Encounter M-F T,Th June 14-July 2 , Some Evenings M-F M-F M,W T,Th M-F .... F o r i n f o r m a t i o n on Independent S t u d y , c o n s u l t Summer School O f f i c e II=.=-. I Lab Fee $50 9 TO INCREASE a v a i l a b l e course offering:, Augsburg C o l l e g e cooperates w i t h Concordia College, S t . Paul, i n i t s Summer School program. Students t a k i n g work a t Augsburg may r e g i s t e r a t t h e same t i m e f o r courses a t Concordia. ABOUT TEN MINUTES a p a r t a l o n g I n t e r s t a t e Highway 94, b o t h schools a r e e a s i l y a c c e s s i b l e from t h e freeway. TO REACH AUGSBURG f r o m t h e west, use t h e 2 5 t h Avenue-Riverside e x i t . From t h e e a s t , e x i t t o R i v e r s i d e . THE BEST EXIT t o Concordia C o l l e g e f r o m 1-94 i s t h a t a t L e x i n g t o n Parkway; t a k e L e x i n g t o n s o u t h t o M a r s h a l l , and M a r s h a l l west t o t h e c o l l e g e . PERSONS I N GOOD STANDING a t r e g i o n a l l y a c c r e d i t e d c o l l e g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s , a s w e l l a s g r a d u a t e s o f such ~ n s t i t u t i o n s ,a r e e l i g i b l e t o a t t e n d Augsburg Summer School. Good s t a n d i n g i m p l i e s t h a t t h e s t u d e n t h a s been a d m i t t e d t o a c o l l e g e and has not s u b s e q u e n t l y been dropped by t h a t i n s t i t u t i o n . STUDENTS ADMITTED t o Augsburg C o l l e g e f o r t h e F a l l a t t e n d Summer School, a s a r e p e r s o n s a d m i t t e d by t h i s year. Term of 1971 a r e e l i g i b l e t c o t h e r c o l l e g e s f o r t h e f a l l of I F REGULARLY ATTENDING o r a d m i t t e d t o a n o t h e r e d u c a t i o n a l i n s t i t u t i o n , the a p p l i c a n t must p r o v i d e Augsburg Summer Schooi w i t h a s t a t e m e n t from an a p p r o p r i a t e o f f i c i a l o f h i s c o l l e g e t h a t he i s i n good s t a n d i n g and e l i g i b l e t o e a r n c r e d i t s d u r i n g t h e ( A form f o r t h i s purpose i s found on t h e i n s i d e back c o v e r . ) summer s e s s i o n s . C r e d i t s c a n n o t be t r a n s f e r r e d u n t i l t h i s r e q u i r e m e n t h a s been f u l f i l l e d . - OTHER PERSONS wishing t o t a k e summer s c h o o l work s h o u l d c o n t a c t t h e D i r e c t o r of Summer School t o a s c e r t a i n e l i g i b i l i t y under s p e c i a l c i r c u m s t a n c e s . ACCEPTANCE a s a summer s t u d e n t does n o t imply admission a s a r e g u l a r s t u d e n t of Augsburg C o l l e g e ; p e r s o n s w l s h i n g t o complete a d e g r e e p r o g r a m a t t h e c o l l e g e s h o u l d a p p l y f o r admission through t h e O f f i c e of Admissions.' ' -I .. . 1 I SUMMER SCHOOL -$30.00 p e r c r e d i t . COSTS i , i ~ c . i u d ea G e n e r a l F e e o f $ 1 0 . 0 0 , p l u s a T u i t i o n c h a r g e o f PLEASE NOTE t h a t l a b o r a t o r y fees a r e c h a r g e d f o r s e v e r a l c o u r s e s , a s i ' n d i c a t e d i n t h e C o u r s e ~ i s t j n g s , , I n t h e c a s e o f A p p l i e d M u s i c , p r i v a t e i n s t r u c t i o n w i l l cost $25..00 p e r c r e d i t i n a d d i t i o n t o the T u i t i o n a n d G e n e r a l Fee. A TUITION DEPOSIT o f $ 3 0 . 0 0 m u s t accompany t h e Summer S c h o o l A p p l i c a t i o n a n d P r e r e g i s t r a t i ' o n Form? T h i s d e p o g ' i t i $ r e f u n d a b l e o n l y i f t h e c o u r s e s a c t u a l l y o f f e r e d f a i l t o s a t i s f y t h e h p p l i c a n t f s choices, i n c l u d i n g a l t e r n a t e s , l i s t e d b y t h e s t u d e n t Jn h i s P r e r e g i s t r a t i o n Form. ALL TUITION c h a r g e s a n d f e e s a r e t o be p a i d i n f u l l when F i n a l R e g i s t r a t i o n i s c o m p l e t e d on t h e f i r s t d a y o f Summer S c h o o l c l a s s e s ( J u n e 7 for s t u d e n t s d o i i ~F i r s t Term w o r k ; J u l y 1 9 f o r Second Term c o u r s e s ) , I F A STUDENT DEBIDES TO CANCEL h l s r e g i s t r a t i o n , a r e f u n d o f t u i t i o n i s a l l o w e d a c c o r d i n g t o t h e f o l l o w i n g s ~ h e d u l e : FIRST TERM: J u n e 7-11, 8 0 % ; J u n e 1 4 - 1 8 , 6 0 % ; J u n e 21-25, 40%'; n o r e f u n d w i l l b e made a f t e r J u n e 25. SECOND TERM: J u l y 19-22, 8 0 % ; J u l y 2 3 - 2 7 , 6 0 % ; J u l y 28-*30,, 40%: n o r e f u n d w i l l b e made a f t e r J u l y 30. ROOM AND lB@ARDr I f you need h T u s i n y t h i s summer, p l e a s e c o n t a c t M r . James L a n c a s t e r , D i r e c t o r o f Housing, f o r in f o r ~ l i a ton. f q i n i i f e d f o o d s e r v i c e w i 11 be a v a i 1 a b l e d u r i n i n . t h e MAuqsburg vicinity., summer, s u p p l emented by s e v e r a l r e s t a u r d r l t s and sna~k.shopsw i I E . t I trtrr- N U %clclclclclcl r-. m 3h,ulbPP,P,b. P, r-.m L P , 3 3 b 3 sazss,,;, g rt;;.Egg2 2 m 9.2 ? t uu rSt $ 3 ; : tLQr-.rtnJbb rt .g2sa219ekEi, m e a?.? a;? ? k r t b R C Y r t b \ D r - . C m r t b a V o ~ a o l s a ~ b Y U1 a r t O'.'.tTrtbOI b c O c r t b b b ~ c e c ?I1 i, I Qgs%%2 U-J?014CYtTtT " ? Y " " r t $ $ ' m I ,, EX? b 3q c lmh on on U U b t 3 Z E E P , m m m o p r t s. 3 1- "1"". Z:;Z%% 2 2 3 ' 23 bP, ; Cl 2 ; I tT m . EY Eoo b r t r t gag ? ? ? bb. " 5 Q B . ~ ie pl b a n "51 ?? . D E S C R I P T I O N S for regular offerings a t Augsburg and Concordia a r e available in the respective col 1 ege catalogs. Several new courses and special summer offerings are described on pages 3, 4, and 5 , above. COURSE E N G L I S H 5 4 6 4 . A F R I C A N L I T E R A T U R E SOUTH OF A readings course i n THE SAHARA. 5 cr. w o r k s o f c o n t e m p o r a r y A f r i c a n novelists , p o e t s , d r a m a t i s t s , s h o r t s t o r y w r i t e r s , and e s s a y i s t s t o f a m i l i a r i z e s t u d e n t s w i t h the growing w e a l t h o f A f r i c a n l i t e r a t u r e , t h e m e s and t r a d i t i o n s and t o s t i m u l a t e a c r o s s c u l t u r a l human e x p e r i e n c e OTHER NEW OFFERINGS INCLUDE: . SOCIOLOGY 9 4 8 4 . EXPERIMENTAL SEMINAR ON CRIME AND SOCIETY. 3 cr. I n t e r a c t i o n bet w e e n A u g s b u r g s t u d e n t s and f o r m e r p r i s o n i n m a t e s , u s i n g a c o - l e a r n i n g model t o s t u d y r e s o u r c e m a t e r i a l i n c r i m i n o l o g y and t o r e f l e c t upon i d e a s and f e e l i n g s o f p a r t i c i pants. G o a l s i n c l u d e p e r s o n a l g r o w t h and u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f s e l f and o t h e r s . HISTORY 5 6 7 7 . A F R I C A SOUTH O F THE SAHARA. 4 Cr. The n a t u r e o f A f r i c a n h i s t o r y , t r a d i t i o n a l k i n g d o m s , I s l a m i c p e n e t r a t i o n , the s l a v e t r a d e , European i m p e r i a l i s m , and recent A f r i c a n moderni z a t i o n . HPE 5 5 2 0 , 5 5 5 5 , and 5 5 5 6 . D R I V E R S ' EDUCAT I O N COURSES. Three courses leading t o E N G L I S H 5 4 5 2 and HISTORY 5 6 5 2 . THE ANTEBELLUM SOUTH: I T S HISTORY AND LITERATURE. 4 Cr. T h e m a t i c e x a m i n a t i o n o f p r e - C i v i l War S o u t h e r n l i f e : R e g i o n a l s e l f - c o n s c i o u s ness, the a r t s , o u t s i d e r s r v i e w s o f the S o u t h , s l a v e r y , and an e x a m i n a t i o n o f the events, men and i s s u e s l e a d i n g t o the war. certification as a teacher of drivers' educdtion. T a u g h t e v e n i n g s d u r i n g the 1 0 w e e k s of summer school, courses include INTRO- DUCTION TO SAFETY EDUCATTON, INTRODUCTION TO DRIVER AND TRAFFIC SAFETY EDUCATION, and TEACHING DRIVER & TRAFFIC SAFETY EDUCATJON. Twelve c r e d i t s (4 credi ts per course) . T h i s f o r m i s t o be u s e d b y s t u d e n t s r e g u l a r l y a t t e n d i n g i n s t i t u t i o n s other t h a n A u g s b u r g C o l l e g e . A u g s b u r g Summer S c h o o l c r e d i t s may be t r a n s f e r r e d t o the s t u d e n t ' s home i n s t i t u t i o n , i f a p p r o v a l i s g r a n t e d b y t h a t c o l l e g e o r u n i v e r s i t y . R e t u r n completed form to: Summer S c h o o l , Augsburg C o l l e g e , M i n n e a p o l i s , MN S t u d e n t ' s Name ... --- 55404. -. A _ College o r University - The p e r s o n named above i s a s t u d e n t i n good s t a n d i n g a t t h i s i n s t i t u t i o n and i s p e r m i t t e d t o e a r n Summer School c r e d i t s a t Augsburg C o l l e g e i n 1971. S p e c i a l r e s t r i c t i o n s , i f any: b - S i g n a t u r e and ~it l e - - - - R e g i s t r a r , or other ~ e s ~ o n s l " b 1Oef f i c e r ) Date ANNOUNCING: SOC. 84: EXPERIMENTAL SEMINAR ON CRIME AND SOCIETY 3 Credits (A THREE CREDIT OPPORTUNITY TO BECOME A PART OF A HUMANIZING LEARNING COMMUNITY EXPLORING THE AREA OF ,CRIME AND SOCIETY) T h i s experimental semlnar which meets one n i g h t a week f o r t h r e e hours a t S t i l l w a t e r and Shakopee p r i s o n s p r o v i d e s a unique o p p o r t u n i t y f o r Augsburg s t u d e n t s and S t i l l w a t e r and Shakopee Inmates t o become col e a r n e r s w l t h one another. The emphasis w i l l be on r e l a t i n g resource m a t e r l a l i n t h e area o f c r l m l n o l o g y , and ideas and f e e l i n g s o f t h e p a r t i c l p a n t s , t o t h e s e l f . By so doing, t h i s seminar w i l l h o p e f u l l y f a c i l i t a t e personal growth and understanding o f s e l f and others. T h l s seminar ,is open t o J u n i o r s and Seniors. These c r e d i t s may ' An innovative course in mental Soc. 83: Social Psycholohealth gy of Mental Health and Mental, Disorder will be offered to Uni' versity students at Augsburg Colr, lege winter quarter. University students may register as adult specials until the course is filled. ;* Students enrolled will join patients and staff at either Anoka ( State Hospital or Hastings State Hospital for an evening class once a week. Participants will read a required text, keep a journal of their class experience and gather , for discussions, role-playing and group sessions during the 3-cr !course. Cal Appleby, Augsburg sociolo instructor, said a third section f ahdents may be opened, , -; 1 - 7, -.
Show less
Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1972
Title
Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1972
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
SUMMER SCHOOL 1972 I ELIGIBILITY I Assistant Registrar PERSONS IN GOOD STANDING a t r e g i o n a l l y a c c r e d i t e d c o l l e g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s , as w e l l a s graduates o f such i n s t i t u t i o n s , are e l i g i b l e t o a t t e n d Auqsburg Summer S c...
Show more SUMMER SCHOOL 1972 I ELIGIBILITY I Assistant Registrar PERSONS IN GOOD STANDING a t r e g i o n a l l y a c c r e d i t e d c o l l e g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s , as w e l l a s graduates o f such i n s t i t u t i o n s , are e l i g i b l e t o a t t e n d Auqsburg Summer S c h o o l . Good s t a n d i n g i m p l i e s t h a t t h e s t u d e n t h a s b e e n a d m i t t e d t o a c o l l e g e and h a s n o t s u b s e q u e n t l y b e e n d r o p p e d by that institution. STUDENTS ADMITTED t o Auqsburq C o l l e g e f o r t h e F a l l Term o f t h e c u r r e n t y e a r a r e e l i g i b l e t o a t t e n d Summer S c h o o l , a s a -r e p e r s o n s a d m i t t e d b y o t h e r c o l l e g e s f o r t h e f a l l o f t h i s year. + - - - I F REGULARLY ATTENDING o r a d m i t t e d t o a n o t h e r e d u c a t i o n a l i n s t i t u t i o n , the a p p l i c a n t m u s t p r o v i d e A u g s b u r g Summer S c h o o l w i t h a s t a t e m e n t f r o m an a p p r o p r i a t e o f f i c i a l o f h i s c o l l e g e t h a t h e i s i n good s t a n d i n g and e l i g i b l e t o e a r n c r e d i t s d u r i n g t h e summer s e s s i o n s . (A form f o r t h i s p u r p o s e i s a t t h e b o t t o m o f t h i s page.) C r e d i t s c a n n o t be t r a n s f e r r e d un t i 1 t h i s r e q u i r e m e n t h a s been f u l f i l l e d . PERSONS w i s h i n g t o t a k e summer s c h o o l w o r k s h o u l d c o n t a c t t h e D i r e c t o r o f Summer S c h o o l t o a s c e r t a i n e l i g i b i l i t y u n d e r s p e c i a l circumstances. OTHER - - 1 TERM I - Six Weeks JUNE 1 June 1 2 t h r o u g h J u l y 21 TERM I 1 - Four Weeks J u l y 24 t h r o u g h A u g u s t 1 8 AUGUST I 18 19 20 25 26 27 2 3 4 9 10 11 16 17 18 21 28 5 12 19 22 29 6 13 20 23 24 30 1 7 8 14 15 21 22 -- ACCEPTANCE a s a summer s t u d e n t d o e s n o t i m p l y a d m i s s i o n a s a r e g u l a r s t u d e n t o f Augsburg C o l l e g e . Persons wishing t o b e g i n a degree program a t the c o l l e g e s h o u l d a p p l y f o r a d m i s s i o n t h r o u g h the O f f i c e o f Admissions. AUGSBURG SUMMER SCHOOL NPROWL FORM T h i s f o r m i s t o be u s e d b y s t u d e n t s r e g u l a r l y a t t e n d i n g i n s t i t u t i o n s o t h e r t h a n A u g s b u r g C o l l e g e . A u g s b u r y Summer S c h o o l c r e d i t s may be t r a n s f e r r e d t o the s t u d e n t ' s home i n s t i t u t i o n i f a p p r o v a l i s g r a n t e d by that college o r university. 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 3031 1 2 3 4 5 9 10 11 12 7 8 6 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 . S t u d e n t ' s Name College o r University The person named above i s a s t u d e n t i n good s t a n d i n g a t t h i s i n s t i t u t i o n and i s permitted t o earn Summer School c r e d i t s a t Augsburg College. SUMMER STUDENTS may earn u p t o s e v e n t e e n T e r m C r e d i t s i n the t w o The f i r s t s m e r t e r m p e r m i t s s m e r s e s s i o n s a t Augsburg College. p a r t i c i p a n t s t o a c h i e v e as many as t e n c r e d i t s over a p e r i o d o f s i x weeks. For the s e c o n d summer t e r m , l a s t i n g f o u r w e e k s , t h e n o r m a l maximum l o a d i s seven c r e d i t s . PERSONS PLANNING t o a t t e n d Summer S c h o o l a r e a d v i s e d t o a p p l y a s e a r l y a s p o s s i b l e , s i n c e c o u r s e s w i t h o u t s u b s t a n t i a l demand a r e subject t o cancellation. - R e s t r i c t i o n s o r q u a l i f i c a t i o n s , i f any: I 1 - Date . . . - ( R e t u r n c o m p l e t e d form t o Summer S c h o o l , * A u g s b u r g C o l l e g e , M i n n e a p o l i s , MN 5 5 4 0 4 ) "1 - I1 I I ABOUT SUMMER COURSE directly AUGSBURG'S SUMMER URBAN PROGRAM p r o v i d e s an o u t s t a n d i n g and e x c i t i n g a r r a y o f c o u r s e s t o s a t i s f y t h e s t u d e n t who r e c o g n i z e s t h e c r u c i a l i m p o r t a n c e o f t h e c i t y i n c o n t e m p o r a r y l i f e and v a l u e s and who w i s h e s t o d e e p e n h i s u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f t h e problems and t h e p o s s i b i l i t i e s o f u r b a n e x i s t e n c e . T h i s summer's o f f e r i n g s i n c l u d e : 8 1 i n Term Credits, PROJECTED COURSE OFFERINGS a r e l i s t e d o n t h e f o l l o w i n g pages. Courses w i t h f o u r - d i g i t numbers a r e Augsburg c o u r s e s ; t h o s e i d e n t i f i e d w i t h t h r e e d i g i t s followed b y a l e t t e r are o f f e r e d a t Concordia College, S t P a u l . Augsburg s t u d e n t s may r e g i s t e r f o r work o n b o t h campuses. AUGSBURG COURSES i n t e n d e d p r i m a r i l y f o r j u n i o r s and s e n i o r s a r e t h o s e whose l a s t two d i g i t s a r e 50 o r a b o v e ; f o r c o u r s e d e s c r i p t i o n s s e e t h e c a t a l o g i s s u e o f Augsburg C o l l e g e Now. Concordia o f f e r i n g s numbered 300 and h i g h e r a r e s i m i l a r l y i n t e n d e d f o r u p p e r - d i v i s i o n s t u d e n t s ; c o u r s e d e s c r i p t i o n s a r e found i n t h e C o n c o r d i a C o l l e g e C a t a l o g . THE CITY IN AMERICAN LITERATURE. E n g l i s h 5490. 5 cr. An examina- MAN AND THE ENVIRONMENT. B i o l o g y 2010. 5 C r . A p e r i p h e r a l v i e w t i o n o f a t t i t u d e s toward the c i t y : i t s a c c e p t a n c e , c r i t i c i s m , o r rej e c t i o n b y p o e t s , novelists, and e s s a y i s t s i n the U n i t e d S t a t e s i n t h e 1 9 t h and 2 0 t h c e n t u r i e s . o f e c o s y s t e m i n t r i c a c i e s and an e x a m i n a t i o n o f human d i s r u p t i o n s : problems o f p o p u l a t i o n and urbani z a t i o n ; a i r and w a t e r p o l l u t i o n ; r a d i o a c t i v i t y , etc. R e l e v a n c e o f the C h r i s t i a n e t h i c . Discussion, l a b o r a t o r y work and f i e l d s u r v e y . CHANGES I N SUMMER SCHOOL r e g i s t r a t i o n m u s t b e made a t the Summer School O f f i c e . No c o u r s e may b e added a f t e r t h e t h i r d m e e t i n g o f a d a y t i m e c l a s s o r a f t e r the second m e e t i n g o f an e v e n i n g c l a s s . : ORGAN1ZING F 0 R SOCIAL CHANGE. Sociology 9467 o r Pol. Sci 8567. 4 C r . C o m u n i t y o r g a n i z a t i o n sem- SHOULD A STUDENT WITHDRAW from a c o u r s e d u r i n g t h e F i r s t Summer Term, he m u s t do s o a t t h e Summer S c h o o l O f f i c e n o t l a t e r t h a n Thursday o f the f i f t h week o f the t e r m . F i h a l w i t h d r a w a l d a t e f o r the Second Term i s Monday o f t h e f o u r t h week. T i m e l y w i t h d r a w a l o b v i a t e s an "F" grade. ,t ENVIRONMENTAL ESTHETICS. A r t 1002. 5 C r . F i n e a r t s i n t h e i n a r l e d b y W i l l i a m Grace o f t h e C e n t e r f o r Urban E n c o u n t e r . Foc u s i n g on t h e n a t u r e o f change, the u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f power, and the d e f i n i n g o f i s s u e s , t h e c o u r s e i s intended f o r persons wishing t o participate i n giving direct i o n t o s o c i a l change. urban and w o r l d s e t t i n g . P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n the c u l t u r a l l i f e o f t h e community l e a d i n g toward a p p r e c i a t i o n and cri tici sm. MODERN URBAN COWlUNITY. Sociology T h e c u l t u r a l and 9459. 5 C r . Cr. An f n v e s t i g a t i o n of econmic i m p l i c a t i o n s of cantemmrary prob; rh lems of ci ti es and m e t r o p l i ta? areas. t o p i c s co.?sidered : \*an a i l - v o l u n t e e r a-rmy; p p u i a t i o n ;y " c r i s i ~ " ;i n c o m e d i s t r i b u ~ o n ; free bread; mass t r a n s i t s g s t e m s . I VALUES a t Augsburg C o l l e g e a r e measured interchangeable w i t h Quarter Credits. COURSES HUMAN RELATIONS LABORATORY. Educ a t i o n 4486, 4586, o r Sociology Understanding 9486. 4 O r 5 C r . r a c i a l , c u l t u r a l , economic groups; s k i l l i n dealing w i t h discriminat i o n and d e h u m a n i z i n g b i a s e s , and i n creating learning experiences t o a i d p o s i ti ve i n t e r p e r s o n a l rel a t io m . Mu1 ti -media approach : connnuni t y r e s o u r c e p e o p l e , simul a t i o n , f i e l d e x p e r i e n c e , TV m i c roteaching, assessment methods. . s o c i a l o r g a n i z a t i o n o f the c i t y i n h i s t o r i c a l perspective; the f o r m s , p r o c e s s e s , and problems o f the modern m e t r o p o l i s . THE URBAN POWERFUL. Political Science 8558. 5 C r . E x a m i n a t i o n o f power i n t h e u r b a n c o m n u n i t y . Ana Z y s i s i n c l u d e s v a r i o u s m o d e l s o f power, a n i d e n t i f i c a t i o n o f the p o w e r f u l , t h e i r b a s e s o f power, and their u s e s o f power i n developing p o l i t i c a l i s s u e s . INDEPENDENT S T U D Y , w h i l e n o t l i s t e d among t h e c o u r s e o f f e r i n g s , may b e pursued d u r i n g t h e summer i n a number o f d e p a r t m e n t s . For i n f o r m a t i o n c o n s u l t t h e Summer S c h o o l O f f i c e . The C o l l e g e r e s e r v e s t h e r i g h t t o c a n c e l l i s t e d c o u r s e s . SUMMER SCHOOL CHARGES i n c l u d e a General Fee o f $10.00, p l u s T u i t i o n o f $32.00 per c r e d i t . Laboratory fees are charged f o r some courses. In the case o f Applied Music, p r i v a t e i n s t r u c t i o n fees amount t o $30.00 p e r c r e d i t i n a d d i t i o n t o the T u i t i o n and General Fee. A TUITION DEPOSIT o f $30.00 must accompany the A p p l i c a t i o n & Preregist r a t i o n Form. This d e p o s i t i s refundable o n l y i f the courses l i s t e d by t h e student, i n c l u d i n g a1 ternates, should be cancel led. ALL CHARGES are t o be p a i d i n f u l l p l e t e d on the f i r s t day o f each term. when Final. R e g i s t r a t i o n i s com- I F A STUDENT DECIDES TO CANCEL r e g i s t r a t i o n , a r e f u n d o f t u i t i o n i s allowed according t o t h e f o l l o w i n g schedule: FIRST TERM: June 13-16, 80%; June 19-23, 60%; June 26-30, 40%; no refund w i l l be made l a t e r than June 30. SECOND TERM: J u l y 25-27, 80%; J u l y 28-August 1, 60%, August 2-4, 40%; no r e f u n d w i l l be allowed l a t e r than August 4. STUDENTS N E E D I N G HOUSING may o b t a i n i n f o r m a t i o n from t h e D i r e c t o r o f Housing. L i m i t e d food service i s a v a i l a b l e , s u p p l e m e n t e d b y s e v e r a l r e s t a u r a n t s and s n a c k s h o p s i n the Augsburg v i c i n i t y . 11 11 I ,.: I I I DEPT NO SEC A r t 1002 005 A r t 1042 001 A r t 1053 008 Art Bio 2001 006 Bio 2006 005 Bio 2010 007 Bio 2067 007 BAd 2101 004 BAd 2102 002 Che 3405 008 Eco 2220 002 EdE 4456 000 EdE 4484 077 EdE 4484 143 EdS 4584 074 EdS 4584 140 EdS 4550 000 EdS 4586 046 Eng 5490 008 Eng 5490 206 Eng 5490 404 Eng 5464 003 Eng 5476 007 Eng 5495 007 Eng 5442 009 F r e '7001 001 F r e 7092 009 Ger 131B 008 Ger 132B 007 Ger 7203 003 Ger 7204 001 HPE 5520 002 HPE 5555 008 HPE 5556 006 HPE 5554 001 HPE 5560 008 HPE 5585 005 HPE 5591 003 H i s 5661 004 H i s 5653 001 Mat 6105 0 0 1 Mus 8263 006 Mus 8201 006 Mus 8209 Mus 8209 Mus 8257 008 P h i 8321 002 P h i 8323 008 Phy 8401 002 P o l 8558 009 P o l 8595 001 P o l 8595 050 P o l 8567 000 Psy 8605 008 Psy 8650 004 Psy 8652 000 Psy 8675 001 Psy 8695 009 Re1 8757 007 Re1 8765 000 SOC 9459 009 SOC 9461 005 SOC 9467 002 SOC 9475 005 SOC 9476 003 Spa 7601 008 Spe 9842 006 Spe 9860 008 Spe 9856 006 CR COURSE T I T L E 5 5 3 Environmental E s t h e t i c s Friederichsen I Film Making Workshop Rusten I D i v e r s i f i e d Summer R e c r e a t i o n P r o g F r i e d ' s e n I-II S t u d i o Courses A rr P r i n c i p l e s o f Biology Urdahl I 8:45-10:05 Human Anatomy & Physiology Mickelberg 1-11 7-10 pm Man and t h e Environment Mickelberg I 1:15-2: 35 Biochemistry Thorpe I1 10 :15-12 :30 P r i n c i p l e s o f Accounting, I I 7 :15-8 :35 P r i n c i p l e s o f Accounting, I1 I I 7:45-1O:OO P r i n c i p l e s o f Chemistry Gyberg I 2:45-4:05 Economic I s s u e s o f Urban Environment S a b e l l a I 7-10 pm O r i e n t a t i o n t o Education Pelton I 11:45-1:05 S t u d e n t Teaching, Elementary McNef f 1-11 Arr S t u d e n t Teaching, Elementary McNef f 1-11 A r r S t u d e n t Teaching, Secondary E. Johnson 1-11 Arr S t u d e n t Teaching, Secondary E. Johnson 1-11 A r r E d u c a t i o n a l Psychology Anderegg I 1:15-2:35 Human R e l a t i o n s L a b o r a t o r y Fardig I Arr Science F i c t i o n Palosaari I 7-10 pm L i b e r a t e d & Unlib. Women i n L i t . Nichols I I 10 :15-12 :30 The C i t y i n American L i t e r a t u r e Nicholl I1 1:OO-3:15 A f r i c a n L i t e r a t u r e South o f S a h a r a Mitchell I 7-10 pm Modern P o e t r y Davis I1 1:OO-3:15 Linguistics Steinmetz I 10:15-11:35 Film Making Workshop Rusten I 8-12 a m Beginning French M. Johnson I 11:45-1:05 Beginning French M. Johnson 11 7:45-1O:OO Beginning German I 1O:OO-11:50 Beginning German I I 1 O : O O - 1 1 : 50 Interxad~aerman Steinmetz I 7:15-8:35 I n t e r m e d i a t e German Steinmetz I1 7:45-1O:OO Introduction t o Safety Education Wagner I 7-10 pm I n t r o . t o D r i v e r & T r a f f i c S a f e t y Ed.,Wagner I 7-10 pm Teaching D r i v e r & S a f e t y E d u c a t i o n Wagner I I 7-10 pm D i v e r s i f i e d Summer R e c r e a t i o n Prog Pearson I-II 9-2 pm School H e a l t h Education Curriculum Pearson I 3:OO-4:20 Applied Adapted A c t i v i t i e s C. Nelson I1 A r r Therapeutic Exercises C. Nelson I A rr C u l t u r a l & P o l i t i c a l H i s t . o f Rome R. Nelson I1 10:15-12:30 Topics i n Minnesota H i s t o r y Chrislock I 10:15-11:35 P r i n c i p l e s o f Mathematics Persons I 8:45-10:05 Choral Workshop Sateren I Day & Eve Theory I J. Johnson I Arr Applied Music, Voice Arr Arr Applied Music, I n s t r u m e n t Arr Arr D i v e r s i f i e d Summer R e c r e a t i o n Prog Savold 1-11 9-2 pm Man and I d e a s Reichenbach I 8:45-1O:OS Logic Reichenbach I 11:45-1:05 Astronomy Hanwick I 7-10 pm The Urban Powerful Hedblom I 1:15-2:35 Women i n Urban Tech. S o c i e t y Noonan I I 1-3:15 Church, S t a t e & Supreme Court Stenshoel 11 1-3: 15 O r g a n i z a t i o n f o r S o c i a l Change Grace I 2:45-5:15 General Psychology Anderegg I 10:15-11:35 E d u c a t i o n a l Psychology Anderegg I 1:15-2:35 Developmental Psych: Adol. & Adult D. Johnson I 8:45-10:05 S o c i a l Psychology Dyrud I 10:15-11:35 Psychology o f Women Dymd I 1:15-2:35 Readings i n S c i e n c e & R e l i g i o n Quanbeck I 7:15-8:35 Church, S t a t e & Supreme Court Stenshoel 11 1-3:15 Modern Urban Community T o r s t e n s o n I1 10: 15-12: 30 Social S t a t i s t i c s Grams I 7 :15-8: 35 O r g a n i z a t i o n f o r S o c i a l Change Grace I 2:45-5:15 S o c i a l Psychology Dy r u d I 10:15-11:35 Human S e x u a l i t y Miller I 11:45-1:05 Beginning Spanish Kingsley I 2:45-4:05 Film Making Workshop Rusten I 8-12 am I n t e r p r e t a t i v e Reading Cole I 7-10 pm D i v e r s i f i e d Summer R e c r e a t i o n Prog Cole 1-11 9-2 pm 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 5 5 7 14 7 14 4 4 5 5, 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 4 4 4 4 4 3 4 3 5 5 5 5 2 4 1 1 3 5 5 4 5 5 5 4 5 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 5 5 5 5 5 3 INSTRUCTOR TERM TIME DAYS ROOM FEE SPECIAL COMMENTS T,Th L1 M-F S t u d i o $50 Arr Arr M-F S205 M,W S205 M-F S205 M-F 5205 M-F S34 M-F S34 M-F S205 $ 5 T,Th S205 M-F L1 Arr $15 M-F Arr $30 M-F Arr $15 M-F M-F Arr $30 M-Th S34 M-F Arr T,Th S34 M-F Conf M-F S205 M,W S34 M-F S34 M-F Conf M-F S t u d i o $50 M-F Conf M-F S205 M-F M-F MTThF Conf he MTThF Conf M,W Conf T,Th Conf MTW Conf $10 A Arr MTWTh S34 Arr Arr M-F L1 M-F S205 M-F S34 June 18-23 Arr M-F June 12-July 7 June 12-July 28 A r r w i t h Dept 10-week c o u r s e Lab A r r See See See See Educ Educ Educ Educ Dept Dept Dept Dept OR: 5: 4586 EdE 4: 4486 EdE 5: 4486 SOC 4: 9486 SOC 5: 9486 I 053 049 056 044 051 OR: F r e 7095 003 Ger 7295 009 Spa 7695 000 I Concordia, S t P Concordia, S t P #J June 12-July 28 Separate regis $30 $30 Arr M-F M-F Conf M-F S34 M,W L1 M-F L1 M-F Conf M-F L1 T,Th L1 M-F 534 M-Th 534 M-F L1 M-F L1 M-F Conf M-F S205 M-F L1 M-F S34 M-F L1 T,Th L1 M-F L1 M-F S205 M-F Conf M-F S t u d i o $50 MIW 4 Arr Arr June 12-July 28 - 1 -r June 12-July 7 2815-41 AV S June 12-July 28 'Fhysf cs 8 4 2 1 300 - G Credf t-8, General Physics, K.., Parmison ,-= Texro I, G :: 45-10: 05 K-.P' Lhb k i .. Course O k . Y ~ 5 L E D u + .-ms+- Po;B tics 8SSR OQ9 - 5 Credits,, The Wr!>inn Fowerful,. IledbPm - 'I'esfl~I , Lelf-2~35f.i-F -- NCMZ : ;heill t~ i n t h e Ikpa.rYmenl, w i l l =.r. , c ~he qrvan if yon sign up the nlver,s:i f . i ~,:trr%~lel. (l 13ecrsrttion P r t 3 g . r ,, ~ HPE, Nusics ar~dSpeech erodlts are st i l l graated, : a- A F R I ~ N LITERATURE SOUTH OF THE SAHARA. English 5464. 5 cr. Readings i n works o f contemporary A f r i c a n n o v e l i s t s , p o e t s , dramat i s t s , s h o r t s t o r y w r i t e r s and e s s a y i s t s t o stimulate a crossc u l t u r a l human e x p e r i e n c e . I TOPICS I N MINNESOTA HISTORY. Hist o r y 5653. 5 c r . s e l e c t i v e t r e a t - , READINGS I N SCIENCE AND RELIGION. Emergence R e l i g i o n 8757. 5 c r . and e f f e c t o f s c i e n t i f i c method r e l a t e d t o message and t h e o l o g y o f the c h u r c h . - I LINGUISTICS. 7095, 5 Cr. - HUMAN SEXUALITY. Sociology 9476. S p e c i f i c psychological, 5 cr. - Three courses l e a d i n g t o c e r t i f i c a t i o n as a t e a c h e r o f d r i v e r s ' e d u c a t i o n ; INTRODUCTION TO SAFETY EDUCATION, INTRODUCTION TO DRIVER AND TRAFFIC SAFETY EWCATION, and TEACHING DRIVER 6 THAFFIC S A F E T Y EDUCATION. English 5495, French German 7295, Spanish 7695. Principles o f linguistics, e m p h a s i z i n g recent d e v e l o p m e n t s i n s y n t a c t i c t h e o r y and psychol i n g u i s t i c implications. social -psychological, religious and c r o s s c u l t u r a l d i m e n s i o n s o f normal and d e v i a n t h u m n s e x u a l behavior. L e c t u r e s , f i l m s , and s m a l l group d i s c u s s i o n . DRIVERS EDUCATION COURSES. HPE 5520, 5555, & 5556. 4 c r . each. m n t o f s i g n i f i c a n t themes from 1 9 t h and e a r l y 2 0 t h c e n t u r i e s : I n d i a n - w h i t e r e l a t i o n s ; immigrat i o n ; e c o n o m i c and p o l i t i c a l dev e l o p m e n t ; emergence o f t h e Twin C i ties. Guest l e c t u r e r s , resource p e o p l e , and c u r r i c u l a r m a t e r i a l s e m p h a s i z i n g Chippewa h i s t o r y from t h e Minnesota H i s t o r i c a l S o c i e t y . CHURCH, STATE, AND SUPREME COURT. R e l i g i o n 8765 o r Pol. S c i . 8595. 5 Cr. Analysis o f attempts t o , achieve the religious neutrality r e q u i r e d b y U. S . C o n s t i t u t i o n a s seen i n s i g n i f i c a n t Supreme C o u r t I c a s e s i n e d u c a t i o n , w o r s h i p , and o t h e r church-s t a t e i n t e r a c t i o n s . Historical, theological, & legalp o l i t i c a l factors are considered. ( N o t o p e n t o s t u d e n t s who h a v e t a k e n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 8520. ) ' - SCIENCE FICTION. English 5490 008. 5 cr. - A Ron P a Z o s a a r i s p e c i a l . A PARTIAL LISTING OF SUMMER OFFERINGS AT CONCORDIA COLLEGE, ST. PAUL Number Cr. T i t l e Term (Dates) T i me +. Art Art EdE EdE EdE EdE EdE EdE EdE His Pol Re1 Re1 Soc Spe 1518 354B 353C 358C 451C 453C 465C 470C 471C 435A 261A 210R 211R 322A 103B 003 008 007 002 008 006 002 005 004 003 002 007 006 009 002 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 2 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 Fundamentals o f Design I Sculpture I I I Tchg Science & Health Tchg P h y s i c a l Education I I Teaching Arithmetic E a r l y Childhood Educ I I Inner C i t y Tchg Prob School & Commun Health I1 Alcohol, Narc, ;rug Ed I1 Colonial America II American Government I Old Testament I I Old Testament I1 I1 I Crime and Delinquency Speech I1 ( J u l y 3-21) (June 12-30) ( J u n e 19-30) ( J u l y 10-21) ( J u l y 10-21) (Aug. 7-18) (Aug. 7-11) 10:OO-11:lO 11:OO-12:lO 10:OO-11:50 10:OO-11:50 1:OO-2:50p 1:OO-4:OOp 1:OO-4:OOp 9:25-12:05 1:OO-4:OOp 7:30-8:45a 11:OO-11:50 7:30-8:20a 7: 30-8:45a 8:30-9:20a 7:30-8:45a APPLIWTKN & PREREGISWKTK)N FORM Augsburg Colkge Summer Schod THREE SEMINARS CREATED f o r t r e 1972 W r - Im explore the r o l e o f women from v a r y i n g p e r s p e c t i v e s . F a c u l t y a r e Dr. Grace Dyrud, Associa t e Professor of Psycho1 o w ; Cheryl N i c h o l s , I n s t r u c t o r o f Enql i s h ; and Dr. Norma Noonan, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f P o l i t i c a l Science and Chairman o f t h e Department o f P o l i t i c a l Science. The t h r e e o f f e r i n a s : PSYCHOLOGY OF WOMEN Psych. 8695, 5 c r . Grace Dyrud ( T e r m I ) THE LIBERATED AND THE UNLIBERATED WOMAN I N LITERATURE E n g l i s h 5490, 5 c r . Cheryl N i c h o l s (Term 1 1 ) WOMEN I N URBAN TECHNOLOGICAL SOCIETY P o l . S c i . 8 5 9 5 , 5 cr. Norma Noonan ( T e r m 1 1 ) C l a s s and i n d i v i d u a l t o p i c s i n c l u d e : C u l t u r a l a s s u m p t i o n s and p s y c h o l o g i c a l rationales o f presumed sex-related c h a r a c t e r i s tics; research o n s e x d i f ferences, including status a n d roles. An e x a m i n a t i o n o f t h e r o l e s o f women i n li t e r a t u r e from the G r e e k c l a s s i c a l period t o t h e present. Various literary genres, including feminist texts, w i l l be s t u d i e d . Interdisciplinary consideration o f the p o l i t i c a l , s o c i a l and e c o n o m i c s t a t u s o f women t o d a y i n the u.S. and a b r o a d . A s u r v e y o f p r o b l e m s a f f e c t i n g women and t h e i r r o l e s i n s o c i e t y ; o ~ t i o n sand - MM sr - Miss . . c Mrs FULL NAME: Last, - Street, . PRESENT ADDRESS: Di v o r c e d . - -. --- Street,-City, . Zip State i _'el e p h o n e PLEASE CHECK A N D COMPLETE ALL APPLICABLE ITEMS: I am now a s t u d e n t a t A u q s b u r q C o l l e g e and h a v e been since . . o l l eqe . C I p r e v i o u s l y a t t e n d e d A u q s b u r g C o l l e g e f r o m 19to 1 9 I am n o t an A u q s b u r q s t u d e n t b u t a t t e n d been a d m i t t e d . ( h a v e n o t ) I am t r a n s f e r r i n g t o A u q s b u r q ; I ( h a v e ) I ' I h a v e been a d m i t t e d t o A u q s b u r q a s a Freshman f o r n e x t F aCl lo.l l e g e . I h a v e e a r n e d a B.A. o r B.S. degree from - - I p l a n t o a t t e n d A u q s b u r q C o l l e g e o n l y f o r t h e Summer S c h o o l Sr. Jr. so. My PRESENT c l a s s i f i c a t i o n : F r . Other. Sr. Jr. So. Fr. C l a s s i f i c a t i o n NEXT JUNE: Other. - - J u l y 24 55404. ( o r Maiden) -- June 12 Include Wal gren, Manager, Augsburg College, M i n n e a p o l i s , MN Middle Single Married Widowed 1 I -atyr~ T a t e a Z i p W h U n t y . PERMANENT ADDRESS: - - - - - BELOW, BY TERM, THE COURSES YOU WISH TO TAKE: Dept. and f o c u s e s u p o n b o t h u n d e r s t a n d i n g and t e c h n i q u e . D r . L e l a n d S a t e r e n w i l l b e joined t h i s year b y an o u t s t a n d i n g f a c u l t y i n c l u d i n g Knut Nystedt o f Oslo. I n a d d i t i o n t o t h e Augsburg s e s s i o n ( J u n e 18-23) a n e a r l i e r one w i t h o p p o r t u n i t y t o e a r n g r a d u a t e c r e d i t i s s c h e d u l e d f o r Iowa S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y , Arnes. For information w r i t e : Michael W. First, AUGSBURG STUDENT NUMBER ( I f o n e h a s b e e n a s s i g n e d ) PLEASE =ST THE 1972 SATEREN CHORAL WORKSHOP e m p h a s i z e s c o n t e m p o r a r y c h o r a l m u s i c -- IC ,,, lumber /s,p+ Abbreviated T i t l e J u l y 21 courses Aug. 1 form. A n o n - r e f u n d a b l e t u i t i o n d e p o s i t o f $30.00 m u s t accompany t h i s Make c h e c k p a y a b l e t o A u g s b u r g College. B a l a n c e s m u s t be payed b y J u n e 1 2 ( T e r m I ) a n d J u l y 24 ( T e r m I I ) . P l e a s e r e t u r n completed form t o Summer S c h o o l O f f i c e , A u g s b u r g C o l l e g e , M i n n e a p o l i s , MN 55404. S iqnature I , SUMMER SCHOOL ROOM SCHEDULE, TERM I., 1972 / <'- I i ~ e m o ra1 i ~Conf. Room I I 8 4 I I a Ad 21 01 accounting 1 CONROY i ~ e l i ~ i o8757 n / ~ c &i R e l i g i o n ;QUANBECK / ~ a t h6105 ; P r i n Math 1 PERSONS I j ~ i o l 2001 o ~ ~ ; P r i n B i 01 ogy 1 URDAHL 1 :BUS : I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I . I IJ--31-----I--I-C-"~-~--"----"----~--~-----~-"~-"~-----q~-----3~--~---~--~ ~ S O C 9461 lSoc S t a t i s t i c s 1 GRAMS : 1 psych 8675(9475) j psych 8605 ! s o c i a l Psych ;General Psych ;I DYRUD 1 ANDEREGG I I 10:15-11:35 ;Hi s t o r y 5653 :Minnesota H i s t CHRISL LOCK I I I : I I i5495, etc. I linguistics ~ S TI ENMETZ I I I I I I 1 I --l-3---IC----A-l------"-------L-----------------4"---------------*+-----------------d 11 :45-1:05 / ~d Elem 4456 F r i e n t t o Educ PELTON I / ~ h i l o s8323 ;Logic I 1REICHENBACH i ~ o c01i ogy 9476 !Human S e x u a l i t y I ISHEROD MILLER II I ------------"-1-,---------------A-----------------a--------------*--4-----------------4 I 1 Afternoon I I I ! (Times as Indicated) I x; I I I I 1 I 1 1 I II I I L-,,,,-,,,,,-,,,,-A-----------------A-----------------4-----------------4 I t 1 I -- ' I I 1(2:45-5:15'T,~h) (M-Th 3:OO-5:OO) !Pol 8567 Soc 9467;HPE 5560 !org Soc Change :Sch H l t h Ed Cur ;WILLIAM GRACE ;PEARSON : 1 ;(2:45-4:05) ;Chemistry 3405 : P r i n c i p l e s Chem iGYBERG I I ;French 7001 ;Beginning French :MARY JOHNSON I I : I j ( 1 :I 5-2:35) I1 ;Psych 8695 I 1 1 1 I ; Psych of Women !DYRW I j (2:45-5:00) 14586 etc 1 I I II ; ;Human Relations :FARDIG I I --------------l-------------w---J,-*-C1C13I----------a--"----------~---4-----"----------4 M,W, 7-10 pm !Physics 8401 lAstrononly KERMIT PAULSON -~----3-3113-11,,,,-------11--M--------4--"------------"-a-------q"--------* T,Th, ! A r t 1002 7-10 pm ; E n v i r E s t h e t i c s ; FRIEDERICHSEN I ; Engl i s h - 5490 ;Science F i c t i o n 1 PALOSAARI I I I I ~i 01 ogy 2006 ~ H P E5520 ;Hum Anat & ~ h ~ s i o j ~ nSt ar f oe t y Ed ;MICKELBERG ;WAGNER Engl i s h 5464 ;Afr L i t ;MITCHELL I IEconomics I 2220 ;Urban Economics SABELLA ; I I iHPE 5555 I I 1 WAGNER I ;D r i v e r , Traffic C--3-C-"--ll-"L---------J13-I--I-""-------A---"---"----~----L~----------------a I I Paul Rusten's F i l m Making Workshop 1042 (5442, 9842) meets i n A r t B u i l d i n g , 8 am t o 12. A i l e n e , Cole's I n t e r p r e t a t i v e Reading 9860 meets M, W, 7-9 pm a t 2815 4 1 s t Avenue South. Other classes meet a t times &' places arranged w i t h t h e i n s t r u c t o r s .
Show less
Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1974
Title
Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1974
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
about summer courses COURSES a t Augsburg College carry a value of one Course Credit, the equivalent of six quarter credits o r four semester credits. W TERM I May 28 TERM I 1 June 24 AUGUST % - June 20 - August .- 4 11 5 12 6 13 7 14 8 15 9 16 10 17 P ~ ~ F ESUM DMER OFFERI...
Show more about summer courses COURSES a t Augsburg College carry a value of one Course Credit, the equivalent of six quarter credits o r four semester credits. W TERM I May 28 TERM I 1 June 24 AUGUST % - June 20 - August .- 4 11 5 12 6 13 7 14 8 15 9 16 10 17 P ~ ~ F ESUM DMER OFFERINGSare l i s t e d i n the center of t h i s brochure. LOWER-DIVISION courses, intended primarily for freshman and sophomore students, are those with a '1 or 2 as the third digitof the five-digit Course Number. A 3 o r 4 i n t h a t position indicates an upper-division course, intended primarily for juniors or seniors. 2 COURSES REGULARLY taught during the academic year are described i n I f you need more informathe catalog issue of Augsburg C o l l e g e Now. tion about special summer offerings, please consult the Summer School Office. - TERM I1 WORKSHOP August 5 23 - INmPENDENT STUDY, while not l i s t e d among the course offerings, may be pursued during the summer in a number of depaments. For information consult the Summer School Office. CHANGES I N REGISTRATION must be made a t the Sunmrer School Office. No course may be added a f t e r it has met more than s i x hours elapsed class time, except with the special permission of the instructor. THE COIL!ZGE RESERVES the r i g h t t o cancel l i s t e d courses. costs SUMMER SCHOOL CHARGES i n c l u d e a General Fee o f $15, p l u s T u i t i o n o f $170 per course. Laboratory o r s p e c i a l f e e s may be charged f o r same courses. A DEPOSIT cf $30 must accompany t h e A p p l i c a t i o n Form. T h i s d e p s i t i s r e f u n d a b l e only i f the courses l i s t e d b y the s t u d e n t , i n c l u d i n g a l t e r n a t e s , should be c a n c e l l e d . The d e p o s i t a p p l i e s toward t h e General Fee and T u i t i a n . CHARGE FOR AUDITING a course ( t a k i n g it w i t h o u t c o l l e g e c r e d i t ) i s $80. In courses w i t h l i m i t e d e n r o l l m e n t , p r e f e r e n c e w i l l be g i v e n t o full-tuition students. SUMMER STUDENTS may take one course during Term I and two courses during Term 11, f o r a t o t a l of three courses i n the two regular terms. The Japanese Print Making Workshop, beginning August 5, may be taken i n addition t o courses completed i n the regular terms. PERSONS PLANNING t o attend Summer School are advised t o apply as soon as possible, since courses without substantial demand may be dropped. STUDENTS NEEDING HWSING may o b t a i n i n f o r m a t i o n from t h e D i r e c t o r of Limited food s e r v i c e i s a v a i l a b l e , supplemented b y s e v e r a l Housing. r e s t a u r a n t s and snack shops i n t h e Augsburg v i c i n i t y . C O V E R : D A V I D S T E N S H O E L a REGISTRATION i s t o be completed not l a t e r than the f i r s t day o f each term a t the Summer School O f f i c e , Memorial H a l l 111. ALL CHARGES f o r t h e term must be paid before r e g i s t r a t i o n i s complete. A Late Regist r a t i o n Fee o f $10 w i l l be added f o r students who complete registrat i o n a f t e r t h e f i r s t day o f the term. TUITION REFUND f o r c a n c e l l e d courses w i l l b e allowed a s i n d i c a t e d b y the t a b l e on t h e r i g h t . Such r e f u n d i s l i m i t e d b y the non-refundable dep o s i t . No r e f u n d w i l l be m d e a f t e r t h e l i s t e d dates. COURSE CANCELLATION DATE REFUND! TERM I 1 TERM I i :z 1 1 100%f Mav 28-29 1 June 25-27 May 30-31 June 28-30 J i e 3-4 July 1-3 40% June 5-6 July 5-10 1974 SUMMER SPECIALS bgskrrgColkge JAZZ STYLES. E a r l y jazz h e r i t a g e s and t h e b l u e s ; New Orleans and Chicago Dixieland, ragtime, boogie-woogie, swing, bop, cool and funky s t y l e s ; our e c l e c t i c e r a and p o s s i b l e f u t u r e s . Performance a b i l i t y n o t required; includes a paper o r p r o j e c t a p p r o p r i a t e t o D r . James Carlson. Term I I . See MUS 82240. s t u d e n t ' s jazz capacity. FILMMAKING. Students design and produce a 16m sound film. The language of f i l m , f i l m design, s c r i p t i n g , production planning; cinemato9raphy, l i g h t i n g , sound recording; c a s t i n g , d i r e c t i n g , s t a g i n g ; Lab f e e of $50 provides a l l s t u d e n t needs, l a b o r a t o r y techniques. Instructor i s Paul Rusten. See ART 10242, s u p p l i e s , equipment use. 1 Summer School -Memori a1 2 Sverdrup L i b r a r . ~ 3 ~ ce ni c e l ~ d mni i s t r a t i on 4 OldMain 5 Augsburg College Center 6 Mortensen Tower 7 Urness Tower 8 Murphy Square (Park) 9 A r t Studio 10 S i Melby H a l l 11 Music B u i l d i n g 12 Drama-Speech B u i l d i n g S t . Paul ENG 54244, SPC 98242. PHOTOGRAPHY. The a r t of s t i l l camera photography. Development of s k i l l s of photographic composition; using p i c t u r e s t o communicate; camera techniques and l i m i t a t i o n s ; photographic processing possiART 101 32. b i l i t i e s , darkroom. work. Robert Friederichsen, Term I . MOVING IMAGE MEDIA, The s h o r t f i l m and t e l e v i s i o n ; p r e t a t i o n , production techniques. Work i n 8mm f i l m For e n t h u s i a s t s a s w e l l a s t e a c h e r s who want t o use Taught by John Mitchell, Term I I . See ENG sion. . CONTEMPORARY AFRICAN LITERATURE. analysis, interand video media. f i l m and t e l e v i - AUGSBURG COLLEGE i s i n the Cedar-Riverside area o f Minneapolis, where i t s r ' n s t i t u t i ona'l neighbors include the U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (West Bank) and Fairview and S t . Mary's h o s p i t a l s . The College i s e a s i l y accessible from Interstate Highway 94. Approaching from t h e west, use t h e 25th Avenue-Riverside e x i t ; from t h e e a s t , e x i t t o Riverside. 54242, I A readings course i n works of contemporary African n o v e l i s t s , p o e t s , d r a m a t i s t s , s h o r t s t o r y w r i t e r s , and e s s a y i s t s t o f a m i l i a r i z e s t u d e n t s with t h e growing wealth of African l i t e r a t u r e , themes and t r a d i t i o n s , and t o s t i m u l a t e a crossTerm I I . See ENG 54364. c u l t u r a l human experience. John Mitchell. A study of c r e a t i v i t y with emphasis upon CREATIVE PROBLEM-SOLVING. ways of c u l t i v a t i n g c r e a t i v e behavior and applying it t o v a r i o u s a s p e c t s of problem solving; p h i l o s o p h i c a l and psychological dimenD r . Raymond Anderson. Term I I . See SPC 98356. s i o n s of t h e task. LOVE I N LITERATURE AND MEDIA. Passionate l o v e i n lite r a t u r e from a n t i a u i t -v t o today; i d e a s about sex and love i n contemporary popular music, t e l e v i s i o n & film. D r . Ronald Palosaari. Term I . See ENG 54269. - CHRISTIAN DEVOTIONAL CLASSICS. s i g n i f i c a n t w r i t i n g s from t h e second century t o t h e present. Among works considered a r e those of August i n e , Bernard of Clairvaux, Catherine of Siena and D i e t r i c h Bonhoeff e r ; understandings of t h e s p i r i t u a l l i f e a s d i s c l o s e d i n t h e s e D r . Philip Quanbeck. Term I . See REL 87370. Christian classics. RELIGIONS OF INDIA: Hinduism & Buddhism. H i s t o r i c a l , l i t e r a r y and s o c i o l o g i c a l p e r s p e c t i v e s from a n t i q u i t y t o t h e present. Also t r e a t s Jainism, Sikkhism and Islam. Uses primary t e x t s , films of Hindu Instructor: D r . John Benson. Term I I . See REL 87372. ritual. WOMAN: Image and Reality WOMEN WRITERS AND NOMAN'S IDENTITY. s e l e c t e d female w r i t e r s of t h e twentieth century, including V i r g i n i a Woolf and S y l v i a P l a t h , who have explored i n t h e i r works what it means t o be a woman; reading i n depth t h e work of a woman w r i t e r of each s t u d e n t ' s choice. Taught by D r . Catherine Nicholl. ' Term I . See EN6 54239. PSYCHOLOGY AND WOMEN. c u l t u r a l assumptions and psychological premise s of presumed s e x - r e l a t e d c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s ; research on sex d i f f e r Taught by Lila Anderegg. Term ences, including s t a t u s and r o l e s . 11, evenings. See PSY 86395 308. PHILOSOPHIES OF FEMINISM. Philosophical a n a l y s i s of key concepts of feminism i n myth, l i t e r a t u r e , r e l i g i o n and a r t ; t h e o r i e s and imp l i c a t i o n s ofmatriarchical/patriarchical, pro-feminist/anti-feminist c u l t u r e s , c o u r t l y and romantic love, and t h e c u l t of t h e v i r g i n . Taught by D r . Mark Fuehrer. Term I I . See PHI 83450. (Descriptions continued after listings) COURSES DEPT NUMBER SECT COURSE TITLE ART ART ART ART ART ART ART BED BED €310 BUS CHM CHM ECO EDE EDS ENG ENG ENG ENG ENG ENG GER GER HIS HPE HPE HPE MUS PHI PHI PHY POL POL POL PSY PSY PSY PSY PSY PSY REL REL SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC SPA SPA SPC SPC SPC SPC 10102 10118 10132 10223 10242 10355 10368 33101 33350 20103 21121 34105 34353 22120 4448454854239 54269 54242 54244 54338 54364 72111 72112 56260 551 11 55484 55491 82240 83130 83450 84101 85295 85367 85365 86105 86351 86364 86375 86395 86395 87370 87372 94255 94255 94367 94372 94375 94480 76111 76112 98111 98116 98242 98356 309 305 306 303 303 303 306 304 307 305 306 304 300 307 ----- 306 303 300 306 306 302 305 303 300 306 307 302 300 302 304 302 301 308 302 301 301 304 300 308 31 7 300 306 312 304 302 307 300 308 301 309 305 304 308 306 INSTRUCTOR TERM TIME Environmental E s t h e t i c s Friederichsen I 1 Thompson I1 Painting I Photography Friederichsen I Yoshi da IIW Printmaking I (Japanese Wood-Block) Filmmaking Rusten I Painting I 1 Thompson I1 Yoshida IIW Printmaking I 1 (Japanese Wood-Block) Elementary T y p e w r i t i n g (no c r e d i t ) Wammer I1 I1 Advanced T y p e w r i t i n g Wammer Human Anatomy and Physiology Mickelberg It11 I I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Management O'Malley P r i n c i p l e s o f Chemistry Gyberg I1 Q u a n t i t a t i v e Analysis Gyberg I1 Economics o f Urban Issues Sabel 1a I Student Teaching, Elementary Staff I1 Student Teaching, Secondary E. Johnson I1 C. N i c h o l l I Women W r i t e r s and Woman's I d e n t i t y I Love i n L i t . and Media Pal o s a a r i Mitchell 11 Moving Image Media I Filmmaking Rusten Twentieth Century B r i t i s h L i t e r a t u r e Sargent I M itchel 1 I1 Contemporary A f r i c a n L i t e r a t u r e Oyler I Beginning German I Oyl e r I1 Beginning German I 1 Minnesota Discovery Chrislock/R. Nelson I S a f e t y and Drug Education Lindgren I1 C. Nelson I A p p l i e d Adapted A c t i v i t i e s C. Nelson I1 Therapeutic Exercise I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Jazz S t y l e s Carl son I1 Logic Fuehrer I1 Philosophies o f Feminism Fuehrer I1 Astronomy Paulson I1 I1 Games o f P o l i t i c s Hedbl om O r r i L p i U n f o r S o c i a l Change Schei be1 I1 I International Politicians Noonan I General Psychology Thoni I Developmental Psycho1 ogy: C h i l d D. Johnson Experimental Psychology Dyrud/Anderegg I1 S o c i a l Psycho1 ogy Dyrud I1 Psychology and Women Anderegg I1 Themes i n Human I d e n t i t y Knefel kamp/Widick I1 I C h r i s t i a n Devotional Classics (luanbeck Religions o f I n d i a Benson I1 I Youth Work i n Wilderness Medium Wagner Youth Work i n Wilderness Medium Wagner 11 O r g a n i z a t i o n f o r S o c i a l Change Schei be1 I1 I Aging i n Urbanized America Steen S o c i a l Psychology Dyrud I1 Urban New Towns Torstenson I Kingsley I Beginning Spanish I Kingsley I1 Beginning Spanish I 1 Beginning Speech Cole I C r e a t i v e Dramatics Cole I Filmmaking Rusten I C r e a t i v e Problem-Solving ReAnderson I 1 8 9 H+J 9 S 9 9 9 9 S C+D 4+5 3+5 J+K 9 9 B+C H+J 6 S C+D 7 B+D 2 F+G+S 6 Arr. Arr. 5 2 4 7 3 3 C+D B+D B+C 3 5 7 7 AtB 1 F+G+S 8+9 3 H+J 5 C+D B+E 2 C+D S S 2 ADD ROOM FEE SPECIAL COMMENTS A-110 Arts Arts Arts A-110 $50 Arts Arts OM-10 OM-10 S-205 L-1 S-205 S-205 L-1 A r r . $15 Arr. $15 Arr. MH-1 S-205 $10 A-110 $50 S-205 S-205 MH-1 MH-1 S-205 Yes 6-12 Arr. Arr. S-34 S-34 S-34 S-34 S-34 MH-1 MH-1 A-110 S-34 L-1 L-1 L-1 MH-1 L-1 S-205 S-34 Yes 5-34 Yes MH-1 S-34 L-1 A-110 S-205 S-205 Theater Arr. A-110$50 L-1 Times arranged August 5-23, 8:30 am t o noon 1:OO-5:00 pm, MTWT Times arranged August 5-23, 8:30 am t o noon T u i t i o n = $80; 6:45-9pm MTTh 6:45-9:00 pm, MTTh 10 weeks, 6-9 pm, T & Th L e c t u r e = 4; l a b = 5 L e c t u r e = 3; l a b = 5 June 17 through J u l y 26; Dept. o f Education ( consult 1:OO-5:00 pm, MTWT About $75 t r a v e l costs -- (People, E l i t e s & For. Pol.) P e r i o d D meets i n S-34 A v a i l a b l e e i t h e r term. ca, f o r wilderness t r i p . ( $60 6:OO-10:OO pm, Tues., 1:OO-5:00pm,MTWT Wed. UNLESS OTHERWISE noted under "SPECIAL COMMENTS," Term I classes extend from Tuesday, May 28, through Thursday, June 20, and Term I 1 courses a r e t a u g h t from Monday, June 24, through Friday, August 2. The schedules below i n d i c a t e t h e hours and days o f t h e week when classes meet, keyed t o t h e l e t t e r o r number l i s t e d above under "TIME". NOTE t h a t most Term I courses meet e i g h t t o t e n times p e r week; thus "A+BM means t h a t a c l a s s meets 7:10 t o 8:20 and 8:30 t o 9:40. both A = 7:lO-8:20 am MTWT F MTWTF MTWTF MTWTF MTWTF MTWT MTWT 5:lO-6:40 ~ r n MTWT 6:50-8:20 bm MTWT MTWT =8 : 3 o - i o : o o ~ m See "SPECIA~ COMMENTS" TERM B = 8:30-9:40am C = 9:50-11 :00 am D = 11:lO am-12:20 pm I E = 12:30-1:40 pm F 1:50-3:20 pm May28 G = 3:30-5:00 pm = H J J u n e 2 0 S = = ~ = TERM 11 JUW 24 Aug. 2 1 = 7:15-8:40am 2 = 8:50-10:15am 3=10:25-11:50am 4 = 12:OO-1:25 pm 5 = 1:35-3:20pm 6 = 3:30-5:15pm 7 = 6:00-9:30 pm 9 = See 1 1 MTWTF MTWTF MTWTF MTWTF MTWT MTWT Room Locations M. w COMMENTS" ~ ~ A-110 ArtS 1-1 5-34 5-205 0m-10 ~ MH-1 A r t Bui 1d i n g A r t Bui 1d i n g L i b r a r y (basement) Science B u i l d i n g Science Bui l d i ng ~ Old~ Main ~ Memorial H a l l (SE, basement) ~ This Summer in the SOCIAL SCIENCES MINNESOTA DISCOVERY. H i s t o r i c a l s i t e s and museums a s an approach t o understanding s t a t e and a r e a h i s t o r y . Students supply camping equipment and provisions f o r extended f i e l d t r i p s . Cooperation with t h e Minnesota H i s t o r i c a l Society, readings and p r o j e c t s , t o introduce career opportunities. T r i p s w i l l r e q u i r e some a d d i t i o n a l expense. Term I. See HIS 56260. Professors Carl Chrislock & Richard Nelson. INTERNATIONAL POLITICIANS. The powers behind f o r e i g n p o l i c y decisions i n t h e United S t a t e s , focusing upon t h e Cuban m i s s i l e c r i s i s and i t s r e s o l u t i o n ; t h e r o l e of e l i t e s and determinants of a l t e r n a Term I. See POL 85365. tives. Taught by D r . Norma Noonan. GAMES OF POLITICS. An approach t o t h e understanding of p o l i t i c a l i s s u e s and processes through simulation. Consideration of s t r e n g t h s and l i m i t a t i o n s of games a s media of teaching and learning. No preTerm II. See POL 85295. requisites. Taught by Dr. Milda Hedblom. INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT. Fundamental concepts and p r i n c i p l e s of management, r e l a t i n g o r g a n i z a t i o n a l g o a l s , o b j e c t i v e s and p o l i c i e s t o t h e planning and c o n t r o l processes. Behavioral, s t r u c t u r a l , t a s k M . O'ffalley. Term I. See BUS 21121, and resource considerations. ~ u m m b rWorkshops JAPANESE PRINTMAKING TOSHI YOSHIDA, c e l e b r a t e d Japanese printmaker, r e t u r n s t o Augsburg College f o r a three-week workshop August 5 t o 23. L i m i t e d t o t h i r t y students, t h e workshop provides an e x t r a o r d i n a r y o p p o r t u n i t y t o study t r a d i t i o n a l and contemporary approaches t o t h e unique a r t o f t h e Japanese wood-block p r i n t . The Augsburg workshop i s one o f f o u r throughout t h e U n i t e d States Member o f t h e t h i r d generawhich Mr. Yoshida i s teaching i n 1974. t i o n o f a r t i s t s i n t h e y o s h i d a f a m i l y , he has had more than 100 oneman shows i n t h e United States. H i s works a r e i n t h e permanent c o l l e c t i o n s o f many major museums, among them t h e Museum o f Modern A r t i n New York, t h e Museum o f Modern A r t i n Tokyo, t h e Museum o f Fine A r t s i n Boston, t h e A r t I n s t i t u t e o f Chicago, and t h e Sydney Museum i n Australia. Students may r e g i s t e r f o r t h e Yoshida Workshop under Printmaking I (ART 10223) o r Printmaking I 1 (ART 10368), depending upon previous experience. H U M A N RELATIONS URBAN NEW TOWNS. Comprehensive community planning i n t h e modern metropolis; t h e European experience; s t r u c t u r e s , processes and i s s u e s of community planning i n American c i t i e s ; Cedar-Riverside and D r . J o e l Torstenson. Term I. See SOC 94480. Jonathan. YOUTH WORK IN A WILDERNESS MEDIUM. Wilderness camping a s focus f o r building group, i n d i v i d u a l r e l a t i o n s h i p s . The youth subculture; p r i n c i p l e s , techniques of youth work; wilderness camping s k i l l s ; leadership. (Canoe-trip l a b o r a t o r y i n Boundary Waters a r e a involves added costs.) Anthony Wagner. Term I o r Term II. See SOC 94256. HUMAN RELATIONS WORKSHOP. Understanding r a c i a l , c u l t u r a l and economic groups; developing s k i l l s ir. hpadling d i s c r i m i n a t i o n and b i a s and i n c r e a t i n g p o s i t i v e i n t e r p e r s o n a l r e l a t i o n s h i p s . Minimum of 60 hours c l a s s and f i e l d work. F u l f i l l s t h e EDU 521 S t a t e Department Taught by of Education requirement of human r e l a t i o n s f o r t e a c h e r s . D r . Sheldon Fardig. See EDE 44488, EDS 45488. Note s p e c i a l dates. JAZZ AGING I N URBANIZED AMERICA. Demographic r e a l i t i e s of aging; sociol o g i c a l , p o l i t i c a l , economic and psychological a s p e c t s of aging. New o r g a n i z a t i o n a l and programmatic approaches i n t h e seventies. Taught by D r . Paul Steen. Term I. See SOC 94372, ORGANIZATION FOR SOCIAL CHANGE. For persons d e s i r i n g t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n giving d i r e c t i o n t o s o c i a l change; l e d by James Scheibel of t h e Center f o r Urban Encounter. The n a t u r e of change, t h e understanding of power, t h e d e f i n i t i o n of i s s u e s , t h e implementation of change. Term II. See POL 85367 o r SOC 94367. THEMES IN HUMAN AUGSBURG JAZZ WORKSHOP. New t h i s y e a r , t h e Jazz Workshop w i l l be a one-week experience f o r jazz musicians and music d i r e c t o r s . Dates a r e June 16-21. With work i n performance, arranging and composing, t h e workshop w i l l be under t h e l e a d e r s h i p of Steve Wright, A r t i s t i n Residence a t Augsburg. College c r e d i t is a v a i l a b l e . For information write: Michael Walgren, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, MN 55404, CHOIR IDENTITY. I n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y course i n psychology and l i t e r a t u r e emphasizing themes i n human i d e n t i t y a s found i n modern l i t e r a t u r e and i n p e r s o n a l i t y theory. Limited t o freshmen, sophomores and f i r s t - t e r m juniors. Taught by Lee Knefelkamp and See PSY 86395 315. Carole Widick. Term 11, evenings. SATEREN CHORAL WORKSHOP. This y e a r ' s workshop w i l l be h e l d June 16 through June 21. I n a d d i t i o n t o D r , Lee Sateren and D r . Dale Warland, guest composer w i l l be D r . Daniel Pinkham of t h e f a c u l t y of t h e New England Conservatory of Music, who i s a l s o music d i r e c t o r of h i s t o r i c King's Chapel i n Boston. College c r e d i t a v a i l a b l e . InforIMtion: Michael Walgren, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, MN 55404. 1 augsburg summer school application form eligibility FULL NAME : ---,--last----------first-----------rniddle PmQNS IN GOOD SR4AQlNG a t r e g i o n a l l y a c c r e d i t e d c o l l e g e s and universities, as we22 a s graduates of such i n s t i t u t i o n s , are e l i g i b l e t o a t t e n d Augsburg S-r Sehoal. Good s t a n d i n g i m p l i e s t h a t the s t u d e n t has been admitted t o a collage and h a s n o t s u b s e q u e n t l y b e e n dropped by t h a t i n s t i t d o n . SEX: MARITAL STATUS: Divorced - Single Married Widowed - - MF - STUDENTS AOEIITTED t o Augsburg C o l l e g e f o r the F a l l Term o f the ~ u r ~ n t., year a r e e l i g i b l e t o a t t e n d Summer School, a s a r e persons a d m i t t e d b y o t h e r c o l l e g e s f o r the f a l l o f this year. PERMANENT ADDRESS : PRESENT ADDRESS: IP R B F U W ATTEw2?3NG or admitted to ataOthsr educaUonkX i n s t i t u t i o n , the applf cant must provide Rugsburg. S m m ~ f School w i t h a statement f m an appropriate o f f i c i a l of his college that k is in gmd standi n g and eligfble tn earn credits d u r i n g the summer ~ e s s i o n s . (A form for this purpose i s at the Bottom of this page.) C r e d i t s cannot be transferred u n t i l this mqwirementr has been f u l f i l l e d . o r maiden------ ........................... AUGSBURG STUDENT NUMBER ( i f any) ----street----------/------~ity----------/----state------ ----county---------/----zip---/------telephone------------street ----------/-------city----------/----state---------county----------/----zip----/------telephone--------- PLEASE CHECK AND COMPLETE ALL APPLICABLE ITEMS: I am now a student a t Augsburg College and have been since - I previously attended Augsburg Col 1ege [When?] Col l ege. Iam n o t an Augshurg student b u t attend I am t r a n s f e r r i n g t o Augsburg; L (have) (have n o t ) b e ~ nadmitted. - I have been admitted t o Augsburg as a Freshman for next Fa1Coll 1. ege. I have earned a bachelor's degree from - I plan t o attend Augsburg College o n l y Tor t h e Sumner School. So. - Jr. Sr. - Other. My PRESENT c l a s s i f i c a t i o n : - Fr. Fr. --So. - Jr. Sr. Other. C l a s s i f i c a t i o n SUMMER '74: . - OTHER PERSONS wishing to take summer school work should contact the Director of Summer School to ascertain eligibility under special circumstances. ACCEPTANCE a s a sunxner s t u d e n t does n o t i m p l y admission a s a r e g u l a r s t u d e n t of Augsburg College. Persons w i s h i n g t o b e g i n a degree program a t the c o l l e g e should apply f o r admission through the O f f i c e o f Admissions. - - - THE MAXIMUM LOAD f o r TERM I i s one course. I s two courses. The maximum f o r - TERM I 1 IPLAN TO TAKE THE FOLLOWING COURSES: approval form TERM fTkis form i s to be used by stuUeats regularly attending institutions other than kugsbuq College. Augsburg Summer School credits may be transferred to the student's home institution if approval is granted by that college or universitg.) ABBREVIATED COURSE TITLE SECT. COURSE NO. DEPT. I Student's Name I f my above choices are cancelled, Iwould s u b s t i t u t e the following: College o r University The person named above i s a student i n good standing and i s permitted t o earn sumner school c r e d i t s a t Augsburg College. Restrictions o r q u a l i f i c a t i o n s , i f any: Signature and T i t l e (Dean, R e g i s t r a r , o r o t h e r Responsible O f f i c e r ) (Return completed form to Summer School, Augsburg C o l l e g e , Minneapolis, MN 55404 I I 1 1 . A non-refundable t u i t i o n deposit o f $30.00 must accompany t h i s form. A l l charges f o r TERM Imust Checks are payable t o Augsburg College. be p a i d i n f u l l n o t l a t e r than Tuesday, May 28, 1974. TERM 11 charges must be p a i d n o t l a t e r than June 24, 1974. Return t h i s form and deposit, t o S u n e r School , Augsburg College, Minneapolis, MN 55404. DATE: 1974 SIGNATURE:
Show less
Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1976
Title
Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1976
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
ALL COURSES a t Augsburg College c a r r y a v a l u e of one Course C r e d i t , t h e e q u i v a l e n t of s i x q u a r t e r c r e d i t s o r f o u r s e m e s t e r c r e d i t s . PROJECTED SUMMER OFFERINGS a r e l i s t e d i n t h i s brochure., LOWER-DIVISION COURSES, i n t e n...
Show more ALL COURSES a t Augsburg College c a r r y a v a l u e of one Course C r e d i t , t h e e q u i v a l e n t of s i x q u a r t e r c r e d i t s o r f o u r s e m e s t e r c r e d i t s . PROJECTED SUMMER OFFERINGS a r e l i s t e d i n t h i s brochure., LOWER-DIVISION COURSES, i n t e n d e d p r i m a r i l y f o r freshman and sophomore s t u d e n t s , a r e t h o s e w i t h a 1 o r 2 a s t h e t h i r d d i g i t of t h e f i v e - d i g i t Course Number. A 3 o r 4 i n t h a t p o s i t i o n i n d i c a t e s a n upper-division course, intended primarily f o r juniors o r seniors. COURSES REGULARLY TAUGHT d u r i n g t h e academic y e a r a r e more f u l l y I f you need d e s c r i b e d i n t h e c a t a l o g i s s u e of AUGSaURG COLLEGE NW. more i n f o r m a t i o n about a s p e c i a l summer o f f e r i n g , p l e a s e c o n t a c t t h e Summer School O f f i c e . INDEPENDENT STUW, while not f i t e d among M e couhbe o66&n@, may be pwlnued d d n g M e nummm i n a nwnbm 06 d e p a h t m e d . Fok &dotm d o n , cons& M e Summm School O66ice. CHANGES I N REGISTRATION must b e made a t t h e Summer School O f f i c e . No c o u r s e may b e added a f t e r i t h a s met more t h a n s i x h o u r s e l a p s e d c l a s s time, e x c e p t w i t h t h e s p e c i a l permission of t h e i n s t r u c t o r . THE COLLEGE RESERVES THE RIWT TO CANCEL LISTED COUSES. SUMMER SCHOOLCHARGES i n c l u d e a G e n e r a l Fee of $15. T u i t i o n i s $190 p e r c o u r s e . Laboratory o r s p e c i a l f e e s may b e charged f o r some courses. A DEPOSIT of $30 must accompany t h e A p p l i c a t i o n Form. T h i s d e p o s i t i s r e f u n d a b l e o n l y i f t h e c o u r s e s l i s t e d by t h e s t u d e n t , i n c l u d i n g a l t e r n a t e s , should b e c a n c e l l e d . The d e p o s i t a p p l i e s toward t h e General Fee and T u i t i o n . CHARGE FOR AUDITING a c o u r s e ( t a k i n g i t w i t h o u t c o l l e g e c r e d i t ) i s I n courses with limited enrollment, ere$90 p l u s $15 g e n e r a l f e e . ference w i l l be given t o f u l l - t u i t i o n students. REGISTRATTON .in t o be compL&ed not Latea Man t h e 6 h t day 06 each tm at M e Summm School Oddice. A L L CHARGES doh .the tm mwt be paid bedote tegh-thation -in compLete. A L d e Reghthation Fee 06 $10 w i l l 2 be added doh ntudemh who compleXe keg.in,hztion a 6 t m t h e 6 i h 6 t day 0 6 M e t e r n . TUITION REFUND f o r c a n c e l l e d c o u r s e s COURSE CANCELLATION DATE w i l l b e allowed a s i n d i c a t e d by t h e REFUND TERM I TERM I1 t a b l e on t h e r i g h t . ( S U ~~ I C ~ U .in J I ~--ToO%June 1-2 J u n e 28-30 fieimited by M e ion-he,jmdabLedepirn-LZ.) 80X June 3-4 ~ u l y1-6 No r e f u n d - w i l l be made a f t e r t h e l i s t e d 60% June 7-8 J u l y 7-9 40% June 9-10 J u l y 12-14 dates. - I I T ~ T ~ [I 4 I ART ART 10 132 PHOTOGRAPHY F h i ~ ~ e n~ h n The camera used a s a t o o l f o r v i s u a l c r e a t i v i t y and express i o n w i t h a t t e n t i o n g i v e n t o b l a c k and w h i t e , c o l o r and photographic processes. Time a r r . ( 1 s t meeting 6/28 7:00 p.m. A r t S) TERM 11 ART 10242 FILM MAKING I RLUt e n D i s c u s s i o n and o b s e r v a t i o n of t h e e x p r e s s i v e and s t r u c t u r a l elements of f i l m w i t h p r a c t i c a l l a b o r a t o r y e x p e r i e n c e . Add. $70 fee. TERM 1 Time a r r . ( 1 s t meeting 611 7:00 p.m. EH) ** ART 10342 FILM MAKING I1 RusXen Advanced c o u r s e f o r t h o s e w i t h p r e v i o u s e x p e r i e n c e i n f i l m making. Add. $70 f e e . TERM 1 Time a r r . ( 1 s t meeting 611 7:00 p.m. EH) BIOLOGY HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY Uichelbmg BIO 20103 A p r o f e s s i o n a l c o u r s e i n t h e s t r u c t u r e and f u n c t i o n of t h e human body. Course r u n s 10 weeks. TERM I E I 1 6:OO-9:00 p.m. T,TH S-205 BUSINESS K a h BUS 21101 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIALACCOUNTING I n t r o d u c t i o n t o b u s i n e s s a c t i v i t i e s , b a s i c c o n c e p t s and fundamentals of a c c o u n t i n g , t h e a c c o u n t i n g c y c l e and p r e p a r a t i o n of f i n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s . TERM 1 1:50-5:00 p.m. M-Th MH- 1 BUS 21 102 PRINCIPLES OF .WAGJRIAL ACCOUNTING Kadm I n t r o d u c t i o n t o b u s i n e s s a c t i v i t i e s , b a s i c concepts and fundamentals o f m a n a g e r i a l a c c o u n t i n g . TERM I 11:lO-1:40 p.m. M-F S-22 BUSINESS EDUCATION BED 33108 CALCULATING MACHINES Lund Operation of ten-key a d d i n g machine; r o t a r y , p r i n t i n g and electronic calculators. 8:30-11:OO a.m. M-F M-10 TERM 1 CHEMISTRY CHM 34105 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY k&on Concepts and laws u n d e r l y i n g c h e m i s t r y i l l u s t r a t e d by a v a r i e t y of examples i n c l u d i n g o r g a n i c and e n v i r o n m e n t a l systems. TERM 11 12:OO-1:25 p.m. M-F, Lab 1:25-4:00 p.m. T-Th S-205, S-323 CHM 3435 3 .QU@TITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Gybehg Covers g r a v i m e t r i c and v o l u m e t r i c a n d y s i s and s o l u t i o n e q u i l i b r i u m i n d e t a i l ; g i v e s an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o s p e c t r o p h o t o m e t r i c t e c h n i q u e s of a n a l y s i s . 10:25-11:50 a.m. M-F, Lab 12:OO-4:00 p.m. N-Th TERM 11 S-205, S-327 ECONOMICS ECO 22120 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Sabe& Study of economic i m p l i c a t i o n s of many problems f a c i n g a metro-urban environment. TERM 1 6:50-10:OO p.m. M-Th S-34 ECO 22122 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO) Sub& An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o macro-economics; n a t i o n a l income a n a l y s i s , monetary and f i s c a l p o l i c y , i n t e r n a t i o n a l t r a d e , economic growth. TERM 11 6:OO-9:30 p.m. M,W L- 1 ECO 22123 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO) SabtUa An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o micro-economics, t h e t h e o r y of t h e housen o l d , f i r m , market s t r u c t u r e s and income d i s t r i b u t i o n . 6:oO-9:30 p.m. T,Th S-34 TERM 11 EDUCATION ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION I N AN URBAN SETTISG Pt&0n (ELEMENTARY) I n v e s t i g a t i o n of v a r i o u s a s p e c t s of t n e t e a c h i n g p r o f e s s i o n and o p p o r t u n i t y f o r in-school work. TERM 1 8:30-11:OO a.m. M-F L-4 EDE 44255 EDE 44425 NURSERY SCHOOL CURRICULUM: METHODS AND MATERIALS Redm Learning about and d e m o n s t r a t i n g knowledge and s k i l l s of t e a c h i n g t h e young c h i l d . 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T,Th L-4 TERM 1 EDE 44481 STUDENT TEAMING (ELEMENTARY) sXa66 Observing and d i r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g e x p e r i e n c e s i n elementary s c h o o l s under s u p e r v i s i o n of c o l l e g e and elementary s c h o o l pers o n n e l . $15 f e e TERU 1 0 . t 11 Time a r r a n g e d EDS 44265 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION ( S E C O N D A R Y ) F U ~ & ~ I n v e s t i g a t i o n of v a r i o u s a s p e c t s of t h e t e a c h i n g p r o f e s s i o n and o p p o r t u n i t y f o r i n - s c i ~ o o l work. TERM 1 9:50-12:20 p.m. M-F L-4 C~-como'~) 8 EDS 45482 -9% O p p o r t u n i t i * arm p r , d d e d zb?c;q e r s - q e s i n o b s e r v i n g and d i r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g e x p e r i e n c e s on t h e s e c o n d a r y s c h o o l l e v e l u n d e r t h e s u p e r v i s i o n of c o l l e g e and h i g h s c h o o l personnel. $15.00 f e e . TERM I oh I I Time a r r a n g e d . ENGLISH ** ENG54282 TOPIC: T H R E E m $ m k W R I T E R S Pdohaat~c A u t h o r s s t u d i e d a r e Rolvaag, Lewis, and F i t z g e r a l d . F i e l d t r i p s included. TERM 11 12:OO-1:25 p.m. M-F S-34 ** Thohntvn ENG 54338 MODERN BRITISH LITERATURE An e x a m i n a t i o n of t h e m a j o r t r e n d s i n modern B r i t i s h l i t e r a t u r e , f o c u s i n g on James J o y c e , D.H. Lawrence, V i r g i n i a Woolf, T.S. E l i o t a n d o t h e r s . TERM I 1:50-5:00 p.m. M-Th S-205 ** ENG 54340 LITERATURE AND FILM P d 0 h ~ T h i s c o u r s e w i l l i n v e s t i g a t e t h e d i f f e r e n c e s between w r i t t e n n a r r a t i v e and f i l m e d n a r r a t i v e . P r e r e q u i s i t e : c o l l e g e literature or film class. TERM 11 6:OO-9:30 p.m. M,W S-205 FRENCH COACHING OF SPORTS I~ n i g e h HPE 55482 Theory and t e c h n i q u e s of c o a c h i n g and p r e v e n t i o n and c a r e of a t h l e t i c i n j u r i e s . G-24 7:lO-9:40 a . m . M-F TERM I C. ~ V e k o n HPE 55485 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES Course i n c l u d e s c o n s i d e r a t i o n o f a m b u l a t i o n , s e l f c a r e , a d a p t e d s p o r t s and games, a n d swimming f o r t h e handicapped. TERM I F r i d a y e v e . , S a t u r d a y mom. G-12 HPE 55491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE C. Nchon A s t u d y of t h e t r e a t m e n t o f d i s e a s e and i n j u r y . Includes g e n e r a l p r i n c i p l e s and a d m i n i s t r a t i o n of n e u r o m u s c u l a r re-education. TERM 11 F r i d a y e v e . , S a t u r d a y mom. G-12 Saugutad HPE 55495 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION Actual h o s p i t a l experience i n c o r r e c t i v e therapy; psychia t r y , orthopedics, neurology, and r e h a b i l i t a t i o n . TERM 11 Time a r r a n g e d . G- 12 HISTORY Jem en HIS 56103 MODERN WORLD A s t u d y of t h e main c u r r e n t s i n w e s t e r n c i v i l i z a t i o n from t h e t i m e of Napoleon t o t h e p r e s e n t . 6:50-10:OO p.m. M-Th L-1 TERM I ** FRE 70212 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH I1 Aan ko w T w e n t i e t h - c e n t u r y l i t e r a r y works a r e e x p l o r e d w i t h t h e g o a l s of communicating i d e a s a n d b u i l d i n g s u f f i c i e n t r e a d i n g s k i l l t o p u r s u e g e n e r a l r e a d i n g and l i t e r a r y s t u d y i n F r e n c h . TERM I 9:50-12:20 p.m. M-F S-20 1 HIS 56234156334 QUELVS, COURTESANS AND CONSORTS N&on A b a s i c c o u r s e i n t h e development of a n c i e n t c i v i l i z a t i o n , f o c u s i n g on t h e c e n t r a l theme of t h e p l a c e of women, b o t h publ i c and p r i v a t e , w i t h i n t h a t c u l t u r e . TERM I1 10:25-11:50 a.m. M-F S-34 GERMAN IWTERDISCIPLINARY GER 72111 BEGINNING GERMAN I -sx~nm&z Classroom p r a c t i c e i n s p e a k i n g , u n d e r s t a n d i n g and r e a d i n g b a s i c German f o r s t u d e n t s w i t h no p r e v i o u s background i n G e r man. TERM I 7: 10-9:40 a.m. M-F S-201 Steinm&z GER 72112 BEGINNING GERMAN T I For s t u d e n t s who h a v e h a d 72111 o r e q u i v a l e n t o r l e s s t h a n two y e a r s of h i g h s c h o o l German. TERM I1 7: 15-8:40 a.m. ?I-F S-20 1 HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION HPE 55111 SAFETY AND DRUG EDUCATION E.NeRnon, SaugenRad An a n a l y s i s o f d r u g a b u s e and what c a n b e done f o r t h e a b u s e s . A l s o i n c l u d e s American Red C r o s s F i r s t Aid c o u r s e . TERM I 7:lO-9:40 a.m. M-F G-12 ** INS 60110/60310 SICEKTFNNIAL SPECIAL: POlJER I N AHERICA P + Z L Lm~ d Py.'iud The s o c i a l s c i e n c e , h i s t o r i c a l and l i t e r a l v i a r p o i n c s of power; i t s h o l d e r s , t h e a d a p t i o n of t h o s e l e s s p o w e r f u l a n d t h e d i f f u s i o n of power t o o t h e r p o p u l a t i o n s w i l l b e i n c l u d e d . 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T , Th TERM 11 L- 1 PHILOSOPHY PHI 83130 LOGIC Reichenbach Examination of t h e r u l e s which g o v e r n v a l i d a r g u m e n t s ; d e v e l o p a b i l i t y t o r e c o g n i z e and c o n s t r u c t sound arguments. TERM I 8:30-9:40 a.m. & 11:lO-12:20 p.m. M-F L-4, L-1 ** PHI 83450 PHILOSOPHIES OF FEYINISM P h i l o s o p h i c a l a n a l y s i s of key concepts of feminism i n myth, l i t e r a t u r e , r e l i g i o n and a r t ; t h e o r i e s and i m p l i c a t i o n s of matr i a r c h i a l l p a t r i a r c h i a l , pro-feministlanti-feminist c u l t u r e s , c o u r t l y and romantic l o v e , and t h e c u l t of t h e v i r g i n . No prerequisites TERN 11 10:25-11:50 a.m. Y-F L- 1 . PHYSICS PHY 84101 Pa& on ASTRONOMY A d e s c r i p t i v e c o u r s e of o u r s o l a r system, s t a r s , and gal- a x i e s . Requires elementary a l g e b r a . TERM 11 6:OO-9:30 p.m. ?I,W PSY 86375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY MLLJL~u An examination o f t h e i d e a o f "group", i t s r e l a t i o n s h i p t o i n d i v i d u a l b e h a v i o r and s o c i e t y . TERM 11 12:OO-1:25 p.m. M-F L- 1 PSY 86493 SEMINAR: CONTEMPORARY ISSUES Andexegg P o i n t s of view w i t h i n b e h a v i o r a l s c i e n c e on contemporary p r o f e s s i o n a l and s o c i e t a l i s s u e s . P r e r e q u i s i t e : 3 courses i n Psychology. TERM 1 11:lO-1:40 p.m. M-F MH- 1 MH- 1 RELIGION POLITICAL SCIENCE POL 85170 LAW I N THE UNITED STATES Sten5 hoed A s u r v e y of American law and l e g a l p r o c e s s . T h e o r i e s of law; law and s o c i e t y ; r o l e s of c o u r t s , p o l i c e , l a w y e r s , and j u r i e s ; t h e U.S. C o n s t i t u t i o n a s "supreme" law; law as p o l i t i c s ; h i s t o r i c and contemporary l e g a l i s s u e s . TERN 11 10:25-11:50 a.m. N-F MH-1 POL 85295 SEMINAR: GANES OF POLITICS Hedbdom An approach t o t h e u n d e r s t a n d i n g of p o l i t i c a l i s s u e s and p r o c e s s e s through s i m u l a t i o n . TERU 1 8:30-11:OO a.m. N-F Place a r r . Hedbdom POL 85342 YASS COMMUNICATIONS I N SOCIETY E f f e c t s of mass communications on i n d i v i d u a l b e h a v i o r ; t h e u s e s and c o n t r o l of mass media f o r p o l i t i c a l and s o c i a l purposes i n c l u d i n g p u b l i c o p i n i o n r e s e a r c h and p o l i t i c a l publ i c relations. ERA4 1 12:30-3:20 p.m. M-Th L- 1 * REL 87111 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY Quad ecir An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e academic d i s c i p l i n e of theology and t o t h e d i a l o g u e between t h e church and t h e world view which concerns Christian doctrine. 8:50-10:15 a.m. M-F L- 1 TERM 11 ** REL 87372 RELIGIONS OF INDIA: HINDUISM AND BUDDHISM. 8en.6on H i s t o r i c a l , l i t e r a r y and s o c i o l o g i c a l p e r s p e c t i v e s from a n t i q u i t y t o t h e p r e s e n t . Uses primary t e x t s , f i l m s of Hindu ritual. TERM 11 8:50-10: 15 a.m. M-F L-1 ** REL 87369 RELIGIOUS IMAGINATION I N MODERN LITERATURE Skibbe P a r t i c u l a r i t i e s of r e l i g i o u s discernment, symbolism and world view w i l l b e d i s c u s s e d i n c o n v e r s a t i o n format. 9:50-12:20 p.m. M-F S-205 TERM 1 SOCIOLOGY PSYCHOLOGY PSY 86 105 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY Fehcju OM-1,Mahhen-11 Methods and approaches used i n psychology f o r t h e purpose of u n d e r s t a n d i n g b e h a v i o r . TEa.1 1 8:30-11:OO a.m. Y-F L-1 (Fe~cjuon) TERM 11 8:50-10:15 a.m. M-F S-34 (hiahken] ** PSY SOC 94231 SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY Maeheb An examination of t h e p a i r e d r e l a t i o n s h i p i n mass s o c i e t y ; t h e p r o c e s s of d a t i n g and mate s e l e c t i o n ; m a r r i a g e and i t s a l t e r n a t i v e s ; and t h e dynamics and s t r u c t u r e of t h e f a m i l y u n i t . TERM 1 8:30-11:OO a.m. M-F S-34 SOC 94241 86130 COGNITIVE DEVELOPMENT Dyhud A s t u d y w i l l b e made of t h e development of t h e c h i l d ' s r e p r e s e n t a t i o n of e v e n t s , t h e s t a g e s , and example i n language, reasoning and judgement. Field t r i p . $5 m a t e r i a l s f e e . TERhi 11 8:50-10:15 a.m. Y-F ?lH- 1 PSY 8635 1 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: CHILD Jchmon A c t i v e i n q u i r y i n t o p r a c t i c a l i m p l i c a t i o n s and a p p l i c a t i o n s of d a t a and t'neory i n r e s p e c t t o t h e development of c h i l d r e n . TERM I 7: 10-9:40 a.m. TI-F S-205 *(I( t.ie PbyCjloLogq C O ~ &Zed, ~ A E d u c d o n heqLLihement. u,rCI, - PSY b6105 meea .the Genehd - .-- INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY G e ~ ~ a h o THE CHILD'S WORLD: An examination of t h e i d e a of c u l t u r e ; t h e p e r s o n ' s r e l a t i o n t o c u l t u r e ; language a s a major o r g a n i z i n g element i n t h e way we s e e t h e world. TERM I 8:30-11:OO a.m. M-F MH- 1 ** SOC 94255 YOUTH WORK I N A WILDERNESS MEDIUM Wagnu Wilderness camping a s focus f o r b u i l d i n g groups and i n d i vidual relationships. Add. $60 f e e . Time a r r . TERM 11 PERSONS I N GOOD STANDING a t r e g i o n a l l y a c c r e d i t e d c o l l e g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s , a s w e l l a s g r a d u a t e s of s u c h i n s t i t u t i o n s , a r e e l i g i b l e t o a t t e n d Augsburg Summer S c h o o l . Good s t a n d i n g i m p l i e s t h a t t h e s t u d e n t h a s b e e n a d m i t t e d t o a c o l l e g e and h a s n o t s u b s e q u e n t l y b e e n dropped by t h a t i n s t i t u t i o n . STUDENTS ADMITTED to Augnbutg CoLCsge dcri -tire F& Tern 0 6 Lize cuhyyem m e e&g.ibBe t o attend .%InIm~h Sdlool, a5 ahe p C h 5 O r z h admiLted by otheh coLLeg~5 6oh t h e ha?? 0 6 t k i a yeah. I F REGULARLY ATTENDING OR ADMITTED t o a n o t h e r e d u c a t i o n a l i n s t i t u t i o n , t h e a p p l i c a n t must p r o v i d e Augsburg Summer S c h o o l w i t h a s t a t e ment from a n a p p r o p r i a t e o f f i c i a l of h i s c o l l e g e t h a t h e i s i n good s t a n d i n g and e l i g i b l e t o e a r n c r e d i t s d u r i n g t h e summer s e s s i o n s . Credits (A form f o r t h i s p u r p o s e i s a t t h e b o t t o m of t h i s p a g e . ) c a n n o t b e t r a n s f e r r e d u n t i l t h i s r e q u i r e m e n t h a s been f u l f i l l e d . OTHER PERSONS whlzing t o .take bwnmeh school tuohk nizodd contact Rhe D i h e c t o ~0 6 Sunnnek School t o ancehtain &ig-ibiLLty u n d u opecide cihcmtancch . fst,fzn. TF.& < 3 : 3Ct-,i 1 :-OQ a:.rri . ,,cS.nlq.;es - .* ,\ .L I ACCEPTANCE a s a summer s t u d e n t d o e s n o t imply a d m i s s i o n a s a r e g u l a r s t u d e n t of Augsburg C o l l e g e . Persons wishing t o begin a degree program a t t h e c o l l e g e s h o u l d a p p l y f o r a d m i s s i o n t h r o u g h t h e O f f i c e of Admissions. c&: L6 ? € T n ,. bi.-g 5-34 ; C:G.tTviE r ' S , w x g S 3SS%2iiatkn ar.4 ;ri-.tics i n s ?uryterLing and ( T h i s form i s t o b e u s e d by s t u d e n t s r e g u l a r l y a t t e n d i n g i n s t i t u t i o n s o t h e r t n a n Augsburg C o l l e g e . Augsburg Summer S c h o o l c r e d i t s may b e t r a n s f e r r e d t o t h e s t u d e n t ' s home i n s t i t u t i o n i f a p p r o v a l i s g r a n t e d by t n a t c o l l e g e o r u n i v e r s i t y . ) - .%LLP,r,,bIS:T?)W~ ~ O ~ ~ I C TI $f O V %:A!&&$~l%' &e.ilirig t:r'i-t%, t h r advarc?? 8 t e ~ s sO F tell?vislo% v r o b u z i n g and 3irecCLnq. a m 6:5G-JO:33.p.b.'f?-T77 MB-2 S2Z- $824: .- $- ,,urse S t u d e n t ' s Name: z College o r University: The p e r s o n named above i s a s t u d e n t i n good s t a n d i n g and i s p e r m i t t e d t o e a r n summer s c n o o l c r e d i t s a t Augsburg C o l l e g e . 332 983x5 ~,~;sc;(ss,op o m - 2 : ~ r i ; s g ~ . ? . . ~ ,-- ~~~-~~~~~~.~~~dj,, Sf gT3& 6~7~;1&!icsi z s&,,t 6. R e s t r i c t i o n s o r q u a l i f i c a t i o n s , i f any: C of t h e :roll? - -Sagn -uhe aiiz I bfle -- ~ m - ~ = ~ e i = - ( R e t w completed damn t o Summeh ScCzool, Augbbwrg CoUege, Minneapa&, Mn. 5 5 4 5 4 ) t A U G S B U R G S U M M E R S C H O O L A P P L I C A T I O N FULL NAME: last first middle o r maiden AUGSBURG STUDENT NUMBER ( i f any) PRESENT ADDRESS: PERMANENT ADDRESS: street city state county i~ telephone street City state county zip telephone PLEASE CHECR AND COMPLETE ALL APPLICABLE ITEMS: I am now a s t u d e n t a t Augsburg College and have been s i n c e -I p r e v i o u s l y a t t e n d e d Augsburg College (When?) . n o t a n Augsburg s t u d e n t b u t a t t e n d -II am am t r a n s f e r r i n g t o Augsburg; I (have) -I have earned a b a c h e l o r ' s degree from (have n o t ) been admitted. College. have been admitted t o Augsburg a s a Freshman f o r n e x t f a l l . I p l a n t o a t t e n d Augsburg College only f o r t h e Summer School. -I - -So. -Jr. -Sr. -Other My PRESENT classification:-Fr. THE MAXIMUM LOAD FOR TERM I I S ONE COURSE. I1 IS TWO COURSES. THE MAXIMUM FOR TERM I plan t o t a k e t h e f o l l o w i n g courses: TERM DFPT. ,COUKSENO. SECT. , ABBREVIATED COURSE TITLE I I f my above courses a r e c a n c e l l e d , I would s u b s t i t u t e t h e following: A non-m6wrdabt.e t&tion d e p o ~ do d $30.00 muax a ~ n p a n y.tkid 60m. U chrvrgeb do* TERM 1 wt Ckeckd nne payable ;to Axgbuhg College. A be paid &I 6uR.t n o t eatm d?a Tueddaq, Jule T , 1976. TERM I I chnngea mwt be paidno2 & ~ r . t h a n Jwe 2 8 , r976. R e h m 60mand d e p o b i L to S U W R SCHOOL, AUGSBURG COLLEGE, MIMMEAPOLIS, W 5 5 4 5 4 -- DATE: =.- : ---19 76 STGNATURE: I
Show less
Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1977
Title
Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1977
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result

Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1978
Title
Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1978
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
SUMMER 78 ffice d AUGSBURG TERM I TERM I1 I KegTsTm COLLEGE May 30. June 23 . June 26 August s I GENERAL INFORMATION ALL COURSES a t Augsburg College c a r r y a v a l u e o f one Course C r e d i t , t h e e q u i v a l e n t of f o u r s e m e s t e r c r e d i t s ( s i x q u a ...
Show more SUMMER 78 ffice d AUGSBURG TERM I TERM I1 I KegTsTm COLLEGE May 30. June 23 . June 26 August s I GENERAL INFORMATION ALL COURSES a t Augsburg College c a r r y a v a l u e o f one Course C r e d i t , t h e e q u i v a l e n t of f o u r s e m e s t e r c r e d i t s ( s i x q u a r t e r c r e d i t s ) . LOWER-DIVISION COURSES, i n t e n d e d p r i m a r i l y f o r freshman and sophomore s t u d e n t s , a r e t h o s e with a 1 o r 2 a s t h e t h i r d d i g i t of t h e f i v e - d i g i t Course Number. A 3 o r 4 i n t h a t p o s i t i o n i n d i c a t e s a n upper-division course, intended primarily f o r juniors o r seniors. COURSES REGULARLY TAUGHT d u r i n g t h e academic y e a r a r e more f u l l y I f you need d e s c r i b e d i n t h e c a t a l o g i s s u e o f AUGSBURG COLLEGE NOW. more i n f o r m a t i o n about a s p e c i a l summer o f f e r i n g , p l e a s e c o n t a c t t h e Summer School O f f i c e . INDEPENDENT STUDY AND INTERNSHIPS may be pursued d u r i n g t h e summer i n a number of departments. For i n f o r m a t i o n , c o n s u l t t h e Summer School Off i c e . CHANGES I N REGISTRATION must be made a t t h e Surwer School O f f i c e . No course may be added a f t e r i t h a s met more t h a n s i x h o u r s e l a p s e d c l a s s time, e x c e p t w i t h t h e s p e c i a l permission of t h e i n s t r u c t o r . COSTS SUMMER SCHOOL CHARGES i n c l u d e a General Fee of $20. T u i t i o n i S $220 p e r course. Laboratory o r s p e c i a l f e e s may be charged f p r some c o u r s e s . (Students who p r e r e g i s t e r b e f o r e March 17 w i l l pay $200 p e r c o u r s e ; between March 18 and A p r i l 14 $210, a f t e r A p r i l 14 $220 per course.) - A DEPOSIT of $35 must accompany t h e P r e r e g i s t r a t i o n Form. T h i s d e p o s i t i s r e f u n d a b l e o n l y i f t h e courses l i s t e d by t h e s t u d e n t , i n c l u d i n g a l t e r n a t e s , should be c a n c e l l e d . The d e p o s i t a p p l i e s toward t h e General Fee and T u i t i o n . CHARGE FOR AUDITING a course ( t a k i n g i t w i t h o u t c o l l e g e c r e d i t ) i s $110 p l u s $20 g e n e r a l f e e . I n courses w i t h l i m i t e d e n r o l l m e n t , p r e f e r e n c e w i l l be g i v e n t o f u l l - t u i t i o n s t u d e n t s . REGISTRATION i s t o be completed not l a t e r than t h e f i r s t day of each term a t t h e Summer School O f f i c e . ALL CHARGES f o r the term must be p a i d b e f o r e t h e r e g i s t r a t i o n i s complete. A Late R e g i s t r a t i o n Fee o f $10 w i l l be added f o r s t u d e n t s who complete r e g i s t r a t i o n a f t e r t h e f i r s t day o f t h e term. TUITION REFLTND f o r c a n c e l l e d c o u r s e s COURSE w i l l be allowed a s i n d i c a t e d by t h e REFUND t a b l e on t h e r i g h t . (Such refund i s 100% l i m i t e d by t h e non-refundable d e p o s i t . ) 80% 60% No refund w i l l be made a f t e r t h e l i s t e d dates. 40% May June - June July August M T 28'29 5 4 11 12 18 19 30 6 13 20 31 7 14 21 25 2 9 16 23 3 0 27 4 11 18 25 1 28 5 12 19 26 . 2 26 3 10 17 24 3 1 W T F S 1 2 8 9 15 16 22 23 3 10 17 24 29 6 13 20 27 3 1 8 15 22 29 5 30 7 14 21 28 4 TERM I May 30 - TERM I1 June 26 June 23 - August 4 S W R STUDENTS may take one course d u r i n g Term I and two courses d u r i n g Term 11, f o r a t o t a l of t h r e e courses i n t h e two r e g u l a r terms. PERSONS PLANNING t o a t t e n d Summer School a r e advised t o p r e r e g i s t e r a s soon a s p o s s i b l e , s i n c e courses w i t h o u t s u b s t a n t i a l demand may be dropped. THE COLLEGE RESERVES THE RIGHT TO CANCEL LISTED COURSES. - S CANCELLATION DATE TERM I TERM I1 May 30-31 June 26-28 June 1-2 June 29-July 3 June 5-6 J u l y 5-7 June 7-8 J u l y 10-12 STUDENTS NEEDING HOUSING may o b t a i n i n f o r m a t i o n from t h e D i r e c t o r of Housing. Limited food s e r v i c e i s a v a i l a b l e , supplenented by s e v e r a l r e s t a u r a n t s and snack shops i n the Augsburg v i c i n i t y . FINANCIAL A I D FOR SUMMER SCHOOL - l i m i t e d t o t h e Guaranteed Student Loan. For s t u d e n t s c a r r y i n g a t l e a s t one-half t h e normal f u l l - t i m e load. I f the a d j u s t e d family income of t h e s t u d e n t i s l e s s than $25,000 per y e a r o r i f f i n a n c i a l need i s e s t a b l i s h e d f o r t h o s e n o t i n t h i s c a t e g o r y , t h e F e d e r a l Government pays t h e f u l l i n t e r e s t on the loan while t h e s t u d e n t i s i n c o l l e g e . When repayment b e g i n s , the s t u d e n t pays t h e f u l l 7% i n t e r e s t on t h e loan. Maximum loan is' $2500 per y e a r o r t h e c o s t of e d u c a t i o n , whichever i s l e s s and t h e aggregate maximum i s $7500. Loan a p p l i c a t i o n s a r e a v a i l a b l e a t t h e College, a t some banks, and from Minnesota S t a t e Loan O f f i c e . Deadline: A p p l i c a t i o n s must be f i l e d w i t h t h e l e n d e r by March 20, 1978. S i n c e p r o c e s s i n g takes up t o 10 weeks, t h e a p p l i c a t i o n must be f i l e d t h i s e a r l y . It is the policy of Augsburg College not to d~scrirn~nate on the basis of race, ,creed, national or ethn~corigin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1 9 7 3 as amended In its admission policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices I DEPARTMENT OF ART A r t 10165 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Title: DEPARTMENT OF ART Art 10107 ' Title: Drawing Drawing i n p e n c i l , c h a r c o a l , i n k , and p a s t e l s . Subjects i n c l u d e s t i l l - l i f e , f i g u r e s , b u i l d i n g i n t e r i o r s and e x t e r i o r s , and experimental work. I n s t r u c t o r : Dorothy Williamson ( 1 s t meeting 5/30, Class meets: Term I , Time arranged. 7:00 p.m. Location: A r t S t u d i o 6 Needle A r t B a s i c and advanced s t i t c h e s of k n i t t i n g and n e e d l e p o i n t . How t o d e s i g n o n e ' s own c r e a t i o n s from s w e a t e r s t o w a l l hangings. B a r g e l l o w i l l be considered i n n e e d l e p o i n t . I n s t r u c t o r : Beverly Skoglund Class meets: Term 11, Time arranged. ( 1 s t meeting 6/26 7:OOp.m. Location: A r t S t u d i o 6 -- ' -- DEPARTMENT OF ART A r t 10221 DEPARTMENT OF ART A r t 10132 Title : Title: Photography The camera used a s a t o o l f o r v i s u a l c r e a t i v i t y and expression with a t t e n t i o n given t o black and w h i t e , c o l o r and photographic processes. Should have a c c e s s t o a 35 mm camera. Limited t o 15 s t u d e n t s . I n s t r u c t o r : Robert F r i e d e r i c h s e n Class meets: Term 11, Time arranged. ( 1 s t meeting 6/26 7:00 p.m.) Location: A r t S t u d i o Sculpture I An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o s c u l p t u r e . Thre-dimensional problems d e a l i n g p r i m a r i l y w i t h form and s c a l e . P r o j e c t s w i l l be developed from w i t h i n s t r i c t d e s i g n l i m i t a t i o n s toward f r e e and c r e a t i v e s o l u t i o n s . I n s t r u c t o r : Robert F r i e d e r i c h s e n Class meets: Term 11, 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T,Th Location: A r t S t u d i o - Lower l e v e l -- -- DEPARTMENT OF ART A r t 10242 DEPARTMENT OF ART A r t 10161 Title: 1 Title: I n t r o d u c t i o n t o B a t i k and Tie Dye Experiments with a v a r i e t y of a r t forms i n b a t i k and t i e dye. Creation of a b a t i k wall-hanging, and t h e combination of b a t i k and/or tie-dye w i t h o t h e r a r t forms. P r e r e q u i s i t e : Drawing I o r consent of i n s t r u c t o r . I n s t r u c t o r : Eleanor Conrad Class meets: Term I , 9:50-12:OO and 12:30-1:40 -M-W-F Location: A r t S t u d i o -- 2 Film Making I Discussion and o b s e r v a t i o n of t h e e x p r e s s i o n and s t r u c t u r a l elements of f i l m w i t h p r a c t i c a l l a b o r a t o r y experience. Add. $70.00 f e e . I n s t r u c t o r : Paul Rus t e n Class meets: Term 11, Time arranged. ( 1 s t meeting 6/26 7:00 p.m. Location: E a s t H a l l -- I DEPARTMENT OF ART Art 10270 Title: I Portable F i b e r Techniques Basic techniques i n weaving on any frame, round o r rectangular. Basic s t e p s i n the a n c i e n t a r t of basketry i n modern f i b e r s and designs. I n s t r u c t o r : Beverly Skoglund Class meets : Term I, Time arranged. ( 1 s t meeting 5/30 -Location: Title: Ceramics I An i n t r o d u c t o r y t o t h e making of p o t t e r y w i t h an emphasis on h a n d b u i l d i n g and g l a z i n g . Limited e n r o l l m e n t . I n s t r u c t o r : Norman Holen Class meets: Term 11, 8:30-11:30 a.m. M-W-F Location: A r t S t u d i o Lower l e v e l -- - A r t Studio DEPARTMENT OF ART A r t 10290 Title: DEPARTMENT OF ART A r t 10350 A r t H i s t o r y Survey A survey of a r t from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times. Includes reading, r e s e a r c h , viewing of s l i d e s , v i s i t s t o museums. I n s t r u c t o r : Mary Swanson Class meets: Term I , 1:50-5:00 p.m. M-T-W-Th-F Location: A r t Studio 6 -- DEPARTMENT OF ART A r t 10351 Title: Ceramics I1 Advanced work i n ceramics w i t h an emphasis on throwing Limited o r h a n d b u i l d i n g and a c o n t i n u a t i o n of g l a z i n g . enrollment. I n s t r u c t o r : Norman Holen C l a s s meets: Term 11, 8:30-11:30 a.m. M-W-F Location: A r t S t u d i o Lower l e v e l -- - DEPARTMENT OF ART A r t 10342 Title: Film Making I1 Advanced course f o r those with previous experience i n f i l m making. Add. $70.00 fee. I n s t r u c t o r : Paul Rusten Class meets: Term 11, Time arranged. ( 1 s t meeting 6/26 7:00 p.m. Location: East Hall -- DEPARTMENT OF ART By s p e c i a l arrangements t h e f o l l o w i n g c o u r s e s may be taken independently: A r t 10118 & 10355 P. Thompson P a i n t i n g I and I1 Printmaking I and I1 A r t 10223 & 10368 P. Thompson A r t Methods Education 45361 D. Williamson - - - - - - DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY Biology 20367 DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY Biology 20103 1 Title: Title : Human Anatomy and Physiology A p r o f e s s i o n a l course i n t h e s t r u c t u r e and f u n c t i o n of t h e human body. Course runs 10 weeks. I n s t r u c t o r : Erwin Mickelberg Class meets: Terms I and 11, 6:30-9:30 p.m. T,Th Location: Science 205 l e c t u r e Science 214 l a b -- DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY Biology 20107 Title: ' Biochemistry An i n t r o d u c t o r y c o n s i d e r a t i o n of t h e chemistry of p r o t e i n , c a r b o h y d r a t e s , l i p i d s and n u c l e i c a c i d s i n c l u d i n g i n t e r mediary metabolism. I n s t r u c t o r : Ken Holman Class meets: Term I, 10:30-12:30 M-T-W-Th-F Location: Science 212 -- DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Business A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 21101 Minnesota Summer Flowering P l a n t s Title: Use of standard keys of i d e n t i f i c a t i o n of l o c a l summer f l o r a . Recognition of common p l a n t s and understanding of taxonomic r e l a t i o n s h i p s . F i e l d t r i p s f o r study and c o l l e c t i n g purposes. I n s t r u c t o r : Roberta L m e r s M-T-W-Th-F Class meets: Term I, 8:30-11:OO a.m., Location: Science 205 -- DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY Biology 20108 Title: I n t r o d u c t i o n t o b u s i n e s s a c t i v i t i e s , b a s i c concepts and fundamentals of a c c o u n t i n g , t h e accounting c y c l e and p r e p a r a t i o n of f i n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s . I n s t r u c t o r : Amin Kader Class meets: Term I , 7:lO-9:40 a.m. M-T-W-Th-F Location: Main 19 - - -- DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Business A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 21262 Microbiology Title: Basic m i c r o b i a l f e a t u r e s a r e considered a s w e l l a s a p p l i c a t i o n of microbiology t o the f i e l d s of medicine. and s a n i t a t i o n . I n s t r u c t o r : Ken Holman Class meets : Term I, Lecture 8:OO-10:OO a.m. M-T-W-Th-F Lab 10:30-1:30 M-W-F Location: Lecture Science 212; Lab Science 202 -- - P r i n c i p l e s of F i n a n c i a l Accounting - I n t e r m e d i a t e Accounting I An a n a l y s i s of a c c o u n t i n g t h e o r y p e r t a i n i n g t o f i n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s , income concepts, c a p i t a l s t o c k and s u r p l u s a c c o u n t s , c u r r e n t and l o n g term a s s e t s . I n s t r u c t o r : Amin Kader Class meets: Term I , 1:50-5:00 p.m. M-T-W-Th Location : Science 2.2 -- DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY &emistry 34105 DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS Economics 22120 Title: Title: Economics of Urban I s s u e s This course, t h e f i r s t semester of a two semester sequence i s designed t o present an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o some of the b a s i c concepts of chemistry which a r e important i n any a r e a involving t h e use of chemical science. Chemical language, chemical r e a c t i o n s and e q u a t i o n s , c a l c u l a t i o n s , i n s i g h t i n t o the chemical bond and p r o p e r t i e s of s o l u t i o n s a r e a l l a p a r t of t h i s i n t r o d u c t i o n . The l a b o r a t o r y w i l l i l l u s t r a t e some of the concepts presented. High School Chemistry i s n o t required. I n s t r u c t o r : E a r l Alton Class meets: Term 11, Lecture 10:25-11:50 a.m. M-T-W-Th-F Lab 12:OO-3:00 p.m. T-W-Th Location: Lecture Science 315 Science 327 Lab Study of economic i m p l i c a t i o n s of many problems f a c i n g a metro-urban environment. I n s t r u c t o r : Edward S a b e l l a M-T-W-Th Class meets: Term I, 6:50-10:OO p.m. Location: Science 212 -- DEPARTMENT OF ECDNOMI CS Economics 22122 Title : -- P r i n c i p l e s of Economics (Macro) - An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o macro-economics; n a t i o n a l income a n a l y s i s , monetary and f i s c a l p o l i c y , i n t e r n a t i o n a l t r a d e , economic growth. I n s t r u c t o r : Garson Sher Class meets: Term I , 6:50-10:OO p.m. M-T-W-Th Location: Memorial H a l l 1 Title: -- - P r i n c i p l e s of Economics (Micro) -- Q u a n t i t a t i v e A n a l y t i c a l blemistry Covers g r a v i m e t r i c and volumetric a n a l y s i s and s o l u t i o n equilibrium i n d e t a i l ; g i v e s an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o s p e c t r o photometric techniques of a n a l y s i s . I n s t r u c t o r : A r l i n Gyberg Class meets: Term 11, Lecture 8:50-10:15 a.m. M-T-W-Th-F Lab 10 :30- 12 :30 T-W-Th Location: Lecture and Lab Science 318 DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS Economics 22123 An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o micro-economics, t h e t h e o r y o f t h e household, firm, market s t r u c t u r e s . a n d income d i s t r i b u t i o n . A p p l i c a t i o n of elementary economic t h e o r y t o market p o l i c y . I n s t r u c t o r : Edward S a b e l l a Class meets: Term 11, 6:OO-9:30 M,W Location: Memorial 1 - DEPARTMENT OF rnEMISTRY Chemistry 34353 -- Title: P r i n c i p l e s of Chemistry DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION Education 44375 J Title: Discovery i n the World of Kindergarten A study of the kindergarten curriculum, e x p l o r a t i o n of m a t e r i a l s , and review of teaching approaches. Laboratory experience i n classroom. (Limited enrollment. Consent of i n s t r u c t o r required. ) Instructor: Lauretta Pelton Class meets : Term I , Time arranged Location: Library 4 -- 9 DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH English 54231 T i t l e : Modern Women W r i t e r s ; DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION Education 44481, 44482, 44483 o r 44484 Title: The c l a s s w i l l begin with a d i s c u s s i o n of modernism, and go on t o e x p l o r e t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p o f a number of B r i t i s h women w r i t e r s t o t h e modernist t r a d i t i o n . Among the q u e s t i o n s t o be asked a r e , a r e we a s women doubly a l i e n a t e d ? I s o u r a r t d i f f e r e n t from men's? How do we c r e a t e o u r sense of o u r own i d e n t i t y ? Equal a t t e n t i o n w i l l be given t o t h e a e s t h e t i c , s t r u c t u r a l , thematic and p o l i t i c a l a s p e c t s of t h e reading. I n s t r u c t o r : Toni Clark Class meets: Term I , 8:30-11:OO a.m. M-T-W-Th-F Location: Main 8 Student Teaching (Elementary, Kindergarten o r Nursery School) Experience i n observing and d i r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g experiences i n elementary schools under s u p e r v i s i o n of c o l l e g e and public school personnel. Add. $15 fee. P r e r e q u i s i t e : Acceptance i n t o the education department I n s t r u c t o r : Steve Reuter Class meets: Term I and/or Term I1 Location : Arranged -- -- DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH English 54111 Title: DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH English 54242 E f f e c t i v e Writing Title: The study of composition with emphasis upon expository Correct usage, l o g i c a l o r g a n i z a t i o n and t h e writing. research paper. I n s t r u c t o r : Richard Sargent Class meets : Term I, 11:10-1 :40 M-T-W-Th-F Location: Library 1 - S t u d i e s i n t h e American Film This course w i l l i n v e s t i g a t e some o f the d i f f e r e n t types of American f i l m , i n c l u d i n g t h e Western f i l m , the g a n g s t e r f i l m , the h o r r o r f i l m and o t h e r s . We w i l l c o n s i d e r what elements i n a f i l m h e l p u s determine a f i l m type and how t h e c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s of a f i l m type o f f e r us a means of understanding and a p p r e c i a t i n g many f i l m s . Some f i l m viewing o u t s i d e of c l a s s time w i l l be r e q u i r e d . I n s t r u c t o r : Ronald P a l o s a a r i Class meets: Term 11, 6:OO-9:30 p.m. M,W Location: L i b r a r y 1 - -- -- DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH English 54219 Title: British Advanced Writing: Exposition Designed t o develop advanced s k i l l s i n e x p o s i t o r y w r i t i n g . I n s t r u c t o r : John M i t c h e l l M,W Class meets: Term 11, 6:OO-9:30 p.m. Location: A r t Studio 6 . -- DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH E n g l i s h 54382 Title: The American Novel 1 A s t u d y of major and r e p r e s e n t a t i v e works of s e l e c t e d American n o v e l i s t s from t h e beginning t o t h e p r e s e n t . I n s t r u c t o r : Ronald P a l o s a a r i Class meets: Term 11, 8:50-10:15 a.m. M-T-W-Th-F Location: Memorial H a l l 1 -- DEPARTMENT OF FOREIGN LANGUAGES German 72111 Title: DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY H i s t o r y 56163156363 Beginning German I Title: Classroom p r a c t i c e i n speaking, understanding and r e a d i n g b a s i c German f o r s t u d e n t s with no previous background i n Ge m a n . I n s t r u c t o r : William Oyler M-T-W-Th-F Class meets: Term I , 8:30-11:OO a.m. Location : Science 22 -- \ 1 Beginning German I1 For s t u d e n t s who have had German 111 o r e q u i v a l e n t o r l e s s t h a n two y e a r s of h i g h school German. I n s t r u c t o r : William Oyler M-T-W-Th-F Class meets: Term 11, 8:50-10:15 a.m. Location: Science 22 DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC Music 82110 -- Title: Western C i v i l i z a t i o n and I t s E s t h e t i c T r a d i t i o n - Based on Kenneth C l a r k ' s f i l m s e r i e s " C i v i l i z a t i o n a Personal View" t h i s i n t r o d u c t o r y course u s e s a s a background the c i t i e s , b u i l d i n g s , and museum works of Europe t o view and d i s c u s s Western C i v i l i z a t i o n a s seen through i t s a r t i s t i c t r a d i t i o n from t h e Middle Ages t o t h e 20th Century. The f i l m s w i l l be supplemented by r e a d i n g s , l e c t u r e s and d i s c u s s i o n s . I n s t r u c t o r : Orloue G i s s e l q u i s t M-T-W-Th-F Class meets: Term I, 8:30-11:OO a.m. Location: A r t S t u d i o 6 -- Music Therapy: A C l i n i c a l Overview V i s i t a t i o n t o approximately 10 music therapy c l i n i c a l s i t e s and f a c i l i t i e s with handicapped i n d i v i d u a l s i n Minnesota. P o s s i b i l i t y of an o v e r n i g h t t r i p t o a neighboring s t a t e . Classroom d i s c u s s i o n of b a s i c s i n t h e f i e l d of music therapy. Designed f o r both music t h e r a p y undergraduate s t u d e n t s a s w e l l a s non-therapy majors. -$lo f e e t o cover c o s t of t r a n s p o r t a t i o n . Need for f l e x i b i l i t y i n time, a s some t r i p s w i l l be scheduled i n morning, a f t e r n o o n , e n t i r e day, perhaps o v e r n i g h t . (Previously o f f e r e d a s I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Music Therapy. ) I n s t r u c t o r : Roberta Metzler Class meats: Term I, 8:30-11:OO a.m. M-T-W-Th-F Main 28 LO ca t i o n : DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY His t o r y 56215 Title: I n every f i e l d t h e r e have been v i s i o n a r i e s whose p e r c e p t i o n of t h e i r world surpassed t h e i r contemporaries. Among s e v e r a l f i g u r e s t o be s t u d i e d a r e Alexander t h e Great and J u l i u s Caesar, P e r i c l e s and Cicero, S o c r a t e s and Paul of Tarsus, Homer and V i r g i l . I n s t r u c t o r : Richard Nelson M-T-W-Th-F Class meets: Term 11, 10:25-11:50 a.m. Location: Science 22 -- DEPARTMENT OF FOREIGN LANGUAGES German 72112 Title: Larger Than L i f e : A Study of Major P e r s o n a l i t i e s of the Ancient World and T h e i r Contribution t o Wes t e r n C i v i l i z a t i o n -- \ DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY Philosophy 83130 Title: - Logic Suppose someone g i v e s you reason and then says you must accept a p a r t i c u l a r conclusion. Do you? When does a conclusion follow from premises? Here we examine the r u l e s which govern v a l i d arguments and work t o develope your a b i l i t y t o recognize and c o n s t r u c t sound arguments. I n s t r u c t o r : Kenneth Bailey M-T-W-Th-F Class meets: Term I , 8:30-11:00 a.m. Location: Main 21 I1' -- DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY Philosophy 83390 Title: The Nature of t h e Mystic Vision This course w i l l examine some of t h e key concepts of mysticism with r e s p e c t t o t h e i r p h i l o s o p h i c a l i m p l i c a t i o n s . The concepts of negation, e c s t a c y , purgation, contemplation w i l l be s t u d i e d a s w e l l a s t h e r e l a t i o n of t h e s o u l t o God, n a t u r e mys t i c i s m , c u l t mysticism e t c . W r i t e r s such a s P l o t i n u s , John of the Cross, Meister Eckhart w i l l be read. The r e l a t i o n of mysticism t o p o e t r y , a r t , and music w i l l a l s o be i n v e s t i g a t e d . No p r e r e q u i s i t e s . I n s t r u c t o r : Mark Fuehrer Class meets: Term I, 3:30-6:40 p.m. M-T-W-Th Location : Science 205 -- I DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HEALTH EDUCATION Physical Education 55 107 Title: Basic S a i l b o a t Cruising This course i s designed f o r the beginning and intermediate s a i l o r . It w i l l begin with classroom i n s t r u c t i o n on terminology, equipment, p o i n t s of t h e wind, navigation e t c . On t h e water i n s t r u c t i o n w i l l be a major p a r t of the course. An a c t u a l c r u i s e has been planned on Lake Superior i n a 3 2 ' f i x e d k e e l boat. You w i l l a c t a s a crew member, a s w e l l a s helmsperson on t h i s c r u i s e . A $100 f e e w i l l be charged i n a d d i t i o n t o t u i t i o n . This w i l l cover boat r e n t a l a s w e l l a s food on t h e extended c r u i s e . Maximum r e g i s t r a t i o n i s 12. I n s t r u c t o r : Joyce P f a f f Class meets: Term I , 5:10-8:20 p.m. M-T-W-Th Location: S i Melby 24 -- DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION AM) HEALTH EDUCATION Health Education 55110 Title: I Personal and Community Health Modern concepts and p r a c t i c e s of h e a l t h and h e a l t h f u l l i v i n g applied t o t h e i n d i v i d u a l and t h e community. I n s t r u c t o r : Pam Paulson Class meets: Term I, 12:30-3:20 p.m. M-T-W-ThgF Location: S i Melby 12 -- DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY Philosophy 83450 DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HEALTH EDUCATION Physical Education 55231 Title : Title: Philosophies of Feminism P h i l o s o p h i c a l a n a l y s i s of key concepts of feminism i n myth, l i t e r a t u r e , r e l i g i o n and a r t ; t h e o r i e s and implicat i o n s of matriarchial/patriarchial, p r o - f e m i n i s t l a n t i f e m i n i s t c u l t u r e s , c o u r t l y and romantic l o v e , and t h e c u l t of the v i r g i n . I n s t r u c t o r : Mark Fuehrer Class meets : Term I , 11:.lo-1 :40 M-T-W-Th-,F Location: Science 22 - -- I-4 I n d i v i d u a l and Dual Sports Theory and p r a c t i c e i n s k i l l s , teaching, and o f f i c i a t i n g i n d i v i d u a l and d u a l s p o r t s . I n s t r u c t o r : Ervin I n n i g e r M-T-W-Th-F Class meets: Term I, 9:50-12:20 Location: S i Melby 12 -f I r DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HEALTH Health Education 55320 Title: I T-m - School Health Curriculum Techniques f o r developing a course of s t u d y based upon growth and development f o r grades K-12. S p e c i a l work u n i t s i n n u t r i t i o n and d i s e a s e s . (Prerequisites: A l l courses i n the major sequence numbered i n the 100 and 200 s e r i e s ; a l s o permission of i n s t r u c t o r . ) I n s t r u c t o r : Richard Borstad Class meets: Term I, 6:50-10:00 p.m. M-T-W-Th Location: ~i elb by 13 DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HEALTH EDUCATION Department of P h y s i c a l Education 55477 & I( course) - - Title: Coaching of B a s k e t b a l l Theory, t e c h n i q u e and a d m i n i s t r a t i v e a s p e c t s o f coaching b a s k e t b a l l . (2nd h a l f of Term I ) I n s t r u c t o r : Ervin Inniger Class meets: 7:lO-9:40 a.m. M-T-W-Th-F Location: S i Melby 24 I -- -- DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HEALTH EDUCATION P h y s i c a l Education 55485 . DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HEALTH EDUCATION Health Education 55410 T i t l e : Applied Adapted A c t i v i t i e s Title: Administration and Supervision of t h e School Health Program Course i n c l u d e s c o n s i d e r a t i o n of ambulation, s e l f c a r e , adapted s p o r t s and games, and swimming f o r t h e handicapped. Prerequisites: 350, 351; H. Ed. 355 Instructor: Chester Nelson Class meets: Term I, Time a r r a n g e d , 1st meeting 5/30, 6:30 Location: S i Melby 12 p.m. H i s t o r i c a l background, l e g a l b a s e s , school h e a l t h s e r v i c e s , and r e l a t i o n s h i p t o community h e a l t h program and resources. Methods and m a t e r i a l s i n h e a l t h education with l a b o r a t o r y experience i n classroom and community. P r e r e q u i s i t e : 320 , Instructor: Richard Bors tad Class meets : Term 11, 8 :50-10 :15 M-T-W-Th-F Location: S i Melby 12 -- -- DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HEALTH EDUCATION Department of Physical Education 55475 (112 course) Title: DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HEALTH EDUCATION P h y s i c a l Education 55491 Title: .YI Prevention and Care of A t h l e t i c I n j u r i e s Emphasis placed on preventing i n j u r i e s . Treatment of common a t h l e t i c i n j u r i e s . P r a c t i c a l experience i n t a p- i n g and training-room procedures. ( 1 s t h a l f - of Term I ) '1 L P r e r e q u i s t e : 350 I n s t r u c t o r : Ervin I n n i g e r Class meets: 7:lO-9:40 a.m. Location: S i Melby 24 -- I i Includes A s t u d y of t h e t r e a t m e n t of d i s e a s e and i n j u r y . g e n e r a l p r i n c i p l e s and a d m i n i s t r a t i o n o f neuro-muscular re-education. Prerequisites: 350, 351; H.Ed. 354. 'Tnstructor: C h e s t e r Nelson Class meets: Term 11, Time a r r a n g e d , 1 s t meeting 6/26, 6:30 ->cation: S i Melby 12 - ( Therapeutic Exercise %- -- - -, I , DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS Physics 84101 DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY Psychology 86105 Title: Title: Astronomy A d e s c r i p t i v e course r e q u i r i n g elementary a l g e b r a . Our s o l a r system, s t a r s and g a l a x i e s . The n e c e s s a r y o p t i c a l instruments a r e explained and use i s made of a 12-inch r e f l e c t i n g t e l e s c o p e , an e i g h t - i n c h C e l e s t r o n , a s w e l l a s a 3-inch Questar. I n s t r u c t o r : Mark Engebretson Class meets: Term 11, 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T,Th Location: Science 22 -- 1 General Psychology Methods and approaches used i n psychology f o r t h e purpose of understanding behavior, and research procedures a s s o c i a t e d with t h e study of behavior. I n s t r u c t o r : Richard Marken Class meets: Term 11, 7:15-8:40 a.m. M-T-W-Th-F Locat ion; Science 205 I -- DEPARTMENT OF PSYGAOLOGY Psychology 86130 DEPARTMENT OF POLITICAL S CIENCE P o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e 85170 Title: Law i n the United S t a t e s A survey of American Law and l e g a l process. Theories of law; law and s o c i e t y ; r o l e s of c o u r t s , p o l i c e , lawyers, and j u r i e s ; t h e United S t a t e s C o n s t i t u t i o n a s "supreme" law; law a s p o l i t i c s ; h i s t o r i c and contemporary l e g a l i s s u e s . I n s t r u c t o r : Myles Stenshoel M-T-W-Th-F Class meets: Term 11, 10:25-11:50 a.m. Location: L i b r a r y 1 Title: The C h i l d ' s World: Cognitive Development The development of the c h i l d ' s r e p r e s e n t a t i o n of e v e n t s , n o t i n g s t a g e s and examples i n language, reasoning and judgment. Add. $3.00 f e e . I n s t r u c t o r : Grace Dyrud Class meets: Term 11, 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T,Th Location: Library 1 -- -- DEPARTMENT OF POLITICAL P o l i t i c a l Science 85342 Title: s CIENCE Mass Communications i n S o c i e t y E f f e c t s of mass connnunications on i n d i v i d u a l behavior; the uses and c o n t r o l of mass media f o r p o l i t i c a l and s o c i a l purposes i n c l u d i n g the s t u d y of censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and p u b l i c a f f a i r s programming. I n s t r u c t o r : Milda Hedblom Class meets: Term I, 1:50-5:00 p.m. M-T-W-Th-F Location: L i b r a r y 1 -- DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY Psychology 86320 Title : he. Peer Group : A Developmental View This course w i l l i n v e s t i g a t e t h e r o l e of t h e peer group i n normal development, peer p r e d i c t i o n of a d u l t maladjustment, and the use of peer groups. This course w i l l be o f f e r e d a s an upper d i v i s i o n course according t o the above d e s c r i p t i o n and a s a graduate course with the a d d i t i o n of a research paper on a s p e c i f i c t o p i c w i t h i n peer group literature. I n s t r u c t o r : Grace Dyrud Class meets: Term 11, 1:35-3:30 p.m. M-T-W-Th Location: Science 205 -- DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY Sociology 94111 DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY Psychology 86351 Title: Developmental Psychology: Emphasis on normal c h i l d development and behavior. Consideration of t h e o r e t i c a l systems used f o r viewing t h e developmental sequence and process. Inquiry i n t o p r a c t i c a l i m p l i c a t i o n s and a p p l i c a t i o n s of d a t a and theory i n r e s p e c t t o t h e development of c h i l d r e n . I n s t r u c t o r : Duane Johnson Class meets: Term I , 8:30-11:00 a.m. M-T-W-7%-F ~ o c a t i o t:i Science 205 -- L i t e r a t u r e of C h r i s t i a n Devotion S i g n i f i c a n t w r i t i n g s from t h e second c e n t u r y t o t h e p r e s e n t . Among works considered a r e t h o s e of Augustine, Bernard of Clairvaux, Catherine of Siena and D i e t r i c h Bonhoeffer; understanding o f t h e s p i r i t u a l l i f e a s d i s c l o s e d i n t h e s e Christian classics. I n s t r u c t o r : P h i l i p Quanbeck Class meets: Term I , 7:lO-9:40 a.m. M-T-W-Th-F Location: Memorial H a l l 1 -- DEPARTMENT OF RELIGION Religion 87372 Title: R e l i g i o n s of I n d i a : -- DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY Sociology 94121 Title: P r i n c i p l e s of Sociology Sociology a s a mode of a n a l y s i s o r way of knowing. Its a p p l i c a t i o n s t o an understanding of b a s i c a s p e c t s of s o c i e t y ; s o c i a l i z a t i o n , family l i f e , s o c i a l i n e q u a l i t i e s , l a r g e - s c a l e i n s t i t u t i o n s , e t c . Sociology a s an academic d i s c i p l i n e and p r o f e s s i o n . I n s t r u c t o r : Robett Grams Class meets: Term 11, 10:25-11:50 a.m. M-T-W-Th-F Location: Memorial H a l l 1 -- DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY Sociology 94255 Hinduism and Buddhism H i s t o r i c a l , l i t e r a r y and s o c i o l o g i c a l p e r s p e c t i v e s from a n t i q u i t y t o the present. Uses primary t e x t s , f i l m s of Hindu r i t u a l . I n s t r u c t o r : John Benson Class meets: Term 11, 8:50-10:15 a.m. M-T-W-Th-F Location: Science 205 -- Che c u l t u r a l and s t r u c t u r a l dynamics of t h e modern world viewed from t h e p e r s p e c t i v e of t h e m e t r o p o l i t a n s i t u a t i o n , 1 with a focus on t h e p o s s i b i l i t i e s of human c o m u n i t y i n t h e context of urban i n s t i t u t i o n s and processes. I n s t r u c t o r : Garry Hesser I M-T-W-Th Class meets: Term I , 8:30-12:00 Loc.ation: Main 7 ' DEPARTMENT OF RELIGION Religion 87370 Title: T i t l e : Human Community and the Modern Metropolis Child Title: Youth Work i n a Wilderness Medium Wilderness camping a s focus f o r b u i l d i n g groups and i n d i v i d u a l r e l a t i o n s h i p s . Add. $60.00 f e e . I n s t r u c t o r : Doug Perry Class meets : Tern I, 1st s e s s i o n 5/30, 9 :50 a.m. Location: Memorial H a l l 1 -- i - - - 1 DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH, COMMUNICATION & THEATER ARTS Speech, Communication, T h e a t e r A r t s 98111 DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY Sociology 94356 Title: Title : Contemporary C o r r e c t i o n s I I I I -- -- . Beginning Speech Basic problems of e f f e c t i v e speaking and c r i t i c a l l i s t e n i n g . I n s t r u c t o r : J u l i e Driver Class meets: Term I , 11:lO-1:40 M-T-W-Th-F Location: Science 123 An a n a l y s i s of a d u l t c o r r e c t i o n a l programs and p r o c e s s e s . L e c t u r e s , d i s c u s s i o n , and s i t e v i s i t s t o c o r r e c t i o n a l i n s t i t u t i o n s and government o f f i c e s . Instructo - r : Vern Bloom Class meets: Term 11, 1:35-5:00 p.m. T,Th Location: Memorial H a l l 1 -- I I DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH, COMMUNICATION & THEATER ARTS Speech, Communication & Theater A r t s 98367 I DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY Sociology 94375 I Title: Theater i n Minneapolis I I Title : I I I I Studying, viewing and c r i t i q u i n g both t h e a c t i n g and production s i d e of f i v e plays. I n s t r u c t o r : Ailene Cole S o c i a l Psychology An examination of t h e i d e a of "groupYtfi t s r e l a t i o n s h i p t o i n d i v i d u a l behavior and s o c i e t y . An a n a l y s i s of t h e i d e a s of " s e l f " a n d t ' i d e n t i t y " and what p a r t they p l a y i n understanding i n t e r p e r s o n a l r e l a t i o n s and human behavior. :121 and Psych. 105 I n s L r u c t o r : J e r r y Gerasimo M-T-W-Th-F Class meets: Term I , 8:30-11:OO a.m. Location: Main 18 --- -Class meets: Location: Term 11, 6:OO-9:30 p.m. M,W 2815 4 1 Avenue So., Minneapolis, Minnesota 55406 Telephone: 721-2565 - HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM FOR URBAN AFFAIRS I n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y S t u d i e s 60382/60383/60499 HECUA -- Title: San Francisco Summer Term I I I DEPARTMENT OF SOCIAL WORK S o c i a l Work 95472 Title: I Three course c r e d i t s on t h e 4-1-4 c o l l e g e system, o r t h e i r e q u i v a l e n t , a r e earned i n the San Francisco Summer Term. The eight-week summer program r e q u i r e s 45 hours of academic and f i e l d work experience p e r week. S o c i a l S e r v i c e s f o r Older Persons I I I I Focus upon p e r s o n a l and s o c i a l needs of i s o l a t e d e l d e r l y of t h e community, and r e s i d e n t s of n u r s i n g homes. C o m u n i c a t i o n s , e f f e c t i v e r e l a t i o n s h i p and p r a c t i c e s t y l e , family f a c t o r s , and s o c i a l work p r a c t i c e . P r e r e w i t e s : S o c i a l Work major, j u n i o r o r s e n i o r s t a n d i n g o r consent of i n s t r u c t o r I n s t r u c t o r : Nancy English T,Th Course meets : Term 11, 6 :00-9:30 p.m. Location: Memorial H a l l 1 I - The program w i l l o p e r a t e from June 6 August 1, 1978. The academic c e n t e r w i l l be the f a c 5 l i t i e s of the U n i v e r s i t y of San Francisco. I n t e r n s h i p placements w i l l be i n t h e City of San Francisco. For f u r t h e r information on t h i s program c o n t a c t t h e summer school O f f i c e o r D r . Garry Hesser, HECUA r e p r e s e n t a w t i v e on t h e Augsburg campus. 23 I I Addendum DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION P h y s i c a l E d u c a t i o n 55111 Title: S a f e t y and Drug E d u c a t i o n An a n a l y s i s o f d r u g a b u s e and what can be done f o r t h e a b u s e s . A l s o i n c l u d e s American Red Cross F i r s t Aid course. Instructor: Staff C l a s s m e e t s : Term I, 8:30-11:OO a.m., M-T-W-Th-F Location: S i Melby 1 3 -- APPROVAL FORM PERSONS I N GOOD STANDING a t r e g i o n a l l y a c c r e d i t e d c o l l e g e s and univers i t i e s , a s w e l l a s g r a d u a t e s of such i n s t i t u t i o n s , a r e e l i g i b l e t o a t t e n d Augsburg Summer School. Good s t a n d i n g i m p l i e s t h a t t h e s t u d e n t h a s been a d m i t t e d t o a c o l l e g e and h a s n o t s u b s e q u e n t l y been dropped by t h a t i n s t i t u t i o n . & $Ed $ &~%~ITI?@ $0 hg.!~bwrg C o f i g e doh Z h e Fa&? T m 04 Z h e cuhhent @$Q.i@@t $@ &-tend S m m SchooL, ab m e ~ U L A O V L A a d m i t t e d b y p ; o k h p &&J%~io &&.@d Rkis y m . I F REGULARLY ATTENDING OR ADMITTED t o a n o t h e r e d u c a t i o n a l i n s t i t u t i o n , t h e a p p l i c a n t must p r o v i d e Augsburg S-er School w i t h a s t a t e m e n t from a n a p p r o p r i a t e o f f i c i a l of h i s c o l l e g e t h a t h e is i n good s t a n d i n g and e l i g i b l e t o e a r n c r e d i t s d u r i n g t h e s ~ e s er s s i o n s . (A form C r e d i t s cannot b e f o r t h i s purpose is a t t h e bottom of t h i s page.) t r a n s f e r r e d u n t i l t h i s requirement h a s been f u l f i l l e d . DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 21120 OTHER PERSONS & k i n g t o &kc A ~ ~ U ~Wc V h oLo LWO& ~ h o u R dwntaot Xhe DhCLCdoh 06 SlImVWL S c h o o l ZO ab C e h t k n C . & g i b a y ~ d U bi p e d d cincmmcen. Title: ACCEPTANCE a s a summer s t u d e n t does n o t imply admission a s a r e g u l a r s t u d e n t of Augsburg College. Persons w i s h i n g t o b e g i n a degree program a t t h e c o l l e g e s h o u l d a p p l y f o r admission through t h e O f f i c e of Admissions. I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Business A s u r v e y c o u r s e o f contemporary American b u s i n e s s , i n c l u d i n g i t s r e s p o n s e s t o environment, t h e forms o f o w n e r s h i p , i n t e r n a l o r g a n i z a t i o n and management. Topics i n c l u d e : p r o d u c t i o n , m a r k e t i n g , f i n a n c e , s t a f f i n g and management. The c o u r s e p r o v i d e s t h e b u s i n e s s s t u d e n t w i t h a f o u n d a t i o n f o r advanced c o u r s e s ; f o r o t h e r s , i t p r o v i d e s a b a s i s f o r s o l v i n g t h e more common i n d i v i d u a l and f a m i l y economic problems. I n s t r u c t o x : Mary J o Wammer C l a s s m e e t s : Term 11, 6:OO-9:30 T,Th L o c a t i o g : Main 19 - ELIGIBILITY (This form i s t o b e used by s t u d e n t s r e g u l a r l y a t t e n d i n g i n s t i t u t i o n s o t h e r than Augsburg College. Augsburg Summer School c r e d i t s may b e t r a n s f e r r e d t o t h e s t u d e n t ' s home i n s t i t u t i o n i f a p p r o v a l i s g r a n t e d by t h a t c o l l e g e o r u n i v e r s i t y . ) S t u d e n t ' s Name:.. - . C o l l e g e o r U n i v e r s i t y .; -- -. - .- . The person named above i s a s t u d e n t i n good s t a n d i n g and i s p e r m i t t e d t o e a r n summer s c h o o l c r e d i t s a t Augsburg College. R e s t r i c t i o n s o r q u a l i f i c a t i o n s , i f any: -_ S i g r t a t u m a n d lcwe TVean, w-G o h~ o . , ~ ~ i - - m ~ e b ~ or ~ ~ c E dam t o S w n m m S c h o o l , A u g ~ b w r g C o l l e g e , U i n n e a p o U , Mn. 55454) ( ReXww~ c o m p l e t e d
Show less
Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1979
Title
Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1979
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
SUMMER '79 GENERAL I N F O R M A T I O N ALL COURSES at Augsburg College,except those indicated, carry a value of one Course Credit, the equivalent of four semester credits (6 qu. cr.). LOWER-DIVISION COURSES, intended primarily for freshman and sophomore students, are those with a 1 or 2 ...
Show more SUMMER '79 GENERAL I N F O R M A T I O N ALL COURSES at Augsburg College,except those indicated, carry a value of one Course Credit, the equivalent of four semester credits (6 qu. cr.). LOWER-DIVISION COURSES, intended primarily for freshman and sophomore students, are those with a 1 or 2 as the third digit of the five-digit Course Number. A 3 or 4 in that position indicates an upper-division course, intended primarily for juniors or seniors. A 5 indicates a Graduate course. COURSES REGULARLY TAUGHT during the academic year are more fully described in the catalog issue of AUGSBURG COLLEGE NOW. If you need more information about a special summer offering, please contact the Summer School Office. INDEPENDENT STUDY AND INTERNSHIPS may be pursued during the summer in a number of departments. For information, consult the Summer School Office. CHANGES IN REGISTRATION must be made at the Summer School Office. No course may be added after it has met more than six hours elapsed class time, except with the special permission of the instructor. SUMMER '79 May June June July August 27 3 10 17 28 4 11 18 29 5 12 19 30 G 13 20 31 7 14 21 1 8 15 22 2 9 16 23 24 1 8 15 22 29 25 2 9 16 23 30 26 3 10 17 24 31 27 4 11 18 25 1 28 5 12 19 26 29 6 13 20 27 3 30 7 14 21 28 4 2 TERM I May 29 - J u n e 22 TERM I1 J u n e 2 5 - Aug. 3 THE COLLEGE RESERVES THE RIGHT TO CANCEL LISTED COURSES. SLWER STUDENTS may t a k e one c o u r s e d u r i n g Term I and two c o u r s e s d u r i n g Term 11, f o r a t o t a l o f t h r e e c o u r s e s i n t h e two r e g u l a r t e r m s . COSTS PERSONS PLANNING TO ATTEND Summer School a r e a d v i s e d t o p r e r e g i s t e r a s soon a s p o s s i b l e , s i n c e c o u r s e s w i t h o u t s u b s t a n t i a l demand may b e dropped. SUMMER SCHOOL CHARGES include a General Fee of $20 per student. Tuition is $220 per course. Laboratory or special fees may be charged for some courses. (Students who preregister before March 19 will pay $200 per course; between March 20 and April 20 - $210; after April 20 - $220 per course.) A DEPOSIT of $35 must accompany the Preregistration Form. This deposit is refundable only if the courses listed by the student, including alternates, should be cancelled. The deposit applies toward the General Fee and Tuition. CHARGE FOR AUDITING a course (taking it without college credit) is $110 plus $20 general fee. In courses with limited enrollment, preference will be given to full-tuition students. REGISTRATION is to be completed not later than the first day of each term at the Summer School Office. ALL CHARGES for the term must be paid by registration. NO PAYMENT PLANS ARE AVAILABLE. A late Registration Fee of $10 will be added for students who complete registration after the first day of the term. TUITION REFUND for cancelled courses will be allowed as indicated by the table on the right. (Such refund is limited by the non-refundable deposit.) No refund will be made after the listed dates. COURSE CANCELLATION DATE REFUND TERM I TERM I1 100% May 29-30 June 25-27 80% May 31-June1 June 28-July 2 60% June 4-5 July 3-6 40% June 6-7 July 9-11 STUDENTS NEEDING HOUSING may o b t a i n i n f o r m a t i o n from t h e D i r e c t o r o f Housing. L i m i t e d f o o d s e r v i c e i s a v a i l a b l e , supplemented by s e v e r a l r e s t a u r a n t s and s n a c k s h o p s i n t h e Augsburg v i c i n i t y . FINANCIAL A I D FOR SUM-1ER SCHOOL - l i m i t e d t o t h e Guaranteed S t u d e n t Loan. S t u d e n t s must c a r r y a t l e a s t one-half. t h e normal f u l l - t i m e l o a d . R e g a r d l e s s o f f a m i l y income o f t h e s t u d e n t , t h e F e d e r a l Government p a y s t h e i n t e r e s t w h i l e t h e s t u d e n t i s i n c o l l e g e . When repayment b e g i n s , t h e s t u d e n t p a y s t h e f u l l 7% i n t e r e s t . Maximum l o a n i s $2500 p e r y e a r o r t h e c o s t of e d u c a t i o n , whichever i s l e s s , Lnd t h e aggreg a t e u n d e r g r a d u a t e maximum is $7500. Loan a p p l i c a t i o n s a r e a v a i l a b l e a t t h e C o l l e g e , a t some b a n k s , and from t h e Minne7 s o t a S t a t e Loan O f f i c e . D e a d l i n e : A p p l i c a t i o n s must b e on f i l e w i t h t h e l e n d e r by March 1 , 1979, s i n c e p r o c e s s i n g t a k e s up t o 1 2 weeks. IT I S THE POLICY o f Augsburg C o l l e g e n o t t o d i s c r i m i n a t e on t h e b a s i s of r a c e , c r e e d , n a t i o n a l o r e t h n i c o r i g i n , age, m a r i t a l s t a t u s , s e x o r h a n d i c a p a s r e q u i r e d by T i t l e I X o f t h e 1972 E d u c a t i o n a l Amendments o r S e c t i o n 504 o f t h e R e h a b i l i t a t i o n Act o f 1973 as amended i n i t s a d m i s s i o n s p o l i c i e s , e d u c a t i o n a l programs, a c t i v i t i e s and employment practices. ART 10242 FILM MAKING I Rusten ART ART 10100 SPECIAL TOPICS: PORTRAIT PAINTING AND DRAWING Ramage Study of the head as a structural form, and creation of a portrait likeness. Various media explored. Open to students at all levels of development. TERM I 9:OO-12:00, M,W,Th Art Studio ART 10100 SPECIAL TOPICS: WATERCOLOR Discussion and observation of the expression and structural elements of film with practical laboratory experience. Add. $70.00 fee. TERM I1 Arr. (1st meeting 6/25, 7:C0 p.m.) East Hall ART 10252 Introduction to the making of pottery with emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. TERM I1 8:30-11:30 a.m., M,W,F Art Studio Ramage Transparent techinque of watercolor medium. Manipulation of the medium in terms of object perception: Landscape, stilllife, figure or abstract. Open to students at all levels of development. 9:OO-12:00, M,T,W,Th Art Studio TEmf I ART 10270 ART 10107 ART 10275 DRAWING Holen CERAMICS I Williamson PORTABLE FIBER TECHNIQUES Skoglund Fundamental techniques in weaving on any frame, round or rectangular. Basic steps in ancient art of basketry in modern fibers and designs. TERM I Arr. (1st meeting 5/29, 7:00 p.m.) Art Studio ART OF THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST & GREECE See History 56275 Design concepts explored through drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures, building interiors and exteriors, and experimental work. TERM I Arr. (1st meeting 5/29, 7:00 p.m.) Art Studio 6 ART 10342 ART 10132 PHOTOGRAPHY Advanced course for those with previous experience in film making. Add. $70.00 fee. East Hall TERM I1 Arr. (1st meeting 6/25, 7:00 p.m.) The camera used as a tool for sion; black and white, color, Need access to a 35mm camera. TERM I1 Sec. I 1:35-3:20 Sec. I1 6:OO-9:30 ART 10161 Friederichsen visual creativity and expresand photographic processes. Limit: 15 students. p.m., M,T,W,Th p.m., T,Th Art Studio INTRODUCTION TO BATIK % TIE DYE NEEDLE ART Rusten CERAMICS I1 Holen Advanced work in ceramics with emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and a continuation of glazing. Limited enrollment. TERM I1 8:30-11:30 a.m., M,W,F Art Studio Conrad Experimentation in batik and tie-dye. Projects: A batik wall-hanging and the combination of batik and/or tie dye with other art forms. Prereq.: Drawing I or consent of instructor. TERM I 9:OO-12:00, M,T,W,Th Art Studio ART 10165 ART 10351 FILM MAKING I1 Skoglund Basic and advanced stitches of knitting and needlepoint. How to design one's own creations from sweaters to wall hangings. Bargello considered in needlepoint. TERM I1 Arr. (1st meeting 6/25, 7:00 p.m.) Art Studio 6 By special arrangements the following art courses may be taken independently: TERM I: PAINTING I & 11 PRINTMAKING I ART METHODS TERM I OR 11: ADVANCED LACE TECHNIQUES FOUR HARNESS WEAVING ON FRAME LOOM ECO 22122 BIOLOGY I I HUMAN ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY Professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Course runs 10 weeks. TERMS I & I1 6:30-9:30 p.m., T,Th S205 Lab S214 BIO 20107 MINNESOTA SUMMER FLOWERING PLANTS MICROBIOLOGY Thorpe Basic microbial features considered as well as application of microbiology to fields of medicine and sanitation. TERM I 8:30-10:30 a.m., M,T,W,Th,F S212 Lab 11:OO-2:00 p.m., M,W,F BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION BUS 21101 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I 1 Kader Kader PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO) Sabella Introduction to micro-economics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. TERM I1 6:OO-9:30 p.m., M,W MH1 ECO 22392 MONEY & BANKING Gupta Monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, and the Federal Reserve System. Emphasis on monetary theory and policy. Prereq.: 122 TERM I1 8:50-10:15 a.m., M,T,W,Th,F S205 CHEMISTRY CHM 34105 Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. TERM I 8:30-11:OO a.m., M,T,W,Th,F S205 BUS 21262 ECO 22123 Lamrners Use of standard keys of identification of local summer flora. Recognition of common plants and understanding of taxonomic relationships. Field trips. TERM I 11:lO-1:40 p.m., M,T,W,Th,F S205 BIO 20108 Gupta Introduction to macro-economics; nat'l income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. TERM I 9:50-12:20 p.m., M,T,W,Th,F M25 I BIO 20103 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO) PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY Alton The first semester of a two-semester sequence designed to present the basic concepts of chemistry. High school chemistry not required. TERM I1 8:50-10:15 a.m., M,T,W,Th,F S318 Lab 10:20-12:20 p.m., M,T,W,Th,F Lab S327 CHM 34353 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Gyberg Analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial state-, ments, income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and long term assets. TERM I 1:50-5:00 p.m., M,T,W,Th S205 Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium in detail; gives an introduction to spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. TERM I 8:30-10:15 a.m., M,T,W,Th,F S315 Lab 10:20-1:20 p.m., M,T,W,Th,F Lab S327 ECONOMICS EDUCATION ECO 22120 ECONOMICS .OF URBA-N ISSUES Sabella Pelton Study of economic implications of problems facing a metrourban environment. By Independent Study only. TERM I1 Arr . Kindergarten curriculum, materials, and teaching approaches. Lab arr. Prerequisite to student teaching at kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching at that level. Consent of instructor. TERM I 8:30-12:20 p.m., M,T,W,Th,F, L4 EDE 4 4 3 8 2 , 4 5 3 8 2 , 44582, 45582 TEACHING CHILDREN WITH LEARNING PROBLEMS ENG 54215 D e s i g n e d f o r s t u d e n t s who, h a v i n g g r a s p e d t h e f u n d a m e n t a l s o f w r i t i n g , need a d d i t i o n a l h e l p i n o r g a n i z i n g , developing and s t a t i n g i d e a s c l e a r l y a n d e f f e c t i v e l y . P r e r e q . : 111. P r e f e r e n c e t o Jrs. & S r s . 7 : l O - 9 : 4 0 a . m . , M,T,W,Th,F M22 TERM I Ex.tamir?ation of l e a r n i n g p r o b l e m s f o u n d i n r e g u l a r c l a s s r o o m environment. Graduate o r undergraduate c r e d i t a v a i l a b l e . TERM I 1 8 : 50-10: 1 5 a . m . , M,T, W,Th,F L1 EDE 44481, 4 4 4 8 2 , 44483, 44484* STUDENT TEACHING NCRSERY SCHOOL ENG 54219 Reuter S t u d e n t s r e q u i r e d t o have 160 c h i l d c o n t a c t h o u r s . Placement a r r a n g e m e n t by i n s t r u c t o r . Prereq.: A c c e p t a n c e i n t o Educ. D e p t . , c o n s e n t of i n s t r u c t o r . SUMMER INTERIM: TERM I &/OR TERM I1 Arr. * STUDENT TEACHING: OR KINDERGARTEN ADVANCED WRITING: Mitchell EXPOSITION Designed t o develop advanced s k i l l s i n e x p o s i t o r y w r i t i n g . 6:OO-9:30 p . m . , T , T h 5205 TERM I1 I Palosaari STUDIES I N THE AMERICAN FILM I n v e s t i g a t i o n o f some t y p e s o f American f i l m , i n c l u d i n g Weste r n , g a n g s t e r , h o r r o r and o t h e r s . Some f i l m v i e w i n g o u t s i d e of c l a s s t i m e required. 6:OO-9:30 p . m . , M,W, ' L1 TERM I1 .- ELEMENTARY McNef f Observing and d i r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g e x p e r i e n c e s i n elementary s c h o o l s u n d e r s u p e r v i s i o n o f c o l l e g e and p u b l i c s c h o o l p e r s o n n e l . Add. $15 f e e . P r e r e q . : A c c e p t a n c e , Educ. D e p t . Arr. TERM L &/OR TERM I I EDS 45361 I ENG 54242 Students should confer with i n s t r u c t o r a b o u t c o u r s e number. EDE 44481, 44482 Andersen INTERMEDIATE COMPOSITION Franklin ENG 54382 THE AMERICAN NOVEL Palosaari S t u d y o f m a j o r a n d r e p r e s e n t a t i v e w o r k s o f s e l e c t e d American n o v e l i s t s from t h e b e g i n n i n g t o t h e p r e s e n t . 8:50-10:15 a . m . , M,T,W,Th,F MH 1 TERM I1 ART METHODS S e e ART 1 0 3 6 1 ( I n d e p e n d e n t S t u d y ) PHYSICAL EDUCATION EDS 45481, 45482 STUDENT TEACHING HEALTH EDUCATION O b s e r v i n g and d i r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g e x p e r i e n c e s on s e c o n d a r y s c h o o l l e v e l under s u p e r v i s i o n o f c o l l e g e and h i g h s c h o o l p e r s o n n e l . Add. $15 f e e . Prereq.: A c c e p t a n c e , Educ. D e p t . Arr TERM I &/OR TERM I1 . HPE 55114 Borstad P r i n c i p l e s a n d p r a c t i c e s of s a f e t y e d u c a t i o n i n s c h o o l a n d community l i f e . I n c l u d e s American Red C r o s s F i r s t A i d . 8:30-11:OO a . m . , M,T,W,Th,F G13 TERM I ( 1 s t h a l f ) ENGLISH HPE 55115 ENG 54111 EFFECTIVE WRITING SAFETY EDUCATION (1/2 Course) Sargent S t u d y o f c o m p o s i t i o n w i t h e m p h a s i s upon e x p o s i t o r y w r i t i n g ; c o r r e c t u s a g e , l o g i c a l o r g a n i z a t i o n and t h e r e s e a r c h p a p e r . 1 1 : l O - 1 : 4 0 p . m . , M,T,W,Th,F G12 TERM I CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY EDUCATION (112 Course) Borstad A n a l y s i s o f c h e m i c a l a b u s e a n d what c a n b e done f o r t h e abuser. 8:30-11:OO a.m., M,T,W,Th,F G13 TERM I ( 2 n d h a l f ) HIS 56185, 56385 HPE 55475 PREVENTION & CARE OF ATHLETIC INJURIES (1/2 course) REVOLUTION IN AFRICA Quirin Johnson Emphasis on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. Prereq.: 350 TERM I (1st half) 8:30-11:OO a.m., M,T,W,Th,F G24 Analysis of internal innovations in precolonial Africa as well as historical roots of contemporary revolutionary processes. Case studies focus on southern Africa and the Horn. TERM I1 8:50-10:15 a.m., M,T,W,Th,F M23 MODERN LANGUAGES HPE 55477 COACHING OF BASKETBALL (112 course) Johnson Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. TERM I (2nd half) 8:30-11:00 a.m., M,T,W,Th,F HPE 55485 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES FRE 70112 G24 . Aske Consideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games, and swimming for the handicapped. Prereq.:350,351,055 TERM I1 6:30 p.m., T,TH & Arr. (1st meeting 6/25, 6:30 p.m.) GI2 BEGINNING FRENCH I1 Aaskov Conversations, sentence practice, and readings to develop communication, reading skills, and acquaintance with French culture. 2 hours lab. Prereq.: 111 or equivalent. TERM I 7:lO-10:lO a.m., M,T,W,Th,F 7 (Includes lab) GER 72111 BEGINNING GERMAN I Oyler Classroom practice speaking, understanding and reading basic German for students with no previous background in German. TERM I 8:30-11:OO a.m., M,T,W,Th,F Arr . HPE 55491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE C. NELSON Study of the treatment of disease and injury. General principles and administration of neuro-muscular re-education. Prereq.: 350,351,354 TERM I 6:30 p.m., T,Th & Arr. (1st meeting 5/29, 6:30 p.m.) GI2 NOR 75111, 75112 or 75211 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN Credit is available through intensive four-week program in Norway. Inquire: Camp Norway, Augsburg College. HISTORY PHILOSOPHY HIS 56275 ART OF THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST & GREECE R. Nelson Survey of the architecture, sculpture, painting and lesser arts from the earliest beginnings in Egypt and Mesopotamia through the Hellenistic period to the third century B.C. Also ART 10275 TERM I 9:50-12:20 p.m., M,T,W,Th,F HIS 56567 THE MAKING & MEANING OF THE MIDDLE AGES . PHI 83130 LOGIC Bailey Examination of rules which govern valid arguments and aid in developing ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. TERM I 8:30-11:OO a.m., M,T,W,Th,F G12 PHI 83450 PHILOSOPHIES OF FEMINISM Fuehrer R. Nelson survey from the fall of Roman domination to beginning of the Italian Renaissance. Personalities, feudalism, struggle between church and state, classical and scholastic learning which formed the intellectual foundation of the middle ages. TERM I1 10:25-11:50 a.m., M,T,W,Th,F M25 Analysis of key concepts of feminism in myth, literature, religion and art; theories and implications of matriarchal/ patriarchal, pro-feministlanti-feminist cultures, courtly and romantic love, and the cult of the virgin. TERM I 9:50-12:20 p.m., M,T,W,Th,F S22 RELIGION PHYSICS PHY 84322 NUCLEAR RADIATION PHYSICS: SCIENCE MINIME=. REL 87369 OAK RIDGE Paulson RELIGIOUS IMAGINATION IN MODERN LITERATURE Skibbe Particularities of religious discernment, symbolism and world view. Reading and discussion of nine novels. Class meets approximately every other day. TERM I 9:50-12:20 p.m., M,T,W,Th,F M24 Study of nuclear radiation with emphasis on applications and "kands on" lab experience. 2 weeks at Oak Ridge, Tennessee. Cost approx. $200.00. Consent of instructor. TERM I Off campus, May 28 - June 8; Added summary/evaluation at Augsburg REL 87372 RELIGIONS OF INDIA: HINDUISM & BUDDHISM Benson POLITICAL SCIENCE POL 85342 Historical, literary and sociological perspectives from antiquity to present. Uses primary texts, Hindu ritual films. TERM I1 8:50-10:15 a.m., M,T,W,Th,F S22 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; uses and control of media for political and social purposes; censorship, newsmaking, entertainment, public affairs programmin TERM I Also SPC 98342 9:50-12:20 p.m., M,T,W,Th,F M22 PSYCHOLOGY PSY 86105 Marken GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY SOCIOLOGY I Methods and approaches used in psychology for purpose of understanding behavior; research procedures associated with study of behavior. M22 TERM I1 8:50-10:15 a.m., M,T,W,Th,F PSY 86130 THE CHILD'S WORLD: COGNITIVE DEVELOPMENT Dyrud 1 I Development of the child's representation of events; stages and examples in language, reasoning and judgement. Add. $3 fee 'L1 TERM I1 6:30-9:30 p.m., T,Th PSY 86155 YOUR PERSONALITY % ITS MEASUREMENT Anderegg Through survey, inventory, self-report, checklist, preference schedules and other means, investigation and evaluation of your personality will be undertaken. Prereq.: 105 SUMMER INTERIM: TERM I 11:OO-1:40 p.m., M,T,W,Th,F M23 PSY 86375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY See SOC 94375 SOC 94111 HUMAN COMMUNITY & THE MODERN METROPOLIS Hesser Course focuses upon the human consequences of urbanization. Extensive use of film series, simulated game, community investigation, and outside speakers. TERM I1 6:OO-9:30 p.m., M,W S22 SOC 94241 INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY Gerasimo Examination of the idea of culture; the person's relation to culture; language as a major organizing element in how we see the world. Analysis of selected aspects of U.S. culture. TERM I 4:30-7:30 p.m., M,T,W,Th S22 SOC 94356 CONTEMPORARY CORZECTIONS Bloom Analysis of adult correctional programs and processes. Lectures, discussion, and site visits to correctional institutions and government offices. TERM I1 1:30-5:00 p.m., T,Th MH1 SOC 94375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY Gerasimo Analysis of the ideas of f'group" and "self" as related to individual behavior, interpersonal relations, and society. PREREQ.: 121 and 105. Also PSY 86375. TERM I 8:30-11:OO a.m., M,T,W,Th,F M23 I SOCIAL WORK SWK 95255 ELIGIBILITY GROUP WORK I N A WILDERNESS MEDIUM Perry W i l d e r n e s s camping a s f o c u s f o r b u i l d i n g group and i n d i v i d u a l relationships. Add. $60.00 f e e . '1st s e s s i o n 5/29, 9 : 5 0 a . m . SWK Off . TERM I PERSONS IN GOOD STANDING at,regionallyaccredited colleges and universities, as well as graduates of such institutions, are eligible to attend Augsburg Sl'mmer School. Good standing implies that the student has been admit'ied to a college and has not subsequently been dropped by that institution. SWK 95257 STUDENTS ADMITTED to Augsburg College for the Fall Term of the current year are eligible to attend Summer School, as are persons admitted by other colleges for the fall of this year. PRACTICUM I N THE HUMAN SERVICES Hertzberg Placement f o r 30 h o u r s p e r week a s a v o l u n t e e r i n a s o c i a l agency o r i n s t i t u t i o n . I n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y ; t e r m p a p e r , weekly review conferences. Recommended f o r freshmen o r sophomores. Consent o f i n s t r u c t o r . TERM I Arr. IF REGULARLY ATTENDING OR ADMITTED to another educational ingtitution, the applicant must provide Augsburg Summer School with a statement from an appropriate official of his college that he is in good standing and eligible to earn credits during the summer sessions. (A fonn for this purpose is at the bottom of this page.) Credits cannot be transferred until this requirement has been fulfilled. 11 SPEECH, C O M M U N I C A T I O N A N D THEATER ARTS OTHER PERSONS wishing to take summer school work should contact the Director of Summer School to ascertain eligibility under special circumstances. I I B a s i c problems o f e f f e c t i v e s p e a k i n g and c r i t i c a l l i s t e n i n g . TEM I 9:50-12:20 p . m . , M,T,W,Th,F MH1 I SPC 98342 SPC 98111 BEGINNING SPEECH Driver MASS COMMUNICATIONS I N SOCIETY APPROVAL F O R M S e e POL 85342 SPC 98367 THEATER I N MINNEAPOLIS ACCEPTANCE as a sumer student does not imply admission as a regular student of Augsburg College. Persons wishing to begin a degree program at the college should apply for admission through the Office of Admissions. Cole (This form is to be used by students regularly attending institutions other than Augsburg College. Augsburg Summer School credits may be transferred to the student's home institution if approval is granted by that college or university.) Studying; v i e w i n g , and c r i t i q u i n g t h e a c t i n g and p r o d u c t i o n of f i v e p l a y s . 6:OO-9:30 p.m., T,Th 2815 4 1 s t Ave. S . TERM I1 ( T e l : 721-2565) Mpls. MN 55406 College or University: I GENERAL STUDIES The person named above is a student in good standing and is permitted to earn summer school credits at Augsburg College. I GST 58115 I E x p l o r a t i o n o f t h e n a t u r e of work i n r e l a t i o n t o p e r s o n a l economic, s p i r i t u a l , and c u l t u r a l v a l u e s . TERM I 9:50-12:20 p.m., M,T,W,Th,F Arr. I WORK, SELF & SOCIETY Essman Student's Name: Restrictions or qualifications, if any: Signature and Title (Dean, ~egistrar,or other ~esponsibleOfficer.) Date (Return completed form to Summer School. Augsburg College, Minneapolis, MN 55454)
Show less
Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1980
Title
Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1980
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
AUGS8URG COLLEGE 731 2 1 s t AVENUE SOUTH MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55454 gr - 8 Official Publication o f I Augsburg College, ~ i n n e a p o l i sM , N I- m A I S U M M E R 1980 !I . J 1
Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1981
Title
Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1981
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
AUGSBURG COLLEGE I 'h -- INTRODUCTION Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum including regular courses, internships, independent studies and student teaching over two terms. Term I runs from June 1 through june 26; Term II runs from June29 through August 7. This brochure ...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE I 'h -- INTRODUCTION Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum including regular courses, internships, independent studies and student teaching over two terms. Term I runs from June 1 through june 26; Term II runs from June29 through August 7. This brochure presents the Summer School Program and was correct at the time of publication. REGISTRATION Additional information and registration forms may be obtained from the Summer School Office. Write: AUGSBURG COLLEGE SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE Memorial Hall - 230 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, M N 55454 or call: SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE (612) 330-1 025 Pat Parker, Director Lorraine Stieper, Secretary -- g 2?>0 -.AE 2 c 3 as-. 0 3 NWn. AUGSBURG COLLEGE Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college affiliated with the American Lutheran Church. Located in the heart of the Twin Cities, the small college environment, about 1,500 students during the academic year, is enriched by the many cultural, sporting and recreational activities found in this vibrant metropolitan area. An active summer combining classes a n d participation in inetropolitan events is a delightful and broadening experience. (See inside fold for campus location maps.) 1981 SUMMER CALENDAR I I I I Term I Term I1 Early Registration (Tuition Discount) April 24 April 24 Classes Begin Last Day for Registration Balance of Tuition Due June 1 June 29 Last Day to: Change Class Registration Change Grading Option Drop Class Without Notation on Record June 3 Holiday None July 3 Last Day to Withdraw from Class June 18 July 17 Last Day of Class June 26 Aug. 7 g ~ F %E xE~ g An~ e Ca n .- 2 2-. -3 n fmg- g ""2 r u10 m Inp 5 m3P Q ( I l1 I ELIGIBILITY GENERAL INFORMATION PERSONS IN GOOD STANDING at regionally accredited colleges and universities, graduates of such institutions, and students admitted for the next Fall Term are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer School. Good standing implies that the student has been admitted and not subsequently dropped by that institution. SUMMER STUDENTS may take one course during Term I and two courses during Term 11. All courses except those indicated carry a value of one course credit, the equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter credits. Courses fulfilling distribution requirements are so noted in the course descriptions. OTHER PERSONS wishing to take summer school work should contact the Director of Summer School to ascertain eligibility under special circumstances. COURSE LEVELS are indicated by the third digit of the five-digit course number: 1 or 2, lower division, primarily for freshmen and sophomores, 3 or 4, upper division primarily for juniors and seniors, and 5, graduate level. ACCEPTANCE as a summer student does not imply admission as a regular student of Augsburg College. Those wishing to begin a degree program at the college should apply for admission through the Office of Admission. COURSES REGULARLY TAUGHT during the academic year are more fully described in the October issue of AUGSBURG COLLEGE. If you need more information about a special summer offering, please contact the Summer School Office. INDEPENDENT STUDY AND INTERNSHIPS in addition to those listed may be pursued during the summer in a number of departments. Internships involve work experience related to the academic program in an agency, government or industry. Consult the Summer School Office for information. Volume 111, Number5 February 1981 612/330-1000 AUCSBURC COLLEGE (USPSM90-310)is published five times a year in August, September, October, December and February by Augsburg Col Iege, 731 As8 Avenue South, Minneapolis, MN 55454. Second clas posrage rates paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Design: Susan Hopp Information: Lorraine Stieper CHANGES IN REGISTRATION must be made at the Registrar's Office. No course may be added after it has met more than six hours elapsed class time, except with the special permission of the instructor. STUDENTS NEEDING HOUSING may obtain information from the Director of Housing. Limited food service is available, supplemented by area restaurants and snack shops. PERSONS PLANNING TO AllEND Summer School are advised to register as soon as possible, since courses without substantial demand may be dropped. THE COLLEGE RESERVES THE RIGHT TO CANCEL LISTED COURSES. WM I COURSE OFFERINGS JUNE 1, 1981-JUNE 26, 1981 PAYMENT O F FEES FINANCIAL AID TUITION CHARGES for Summer School are $270 for each course taken for credit, unless otherwise indicated. The audit charge (non-credit) is $135 for each course. Laboratory or special fees may be charged for some courses. FINANCIAL AID is limited to the Guaranteed Student Loan. Students must carry at least one-half the normal full-time load. Regardless of family income of the student, the Federal Government pays the interest while the student is in college. When repayment begins, the student pays the full interest; 7% for previous borrowers, 9% for new borrowers after January1,1981. Maximum loan is $2300, per year or the cost of education, whichever is less, and the aggregate undergraduatemaximum is $12,500. Loan applications are available at Augsburg, some banks, and the Minnesota State Loan Office. Deadline: Applications must be on file with the lender by March 2, 1981, since processing takes up to 12 weeks. EARLY REGISTRATION on April 24 will result in a savings of $20 for each course taken for credit. Reduced charge of $250 per course applicable only to courses designated by April 24. If a course is cancelled due to low enrollment, a substitution may be made without loss of discount. An ADVANCE TUITION DEPOSIT of $50 is required at the time of registration. The balance is due by the first day of class, June1 for Term I and June29 for Term II. A $10 late payment fee will be assessed to those failing to meet these deadlines. No student will be officially enrolled until all financial arrangements have been completed. All balances due on your Augsburg student account from previous term/s must be paid in full before you are officially registered for Summer School at Augsburg College. TUITION REFUND is calculated on the table below. Such refund is limited by a $20 processing cost. Students must present cancel card to the Summer School Office on the date of cancellation to be eligible for refund, and no refund will be madeafter the listed dates. If a class is cancelled due to low enrollment,full refund will be made. NONDISCRIMINATION POLICY Augsburg College admits students af any race, color, national and ethnic origin to all rights, privileges, programs, and activities generally accorded or made available to students at the school. It does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, national and ethnic origin in employment practices or administration of its educational policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs and athletic and other schooladministered programs. COURSE CANCELLATION DATE Refund Term I Term II 100% (less $20 processing fee) 80% 60 % 40% June 1-2 June 29-July 1 June 3-4 June 5-8 June 9-10 W TERM I1 COURSE OFFERINGS JUNE29,1981-AUGUST 7, +B1 TERM I SUMMER 1981 4 ART ART 10106/10306 CALLIGRAPHY Thompson Study of the art and craft of calligraphy. Development of calligraphicskills in pen and brush with ink and paint. For upper division credit a major project i s required. Dist.: Yes. 5:OO-8:00 p.m. M,T,W,Th OM4 , " '1 ART 1024YIU342 FILM-MAKING I - FILM-MAKING II Rusten This ' k t l r s ~trnchcs film-making rl~rough prnc~icnl Inl) cxperiencc invulvina ul~survaiio~i d r ~ rd l i s ~ t ~ \ s i oof t i tlir expr~1ssivt*and ~tructur.11et~rnentrrlf film, Sturlrnlc wlrl makr 161nlr)st~unrltilnl. Dist.: Yes. Fws: 575.M)]lab fcrl Prcrctluisites: Norle lor Irilm-making I , Il~lrn-makingI to l i l h i ! Film-nlakin~II. 8:OO-12:OO noon M,T,W,Th,F OM17 BIOLOGY BIO 20103 HUMAN ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY Mickelberg Professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-10:50 a.m. Lect M,T,W,Th,F 5205 T,W,Th 5214 1:OO-4:00 p.m. Lab Enrollment limit: 35 BIO 20108 MICROBIOLOGY Thorpe Basic microbial features considered as well as application of microbiology to fields of medicine and sanitation. Dist.: No. 8:30-10:50 a.m. Lect M,T,W,Th,F S212 11:30-3:30 p.m. Lab T,Th 5202 I BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION BUS 21101 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING Kader Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. Dist.: No. 8:30-10:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F 5112 BUS 21262 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I Kader Analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and long rerm assets. Dist.: No. 12:OO-3:00 p.m. M,T,W,Th S205 ' I 1 ' I ._ JUNE1-JUNE26 HPE 55491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE Nelson Study of the treatment of disease and injury. General principles and administration of neuro-muscular re-education. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 350, 351, 354. T,Th & Arr. GI2 6:OO-9:30 p.m. (1st meeting 6/1, 6:00 p.m.) HPE 55493 ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION Husing OF CORRECTIVE THERAPY Admistrative guidelines and history of ACTA and North Central Chapter. Construction of CT treatment clinic; equipment, employment, public relations and ethics. Dist.: No. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. Arr. G3 1 (1st meeting 6/1 6:00 p.m.) HPE 55495, 55496, PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION Saugestad 55497 Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required. Actual hospital experience in four areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, and (4) Rehabilitation. Course 497 is study of Neurology and Pathology. Dist.: No. Arr. Prerequisites: 485, 491 and approval of department PHILOSOPHY PHI 83130 LOGIC Bailey Examinationof rules which govern valid arguments and aid in developing the ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. Dist.: Yes. 9:30-11:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F M23 PHI 83132 THE PHILOSOPHY OF C. S. LEWIS Reichenbach C. S. Lewis, well known as a religious writer,develops hisstatementsfromspecificviews about God, man and values. We will read Lewis with a philosophic eye for his arguments and presuppositions. Dist.: Yes. SUMMER INTERIM M4 8:30-10:50 a.m. L A t r , M,T,W,Th,F PHILOSOPHY OF FEMINISM Fuehrer PHI 83150, Analysis ui kcy rimrcpts of feminism in myth, literature, religion and art; theories and implk:atIon\ c ~ fmatriarchal/patriarchal, pro-ferninisVanti-feminist cultures, courtly tarit1 rumitntic love, and the cult of the virgin. Dist.: Yes. 9:30-11:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F OM16 CHEMISTRY PHYSICS CHE 34105 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY Gyberg-S. Olmsted The first semester of a two-semester sequence designed to present the basic concepts of chemistry. High school chemistry not required. Dist.: Yes. 11:30-1:50 p.m. Lect M,T,W,Th,F S315 2:OO-4:00 p.m. Lab T,W,Th 5327 PHY 84222t/84322* C H I 34353 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL Gyberg-S. Olmsted CHEMISTRY Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium in detail; gives an introduction to spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. Dist.: No. 8:30-10:50 a.m. Lect M,T,W,Th, F S315 M,T,W,Th 5327 11:OO-3:00 p.m. l a b ECONOMICS 1981 OAK RIDGE ASSOCIATED Paulson UNIVERSITIES SCIENCE MINISEMESTER Study of nuclear radiation including individual laboratory experience usingfacilities at Oak Ridge, Tennessee in conjunction with instructional staff and scientists at the national laboratory. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: Consent of Instructor 9:30-11:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F, May 25-lune 25, Oak Ridge tCredit toward Physics major or minor *No credit toward Physics major or minor POLITICAL SCIENCE POL 85121 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT Hedblom The nnlitirs nf Ameriran Gnv~rnmentincl~lrlinvnattern nf narticinatinn rlvnamirc i 5 Ut URBAmTSSUtS babella Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. By Independent Study only. Dist.: Yes. Arr. tLu P of policymaking and current issues. Dist.: Yes. 9:30-11:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F ' '0M13 ' POL 85342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY Hedblom Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; uses and control of media for political and social purposes; censorship, newsmaking, entertainment, public affairs programming. Dist.: Yes. 2:OO-5:00 p.m. M,T,W,Th LI ECO 22392 MONEY AND BANKING Gupta Monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, and the Federal Reserve System. Emphasis on monetary theory and policy. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 122 M,T,W,Th,F M5 9:30-11:50 a.m. POL 85199, 85399, 85499 EDUCATION Noonan Arr. INTERNSHIPS INDEPENDENT STUDY PSYCHOLOGY EDE 44375 DISCOVERY I N THE WORLD Pelton OF KINDERGARTEN Kindergarten curriculum, materials, and teaching approaches. Lab. arr. Prerequisite to student teaching at kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching at that level. Consent of instructor. Dist.: No. 9:30-11:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F 14 PSY 86105 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY Ferguson Methods and approaches used in psychology for purpose of understanding behavior; research procedures associated with study of behavior. Dist.: Yes. 9:30-11:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F PI PSY 86375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY Gerasimo (also see SOC 94375) Analysis of the ideas of "group" and "self" as related to individual behavior, interpersonal relations, and society. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisities: 121 and 105 M,T,W,Th,F L1 8:30-10:50 a.m. EDE 44237/44337 INTRODUCTION TO MULTICULTURAL/ Quirin GLOBAL EDUCATION Conceptual and practical introduction to intercultural education on local and international levels. Utilization, of local resources to develop curriculum units and teaching strategies. Dist.: No. 6:OO-9:00 p.m. M,T,W,Th LI RELIGION REL 87369 EFFECTIVE WRITING Blackburn with emphasis upon expository writing; correct usage, logical ation and the research paper. Dist.: Yes. M,T,W,Th S205 I1 I WG 54241 - THE AMERICAN SHORT STORY Clark Treatment of the American short story from the American Renaissance to today including seventeen stories aired on PBS television. Dist.: Yes. Also satisfies Am. Lit. requirement for English. 9:30-11:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F M22 M,T,W,Th NORWEGIAN I L. Hansen speaking, listening, reading and writing work expected. Dist.: Yes. OM29 Academic credit may also be earned through the Camp Norway program in Norway. Consult department for details. SPA 76112 BEGINNING SPANISH II Rozentals Aims to develop the four basic skills; understanding, speaking, reading and writing elementary Spanish. Laboratory work expected. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisities: 111 or equivalent SUMMER INTERIM 9:30-11:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F OM29 1 HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION ADMINISTRATION & SUPERVISION OF Borstad SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 320. M,T,W,Th C24 6:OO-9:00 p.m. HPE 55410 I RELIGIOUS IMAGINATION I N Skibbe MODERN LITERATURE Particularities of religious discernment, symbolism and world view. Reading and discussion of nine works (novels, poetry, etc.). Class meets approximately every other day. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: 111 or 221 9:30-11:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F M24 SOClOLOGY SOC 94375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY Gerasimo (also see PSY 86375) Analysis of the ideas of "group" and "self" as related to individual behavior, interpersonal relations, and society. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: 121 and 105 M,T,W,Th,F LI 8:30-10:50 a.m. SOC 94383 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS Gerasimo The dimension of racial and minority groups relation emphasizing prejudice, racism and the role of self-understanding. Dist.: No. 5:OO-8:00 p.m. M,T,W,Th M4 SOC 94399 INTERNSHIP Hesser Students are placed in a variety of public and private agencies for work experience. A learning contract is developed with faculty supervisor approval. Dist.: No. Arr. SPEECH, COMMUNICATION AND THEATER ARTS SPC 98111 BEGINNING SPEECH Basic approach to effective speaking and critical listening. Dist.: Yes. 5:OO-8:00 p.m. M,T,W,Th GENERAL STUDIES STUDENT TEACHING Cole 5212 See last column .1 ' WM I COURSE OFFERINGS '" 1 JUNE1,1981 -JUNE26,1981 . I TERM II SUMMER 1981 JUNE29-AUGUST 7 ART SPEECH, C O M M U N I C A T I O N S A N D THEATER ARTS ART 10111/10311 SPC 98367 THEATER I N MINNEAPOLIS Cole Studying, viewing, and critiquing the acting and produaion of five plays. Dist.: No. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T, Th 2815 419 Ave. S. (Tel.: 721-2565) Mpls., M N 55406 CREATIVE ENVIRONMENTAL Friederichsen Karlen COMPOSITION & PERFORMANCE (also see MUS 82111/311) Designed as an experimental learning class to explore, make, and produce a music/art presentation using sounds, images, and objects from a 1968 Volkswagen automobile. Dist.: Yes. T,Th OM4 6:OO-9:30 p.m. ART 10132 PHOTOGRAPHY Friederichsen The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression; black and white, color, and photographic processes. Need access to a 35mm camera. Dist.: Yes. Estimated cost of film, etc.: $75.00 6:OO-9:30 p.m. M, W OM4 Enrollment limit: 35 ART 10250 CERAMICS I Holen lntroduction to the making of pottery with emphasis on hand-building and glazing. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-11:30 a.m. M,WF OM1 ART 10351 CERAMICS II Holen Advanced work in ceramia with emphasis on throwing or hand-building and a continuation of glazing. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-11:30 a.m. M,W,F OM? Limited enrollment CHEMISTRY GENERAL, ORGANIC & BIOLOGICAL S. Olmsted CHEMISTRY Second semester of two semester course emphasizing organic and biological chemistry around the theme: the molecular basis of life. Dist.: No. Prerequisities: 105 or 109 or equivalent with departmental permission. 8:30-9:55 a.m. Lect M,T,WTh,F S315 10:OO-12:OO noon Lab T,W,Th 5327 CHE 34110 ECONOMICS ECO 22120 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Sabella Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. By Independent study only. Dist.: Yes. A rr. ECO 22122 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO) Gupta Introduction to macro-economics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Dist.: Yes. 10:05-11:30 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F 5205 ECO 22123 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO) Sabella lntroduction to micro-economin, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:30 p. m. M, W 5205 ENGLISH ENC 54111 EFFECTIVE WRITING T Gidmark INTERDISCIPLINARY INS 60399 INTERNSHIP Hesser Students are placed in a variety of public and private agencies for work experience. A learning contract is developed with faculty supervisor approval. Dist.: No. Arr. GENERAL STUDIES GST 58102 BASIC MATHEMATICS FOR INTRODUCTORY Gyberg CHEMISTRY & SCIENCE COURSES Basic operations, exponential numbers, logarithms, simple operators, solvingalgebraic equations, and development of algebraic equations in science problem content, particularly chemistry. Dist.: No. 2 Sem. Cr. - Tuition $70.00 (Early registration discount does not apply) 8:30a.m.-1:30p.m. T,W,Th,F, 5315 May 26-May 29 SOC 94399 INTERNSHIP Hesser Students are placed in a variety of public and private agencies for work experience. A learning contract is developed with faculty supervisor approval. Dist.: No. Arr. STUDENT TEACHING Student teaching for both elementary and secondary education is offered by the Department of Education during the general period from the middleof Juneto theend of July. The exact dates are determined in conjunction with the school system. All of the courses require acceptance into the Department of Education program. Contact the Summer School Office for exact dates and course number to be used in registration. EDE 44481,44482, STUDENT TEACHING: R. Anderson 44483, 44484 NURSERY SCHOOL Students required to have 160 child contact hours. Placement arrangement by instructor. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department Arr. EDE 44481,44482, STUDENT TEACHING: McNeff 44483, 44484 ELEMENTARY OR KINDERGARTEN Observing and directing learning experiences in elementary schools under supervision of college and public school personnel. Dist.: No. Additional $15.00 fee Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department Arr. EDE 45481, 45482, STUDENT TEACHING: Fardig 45483, 45484 SECONDARY Observing and directing learning experiences on secondary school level under supervision of college and high school personnel. Dist.: No. Additional $15.00 fee Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department Arr. .. . . ....... 1-11..., . ..,. r.... .,-. ...a 111 & . A . - 1 .1 CAMPUS LOCATION HEALTH EDUCATION A N D PHYSICAL EDUCATION HPE 55485 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES Aske Consideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games, and swimming for the handicapped. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 350, 351, and 355 6:00-9:30 p. m. T,Th & Arr. GI2 (1st meeting 6/29 6:00 p.m.) I I I I HPE 55487 NEUROLOGY A N D PATHOLOGY Lundgren An introduction to neurology and pathology for the corrective therapist. Dist.: No. 6:30-9:30 p. m. 1st meeting 6/29 6:00 p.m. G31 I HPf &~W~~WPRO-I!$& AFFILIATION Saugestad mpfidaffiltsffon6fif.W. hmrs:,iqufdActual hospital experience in four areas of prrf@ctIue therapyc (1).Psychlatq, 'm I Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, and (4) ~Habifit;t~~h.~C611,rifa 49F is::sudl;lo(:fhurology and Pathology. Dist.: NO. 8@>$i&&!iites: @. and appt~irtNdepartment Arr. I HISTORY m, HIS 56131/56331 TOPICS I N SOCIAL HISTORY A N D CULTURE Nelson IN THE ANCIENT A N D MEDIEVAL WORLD Topics and themes relating to everyday life of ancient and medieval cultures including the merchant, soldier, religious life, women and family and problems of studying everyday life. Dist.: Yes. 10:05-11:30 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F S212 I MUSIC M U S 82111/82311 CREATIVE ENVIRONMENTAL Karlen Friederichsen COMPOSITION & PERFORMANCE (also see ART 10111/311) Designed as an experimental learning class to explore, make and produce a music/art presentation using sound, images, and objects from a 1968 Volkswagen automobile. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T, Th OM4 POLITICAL SCIENCE POL 85199, 85399, 85499 INTERNSHIPS INDEPENDENT STUDY Noonan Arr. RELIGION RELIGIONS O F INDIA: Benson HINDUISM & BUDDHISM Historical, literary and sociological perspectives from antiquity to present. Uses primary texts, Hindu ritual films. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-955 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F M24 REL 87372 SOCIOLOGY SOC 94356 CONTEMPORARY CORRECTIONS Bloom Analysis of adult correctional programs and processes. Lectures, discussion, and site visits to correctional institutions and government offices. Dist.: No. 1:30-5:00 p.m. T,Th M22 lnterstate 94 east from Minneapolis t o 25th Ave. exit, left t o Riverside Ave., left t o 21st Ave. S., turn left at Augsburg sign. Interstate 94 west from St. Paul to Riverside exit, right o n Riverside t o 21st Ave. S., left at Augsburg sign.
Show less
Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1982
Title
Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1982
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
AUCSBURC COLLEGE SUMMER SCHOOL 1982 INTRODUCTION AUGSBURG COLLEGE Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum including regular courses, internships, independent studies and student teaching over two terms. Term I runs from June 1 through June 25; Term II runs from june 28 thro...
Show more AUCSBURC COLLEGE SUMMER SCHOOL 1982 INTRODUCTION AUGSBURG COLLEGE Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum including regular courses, internships, independent studies and student teaching over two terms. Term I runs from June 1 through June 25; Term II runs from june 28 through August 6. This brochure presents the Summer School Program and was correct at the time of publication. Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college affiliated with the American Lutheran Church. Located in the heart of the Twin Cities, the small college environment, about 7500 students during the academic year, is enriched by the many cultural, sporting and recreational activities found in this vibrant metropolitan area. An active summer combining classes and participation 3n metropol itan events is a delightful and broadening experience. 1982 SUMMER CALENDAR NONDISCRIMINATION POLICY ; A u ~ b u Coltege g admits students of any race, color, natiunal and ethnic origin to all righbi privil~ges~ programs,, and .actlviti~generally accorded or made available to students at the school. If doe5 not disciiminate a n the basis d race, mlot-, creed, national and ethnic origin In employment pwctiw~or administration of its educational pblicia? admissions poli~ies~ scholarship and loan programs and athl&'c and other baoladministered programs. I Additional information and registration forms may be obtained from the Summer School Office. Write or call: AUGSBURG COLLEGE SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE Memorial Hall - 230 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, M N 55454 (612) 330-1025 Pat Parker, Director Lorraine Stieper, Secretary Term II April 23 April 23 June 1 June 28 June 3 June 30 Holiday None MY5 Last Day to Withdraw from Class June 18 June 25 July 16 Aug. 6 Early Registration (Tuition Discount) 1 I ' II I REGISTRATION Term I Classes Begin Last Day for Registration Balance of Tuition Due Last Day to: Change Class Registration Change Grading Option Drop Class Without Notation on Record Last Day of Class Design: Susan Hopp Information: Lorraine Stieper - -- GENERAL INFORMATION ELIGIBILITY Summer Students may take one course during Term I and two courses during Term II. All courses except those indicated carry a value of one course credit, the equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter credits. Courses fulfilling distribution requirements are so noted in the course descriptions. Persons In Good Standing at regionally accredited colleges and universities, graduates of such institutions, and students admitted for the next Fall Term are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer School. Good standing implies that the student has been admitted and not subsequently dropped by that institution. Course Levels are indicated by the first digit of the three digit course number: 1 or 2, lower division, primarily for freshmen and sophomores, 3 or 4, upper division primarily for juniors and seniors, and 5, graduate level. Courses Regularly Taught during the academic year are more fully described in the October issue of AUGSBURG COLLEGE. If you need more information about a special summer offering, please contact the Summer School Office. Independent Study and Internships in addition to those listed may be pursued during the summer in a number of departments. lnternships involve work experience related to the academic program in an agency, government or industry. Consult the Summer School Office for information. Changes in Registration must be made at the Registrar's Office. No course may be added after it has met more than six hours elapsed class time, except with the special permission of the instructor. Students Needing Housing may obtain information from the Director of Housing. Limited food service is available, supplemented by area restaurants and snack shops. Persons Planning To Attend Summer School are advised to register as soon as possible, since courses without substantial demand may be dropped. Other Persons wishing to take summer school work should contact the Director of Summer School to ascertain eligibility under special circumstances. Acceptance as a summer student does not imply admission as a regular student of Augsburg College. Those wishing to begin a degree program at the college should apply for admission through the Office of Admission. FINANCIAL AID Financial Aid is limited to the Guaranteed Student Loan. Students must carry at least one-half the normal full-time load. Eligibility for the loan is determined by the Office of Student Financial Services. When repayment begins, the student pays the full interest; 7% for previous borrowers, 9% for new borrowers after January 1, 1981. Maximum loan is $2,500 per year or the cost of education, whichever is less, and the aggregate undergraduate maximum is $12,500. Loan applications are available at Augsburg, some banks, and the Minnesota State Loan Office. Deadline: Applications must be on file with the lender by March 1, 1982 since processing takes up to 12 weeks. The College Reserves the Right to Cancel Listed Courses. Lift Please TERM I COURSE OFFERINGS JUNE 1, 1982 - JUNE 25, 1982 CAMPUS LOCATION PAYMENT OF FEES Tuition Charges for Summer School are $280 for each course taken for credit, unless otherwise indicated. The audit charge (non-credit) is $140 for each course. Laboratory or special fees may be charged for some courses. Early Registration on April 23 will result in a savings of $20 for each course taken for credit. Reduced charge of $260 per course applicable only to courses designated by April 23. If a course is cancelled due to low enrollment, a substitution may be made without loss of discount. An Advance Tuition Deposit of $50 is required at the time of registration. The balance is due by the first day of class, June 1 for Term I and June 28 for Term II. A $10 late payment fee will be assessed to those failing to meet these deadlines. No student will be officially enrolled until all financial arrangements have been completed. All balances due on your Augsburg student account from previous termls must be paid in full before you are officially registered for Summer School at Augsburg College. TO DOWNTOWN ST PAUL m Tuition Refund is calculated on the table below. Such refund is limited by a $20 processing cost. Students must present cancel card to the Registrar's Office on the date of cancellation to be eligible for refund, and no refund will be made after the listed dates. If a class is cancelled due to low enrollment, full refund will be made. Course Cancellation Date Refund- Term I Term II 10O0I0(less $20 processing fee) 80OIO 601'0 401'0 June 1-2 June 28-June 30 June 3-4 June 5-7 June 8-9 July 1-6 july 7-9 July 12-14 Interstate 94 east from Minneapolis to 25th Ave. exit, left to Riverside Ave., left to 21st Ave. S, left at Augsburg sign. lnterstate 94 west from St. Paul to Riverside exit, right on Riverside to 21st Ave. S., left at Augsburg sign. --=- TERM II COURSE OFFERINGS JUNE 28, 1982 - AUGUST 6, 1982 a TERM I SUMMER 1982 JUNE 1 - JUNE 25 a NOR 112-8052 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN II Hansen Continuation of NOR 11 1; emphasis on structure, oral and written facility of expression. ART ART 242-8003 FILM-MAKING WORKSHOP Rusten Participants will team-produce short 16mm sound-motion-pictures using professional procedures and equipment. For communication students and working professionals. Dist.: Yes. Fees: $75.00 lab fee Four Weekends (1st class/une 5, 9:00 a.m.) OM17 Sat. 9:OO- 12:OO noon; 1:00-4:30 p.m.; Sun. 1:OO-4:30 p.m. A weekend at a lake in Northern Minnesota will be built into the course if all students can participate (cost $15-30, depending on arrangements). Dist.: Yes. 5:OO-8:00 p.m. M,T, W,Th OM29 CAMP NORWAY Academic credit may also be earned through the Camp Norway program in Norway. Consult Liv Dahl, Norwegian-American Cultural Institute (Room 15, Old Main) for details. a ART 270-8002 PORTABLE FLBERTECHNIQUES Ellertson Tapestry weaving; traditional and contemporary methods of frame loom weaving; emphasis on design and aesthetics. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-11:50 a.m. M, T, W, Th, F OM4 a a HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION HPE 114-8061 HEALTH & SAFETY EDUCATION Borstad Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. Includes American Red Cross First Aid. 5:OO-8:00 p.m. M,T, W, Jh C13 Meets 1st hall of term lune 1-11 (1/2 course) BIOLOGY Mickelberg HUMAN ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY BIO 103-8010 Professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-10:50 a.m. Lect M,T, W,Th,F S205 1:00- 4:00 p.m. Lab T, W, Th 52 14 Enrollment limit: 35 H PE 115-8062 HEALTH &CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY Borstad EDUCATION Analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. (Meets the M.S. 126.02 for students in teacher preparation programs). C13 5:00-8:00 p.m. M, T, W, Th (1/2 course) Meets 2nd half of term lune 14-25 BIO 108-8011 MICROBIOLOGY Thorpe Basic microbial features considered as well as application of microbiology to fields of medicine and sanitation. Dist.: No. 8:30-10:50a.m.Lect M,T,W,Th,F 5212 11:30- 3:30 p.m. Lab T, Th 5202 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE Utterberg HPE 491-8053 Study of the treatment of disease and injury. General principles and administration of neuro-muscular re-education. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 350, 351, 354 6:00-9:30 p.m. T, Th & Arr. C 12 (1st meeting 6/1, 6:00 p.m.) BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION H PE 493-8054 ORGANIZATION &ADMINISTRATION OF Husing CORRECTIVE THERAPY Administrative guidelines and history of ACTA and North Central Chapter. Construction of CT treatment clinic; equipment, employment, public relations and ethics. Dist.: NO. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. Arr. C24 (1st meeting 6/1, 6:00 p.m.) BUS 101-8022 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING Kader Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. Dist.: No. 51 12 8:30-10:50 a.m. M, T, W, Th, F CHEMISTRY GENERAL, ORGANIC & BIOLOGICAL Carlson CHEMISTRY First term of a two semester course, general chemistry principles and an introduction to organic chemistry. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: High school chemistry 1 1:30-1:50 Lect M, T, W, Th, F 53 15 2:OO-4:00 Lab M,T, W,Th S327 HPE 495-80551 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION Saugestad 496-80561497-8057 Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required. Actual hospital experience in four areas of corrective therapy; (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, and (4) Rehabilitation. Course 497 is study of Neurology and Pathology. Dist.: No. Arr. Prerequisites: 485, 491 and approval of department CHM 109-8021 a FOREIGN LANGUAGES BEGINNING GERMAN I Oyler CER 111-8046 Classroom practice speaking, understanding and reading basic German for students with no previous background in German. Dist.: Yes. OM29 12:OO-3:00 p.m. M, J, W,Th ECONOMICS FCO 120-8030 a HISTORY HIS 101-8064 ECONOMICS O F U R B A N ISSUES Sabella THE BEGINNINGSOF WESTERN CULTURE Nelson Analvqis nf t h e n r i m a r v r i v i l i s a t i o n s i n t h e N e a r East, t h e classiral w o r l d of Greece a n d Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. By Independent Study only. Dist.: Yes. Arr. ECO 122-8029 PRINCIPLES O F ECONOMICS (MACRO) Gupta Introduction to macro-economics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Dist.: Yes. 1:OO-4:00 p.m. M,T, W,Th 52 05 I ECO 392-8031 MONEY & BANKING Gupta Monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, and the Federal Reserve System. Emphasis on monetary theory and policy. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 122 9:30-11:50 a.m. M, T,W,Th,F M5 a ~ o m k and , the'middle ages of Europe into the 13th century. Dist.: Yes. 9:30-1 1:50 a.m. M, T, W,Th,F a a EDE 375-8036 STUDENT TEACHING Student teaching for both elementary and secondary education is offered by the Department of Education during the general period from the middle of June to the end of July. The exact dates are determined in conjunction with the school system. All of the courses require acceptance into the Department of Education program. Contact the Registrar's Office for exact dates and course number to be used in registration. a a I a a TERM I COURSE OFFERINGS DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENT STUDY AMERICAN GOVERNMENT (Also Term II) Diverse Topics: See Instructor Hedblorn POL 299-81541499-8155 DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENT STUDY MASS MEDIA I N WORLD PERSPECTIVE (Also Term II) Hedblom POL 299-81 541499-8155 DIRECTED STUDY IINDEPENDENT STUDY READINGS O N THE USSR TODAY (Also Term II) Noonan INTERNSHIPS (AlsoTerm II) HedblomlNoonan Arr. PSYCHOLOGY PSY 105-8091 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY Marken Methods and approaches used in psychology for purpose of understanding behavior; research procedures associated with study of behavior. Dist.: Yes. 9:30- 1 1:50 a.m. M, T, W,Th,F P1 PSY 375-8092 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY Gerasirno (Also see SOC 375-81 10) Analysis of the ideas of "group" and "self" as related to individual behavior, interpersonal relations, and society. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 121 and 105 5:OO-8:00 p.m. M,T, W,Th ENGLISH ENG 251-8051 AMERICAN NOVELS ABOUT WAR Blackburn Emphasis on how selected writers view war, their assumptions about the role of the individual soldier and the artistic methods used to present or deal with war's complexities. Dist.: Yes. 7:OO-10:OO p.m. M,T, W,Th 51 12 POLITICAL SCIENCE POL 299-81541499-8155 POL 199-81561399-8157 EDS 481-80451482-8048 STUDENT TEACH ING: Fardig 483-80491484-8050 SECONDARY Observing and directing learning experiences on secondary school level under supervision of college and high school personnel. Dist.: No. Additional $15.00 fee Arr. Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department 1 PHILOSOPHY PHI 130-8063 INTRODUCTION TO LOGIC Bailey Examination of rules which govern valid arguments and aid in developing the ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. Dist.: Yes. 9:30- 1 1 :50 a.m. M, T,W,Th,F M23 EDE 481 -80371482-8038 STUDENT TEACHING: R. Anderson 483-80391484-8040 NURSERY SCHOOL Students required to have 160 child contact hours. Placement arrangement by instructor. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department Arr. EDE 481-80411482-8042 STUDENT TEACH ING: McNeff 483-80431484-8044 ELEMENTARY OR KINDERGARTEN Observing and directing learning experiences in elementary schools under supervision of college and public school personnel. Dist.: No. Additional $15.00 fee Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department Arr. NURSING NUR 330-8066 TRENDS& ISSUES I N NURSING Malcolm Nursing viewed from an historical, current and futuristic perspective to develop theories and concepts of leadership, change, and role development. Examination of societal and health issues. Dist.: No. 6:OO-9:00 p.m. M, T,W,Th 5205 EDUCATION DISCOVERY I N THE WORLD Pelton OF KINDERGARTEN Kindergarten curriculum, materials, and teaching approaches. Lab. arr. Prerequisite to student teaching at kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching at that level. Consent of instructor. Dist.: No. SUMMER INTERIM 9:30-1 1:50 a.m. M, T, W,Th,F L4 MATH MAT 103-8065 BRUSH UP Durkee Designed as a brush up in arithmetic and elementary algebra skills. Particularly helpful for students in elementary education and students taking statistics as part of a major. Includes computer work, Individualized course of study. Dist.: No. 2:OO-5:00 p.m. M,T,W,Th 51 12 a RELIGION REL 370-8068 CLASSICS OF CHRISTIAN DEVOTION Quanbeck Understanding of the spiritual life as disclosed in significant Christian writings from the second century to the present. Dist.: Yes. 8:30- 10:50 a.m. M, T,W,Th,F M24 JUNE 1, 1982 - JUNE25, 1982 SOCIAL WORK SWK 255-8071 GROUP WORK I N A WILDERNESSMEDIUM Perry Wilderness camping as focus for building group and individual relationships. Approx. Addnl. $75.00 fee. Dist.: No. Arr. (1st meeting 6/1, 6:00 p.m.) SWK Office ENG 245-9304 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE Gidmark An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted to developing critical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature. Strongly recommended for English majors and minors. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:30 p m. M, W M23 SWK 399-8069 INTERNSHIPS Brown FOREIGN LANGUAGE SWK 499-8070 INDEPENDENT STUDY Brown GER 112-9029 BEGINNING GERMAN II Oyler Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Lab. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: Ger 111 or equivalent 1 1:40- 1:25 p.m. M, T, W, Th SOClOLOGY SOC 199-80731399-8114 INTERNSHIPS (Also Term II) Hesser SOC 375-81 10 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY Gerasimo (also see PSY 375-8092) Analysis of the ideas of "group" and "self" as related to individual behavior, interpersonal relations, and society. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 121 and 105 5:OO-8:00 p m. M, T, W,Th L1 SOC 381-8072 RACIAL & MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS Gerasimo The dimension of racial and minority groups relation emphasizing prejudice, racism and the role of self-understanding. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-10:50 a.m. M, T, W, Th, F M4 SPEECH, COMMUNICATION AND THEATER ARTS SPC 111-8121 BEGINNING SPEECH Basic approach to effective speaking and critical listening. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:00 p.m. M,T, W,Th Cole Little Theater SPC 354-8074 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION Bart Study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communication barriers. Dist.: Yes. S205 9:30-11:50 a.m. M, T, W, Th, F INTERDISCIPLINARY INS 199-80751399-8076 INTERNSHIPS (Also Term II) Hesser Arr. TERM II SUMMER 1982 JUNE 28 - AUGUST 6 ART ART 132-9002 PHOTOGRAPHY Friederichsen The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression; black and white, color, and photographic processes. Need access to a 35mm camera. Dist.: Yes. Estimated cost of film, etc.: $75.00 6:OO-9:30 p.m. M, W OM4 + ..,-C lI-. I:-:,. "C HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION HPE 485-9038 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES Aske Consideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games, and swimming for the handicapped. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 350, 351, and 355 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T,Th &Arr. C12 (1st meeting 6/29, 6:00 p.m.) HPE 487-9037 NEUROLOGY & PATHOLOGY Lundgren An introduction to neurology and pathology for the corrective therapist. Dist.: No. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. (1st meeting 6/29, 6:00 p.m.) C24 HPE 495-90391 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION Saugestad 496-9040/497-9041 Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required. Actual hospital experience in four areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, and (4) Rehabilitation. Course 497 is study of Neurology and Pathology. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 485,491 and approval of department Arr. PHYSICS PHY 101-9305 ASTRONOMY Paulson Study of solar system, stars, galaxies. Optical instruments explained; use of 12-inch reflecting telescope, 8-inch Celestron, 3-inch Questar. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: Elementary algebra 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T, Th POLITICAL SCIENCE POL 299-9069/499-9068 DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENT STUDY AMERICAN GOVERNMENT (Also Term I) Diverse Topics: See Instructor Hedblom POL 299-90691499-9068 DIRECTED STUDY IINDEPENDENT STUDY MASS MEDIA I N WORLD PERSPECTIVE (also Term I) Hedblom POL 299-90691499-9068 DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENT STUDY READINGS O N THE USSR TODAY (Also Term I) Noonan POL 199-90651399-9066 INTERNSHIPS (Also Term I) Hed blomlNoonan Arr. L,.. ,.,.,,.. ... ,,,,,,,, .> KELlGlON ART 250-9003 CERAMICS I Holen lntroduction to the making of pottery with emphasis on hand-building and glazing. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-1 1:30 a.m. M,W,F OM I ART 351-9005 CERAMICS II Holen Advanced work in ceramics with emphasis on throwing or hand-building and a continuation of glazing. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-11:30 a.m. M, W,F OM1 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION BUS 102-9214 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING Allerson lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 101 8:30-9:55 a.m. M,T, W,Th,F S112 BUS 262-9301 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I Kader Analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and long term assets. Dist.: No. 8:30-9:55 a.m. M, T,W,Th,F 5108 BUS 399-9302 INTERNSHIPS Kader Arr. CHEMISTRY CHM 110-9010 GENERAL, ORGANIC, & BIOLOGICAL Carlson CHEMISTRY Second semester of two semester course emphasizing organic and biological chemistry around the theme: the molecular basis of life. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: 109 or equivalent with departmental permission 8:30- 9:55 a.m. Lect M,T, W,Th,F S3 15 10:OO-12:OO noon Lab T,W,Th 5327 ECONOMICS ECO 120-9007 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Sabella Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. By independent study only. Dist.: Yes. Arr. ECO 123-9009 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO) Sabella lntroduction to micro-economics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. M, W M5 EDUCATION STUDENT TEACHING Continuation of Term I. ENGLISH ENG 111-9021 EFFECTIVE WRITING Gidrnark Study of composition with emphasis upon expository writing; correct usage, logical organization and the research paper. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T,Th M24 TERM I I COURSE OFFERINGS REL 111-9306 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY Holt An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. Dist.: Yes. M,T, W,Th,F M24 10:05-11:30 a.m. REL 341-9307 CHRISTIAN VIEWS OF HEALTH AND HEALING Holt Exploration of health and healing in Christian teaching and practice, including the role of scientific technology and prayer and sacraments in healing. Required field trips. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-9:55 a.m. M, T,W,Th,F M23 SOCIAL WORK SWK 255-9308 GROUP WORK I N A WILDERNESS MEDIUM Perry Wilderness camping as focus for building group and individual relationships. Approx. Addnl. $75.00 fee. Dist.: No. Arr. (1st meeting 6/28, 6:OOp.m.) SWK Office SOClOLOCY SOC 121-9309 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY Pike Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of knowing. Its applications to an understanding of basic aspects of society; socialization, family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Dist.: Yes. 11:40-I:25 p.m. M, T,W,Th 11 SOC 241-9310 INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL Gerasirno ANTHROPOLOGY An examination of the ideas of "primitive," "civilized," and "progress": a comparison of alternate realities as found in different cultures and varying social contexts. Dist.: No. 5:30-9:00 p.m. M, W 11 SOC 356-9052 CONTEMPORARY CORRECTIONS Bloom Analysis of adult correctional programs and processes. Lectures, discussion, and site visits to correctional institutions and government offices. Dist.: No. 1:30-5:00 p.m. T,Th M22 SOC 234-93261334-9311 URBAN POLICE Pike Urban policing in American society is explored from a sociological perspective. Topics include: patrol and vice work, police deviance, community relations, police bureaucracy, and women and blacks in policing. Dist.: Yes. 2:30-4:15 p.m. M,T, W,Th 11 SOC 199-93121399-9073 INTERNSHIPS Hesser Arr. SPEECH, COMMUNICATION AND THEATER ARTS SPC 355-9313 SMALL GROUP COMMUNICATION Bart A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors involved in effective functioning within small groups and organizations. Dist.: Yes. 10:05-11:30 a.m. M, T,W,Th,F M22 SPC 367-9056 THEATER I N THE TWIN CITIES Cole Studying, viewing, and critiquing the acting and production of five plays. Dist.: NO. 6:30-9:30 p.m. T,Th 28 15 4 1st Ave. 5. Mpls., M N . 55406 (Tel.: 72 1-2565) INTERDISCIPLINARY INS 199-90631399-9222 INTERNSHIPS Hesser Arr. JUNE 28, 1982 - AUGUST 6, 1982
Show less
Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1983
Title
Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1983
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTRODUCTION Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college affiliated with the American Lutheran Church. Located in the heart of the Twin Cities, the small college environment, about 1500 students during the academic year, is enriched by the many ...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTRODUCTION Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college affiliated with the American Lutheran Church. Located in the heart of the Twin Cities, the small college environment, about 1500 students during the academic year, is enriched by the many cultural, sporting and recreational activities found in this vibrant metropolitan area. An active summer combining classes and participation in metropolitan events is a delightful and broadening experience. Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum including regular courses, internships, independent studies and student teaching over two terms. Term Iruns from May 31-June 24; Term II runs from June 27 through August 5. This brochure presents the Summer School Program and was correct at the time of publication. 1983 SUMMER CALENDAR REGISTRATION Additional information and registration forms may be obtained from the Summer School Office. Write or call: AUGSBURG COLLEGE SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE Memorial Hall -230 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, M N 55454 (612) 330-1025 Pat Parker, Director Ruth Maertens, Secretary Postmaster Volume 113, Number 5 Spring 1983 6121330-1025 AUGSBURC COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall, and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis M N 55454. Second-class postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Term I Term II Early Registration (Tuition Discount) April 22 April 22 Classes Begin Last Day for Registration Balance of Tuition Due May 31 June 27 Last Day to: Change Class Registration Change Grading Option Drop Class Without Notation on Record June 2 June 29 Holiday None Last Day to Withdraw from Class June 20 July 15 Last Day of Class June 24 Aug. 5 Open Please @ PAYMENT OF FEES CAMPUS LOCATION Tuition Charges for Summer School are $295 for each course taken for credit, unless otherwise indicated. The audit charge (non-credit) is $148 for each course. Laboratory or special fees may be charged for some courses. Early Registration on April 22 will result in a savings of $20 for each course taken for credit. Reduced charge of $275 per course applicable only to courses designated by April 22. If a course is cancelled due to low enrollment, a substitution may be made without loss of discount. An AdvanceTuition Deposit of $25 per course is required at the time of registration. The balance is due by the first day of class, May 31 for Term I and June 27 for Term II. A $10 per course late payment fee will be assessed to those failing to meet these deadlines. No student will be officially enrolled until all financial arrangements have been completed. Balance due on Augsburg account from previous termls must be paid in full before student is officially registered for Summer School at Augsburg College. Tuition Refund is calculated below. There is a $25 per course service charge. This amount will be deducted from any refund. Student must present cancel card to the Registrar's Office on the date of cancellation to be eligible for refund; no refund will be made after the listed dates. If a class is cancelled due to low enrollment, full refund will be made. Course Cancellation Date - - Refund Term I Term II 100% (less $25) 80% " " 60% " 40% May 31-June 1 June 2-3 June 6-7 June 8-9 June 27-28 June 29-30 July 1-5 July 6-7 - - TERM II COURSE OFFERINGS - Interstate 94 east from Minneapolisto 25th Ave. exit, left to Riverside Ave., left to 21st Ave. s., turn left at Augsburg sign. lnterstate west from St. Paul to Riverside exit, right on Riverside to 21st Ave. S., left at Augsburg sign. JUNE 27, 1983-AUGUST 5, 1983 1' I GENERAL INFORMATION ELIGIBILITY Summer Students may take one course during Term I and two courses during Term II. Unless otherwise indicated, all courses carry a value of one course credit, the equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter credits. Courses fulfilling Augsburg distribution requirements are so noted in the course descriptions. Persons in Good Standing at regionally accredited colleges and universities, graduates of such institutions, and students admitted for the next Fall Term are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer School. Good standing implies that the student has been admitted and not subsequently dropped by that institution. Course Levels are indicated by the first digit of the three digit course number: 1 or 2, lower division, primarily for freshmen and sophomores, 3 or 4, upper division, primarily for juniors and seniors, and 5, graduate level. Other Persons wishing to take summer school work should contact the Director of Summer School to ascertain eligibility under special circumstances. Courses Regularly Taught during the academic year are more fully described in the October issue of AUGSBURG COLLEGE. If you need more information about a special summer offering, please contact the Summer School Office. Independent Study and Internships in addition to those listed may be pursued during the summer in a number of departments. lnternships involve work experience related to the academic program in an agency, government, or industry. Consult the Summer School Office for information. Changes in Registration must be made at the Registrar's Office. No course may be added after it has met more than six hours elapsed class time, except with the special permission of the instructor. Students Needing Housing may obtain information from the Director of Housing. Limited food service is available, supplemented by area restaurants and snack shops. Persons Planning to Attend Summer School are advised to register as soon as possible, since courses without substantial demand may be dropped. The College Reserves the Right to Cancel Listed Courses. Acceptance as a summer student does not imply admission as a regular student of Augsburg College. Those wishing to begin a degree program at the college should apply for admission through the Office of Admission. FINANCIAL AID Financial Aid is limited to the Guaranteed Student Loan. Any student taking 1 course is regarded as a half-time student for the summer and is eligible for a Guaranteed Student Loan. Contact the Financial Aid Office to make loan arrangements (330-1046). NONDlSCRlMlNATION POLICY Augsburg College admits students ofany race, color, national and ethnic origin to a11 rights, privileges, programs, and activities generally accorded or made available to students at the school. It d m not discriminate on the basis of race4color, creed, national and ethnic origin in employment practices or administration of its educational policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs and athletic and other school-administered programs. lup Lifi Please TERM I COURSE OFFERINGS MAY 31, 1983-JUNE 24, 1983 ~c~effl~elton EDE 481-80211482-8022 STUDENT TEACHING: 483-80231484-8024 ELEMENTARY OR KlNDERGARTEN Observing and directing learning experiences in elementary schools under supervision of college and public school personnel. DM.: No. Additional $15.00 fee. Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department. Arr. TERM I SUMMER 1983 May 31-June 24 ART ART 106-8001/306-8002 CALLIGRAPHY Thompson Study of the art and craft of calligraphy. Development of calligraphic skills in pen and brush with ink and paint. For upper division credit a major project is required. Dist.: Yes. 5:OO-8:00 p.m. M,T, W,Th OM4 ART 118-8062 PAINTING I By independent study only. Dist.: Yes. Thompson Arr. ART 223-8063 PRINTMAKING l By independent study only. Dist.: Yes. Thompson Arr. ART 355-8064 PAINTING II By independent study only. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisite 118 Thompson PRINTMAKING ll By independent study only. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisite 223 Thompson ART 368-8065 Arr. Arr. ART 299-80051499-8006 DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENT STUDY ART HISTORY SURVEY Swanson Arr. BIOLOGY BIO 103-8007 8:30-10:50 a.m. Lect. 1:OO- 4:00 p.m. Lab. Enrollment limit: 35. Mickelberg HUMAN ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY Professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Dist.: Yes. SUMMER INTERIM. M,T,W,Th,F 5213 T, W, Th 5214 BIO 108-8008 MICROBIOLOGY Thorpe Basic microbial features considered as well as application of microbiology to fields of medicine and sanitation. Dist.: No. 8:30- 10:50 a.m. Lect. M,T, W,Th,F 5212 T ~h 5202 )MINIS' BUS 101-8012 PRINCIPLESOF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING Kader Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. Dist.: No. 8:30-10:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F 51 12 BUS 399-8013 INTERNSHIPS Kader Arr. ENGLISH MIG 245-8030 IFrmODUCTlONTO LITERATURE Blackburn Introduction to the study offiction, drama, and poetry. Partkular attention will be devoted to developing crhical and analytical skills in reading and w r ~ t i n gabout Ilterature. Strongly recommended for English majors and minors. Dist.: Yes. ,, .GUAGES GER 111-8031 BEGINNING GERMAN I Oyler Classroom practice speaking, understanding and reading basic German for students with no previous background in German. Dist.: Yes. 9:30-11:50 a.m. M,T, W,Th,F OM29 NOR 112-8032 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN Hansen Designed for students who have successfully completed NOR 111 at Augsburg College. The course will be conducted i n Norway. Consult Prof. Leif E. Hansen, Foreign Language Department for details. NOR 331-8061 NORWEGIAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE Hansen. This course will be conducted in Norway for students with near fluency in the Norwegian Language. See Prof. Leif Hansen, Foreign Language Department for details. CAMP NORWAY Academic credit may be earned through the Camp Norway program in Norway. See Liv Dahl, Norwegian-American Cultural Institute (Room 15, Old Main) for details. :ATION n r t r I u-aus4 Borstad SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 320. M, T, W,Th M23 5:OO-8:00 p.m. HPE 491-8035 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE Utterberg Study of the treatment of disease and injury. General principles and administration of neuro-muscular re-education. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 350, 351, 354 T,Th and Arr. C12 6:OO-9:00 p.m. (1st meeting 5/31, 6:00 p.m.) HPE 493-8033 CHEMISTRY CHM 109-8015 EDS 481-80251482-8026 STUDENT TEACHING: Fardig 483-8027/484-8028 SECONDARY Obsehrlng apd directing learning experiences on secondary school level under supervision of colle~eand high school personnel. Dlst.: No. Additional $15.00 fee. Arr. Prerequfsftes: Acceptance, Education Department. GENERAL ORGANIC GyberglS. Olmsted ORGANIZATION & ADMINISTRATION Husing OF CORRECTIVE THERAPY Administrative guidelines and history of ACTA and North Central Chapter. Construction I ; IFirst term - of atwo semester - course, general chemistry principles and an introduction to I I organic chemistry. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: High school chemistry. 11 :30- 1:50 Lect. M,T, W,Th, F 2:OO-4:00 Lab. T, W, Th S3 15 5327 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL GyberglS. Olmsted CHEMISTRY Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium in detail; gives an introduction to spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. Dist.: No. 8:30- 10:50 a.m. Lect. M,T, W,Th,F 53 15 M,T,W,Th 5327 11:OO- 3:00 p.m. Lab. I trmtatmpnt clinic; equlpmw, employment, public d!atbns and ethics. Dist.: No. 6:OO-9:00 p.m. Arr. (1st meeting 5/31,6:00 p.m.) HPE 495-80361496-8037 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION 497-8038 Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 485,491 and approval of department. M24 Saugestad Arr. C H M 353-8014 ECONOMICS ECO 120-8009 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Sabella Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. By independent study only. Dist.: Yes. Arr. ECO 122-8011 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO) Gupta Introduction to macro-economics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Dist.: Yes. 1:OO-4:00 p.m. M,T, W,Th M5 ECO 392-8010 MONEY & BANKING Gupta Monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, and the Federal Reserve System. Emphasis d n monetary theory and policy. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 122. 9:30-11:50 a.m. M,T, W,Th, F M5 EDUCATION EDE 353-8029 YOUNG CHILDREN WITH SPECIAL NEEDS B. Anderson Understanding administrative guidelines and teacher competencies involved in a mainstreamed prekindergarten or daycare program. 8:30-10:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F OM4 (% course) Meets June 13-24. HISTORY HIS 216-80391416-8040 TWENTIETH CENTURY REVOLUTIONS Gustafson Consideration of four revolutions-the violent revolution against colonialism (Vietnam), neo-colonialism (Cuba) and westernization (Iran) and the current revolution toward the modern era (Saudi Arabia). Dist.: Yes. 8:30-10:50 a.m. M, T, W,Th, F S108 HIS 299-80411499-8042 DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENT STUDY (DiverseTopics: See Instructor.) Gustafson Arr. POL 299-80431499-8044 DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENT STUDY AMERICAN GOVERNMENT (DiverseTopics: See Instructor.) Hedblom POL 299-80451499-8046 DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENT STUDY MASS MEDIA I N WORLD PERSPECTIVE Hedblom Arr. POL 199-80471399-8048 INTERNSH lPS Hedblom Arr. POLITICAL SCIENCE Arr. PSY 241-8049 USE OF THE PERSONAL COMPUTER I N Marken PSYCHOLOGY Participants will write simple programs in BASIC to produce graphic displays, measure response time, d o statistical analysis and model thought processes. Emphasis on the computer as a tool to explore the mind. Dist.: No. 9:30-11:50 a.m. M, T, W, Th,F M4 EDE 375-8016 DISCOVERY I N THE WORLD Pelton OF KINDERGARTEN Kindergarten curriculum, materials, and teaching approaches. Lab. Arr. Prerequisite to student teaching at kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching at that level. Consent of instructor. Dist.: No. 9:30-11:50 a.m. M, T, W, Th,F L1 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY Gerasimo (also see SOC 375-8052) Analysis of the ideas of "group" and "self" as related to individual behavior, interpersonal relations, and society. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 121 and 105. M,T, W,Th,F L4 8:30- 10:50 a.m. STUDENT T E A C H I N G RELIGION Student teaching for both elementary and secondary education is offered by the Department of Education during the general period from the middle of June to the end of July.The exact dates are determined in conjunction with the school system. All of the courses require acceptance into the Department of Education program. Contact the Registrar's Office for exact dates and course number to be used in registration. REL 369-8051 EDE 481-801 71482-8018 STUDENT TEACHING: R. Anderson 483-80191484-8020 NURSERY SCHOOL Students required to have 160 child contact hours. Placement arrangement by instructor. Dist.: No. Arr. Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department. TERM I COURSE OFFERINGS PSY 375-8050 RELIGIOUS IMAGINATION I N MODERN Skibbe LITERATURE Particularities of religious discernment, symbolism and,world view. Reading and discussion of nine works (novels, poetry, etc.). Class meets approximately every other day. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: 111 or 221. 9:30-11.50 a.m. M, T, W,Th,F M24 SOC 199-80531399-8054 INTERNSHIPS MAY 31, 1983-JUNE 24, 1983 Hesser Arr. €861 'PZ 3~nkE86L'LE AVW SOC 375-8052 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY Gerasimo (also see PSY 375-8050.) Analysis of the ideas of "group" and "self" as related to individual behavior, interpersonal relations, and society. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 121 and 105. M,T, W,Th,F L4 8:30-10:50 a.m. SOCIAL WORK SWK 255-8056 GROUP WORK IN A WILDERNESS MEDIUM Perry Canoes-an eight day canoe trip in the Quetico Provincial Park of Ontario. Gain practice and knowledge necessary to lead wilderness trips effectively. Study the process of a wilderness group as a social system. Dist.: No. Add'l. fee $75.00. (See instructor for details.) SWK 299-80571499-8058 DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENTSTUDY (Diverse topics: See instructor.) Clark Arr. SWK 399-8059 Clark Arr. INTERNSHIPS SPEECH, COMMUNICATIONS A N D THEATER ARTS SPC 111-8060 BEGINNING SPEECH Basic approach to effective speaking and critical listening. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:00 p.m. M, T, W,Th Cole M22 INTERDISCIPLINARY INS 399-8055 INTERNSHIPS Hesser Arr. TERM II SUMMER 1983 June 27-August 5 HPE 487-9019 NEUROLOGY & PATHOLOGY Lundgren An introduction to neurology and pathology for the corrective therapist. Dist.: No. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. (1st meeting 6/28,6:00 p.m.) M5 HPE 495-90151496-9016 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION 497-9017 Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 485,491 and approval of department. Saugestad Arr. HISTORY HIS 233-90201433-9021 WOMEN'S ROLES IN AMERICA Stadum Examination of women's roles in the family, the workplace, and in voluntary organizations from Colonial America to the 1980's. Includes comparisons based on class, race, ethnicity and geographic region. Dist.: Yes. T,Th L4 6:OO-9:30 p.m. HIS 369-9022 VIKING DISCOVERY ChrislocWNelson Investigation of the period of Viking expansion concentrating on the impact of that expansion into the British Isles. Lectures on campus: July 18-22, on site at York, England: July 24-August 6. Contact Liv Dahl, Norwegian-American Cultural Institute (Room 15, Old Main) for details. Dist.: No. MATHEMATICS/COMPUTER SCIENCE CSC 145-9023 INTRODUCTIONTO GENERAL COMPUTER Sargent PROGRAMMING Includes flowcharts, algorithms, and data representation. Extensive programming in a general higher level language. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not count toward a Computer Science major at Augsburg. Dist.: No. M,T, W,Th, F 5108 8:30-955 a.m. NURSING NUR 311-9024 COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING II Malcolm Provides a base for understanding community characteristics and cultural diversity related to health care. The nurse's role as a generalist and as a member of the health Arr. team is explored. Primarily a clinical course. Dist.: Yes. PHYSICS ART ART 132-9005 PHOTOGRAPHY Friederichsen The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression; black and white, color, and photographic processes. Need access to a 35mm camera. Dist.: Yes. Estimated cost of film, etc.: $75.00. M, W OM4 6:OO-9:30 p.m. Enrollment Limit: 35. ART 299-90031499-9004 DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENTSTUDY ART HISTORY SURVEY Swanson Arr. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION BUS 102-9006 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIALACCOUNTING Kader Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. Dist.: No. Prereauisites 101. PHY 101-9025 ASTRONOMY Paulson Study of solar system, stars, galaxies. Optical instruments explained; use of 12-inch reflecting telescope, 8-inch Celestron, 3-inch Questar. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: Elementary algebra. T,Th 6:OO-9:30 p.m. POLITICAL SCIENCE POL 299-90261499-9027 DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENTSTUDY READINGS ON THE USSR TODAY Noonan POL 299-90281499-9029 DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENTSTUDY (Open Topic: See Instructor.) Noonan POL 199-90301399-9031 INTERNSHIPS Noonan Arr. PSYCHOLOGY - I BUS 399-9007 INTERNSHIPS Kader Arr. CHEMISTRY C H M 110-9008 GENERAL, ORGANIC, & BIOLOGICAL S. Olmsted CHEMISTRY Second semester of two semester course emphasizing organic and biological chemistry around the theme: the molecular basis of life. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: 109 or equivalent with departmental permission. 8:30- 9:50 a.m. Lect. M,T, W, Jh,F J, W,Th 19:00-17.n0 N Lab. ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Sabella ECO 120-9009 Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. By independent study only. Dist.: Yes. Arr. ECO 123-9010 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO) Sabella Introduction to micro-economics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. M, W M5 Franklin EDUCATION OF DEVIANT A N D BEHAVIOR DISORDERED CHILDREN Examination of school related deviance and behavior disorders; including school and family interaction and role of the juvenile justice system. Dist.: No. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. M, W 14 PRACTICUM A N D SEMINAR I N Franklin EDE 491-9010 EDS 491-9011 SPECIAL EDUCATION Supervised field placement in a facility for an exceptional population plus on-campus seminar. Consult Barry Franklin, Department of Education for acceptance. . , PSY 355-9033 BRAIN A N D BEHAVIOR Ferguson Survey of the functions of the nervous system which are responsible for behavior in animals and human beings. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 105 and one course in Biology. 10:05-11:30a.m.Lect. M,T,W,Jh,F 12:30- 2:00 p.m. Lab. T, Th RELIGION INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY Benson REL 111-9035 An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. Dist.: Yes. 10:05-11:30 a.m. M,T, W, Th,F M24 REL 372-9034 RELlGlONSOF INDIA: HINDUISM Benson & BUDDHISM Historical, literary and sociological perspectives from antiquity to present. Uses primary texts, Hindu ritual films. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-9:55 a.m. M,T, W,Th,F M24 SOCIOLOGY SOC 121-9037 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY Pike Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of knowing. Its applications t o an understanding of basic aspects of society; socialization, family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T, Th M24 CONTEMPORARY CORRECTIONS Bloom SOC 356-9036 Analysis of adult correctional programs and processes. Lectures, discussion, and site visits to correctional institutions and government offices. Dist.: No. 1:30-5:00 p.m. T, Th M22 SOC 199-90381399-9039 INTERNSHIPS Hesser Arr. Chlr-l I C U ENG 368-901 3 MODERN DRAMA Gidmark Significant works of American, British, and continental dramatists of the twentieth century. Plays by women and minorities are included. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T,Th M23 FOREIGN L A N G U A G E BEGINNING GERMAN II Oyler GER 112-9014 Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Lab. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: Ger. 11 1 or equivalent. 11:40-1:25 p.m. M.T.W,Th OM23 HEALTH E n O C A T I O N AI PHYPlTAl F n l ITATION HPE 485-9018APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES Lieske Consideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games, and swimming for the handicapped. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 350, 351, and 355. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T,Th &Arr. C12 (1st meeting 6/28, 6:00 p.m.) TERM II COURSE OFFERINGS @m M ~ r p o s of understanding e Zrvior; research procedures associated with study of behavior. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-9:55 a.m. PI M, T, W, Th, F SOCIAL W O R K GROUP WORK I N A WILDERNESS M E D I U M Perry SWK 255-9041 Mountains-a seven day backpacking trip i n Grand Teton National Park. Gain practice and knowledge necessary to lead wilderness trips effectively. Study the process of a wilderness group as a social system. Dist.: No. I ADTC SPC 367-9042 THEATER I N THE TWIN CITIES Cole Studying, viewing, and critiquing the acting and production of five plays. Dist.: No. T, Th 6:OO-9:30 p.m. 2815 41st Ave. So., Mpls., M N 55406 (Tel.: 721-2565) INTERDISCIPLINARY INS 399-9040 INTERNSHIPS JUNE 27, 1983-AUGUST 5, 1983 Hesser Arr.
Show less

Pages